TibetanTalesDerivedFromIndianSources 10062890

T I B E TA N TA L E S
De r iv e b fro m Snb ian S ou r ces .
TR A N S L A TE D FR O M THE TI BE TA N O F T HE
KA H-G Y UR
F . A NT O N VO N S C HIEFNER .
D O NE I N T O E N G L IS H FRO M T HE G E RMAN ,
WI TH A N I N TR O D U TIO N , C
W . R
. s . R A L S T ON, MA .
L O NDO N
KEGA N P A U L, T REN C H, TR U B NER CO . L LB
D RY DEN HO US E, G ERRA R D STR EET, W .
1 90 6 .
[A ll r ig hts d]
r ese r v e
Pr i n te d b y B A LLA NTY NE ,
HA NSO N év C o.
’
A t t h e B an a n t yn e Pr e ss
C ONTENTS .
A
P GE
K u éa J ata ka
A da r s a mu kha
’
The C lever Th i ef
S u dha n a A v a dzi n a
P rin c e J i vaka
‘
Vi éfi khza .
Ma ha u sha dha
‘
an d Vi ézi k hfi
Ma hfik fiéya p a a n d B ha dr fi.
U t p a la v a m a
Kr i éza C an tami
‘
.
S u sr o r fl
’
The O verreac hed A ctor

The D u mb C ri ppl e
R shya ér i n g a
Vi s v a ri ta r a
'
The Fulfille d Prophe cy

The Tw o Bro thers
The P un i shmen t of A varice
The Ma g i c i a n s Pu p il
’
Ho w a Wo m an repay s L o v e
The Fl ig h t of the Bea st s
The Fi ve L overs
C O N T E N TS .
A
CH P A
P GE
The Vi rtuous An i m als

The I c hneum on the Mouse a n d the Snake
, ,
The G rat e ful A n i mals

The U n gr ateful L i on
The Tri c ke d Ele phant
The Wolf a n d the Sh e e p
The O x en a s Wi tness e s
The O bs t inat e an d Wi ll i n g O x en
The A ss as a S i n ger
The Ja ckal a s C alum n i ator
The Tw o O tters a n d t he Jackal
The Ja ckal saves the L i on

The Blue Jackal
The Ja cka l han ge d by the O x

The Ja ckal i n the El e phan t s Traces
’
The Gu ilty Dog s

The Hyp o cri t i cal C a t
The G az e lle a n d t he Hun ter
The Mo nkeys s a ve d fro m Death
In cre dulity Pun i shed.
The Wi se a n d Fool i sh Monkey Ch i efs

The Monkeys a n d the Moon
The P ea c o c k as Bri degroo m
The C ro w w i th t he Golde n C a p
The Rev e n g eful C ro w
The U n i te d Pheasant s
A rt i st A ne c do t es
INTRODUC TION .
IN an A ppendix to his Buddhis m i n Tibet Dr Emil

“
, .
S chl a g i n t w e i t has given A n alph abe t ical l ist of th e

“
books and memoirs con nec t ed w ith Buddhism Al though

.
not comple t el y exh aus t ive it occupies thir t y fi v e pages

,
-
,
and contains references to more than a hundre d separate

w orks and a mu ch larger n umber of essays and o t h er
,
literary articles O f those books an d ar t icles t h e titles

.
,
of about sixty allude to Tibet To t hem may be referred

.
re aders w h o wish fo r detail e d informa t ion about t hat

coun t ry i t s literature and i t s religion A ll t hat i t i s
, ,
.
proposed to do here is to say a fe w w ords abou t the

Tibe t an w ork from which h ave been ex t rac t ed t he tales
contained in th e present volume ; t o give a short accoun t
of the enthusiastic Hungari an s cholar C soma Korosi, ,
who had so much to do wi t h making that work known to

Europe ; an d t o call a t ten t ion to any features which the
stories n ow before us m ay h ave in common wi t h European
folk t ale s To do more w ithout merely repeating wha t has
-
.
,
been already said would require a rare amount of special

,
knowledge ; and it may safely be asserted t h at remarks

about Buddhism m a de by writers w h o d o not possess
,
such knowledge are seldo m of signal value

,
.
The tales contained in th e sacred books of Tibet i t may ,
b e as well to remark at th e outset appe ar to h ave li tt le

,
tha t is specially Tibe t an about them except their langu a ge .
S tories possessing ch arac t eristic features and su ffused w i t h

local colour may possibly live in t he memories of th e
IN TR O D U C TI O N .
n atives of that r e ion of lofty a n d bleak table lands wi t h

g
-
,
which s o few Fu r o p e a n s have h ad an opportuni t y of

‘
becoming familiar Bu t t he l egends and fables which the

.
late Professor S c hi e fn e r has t ransla t ed from the Kah gyur -
are merely Tibe t an versions of Sanskri t w ri t ings No .
m en t ion is made in t hem o f t hose peculiarities of Tibe t an

Buddhism which h ave m ost s t ruck th e fancy of foreig n
observers They n ever allude t o t he rosary of 1 0 8 he a ds
.
wh ich every Tibe t an carries t ha t h e may keep a reckon ,
ing of his good words w hich s upply to him the place o f

,
good deeds ; th e pray ing wheels t hose curious machines ,
which filled w ith prayers or charms or passages from

, , ,
h oly books s t and in t he t own s in every open place are

, ,
placed beside t h e foo t paths and the roads r evolve i n ,
e very stream and e ven ( by t h e help o f s ails like t hose o f

,
wind mills ) are t urned by every breeze which blows o er the ’
thrice sacred valleys of Tibet ; t he Trees of t he La w

-
“
,
”
t he lofty fi a g s t a ffs from w hich flu tt er banners emblazoned

wi t h t he sacred word s A h ! t he j e w el i s in t he lo t us
,
“
,
t he t urning of which t ow a rds heaven by th e w ind coun t s

as t he u t teran c e of a prayer capable o f bringing down
blessings upon t he whole country side ; or of t hat La mais m -
which bears outwardly at leas t a s t rong resemblance t o , ,
R omanism i n spi t e of t he essen tial difference of i t s teach

,
ings and of i t s mode o f t hough t ” 1

Th ere is therefore .
, ,
no presen t need to d w ell at leng t h upon the land in t o

which t he legends a n d doctrines were transplanted which
h ad previously flourished on I ndian soil or the people ,
by whom t hey have been religiously preserved but whose ,
ac t ions and t hough t s t hey do n o t by any m eans fully

represent A t t he pres en t da y
. says Mr Rhys Davids , .
,
t he Buddhism of Nep al a n d Ti b e t diffe r s from th e

'
Buddhis m of C eylon a s much as t he C hris t iani t y of

Ho m e or of Moscow differs from t h at of Scotland or
Wales Bu t he proceeds to sa y th e his t ory of B u d
.
, ,
“
“ B u hi
dd sm , b y T W . hyR s t i an Kn o w l dg
e e ) , pp . 1 99 — 2 1 1 and
vi i y i g Ch i
.
Da ds ( S o c e t fo r P r o m o t n r s 2 50 .
dhi sm from its commencement to its close is an epi t om e

o f t h e religious history o f mankind A n d w e h ave no t .
s olved the proble m of Buddhism w h en we have under

s t ood t he fait h of t h e early Buddhis t s I t is in this .
r espect t h a t t h e s t udy of later Buddhism i n C eylon ,
Burma and Siam i n Nep al and in Tibet in C hina

, , , ,
Mongolia and Japan is onl y se cond in impor t an ce t o the

, ,
s t udy o f early B u ddhism 1

.
”
With regard to the introduc t io n o f Buddhis m into Tibe t ,
Emil S chla g i n t w e i t 2 remarks t h a t t he early history i s “
involved in darkn es s and myth Sanang Se t se n i n his .

,
His t ory of th e Eas t Mongols s ays t hat duri ng th e ”

“ 3
,
r eign of King Hl a t o t o r i who came t o t h e t hrone in 3 6 7 ,
A D . four objects descended fro m h eave n one d ay and

.
,
ligh t ed u pon t h e golden t errace of his palace namely ,

“
,
the image of t wo hand s i n th e positio n o f prayer a golde n ,
pyramid temple an ell high a small co ffer w i t h a g e m

-
,
m arked wi t h t h e six fund amental syllables ( O m ma n i - -
p ad m e hum ) and t h e m anual called Sz awn a do k

- -
,
4
As
”
t he king did n o t unders t and t h e na t ure of th e holy obj ec t s ,
h e ordere d th e m t o be locked u p i n his t re asury Wh i le .
they lay t here misfor t un e came upon t he ki n g I f ,

“
.
children were born t hey came i n t o t h e world blind ; ,
fruits and g rain cam e to n o t hing ; cat t le pl a gue famine , ,
an d pestilence prevailed ; and of un avoidable misery w as

t here much Bu t af t er forty years h ad pas s ed there
.
,
came five s t ra n gers to t h e king and said Grea t king ,

“
,
h o w coulds t t ho u le t t hese obj ec t s so mys t ic and powerful , ,
be c as t i n t o th e t re asury ? Having t hus spoken t hey ,
1 “
L igi d
e ctu r e s on t he Or n an
3
G hi ht d O t M g le sc c e er s - on o en
G th f R li g i
ro w ll t t d
o e on as I u s ra e A d m M g li h
u s e i b t t on o sc en i e r se z
by m P i t i t h Hi t y f J b S hmi dt pp 5
,
”
so e o n s n e s or o v onI sa a c aco c 2
l di B ddhi m (b i g t h Hib b g 89
, .
”
an an u s e n e 27 St P t e e rs ur 1 2
b t L t f 88 0 pp 8 9 9
.
di g
. .
,
4
er ec ur e s or 1 1 —1 2 A t S hl g i t
cc o r it n o c a n w e
Wh b d C t t dV l k
, . .
,
t t m
’
t o se s a e en s are a se o n s r uc e e sse a w or on
p t h m d by C F Kopp l bj t f m i g p t f th
,
u on o se a e e n, m o ra su ec s or n ar o e
t d d k p K j
. .
”
i
n hi s s anDi ar w or u on
“
e an ur
l m i h Hi hi d K i h
.
"
a a sc e e r a rc e un rc e.
IN TRO D UC TI O N .
suddenl y disappeared Th erefore the king ordered t he

.
holy objects to be brough t fort h from t h e treasury and to ,
be attached to t h e points of standards and t rea te d with ,
the utmost r espect and reverence A f t er t hat all went .
well : the king became prosperous and long lived childre n -

,
w ere born beau t iful famine and pe stilence came to an

,
end and in th eir pl ace appeare d happines s and welfare

, .
Wi t h the date of this event Sanang Se t se n connects t he

introduc t ion of Buddhism into Tibe t ; but according to
Tibetan historians says S c hl a gi n t w e it the earliest period
, ,
o f t h e propaga t ion of Buddhism which reached do w n t ill ,
t h e e nd of t he ten t h cen t ury A D begins wi t h King

S r o n g t sa n G a m p o wh o was born in the year 6 1 7 A D
, . .
,
and died This king is said to h ave sent a mission

t o India in the year 6 3 2 A D the result of which was t he
. .
,
invention of a Tibetan alph abe t based upon Devan agar i ,
ch aracters and the transla t ion into Tibe t a n o f I ndian

,
sacred book s I n his introduction of Buddhism in t o hi s

.
kingdom he is s aid to h ave been most energetically

suppor t ed by hi s t w o wives o ne o f whom was a Nepalese
, ,
the other a C hinese princess Both of them who t hrough

.
,
out t heir life t ime proved most fai t h ful votaries to t he

fai t h of Buddh a are worshipped ei t her under the general
,
n ame of D olma ( in Sanskrit T ar a) or under t h e respec t ive ,
A f t er making consider
”
names of B o lk a r and B olj ang .
able progress during t h e reign o f t his monarch the n e w ,
reli gion los t ground under his immedia t e successors But .

“
u nder one of t hem Thi sr o n g de t s an

,
Buddhism began ,
to revive owing to the useful regul at ions pro c l aimed by

,
t his king He i t w as w h o successfully crushed an at te mpt

.
made by th e chiefs during hi s minori t y to suppress t he

new creed and it is principally due t o him t ha t t h e Bud
,
dhi st fai t h became henceforth permanen t ly es t abli sh ed

”
.
Towards th e end of t h e nin t h cen t ury continues S c hl a ,
i n t w e i t Buddhism was s t rongly opposed by a ruler who

g ,
“
commanded all t emples and monas t eries to be demolishe d ,
the images to be des t royed and t he sacred books t o be

,
IN TR OD U C TI O N .
burn t ; and his son and Successor is also said to h ave died
w ithout religion ; but his grandson w as favourably
”
incl ined to wards Buddhis m and rebuilt eight temples , .
“
With this pe r iod w e h ave t o conn ect t he second propaga
t ion o f Buddhis m ; i t received especially fro m t he y ear
’
-
,
9 7 1 A D a powerful impetus from the joint ende avours of

. .
,
the returned Tibetan priests ( who h ad fled th e coun t ry

under t he preceding kings) and o f the le arne d I ndian ,
priest P andita A tis b a an d his pupil Brom ston Shortly -

.
before A tisb a cam e t o Tibet 1 0 4 1 A D the K ala C hakra , . .

,
doc t rine or Tantrika mysticism w as introduced in t o Tibet

, , ,
and in th e twelf t h and thirteenth cen t uries many I n dian

refugee s settled i n th e country wh o grea t ly assis t ed t he ,
Tibe t an s i n the translatio n of S an skrit books I t is pro .

”
bably from this period that th e Kah -gyur d ates .
I n the fou r teen t h century arose th e reformer Tso n kha p a ,
w ho imposed upon hims elf the difficult task o f uni t in g

“
an d reconcili ng t he dialectical an d mystical s chools which

Tibetan Buddhism h ad brought for th and also of e r a di ,
cat ing the abuses gr adu a lly introduced by t h e pries t s .

”
Tradi t ion a sserts th at h e had some intercours e with a “
stranger from th e Wes t wh o w as remarkable for a long ,
nose Hu c believes t his stranger to h ave been a European

.
mission ary an d con nects t h e rese mblan ce of t he religiou s

,
service in Tibet to t he Ro m an C atholic r itual w i t h t he

in formation which Tso n kha p a might have receive d from
t his R oman C atholic priest We a r e not yet able to .
decide t he question as to h o w far Buddhism may h ave

borrowed from C hristianity ; but t he rite s of t he Buddhists
enum er ated by t he Fren ch mission ary can for t h e most
par t ei t her be traced back to ins t i t u t ion s peculiar t o
Buddhis m or t h ey h ave sprung up i n periods posterior t o
,
”
Tso n kha p a .
1
Mr Rhys Davids has remarked that

. A s in India ,
“
,
after the expul sion of Buddhism th e degrading w orship ,
of Siva and his dusky bride had been incorpora t ed into

1 Em il S chl a g in t w e i t ,
“
B
u dd hi s m in T ib e t, pp . 6 0 —70 .
Brahmanism fro m the wild and s av a ge devil w orship of -
the d ark n on A ry a n tribes so as pure Buddhism died away

-
,
i n t he Nor th t he Ta n tr a system a mix t ure of magic and

, ,
witchcraf t and Siva worship was incorpora t e d in t o t he -

,
cor ru p t ed Buddhis m 1 O f t his ch ange for t he worse .

”
,
eviden ce abo u t w hich t here can be no mistake is supplied

by th e Tibe t an sacred books Dr Malan who has made . .
,
h imself acquainted with t he conten t s o f some of t heir

volumes in t he original s ays 2
There are passages of gr ea t , ,
beauty and grea t good sense th e mos t abs t ruse me t a ,
physics and t h e most absurd and incredible stories ; ye t

,
not worse t han t hos e told in the Talmud w hich equal o r ,
eve n s urp as s the m in absurdi t y .

”
On Ne w Year s day 1 8 20 a t raveller star ted fro m Buch

’
ares t on a n adventurous j ourney towards th e East His .
n ame was A lexander C soma K erosi ( or de Keros ) 3 and he ,
w as one o f th e sons of a Szekler military family of E er g
patak in the Transylvanian circle of Hungary I n 1 799

‘
.
, ,
w hen he seems to have been about nine years old he ,
w as s ent t o the P rotes t a nt C ollege a t Nagy En y e d where -

,
h e s t udied for many years wi t h the idea o f t aking orders .
I n 1 8 1 5 h e was sent to Germany an d there he st u died ,
for three years chiefly a t t he U nive r s i t y of G o tt ingen

, ,
where he a tt ended t h e lec t ures of th e celebrated O rien

t a li st J ohann Gottfried Eichhorn A f t er his re t urn fro m .
G e rmany he spen t th e grea t er part of the year 1 8 1 9 in

,
s tudying various Slavonic dialec t s first at Temesvar i n ,
L ower Hungary then at A gram in C roatia ,

Bu t he soon .
resolved t o ap ply hi m self to les s known tongue s -

.
1
B u dd hi m p
s 20 7 The e x a ct da t e
f hi s rt ha s
o bi h
l i b i
.
, .
2
In a e t t e r t o t he w r t e r o f t he
. n ot e e n a s c e r t a n e d, b u t o n e o f hi s
I n t r o du c t o n i Hu n a r a n g i
bi g ph o ra e r s st a t e s t a t h
g i l b hi y h
.
3
In Hu n a r a n hi s n a m e w o u d he w a s a o u t t r t w e n he s t a r t e d
i i C
b e w r tt e n K e r os so m a S an do r ; h
e a s t w a r d i n 1 8 20 A n o t e r a ss e r t s
h lx h b
.
i n Fr e n c , A e a n dr e s o ma de C t a t he w as o r n i n t he Tr a n sy l
gli h
K or OS ; i n En s , he s g n e d h i m i v i v ll g
an a n i a e o f Ker os, o n t he 4 t h
self l x C
A e a n de r so m a K er os , t he i p il
of A r 1 7 84 .
na m e ibi g
K e r os e n an a d e ct iv a l
j
f i g
o rm, m e a n n
“
o f K u r ds
”
.
IN TR O D UC TION .
“
oth er liberal pursuits he w rote in
A m ong ,
“
my favourite studies w ere philology geography and , ,
history A l t h ough my e cl e si a st i c a l studies had prepared

.
m e for an h onourabl e employment in my native country ,
yet my inclin ation for th e s t udies above mentioned i n -

-
du ce d m e to seek a wider field for their future cul t iva t ion .
A s my p aren t s w ere dead an d m y o n l v bro t her did not ,
want my assistan ce I resolved to leave my na t ive country ,
an d t o come tow ards the Eas t and by some me a ns or , ,
o ther procuri n g subsisten ce to dev ote m y w hole l ife to ,
research es w hich m a y be af t er w ards useful i n gen eral to

th e learn ed world o f Europe a n d in p ar t icul ar m ay i fl u s ,
t rate some obscure facts in ancient history Havi n g n o .

”
hope h e says of ob t aining an imperial passport for his “ ”

“
, ,
journey he procured a printed Hu n garian p assport a t

,
“
Nagy -En y e d to come on som e pretended bu siness to

,
B uchares t in t ending t o study Turkish t here and th en t o

”
,
go on to C ons t antinople B ut h e could obtain nei t her .
instruction in Turkish nor t h e m ean s o f goi n g direct t o

C onstan t inople So he set forth fro m Buch ares t on the
.
I st o f J anuary 1 8 2 0 and tra v elled wi t h som e Bulgarian ,
compa n ion s to P hilippopolis Tidings of plague forced .
him t o turn asid e t o the coast o f t he A rchipelago whence ,
h e sailed i n a Greek ship t o A lex andria Driven from .
th a t ci t y by th e plague h e made his way by s ea to t he ,
coast of Syria and t hen ce o n foo t t o A leppo From that

, .
city h e proceeded to Bagdad w hich h e reach ed i n J n ly ,

—
,
travelling par t o f the w ay o n foot w i t h di fferent cara ,
van s from variou s places i n an A siatic dress and t he , ,

”
r es t by water o n a raf t In Sep t ember h e left Bagda d .

”
,
trave l ling i n European costume on horseback w i t h a

caravan and i n the middle of next mon t h h e arrived a t
,
Teheran I n t h e capi t al of P ersia he spen t four mon ths

. .
I n March 1 8 2 1 he ag a in s t arted wi t h a caravan t ravelling ,
1 l tt
In a ti i g bife er, con a n n a r e Roy l A i ti S i ty
a s a c oc e an d f rom
k t h f hi l i f p t t h t t i m hi h th p g it
,
s e c o s e u o a e, w t kc a re a en e a ssa es c ed
w hi h c p bli h d i 8 3 4 i t h
w as u s e n 1 n e a b v q t ti
o e as uo a o n s.
fi t v l m
rs f th
o u J l f th
e o e o u rn a o e
INTR O D U C TION .
as an A rmenian and af t er a stay of s ix months i n Khora

, ,
S an ,
arrived in t h e middle o f November at Bokhara .
There he intended to p ass the w inter ; but at the en d

o f five days a ffrighted by frequent exaggera t ed repor t s
,
“
o f t he approach o f a numerous R ussian army h e tra ,
v e ll e d wi t h a carava n to Kabul w h ere he arrived early i n ,
J anuary 1 8 2 2 A t the end o f a fortnight he agai n set ou t with

.
a caravan Making acquaintance o n the w ay with R u n j e e t

.
S ing s French o ffi ce r s G e n e r a l s A llard and Ve n t u r a he acco m

’
, ,
p a n i e d t hem to L ahore By their aid he obtained . permis

sion t o enter Kashmir with t he intentio n of proceeding ,
t o Yarkand ; bu t finding that th e r oad w as very difficult ,
”
expensive and dangerous for a C hristian h e set out fro m
, ,
L e h in L adak the far t hest point h e reach e d to re t urn to

, ,
L ahore O n his w ay back near the Kash mir frontier he

.
, ,
met Mr Moorcroft and returned w ith him to Le h There

. .
Mr Moorcroft lent hi m t h e Alp ha b e t u m Ti b e ta n u m

.
“ ”
,
th e ponderou s work published at Rome in 1 7 6 2 compiled ,
by Fa t her A ntonio A gostino Giorgi out of th e m aterials

s ent from Tibet by th e C apuchin Friars Its perusal .
induced him t o stay for some time at Le h i n order to

s t udy Tibetan profi t ing by the conversation and i n str u c
,
“
tion of an intelligent person w ho w as w ell acquainted ,
w i t h th e Tibe t an and Persian languages During th e .

”
w inter which h e spent at Kashmir he became so i n

, ,
t e r e ste d in Tibetan that h e determined to devote himself

to i t s study so as t o be able to penetrate into those
,
“
numerou s and highly intere sting volumes w hich are to

be found in every large monas t ery He communicated .
”
his ideas to Mr Moorcrof t w ho fully approved o f his

.
,
plan and provided hi m wi t h money and official r e c o m

,
m e n da t i o n s S t arting afresh from Kashmir in May 1 8 2 3

.
,
he reached Le h in the beginning of J une From t hat .
ci t y he says travelling i n a sou t h -westerly direc t ion I

, , ,
arrived 0 11 the nin t h day at Y a n g la and from the 20 th of ,
J une 1 8 2 3 to t h e 2 2 d of O ctober 1 8 2 4 I soj ourned i n

Z a n skar ( t he most south western provi n ce of Lad akh) -
,
IN TRO D U C TIO N .
w here I applied mys elf to t he Tibetan literature assisted ,
by t he Lama .
With th e approach of w inter he left Z a n sk a r and to ,
w ards the en d o f November 1 8 2 4 arrived at S a b a t hti I n '

.
the le t ter w hich h e wrote dur ing his stay there in J anuary ,
1 8 2 5 he says ,
A t my firs t e n t rance to the British Indian
,
“
t erritory I was fully p ersu aded I should be received as a

,
friend by th e Govern men t Nor w as h e disappointed .

”
.
As at Bagdad and Teheran s o in I ndia w as th e Hungarian ,
pilgrim welcomed and assis t ed by the B ritish authori t ies .
I n 1 8 2 6 h e seems ( says Dr A rchibald C ampbell 1 ) t o have .
paid a secon d visit to Wes t ern Tibe t and to have continued ,
to study i n th e monasteries of that coun t ry living in t he ,

”
poorest possible manner till 1 8 3 1 I n the autumn of , .
t hat ye ar Dr C ampbell met him at S imla dressed in a

.
,
coarse blue cloth loose go w n extending to his heels and , ,
a smal l cloth cap of the s ame material He wore a grizzly .
beard shunned t h e socie t y of Europeans and passed his

, ,
w hole t ime in s t udy I t is much to be regretted that he .

”
has left n o record o f his r esidence in the monasteries in

which h e passed s o long a t ime in one o f w hich with , ,
“
the t h ermome t er below zero for more th an four months ,
h e w as preclude d by t h e severi ty of th e weather fro m

s t irring out o f a roo m nine feet square Yet in this situa .
tion h e read from m orning till evening w i t hout a fire th e ,
ground forming his bed and the wal ls of th e building his ,
pro t e ction a gains t t he rigours of the clima t e an d s t ill h e ,
collec t ed and arranged forty th ous and word s in th e lan

guage o f Tibe t and n early comple t ed his Dictionary and ,
Grammar ” 2
Day after day s ays M P avie h e w ould si t
.
3
, .
,
in a wretch ed h ut at th e door of a monas t ery reading ,
J1 l f t h A i t i S i ty A
o u rn a o d t i l by D C m pb ll
e s a c oc e s e co n ar c e r a e
i l di g l t t f m Li t C l l
.
,
of l xiv p t
en a p 8 4 2, 2 nc u eu - o one
BQ g tl d by D C m pb ll f m Ll y d
vo ar n a e er ro
p bli h d i l xiv
.
, . .
, . ,
2
uo e r a e ro o w as u s e n vo . .
,
di t i l ti l by P f H p t pp 8 23 8 7
.
,
H ‘
an e or a ar e sso r ar 2, — 2
c e ro
Vil ppl m t t t h i t t i g t i l T ib t
. . .
3
. th so n inI e su e en o e n an n e res n ar c e on e
G v m t G z tt f 9 t h J l y i t h R
o e rn en d D a M de
m e o u n e ev u e es e uce on es , v f’
18 9 2 J . l f A i t i S i t y é i t m 1 9 (J ly
o u rn a o s a c oc e s r e, o u
f B g l l xi p t 1 p 3 5
.
o en a , vo . ar . 0 .
.
, ,
aloud Buddhistic works wi t h a Lama by his side When .
a page was finished t he t wo readers would n udge each ,
o ther s elbows The ques t ion was which of them was t o

’
.
t urn over the leaf t hereby exposing his hand for th e ,
momen t unprotected by t he long furred sleeve to the risk

,
-
,
of b eing fros t bit t en - .
In May 1 8 3 2 he w ent to C alcut t a wh ere h e m et wi t h ,
grea t kindness fro m many scholars e specially P rofessor ,
H H Wilson and Mr Jame s Pr i n se p and af t er a t ime

. . .
, , ,
he was appointe d assis t an t—librarian t o t h e A sia t ic Socie t y

o f Bengal A t C alcut t a h e spent man y years and there
.
,
his two principal works t he Essay Towards a Dictionary , ,
Tibetan and English 1

and th e G rammar of th e Tibe tan ,
”
L anguage were brought ou t a t t he expen se of G overnment

”
,
in 1 8 3 4 In t h e beginni n g of says Dr C ampbell .

,
his anxie t y t o visit L assa induced him t o leave C alcutt a

for Ti t alya in t he hope of accomplishing his design through
,
Roo t an S iki m or Nipal

, O f hi s life in Ti t alya where
, .
,
he seems t o have spen t more t h an a year som e account is ,
given by C olonel G W A Lloyd who s ays He would . . .

, ,
no t remain in my h ouse as h e thought hi s ea ti ng and ,
living with me would cause him to be deprived of the

familiarity and society of the n atives w ith whom i t was ,
his wish to be colloquially intimate and I t herefore got ,
him a common n at ive hu t and made i t as comfor t able as ,
I could for him but s t ill he seemed to me to be miserably

,
o ff I also got hi m a servant to whom h e paid three or

.
,
four rupees a mon th and his living did no t cos t him more ,
than four more .

”
Towar ds t he end o f 1 8 3 7 2 he returned to C alcutta I .
have been favoured by a very accomplished linguis t t h e ,
te v S C Malan D D R ector of Broa dwindsor Dorset

. . .
, . .
, , ,
1 The w o r of k
s o m a de Kor e a l Ll y d y t h t h t hi k
C 9
C l o on e o sa s a e n s
h
i s t at o f an o r ig l i v ig
in a C m Ko o i m i d t T i t ly
n e st ator , so a r s re a n e a a a.
a n d t he f i l p l l t ill N v m b 8 3 7 J
r u t o f a mo st u n a r a l e e d l f th o e er 1 ou rn a o e
i i p i y A i t i S i t y f B g l l xiv
.
de te r m n a t o n a n d a t e n c e , ” s a s s a c oc e o en a vo
p f p t
. .
, ,
l l A J a sc hke , i n t he r e a c e to hi s
. .
ar 2
i t gli h i i y
.
T be a n -En s D ct o n a r .
w w as at one t i me secretary to t h e A siatic Society o f

ho
Bengal w i t h an account of his acquaintance with C soma
,
Koi osi during the Hungarian sch olar s secon d residence

’
'
at C alcut t a Dr Malan w ri t es as follows

. .
A s regards C som a de K eros I n ever t hink of him w ith ,
o ut interest and gra t itude I h ad h eard of him an d see n .

,
his Tibe t an Grammar and Dic t ionary be fore le aving En g

land A n d on e t h ing th a t used t o make m e thi n k a five
.
months voy a ge in t erminable was m y lo n ging t o become

’
acquainted w i t h one who h ad prepared t h e way for t h e

acquisi t io n of a language o f A sia th ought unti l t hen ,
almos t mythical For nei t her Fa t her Georgi s nor A bel

.
’
R ému s a t s t reatis es went very far t o clear t he mys t ery

’
.
O n e of my early visits t h en was to the A siatic So cie t y s

“ ’
, ,
house [ in C alcu t ta] where C som a lived as under librarian 1 ,

-
.
I found him a man o f middle s t a t ure of somewh at stra n ge ,
expre ssio n and features mu ch weather -beaten from his ,
travels but kind amiable and willing to impart all h e

, , ,
kne w He was h owever very sh y an d extre mely di si n

.
, , ,
t e r e st e d A lthough I h ad t o cross t h e river t o com e to

.
h im I requeste d him a t once to give me o n e le sson a w eek

,
i n Tibetan an d h e agreed to do s o most readily

,
Bu t I .
could no t make hi m consent t o take any money He t old .
me to come as o ften as I liked on t he condition th a t his ,
t eaching w a s to b e free for th e pleasure an d love of i t , .
O f course t his preve n t ed me fro m v isi t ing h im as fr e

quen t ly as I sh ould other w ise h ave done ye t I went t o ,
him for a lesso n as ofte n as I d are d to do s o A lthough .
I frequentl y asked him to come and s t ay i n my house for

ch ange of air I ne ver could prevail upon hi m t o come
, ,
owing to his sh yness an d retiring h abi t s B ut as I h ap .
pened to be the only person who was troubling himsel f

about Tibetan h e an d I be came very good friends during
,
the whole of my ( alas ! t oo short) stay i n I ndi a An d .
1
Dr Ma l a n isi b t
n ot ce r ta n a ou so n s bg
e an not l a te r t h an Au g u st
hi fi t i t vi ith
.
t he da t e o f s rs n er ew w 1 83 8
i b t hi T ib t l
.
C so ma K er o s , u s e an es
xvii i IN TR O D U C TIO N .
wh en we parted h e gave me th e whole of h is Tibe t a n

b o oks some thir t y volumes I value such relics highly
,
.
,
a n d s t ill use t he same volume containing his G rammar ,
and Dic t iona r y which I u sed t o t urn over wi t h him

,
.
”
Speaking of C soma K oro si s li t erary life at C alcu tt a M

’
, .
Pavie says in th e ar t icle which ha s already been ci t ed

, ,
These l abours occupied his time for th e space of nine

y ears He had t urned his s t u dy into a sort of cell fro m
.
,
which h e scarcely ever emerged excep t to wal k up and ,
down t he lo n g neighbouring galleries It was t here t ha t .

,
during o u r S t ay i n Beng a l w e very fr equen t ly s aw him , ,
absorbed in a dreamy medi t ation smili ng at his own ,
t houghts as silen t as t he Brah m ans w ho were copying

,
Sanskri t t ex t s He had forgo tt en Europe to live amid

.
t h e clouds of ancien t A sia .
Early in 1 8 4 2 C som a K orosi lef t C alcu tt a wi t h th e ,
i n t ention of revisi t ing Tibe t and of m aking hi s way if , ,
p ossible t o L hasa w here

,
h e w a s in hopes of discoveri n g ,
r ich s t ores of Tibetan li t era t ure as ye t unknown to t he
learn ed world O n t he 2 4 th of March he arrived a t

.
Darj i l i ng in Nepal where t h e superin t enden t of t h e

'
, ,
s t a t ion Dr A rchibald C ampbell did all he could to fur ther

, .
,
hi s views But on the 6 t h o f A pril h e was a tt acked by

.
fever and on t he 1 1 t h he died a vic tim as Professor Max

, , ,
Mul ler h as said t o his heroic devo t ion t o t he s t udy of

,
an cient language s and religion s Hi s w ants apart fro m .

,
li t erary requirem en t s appear t o h ave been as few as t h ose ,
of any monk wheth er C hris t ian or Bud dhis t ic

, Hi s .
effec t s says Dr C ampbell consis t ed o f four boxes of

,
”
.
,
“
books and papers t he sui t of blue clo t hes which he always ,
wore and in w hich he died a few shirts and one cooking

, , ,
pot Hi s fo od was confin ed t o t ea of which he was very

.
,
fond and plain boiled rice of which h e a t e very lit t le O n

, ,
.
a m a t o n t he floor w ith a box of books on t he four sides , ,
he sa t a t e slept an d s t u died ; n ever undr e s s ed a t nigh t

, , , ,
a n d rarely wen t ou t during t he day He never drank w in e .
or spiri t s or used t obacco or o t her stimulants

, .
”
I N TR O D U C TI O N .
M uller 1 has written wi t h reference t o Hi o u e n t hsa n g the -

,
C hinese pilgri m w ho spent so much t ime quie t ly pur “

,
suing amon g s t rangers w i t hin th e bleak walls of the cel l ,
o f a Buddhis t coll ege t he study of a foreign language , ,
t hat there wa s some thing in his life and t he work of his

life th at places him by right among the h eroes o f Greece ,
the martyrs of R om e the knigh t s of th e C rusades the , ,
explorers of th e A rctic regions ; something t hat makes i t

a du t y t o inscribe his name on t he r oll of t he wor thies o f
”
th e human race .
Al t hough t h e language and litera t ure of Tibet occupied

so much of C soma Ker b si s t ime and t hough t s y e t t he
'
main object of his life was to work out t h e mys t erious

problem as t o t he origin of t h e Hungarian n a tion .
A ccording to M Jules Mohl i t w a s a remark of Blumen .

,
bach s about t h e poss ibility of discovering in A sia the

’
original home of t he prehistoric ancestors o f t he Magyars ,
which firs t t urned t he attention to t h e subje c t of t he

young Hungarian who was th en studying medicine a t ,
G ot t ingen A ccording t o Hu n fa l v y his fancy may have

2
.
,
been fired by De G u ig n e s s opinion published a li ttle b e ’
fore 1 8 1 5 that t h e Huns ha d wandered fro m th e w estern

,
borders of the C hin ese empire firs t t o t h e neighbourhood ,
of the Volga an d t h en o n to P annonia Bu t t he fac t of

,
.
C soma K or osi being a Szekler by bir t h says Hu n fa l v y , ,
is regarded as one o f the reason s for his looking for the

origin of his n a t ion and langu a ge in th e seat o f the ancient
Huns For th e Hungarian chronicles h ad for cen t uries
'
nourish ed in t h e Szeklers th e belief that t hey were the

direc t descend a nts of th e Hun s of A t t ila In a let t er .
which he wro t e home during his stay in Teheran da t ed ,
the z l st of December 1 8 2 0 he said Bo t h t o sa t isfy ,
1 “
C hip f G m s k p bli h d i
ro m a G e r m an Work an d er an w or s u s e n
sh p ”i 78
o H g y I m i d bt d t M E
2 un ar a n e e o r.
Di U g i h S p h i D B tl f th B iti h M
, . .
, .
3 “
e n a r scm e r ac w s se n u e r, o e r s u se u
h ft I it m k B i ht m h q i t it h H g i
.
,
" '
sc a / er a sc e er c e e s w o se a c ua n a n ce w un ar an
B d p t 8 7 7 B d i li t t h l d t hi b i g l t d
,
U g n arn u a es 1 e ra u re as e o s e n e ec e
h ft i pp 5 4 9 7 F t hi d h y m mb f th H
. .
.
, .
,
e — or s an an o n ora r e er o e un .
th f g i k g i A d my f S i
. .
.
,
o t H
e r r e e r en ce s o un ar an w or s ar an ca e o c e n ce s .
o w n desire an d to prove my gratitude and love to

.
my ,
m y n ation I h ave set o ff and must search for t he origin

, ,
o f my n a t ion according to the lights which I have kindled

in Germany avoiding nei t her d angers th at may perh aps
,
o ccur nor t h e distan ce I may have t o t ravel Heaven

, .
has favoured my course and if some great misfortun e doe s ,
no t happen to m e I shall within a shor t time be able to

,
prove t ha t my convic t ion w as founded u pon n o fal se

basis .
”
During his s t ay i n C alcutta between his expedi ,
t ions h e experien ced t h e bitterest m oments of his life

,
“
,
”
bei n g conscious that up to th at t ime h e h ad frui t lessly

looked for th e origin of t h e Hu n garians I t was that .
feeling says Hu n fa l v y w h ich drove him for t h upon th e

, ,
pilgrimage w hich proved fatal to him A ccording to .

“
his convic t ion t he cou ntry inh abited by t he D su g u r or

,
D zungar race dwelling t o t he north e ast of Lh ass a on t h e

,
-
,
wes t ern fron t ier of C hin a was t he goal which h e h ad ,
been seeking all his life t h e region in w hich h e migh t ,
h ope at l eng t h to discover th e A sia t ic descendants of th e

a ncestors of his Hungarian forefa t hers
”
The foundatio n .
of his h opes as expressed a fe w days before his death t o

,
Dr C ampbell w as as follo w s
.
,
I n th e diale cts of Europe ,
th e S cl a v o n i c C el t ic Saxon and German I believe the

, , , , ,
people wh o gave th eir n ame to th e country n o w called

Hungary w ere styled Hunger or U ngur O o n g a r or ,
Y o o n g a r ; and in A rabic Turkish an d P ersian works , ,
there are n otice s of a n ation in C en t ral A sia resembling

i n many respects t he people who came from the Eas t into
Hungary I n th ese languages they are styled O o g u r
.
,
W o o g u r Vo o g u r or Y o o gu r according to th e pronun cia

, , ,
t ion of the P ersian le t ters ; and from t he s ame works i t

m igh t be inferred h e said t h a t the country of th e Y o o g u r s
, ,
was si t ua t ed as above no t ed Hi s views h owever on .

”
, ,
this subj e c t are n ot accep t e d by hi s countrymen His .
opinion was bas ed upon a false founda t ion says Hu n ,

”
falvy and consequen t ly his l abours in that par t icular

,
field h ave remained w ith out resul t But as a scho l ar in .

x x ii IN TR O D UC TIO N .
general as a s peci alis t in everything wh ich c oncerns Tibe t

, ,
and as a single -minded s el f sa cr i fi ci n g s t udent h e is held

,
-
,
in high honour i n his native l a nd as may be learn t fro m ,
the ora tion which was delivered in his honour at Pes t o n

t he 8 t h of O c t ober 1 84 3 by Baron J oseph Eotvos who was ,
a t one t ime the Minis t er of Public Ins t ruc t io n for Hungary .
O n this subj e c t I h ave been favoured wi t h a letter ( in

English ) from t h e Hungarian linguis t and explorer Pr o
fe sso r A rminius Vém b ér y I n it af t er sta t ing that scarcely
.
,
anything is know n in Hungary about t he early years of

C soma K er osi he proceeds t o s ay
,
We only kno w t ha t
i t was the study o f O riental language s in Germany which
gave him th e idea of t h e pos sibili t y of finding a people i n
A sia speaking our language and closely connected w i t h ,
us This of cour se w as a mistake for Hungarian a mixed

.
, , , ,
t ongue consisting of an Ugrian and a Turko Ta t ar dialec t -

,
has undergone t wo gene t ic periods — one in the an cien t

seat be t ween t he U rals and the Volga and ano t her after ,
t he se ttleme nt on P annonia where also l arge Slavoni c ,
elements inserted t hemselves It w as thus a sheer i m .
possibili t y to discover in A sia a language sim ilar to ours ,
al though a considerable amoun t of a ffi ni t y can be proved ,
par t ly in th e U grian branch ( th e O s t yak and t h e Vogul) ,
par tly in th e Eas t ern Turkish unadulterated by P ersia n ,
and A rab influen ce .
This knowledge however is t h e result of recent i n

, ,
v e st i a t i o n s and poor K ero si could have h ad hardly any

g ,
notion of it Hi s u nbounded love fo r science and for

.
his na t ion drove him to t he East wi t hou t a penny in his

pocket and most curious is t he account I heard from a n
,
old Hungarian C ount Teleky regarding t he o u t set of

, ,
K or osi s t ravels Th e C oun t was s tanding before t he gate

’
.
of his house in a village in Transylvania when h e s a w ,
Korosi passing by clad in a thin yell o w nankin dress

, ,
wi t h a s t ick in his hand and a small bundle .
Where are you going M K orosi asked t h e C ount , . .
I am going t o A sia i n search of our rela t ives was ,

’
the answer .
INTR O D U C TI O N . xxi ii
h e really we nt
A n d thu s undergoing as may easily ,
be conce i ved a ll t h e h ardships and priva t ions of a traveller

,
des t itute of means l iving upo n a i m s and exposed b e, , ,
sides to th e bi t ter deception of not having found the

,
looked for relat ives A n d s t ill h e wen t o n i n his n u

-
.
flaggi n g zeal u n t il assisted by your noble countrymen

, , ,
h e was able to raise himself a me morial by his Tibe t an

s t udies .
“
I suppos e t hat w he n dying i n L adak ,
h e al w ays
h ad his eyes dire cted t o t h e steppes nor t h of Tibet to t he ,
Ta n g u s country wh ere of cours e h e w ould h ave again

, , ,
been disillusio n ed .
“
K or osi was therefore a victim to unripe philologica l
'
speculation like many o th er Hungarian scholars unknown

,
t o t he world Bu t his n ame wil l be always a glory to

.
our nation an d I am really glad t o h ear that [

,
som e one]
h as devo t ed t ime t o refresh the me mory of tha t grea t
m a n — Yours very sin cerely ,
A . VAMBERY .
B APUD ES T, Fe br u a r y 2 0 , 1 88 2 .
A bo ut t h e ti m e wh en C soma Kor osi was star t ing from

Buch arest o n his adventurous pilgrimage another equally ,
genuine and disin t erested s cholar Mr Brian Houghton ,

.
Ho dgson w as comme ncing h is lo n g residence in Nepa l

,
.
L iving continuously i n tha t coun try for t hree and t wen t y - -
y ears and occupying from 1 8 3 1 t o 1 8 4 3 the impor t ant pos t

,
of Bri tish Residen t a t Ka t hmandu he was able to succeed i n ,
making t he immens e collec t ions o f B u ddhis t ic w orks which

he afterwards wi t h a generosi t y as great as his ind u s t ry
, ,
made gratui t ously accessible t o European scholars The .
real beginning of an his t orical and cri t ical s t udy of t he

”
doctrines of Buddh a says Professor Max M uller C hips , ,
1
. da t es from t he year 1 8 2 4 I n t hat year Mr . .
Hodgso n anno unced th e fac t tha t t he original d o cuments

of th e B u ddhis t can on had been preserve d in S anskri t in
t he monas t eries of Nepal Bu t t here is n o need to dwell .
”
here on t he w ell kno w n fac t t hat an immense amount of

-
such Sanskrit literature w as disco vered by Mr Ho dgso n .
in Nepal and presen t ed to t h e Royal A sia t ic Society t he

, ,
A siatic Socie t y of Bengal an d the S o ci été A si a ti gu e of ,
P aris We h ave at present to deal only w i t h the stores

.
o f in forma t ion w hich b e ex t racted from Tibet Mr . .
Hodgson not only es t ablished the fact P rofessor Max ,
M uller goes o n to say t ha t some of t h e Sanskri t docu ,

“
m en t s which he recovered h ad existed i n the monas t eries

”
o f Nepal ever since t he se cond century of our era b u t ,
h e also sh owed th at the wh ole of that collection had five ,
or six hundred years l a t er when Buddhism became de ,
fini t ely es t ablish ed in Tibet been translated in t o t he ,
language of th a t coun t ry O f the s acred canon of t he .

”
Tibe t ans t ransla t ed into t heir language from Sanskri t

, ,
Mr Hodgson received a copy as a presen t from t h e Dalai

.
L ama and t h is h e presented t o t he Eas t India C omp any

, .
A s early as 1 8 2 8 h e prin t ed i n t h e A sia t ic R esearche s

“ ”
( vol xvi ) an ar t icle on Nepal and Tibe t i n which h e

. .
,
s t at ed t h a t the body of Bho t iya Tibe t an] li t era t ure

now is and long has been a mass o f t ransla t ions from
, ,
Sanskrit ; i t s language na t ive ; i t s le tt ers (like i t s ideas )

I ndian 1
To t ha t s t at ement h e in 1 8 3 7 appended t his
.
”
n ote : It is needless n o w t o say ho w f u lly t hese views

“
h ave been confirme d by t he researches of De K or os I t .
is but j us t ice to myself t o add t h a t t he real nature of t he

K a hg y u r and S t a n gy u r was expressly sta t ed and proved
by me t o t he secre t ary of th e A siatic Society some t ime
before M D e Kor os s ample revelations were made
'
’
. .
C omple t e copies of bo t h collec t ions h ave been presen t ed

by me t o t he Honourable Eas t India C omp any and o thers ,
procured for t he A sia t ic Socie t y C alcu tt a : upon t he la tt er ,
M De K or os worked I t w as a fort una t e combina t ion”

'
. .
which brough t t he S pecial knowledge and the pa tien t

indus t ry of C soma K or osi into con t act with t he immense
'
mass of ma t erials ob t ained by Mr Hodgson from Tibe t . .
1
S e e, h ow e v er, an a cc o u n t o f T ib t e an n on - B ud dhi t i
s c w or k s in J ou rn a l
of A S . . of B . 1 88 1 .
IN TR O D UC TI O N . xxv
Of the sacred canon of t h e Tibetans th e following

descrip t io n is given by Professor Max M uller who refers ,
to Kop p e n s R
’
eligion des Buddh a as his a u t ho r i ty z l ”
It consis t s of tw o collec tion s commonly called th e Kan ,
jur a n d Ta n j ur Th e proper spelling o f their n ames i s .
B k a h hgy u r -
pronounced Kah gy u r and Es t an hgy u r
2
,
-
,
-
,
pronounced Tan gyur The Kanj ur consis t s in i t s differen t -

.
,
edi t ion s of 1 0 0 1 0 2 or 1 0 8 volum e s f olio I t comprises

, , , .
1 0 8 3 dis t inc t works The Tanjur consists of 2 2 5 volumes .
folio eac h w eighing fro m four to five pound s in th e edi t ion

,
o f Peking Edi t ions of t his colossal code were prin t e d

.
at P eking Lhassa a n d o th er pl aces The edi t ion of th e

, , .
Kanj ur published at P ek i n g by command of the Emperor ,
Khian Lun g sold fo r 6 0 0 A copy of th e Kanj ur was

-
, .
bar t ered for 70 0 0 oxen by th e B u r i a t e s; an d t he same

tribe paid 1 2 0 0 silver roubles for a comple t e cop y o f t h e
Ka n jur and Tanjur togeth er Such a j ungle of re ligious .
li t era t ure — th e most ex cellen t h iding place we should -

,
t h ink for L amas and D alai La m a s w a s t oo much e ve n

,
- fi
for a man wh o could travel o n fo ot from Hungary t o

Tibe t The Hu n garian en t husias t ho w ever t h oug h h e
. , ,
did not transla t e the w hole gave a most valuable analysis ,
o f this immen se Bible in th e seven t een t h volu me of th e

‘ A siatic R esearches sufficien t to es t ablis h t he f ac t that
’
t h e prin cipal por t ion of it w a s a tran slation from t he same

Sanskri t originals which had been discovered in Nep al by
Mr Hodgson
. .
”
The Sanskrit w orks which Mr Hodgs o n so generously .
presented t o the A siatic Society of P aris were soon t urned

to good accoun t Fro m them M Eug ene B u r n o u f dre w . .
t he m aterials for his celebra t ed Introduction a l Hi st o ir e ’
du B u ddhi sm e I ndien
”
But of t he Tibe t an s acred writ .
C hip s, i 1 93 Jé i K ’
cr s a nd our
j t i m ta con ra re en .
p p i ip p
. .
M
'
2
L eo n Fe e r ha s a do t e d t he m d th g p h
’
es r nc es or o ra e, a r ce
f l i f m q i
.
o r m Ka n d o u r i n hi s t r a n s a t o n o f K dj
j q ue an ou r tes une or e u
C so m a K or os s’
Ana s s
”
i
(A n ly i im it l p e a ro non c a i ti t t p i t
on e n es
’
o n
ma le s da Ma sce Ou i met , t o m 2 )
'
du t o u t lo ca lq d m t t ib é t i
u e u o a n .
”
y f t p
.
b u t he sa s i n a o o t n o e t o 1 4 3, .
I NTRO D UC TIO N .
ings w hi ch w e r e als o rendered available t o Europ e an

'
st u dents no great us e has ever been made except by t wo

,
s cholars C soma K erosi as has bee n already s t ated p u b

.
, ,
li she d an A n alysis of t he Tibe t an Work enti t led t he

Kah gyur and an A bs tra c t of t h e C on t en t s of t he
-
,
“
Es t an hg y u r ; and M P E Fo n c a u x brought ou t a t
”
-
. . .
P aris in 1 84 7 his n a Tch er Ro l Pa o u D éveloppement

’
des Jeux con t enan t l Hi s t o i r e du Bouddha Ca k y a Mouni

,
’
-
,
t radui t sur la Version Tib ét ain e du Bha hhgy o u r e t R evu ,
sur l O r ig i n a l Sanskrit ( L a li t a v i st ar a )
’
M Fo u c a u x s . .
’
excellen t work is t oo well kn own t o require more t han a

passing notice h ere But as C s oma Kor osi s A nal y ses.
’
are probably less familiar it may be well to ex t rac t fro m ,
th em a s hor t accoun t o f t he di fl e r e n t s e c t ion s of the

colossal Tibetan collec tion .
The firs t of its t wo par t s he remarks is s tyled Ka gyur , ,

-
,
or vul garly Kan gyur 72a 1

Transla tion of C ommand
-
, ,
“
men t s being versions of Sanskri t wri t ings impor t ed in t o

”
,
Tibe t and t ransla t ed t here be t ween t he seve n t h and

,
t hir teen th centuries bu t mos tly in t he ninth The C opy

,
.
on w hich he worked a t C al cu tt a consis t ing of 1 0 0 volumes , ,
“
appears t o have been prin t ed wi t h t he very wooden
t ypes tha t are men t ion ed as h aving been prepared in
1 73 1 . This fi r s t par t comprises s even divisions which ,
are in fac t dis t inct works These he names as follows .
1. Du lv d Dis cipline Sanskri t Vi n a ya ) This divi , .
sion occupies t hir t een vol umes and deals wi t h religious ,
discip line and t he educa t io n of persons who adop t t he

religious life I t is subdivided in t o seven par t s as fol
.
lows
1. The Basis of Discipline or Educa t ion
“
4 vols . .
2. A Sti t r a on Eman cipa t ion 3 0 leaves . .
3
. E xplan
“
a t ion of E duca t ion 4 vols . .
S ti t r a on Emancipa t ion for t he Pries t esses or

“
4 A
Nuns 3 6 leaves . .
5. E xplanation
“
of t he Discipline or E duca t ion of t he
1 W r i t t e n bka h-hgyu r , the i t li a c ise d e t e r s n o t l t big
e n s o u n de d .
xx vii i IN TR O D UC TI O N .
in t o two parts Mdo and n u d a l l t he other divisions

, ,
except the n ud a r e compreh ended i n the Mdo class .
Bu t in a par t icul ar sens e th ere are some trea t ises which

h ave been arranged or pu t u nder t his ti t le They amount .
t o abou t 2 70 and are con t ained i n thirty volumes The

,
.
subjec t of the work s containe d in t hese t hir t y volumes

i s various . Th e grea t est part o f them consis t of th e
moral and me t aphysical doctrine o f t he Buddhistic system ,
t h e legend ary accoun t s o f several individuals with allu ,
sions to t he six t y or six t y f o ur ar t s to medicine astronomy -

, , ,
and astrology There are many s tories to exemplify th e

.
consequences of actions in former transmigra t ions de ,
scr i t i o n s of or t hodox and h e t erodox theories moral and

p ,
civil laws th e six kinds of animal beings th e place s of

, ,
t h eir h abitations an d th e causes of t heir being born t here ;

,
cosmogony and cosmography according to the B u ddhis t ic

n otions the provinces o f several Buddh as exempl ary con
, ,
d uc t of life o f any B o dhisa ttv a or sain t e tc I t is t h e , .

”
second volume of this section which M Fo u c a u x has .
t ranslated .
6. Mya Tt a n la s—hda s p a or by contraction Mya n g hda s

- - -
,
-
( Sans N i r
. v ana
) t wo vols The t i t le of
,
t hese t wo volumes .
is i n Sanskrit Ill a hd p a r i n i r v dn a sz atr a A sst tr a 0 11

’
.
the entire deliverance from pai n S u bjec t S haky a s dea t h , ,

’
u nder a pair of Sal t rees n ear t h e ci t y of Ka sha or Kam a

r t t a in A ssa m G rea t lamen t ation of all sor t s of animal
’
p , .
beings on t h e approaching dea t h of S haky a their o fferings ,
or s acrifices presen t ed to him his lessons especially w i t h , ,
regard to t he soul Hi s las t moments his funeral ho w .

, ,
h is relics w ere divided and where deposi t ed ,

.
7.
n
“
a d s ale, or simply -
n u d San s T a n tr a or t he , .
,
T an t ra class in twen t y t wo volumes

,
These volumes in -
.
general contain mystical t heology There are descriptions .
of several gods and godde sses ins t ruc t ions for preparing ,
t he m a n da la s or circles for the recep t ion of t hese divin i

t ies o fferings or sacri fi c es presented t o the m for ob t aining
,
t heir favour prayers hymns ch arms &c & c addressed

, , , ,
.
,
IN TR O D U C T IO N .
to th em Th ere are also some works on as tronomy astro

.
,
~
”
logy chronology medicin e and n atural ph ilosophy
, , , .
O f the second great divisio n o f t h e Tibeta n sacred

books C s oma K or osi gives only a brief abstract withou t ,
men t ioning t h e Sanscrit titles o f t h e w orks from which

it s con t ents have been t ran sl ated I t w ill be sufficien t to .
quote the opening lines of his ar t icle .
Th e Esta n Hg y u r is a co m pila t ion in Tibetan o f all

“ -
s or t s o f li t erary work s w rit t en mos tly by an c i en t Indian ,
P a n di ta a n d some learned Tibe t an s i n t h e firs t cen t uries ,
after t h e in troduc t ion of Buddhis m in t o Tibet commen cing ,
with the seventh cen t ur y o f our era The whole makes .
2 2 5 volumes I t is divid ed i nto classes t h e n u d and

.
,
Mdo ( Ta n tr a and S t t tr a classe s in Sanscri t) The n u d

’
.
,
mos t ly on ta n tr i ka ri t u als and cere monies makes 8 7 ,
volumes Th e Mdo on scienc e and litera t ure occupies

.
, ,
1 3 6 volumes O n e separa t e volume contain s hymn s or

.
praises on several deities and sain t s and one volume is ,
t he i ndex for th e wh o le 1 .
”
I n t h e year 1 8 3 0 while C soma K orosi w as still pursuing ,
hi s studies i n th e monasteries of Wes t ern Tibet a R ussia n ,
offi cial Baron S chilling de C ans t adt w as begin ni ng t o look

, ,
for Tibe t an books i n Eas t ern Siberia Hi s firs t visi t h e .

,
says 2 t o the monas t ery of Tc hi k 0 1 t w elve leagues fro m

, ,
Kiachta th e tow n in w hich h e w as s t a t ioned made him

, ,
aware t hat i t pos sessed a C opy o f t h e K ah gyur as w ell as -

,
other sa c red books wh ich w ere ranged o n ei t her si de of ,
1 C so m a ly i i t h t h x pl t i i t
Ko r o s i ’
s an a ly i s s of t he a s s, w e e an a on s co n
T ib t e db k h
a n s a cr e t t i t g th it h i d x d
oo s as b een r a ns a n s, o e er w an n e an a
l t d by M Lé F
a e d T bl A lph bétiq on d O v g eet an w as a e a ue es u ra es
p bli h d i 8 8 d t h t i t l f d K dj v l pp
.
,
”
u s e n 1 d1 un er e e o u an o ur an se era a en
ly d K dj Th f th v l m
,
A na se t d T d di
u an f th
ou r e u an xe s e our o u e o e
j dv l m l d M é G im t i t
.
”
ou r, i th n f th
e A s e co n o u e o e n n a es u us e u e s o
“
A l d M é G im t
n n a ee th u i t f Ext it d K dj
us e u e
”
e co n s s o ra s u an o u r,
”
m pt k d t t h m i ti t l t d by M Lé F
,
su uous w or ue o e un ra n s a e on e e r.
v y i t ti g p p
.
ce n ce f M G im t
o M F h I u e e er as
2
n a er n e re s n a er
pp d d t hi t l t i m t p i t d i th B ll t i Hi t i
. . .
a en e o s ran s a on a os r n e n e u e n s or en
f l V b l i d l A ly P hil l giq d l A dém i d S i t

u se u
“
o ca u a re '
e
’
na se o o ue e
'
ca e e a n
g ivi g ll t h g t m iv 1 84 8 p p 3
"
d K dj
”
u an o ur, m Pét b n a e na es er our , o . .
, , . 21
w hi h c i C m Ko o i
o c cu r A 3 39 n so a r
'
s
’
s n
x xx IN TR O D U C TI O N .
t he altar w rapped in red and yellow coverings

,
. A s t he
R ussian e cclesiastical mission to P ekin was the n on the
point of star ting from Kiachta he e ffered to ob t ain by i t s ,
means from C hina such books as the priests might require .
They gladly accepted his offer and m ad e ou t lis t s of ,
T ibe t an books which proved of grea t service to him

, ,
especially a f t er t hey ha d bee n supplemen t ed by t he

addi t ion s which were made by a L ama who visited him
a t Kiach t a He still fur t her ingratiated h imself wi t h the
.
pries t s by pres enting th em w i t h a lo or tu m ta m which -

,
h e procured fro m the n earest C hinese t own as well as by ,
t he respect h e showed for their sacred books For wh en .
h e was allowed t o handle a volume of t heir copy of t he

K ah gyur he t ook care t o t ouch t h e margin s only of th e
-
,
le aves no t t he holy prin t ed part

,
.
It happened t hat t h e chief of a tribe of Ts o n go l s pos

sessed a copy of a p ar t of th e Kah gyur and this h e gave -
,
t o t he apprecia t ive s tranger who rose s t ill higher in th e

,
opinion of th e natives when they found that h e h ad

ordered a silken wrapper t o be made for each of the
volumes presented t o him He h imself was deligh t ed he .
,
says at becoming th e proprie t or of the firs t Tibe t an w ork

,
“
o f any leng t h which h ad up t o tha t t ime passed into t he

h ands of a European A f t er all t his h e was w ell received
.
wherever he wen t A predic t io n h ad been made a year

.
before th at a foreign convert t o B uddhism des t ined to ,
spread tha t religion in t h e West was abou t to visit ,
Mongolia and this prophecy was in t erpreted in his favour

, .
The Buria t L amas even looked upon him as a Kho u b il “
gh an an incarnation o f an impor t an t personage in the

,
i u ddhi st P an t heon
”
A f te r a time he organised a band
.
of copyists some t imes t wenty in number who lived i n

, ,
t ents in his cour tyard and frequen tly consumed as m u ch

,
as a hundred pounds of beef in a day besides much brick ,
t ea
,
a caldron being kept al w ays on t he boil for t heir
use A t t h e end of a year he p ossessed a collec tion of
.
IN TR O D U C TIO N .
Mongol an d Tibetan books c o n t a i n in g t w o th ou sand works ,

'
and separate treatises .
Hap p ening to visi t the te m ple of S u b u li n h e foun d ,
t ha t t he L amas were m anu fac turing an eno r mous prayer

wheel He offered to ge t t h e prin t ing o f the o f t repeated
.
-
pra y er done for t h em a t S t P e t ersburg whereby th eir .

,
machine woul d be rendered far more e ffi cacious t han i f

t hey trusted t o n ative typography The y a cc e p t e d his .
o ffer gladly and t o prove the i r grati t ude presented to

, ,
him in th e n ame of th e tribe a complete copy of the

, ,
Kah gyur wh ich they posses s ed ; h aving ob t ained i t from

-
a Mongol Lama Bo t h par t ies to t his transac t ion w ere

.
e qually pleased ; for when the printed le ave s cam e from

S t P e t ersburg i t w as found tha t each of t he m contained
.
,
2 5 0 0 repe t i t ions of t h e sacred formula an d t h e words ,
w ere prin t e d in red ink which is 1 0 8 t imes more e fli ca ,
cions th an black ; and t h e p ap er itself w a s stamped w ith

the same w ords inste ad of bearing t h e maker s n ame So ’
.
t h e B u r i a t e s w ere ch arm ed and so was t he European ,
bibliophile who ha d got possession of wh at he ha d scarce l y

,
hoped ever to ob t ain a copy o f th e K ah gyur in 1 0 1 ,

-
volumes prin t e d in th e mon as t ery of N ar ta n g in Western

,
Tibe t This copy after t h e de ath o f B a ron S chilling de

.
,
C ans t ad t was purch ased fro m his h eirs by th e Emperor

,
Nicholas and pres ented to t he A cademy of Sciences

,
.
M Va si li e f th e well kn o w n au t h or of t he History of
.
,
-
Buddhism which ha s been translated from R us sian in t o

,
”
French and G erm an s ays t h at when h e was a t P ekin he

1
,
made in quiries about the Kah gyur and Tan gyur and h e - -
,
was sh own the building in which t hey used t o be printed .
But no edition he was t old had been bro ught out for, ,
some t ime Some o f t he w ood blocks were los t o t hers

.
,
h ad su ffered inj ury How ever a copy of each work was .

,
pro cured by t h e C hinese Governmen t and presented t o

1
I n an t f th k ia cc o u n o e w or s, n t he “
Mel a n g e s As at i iq ues o f t he
th l
e g g fE t Ai b
an ua es o as e r n s a, e S t Pe t e r s u r b g A c a de m y of Sc i e n ce s
l gi g t t h lib y f t h U i
,
.
on n o e rar o e n t o m ii , 1 8 5 6
. .
v i ty f S t P t b g p i t d i
.
ers o . e e rs ur ,
r n e n
IN TR O D UC TIO N .
the R u ssi a n mission These copies are n o w in S t P e t ers

. .
burg The Mongol B u r i a te s of R ussia M Vas il ie f sta t es

.
, .
,
are eve n more devoted t o t heir religion and look t o Lhassa ,
more long i ngly t h an t heir kins men in Mongolia i t self .
They read their s acre d books or hear t hem read i n , ,
Tibe t an a n d are e di fi e d e ven t hough t he v do not c o m

, ,
prehend A n y one who w ishes t o command a reading of

.
t he Kah gyur or Tan gyur address es himself t o one o f

- -
t he monas t eries which posses s those works pay s a cer t ai n ,
price and provides t ea for t he Lamas A readi n g of t he

,
.
Kah gyur i t seems used t o come t o abou t fif t een pounds

-
, ,
a t one of the monasteries exclusive o f t ea A t a given , .
signal all the L amas flock t oge t h er and t ake t heir places ,
according t o seniori t y Before eac h are placed a numbe r

.
of leaves of t he work and o ff they se t all reading a t

, ,
once so t hat t h e en t ire performance occupies only a fe w

,
hours af t er wh i c h each reader receives his sh are of t he

,
o ff e r i n g made by t he orderer of t he func t ion .
O f t he R ussian scholars who availed themselves o f

the pres ence of t he t wo ed i tions of th e Kah gyur a t St -
.
P e t ersburg t he mos t enthusias t ic and i ndus t rious was

,
the la t e Professor A n t o n von Sc hi e fn e r Fro m t he D u l v a .

,
t he fi r s t of t he seve n divisions of t ha t work h e transla t ed ,
in t o G erman th e lege n ds and ta les an En glish version o f ,
which is con t ained i n t he presen t volume His G erma n .
versions all appeared in t h e Mela n e s A sia t iqu es t ire s “

o
’
du Bulle t in de l A c a dém i e Imp ér iale des Sciences de S t

’
P ét e r s b o u r g ( t om vi .w i t h the excep t ions of Nos

. .
w hich w ere published in t he M émoires of “

2 and 5 ,
tha t Socie t y ( series v i i t om xix No . P rofessor

, . .
, .
S c hi e fn e r if he h ad lived ano t her year w ould h ave doub t

, ,
less supplied a number of addi t ional no tes and would ,
h ave wri tt en an In t roduc t ion t o t he work Hi s lamen te d .
dea t h o n November 1 6 1 8 8 0 h as deprived th e presen t

, ,
volume of w h a t would probably h ave been one of i t s most

in t eres t ing par t s It was a t Profes sor S c hi e fn e r s express
’
w ish tha t the present t ranslation was under taken It .

IN TR O D U CTIO N . xxxi i i
must be a subject of univers al regret that h e did not live
t o w itness its appeara n ce in prin t The following tribu t e .
to his merits as a scholar was contributed soon af t er ,
his de a th by Profe ssor A lbrecht Weber to Tr ii b n e r s “ ’
,
”
Record .
Profe ssor F A nton von S c hi e fn e r was a distinguished

.
scholar of mos t v ario us attainmen t s Hi s specialty ho w .

,
ever w as Tibetan and more particularly t h e inves t igatio n

, ,
of Buddhist legends o f Indian and O cciden t al origin a ,
collectio n of which i n English will soo n be p ublishe d

by Messrs Tr ub n e r Co He had moreover devoted
'
.
.
, ,
himself with rare perseverance and d isin t erestednes s t o

the u t ilisation and p ublica t ion o f th e labours of t wo
scholars w hose own restless activity w ould wi thou t him , ,
have been almost e n t irely los t t o t h e scien t ific w orld

namely,t hos e o f t he Finn ic lingu i s t A lexander Ge str eu
'
and of the C aucasian linguist Baron vo n U slar O n e migh t , .
— s i t v e m a o e r bo
’
almost say th at bo t h men had found in

‘
S chi e fn e r their Homer He edited t h e labo urs o f C astro u .
almos t w holly fro m t he posthumous papers o f that brave

and modest m a n who fro m 1 8 3 8 to 1 84 9 explored under
, , , ,
t he greatest privations t h e inhospitable regions of Norway , ,
L apland and Siberia wh ere t h e t ribes of th e Fi n n i c race

, ,
’
are seated C a s tr en s Re i seer i n n er a n g en and R e ise be r cchte
’
.
,
edi t ed by Schi e fn e r presen t a vivid picture of t he h ard

,
ships C a s t r en ha d t o go through and which finally caused ,
his premature dea t h in 1 8 5 2 a t t he age o f t hirty nine , ,

-
.
We h ave lying be fore us t h e t w elve volumes of his

Sa m o y e da n and Tu n gusian Grammars and Vocabularies ,
as well as those of th e langu a ges of the Buryats Koibals , ,
Ka r a g a sse s O styaks &c ; hi s e t hnological lecture s o n the

, , .
A l t aic races and t hose o n F i n n i c mythology— all w orked

,
ou t by S chi e fn e r s def t hand and edited by hi m fro m

’
1 8 3 5 t o 1 86 1 I n connection t herewi t h S c hi e fn e r also

.
made a G erman transl a t io n of th e Finnic n a t ional epos

Ka leva la and also on e of the Hero Sagas of t h e Mi n u ssi n
,
-
Tatars Sc hi e fn e r w a s mo r e advantageously si t uated i n

.
c
xu iv IN TR O D U C TIO N .
working up the collec t ions of th e e s t im a ble C aucasian

linguist Major General von U slar ( 1 8 1 6 t o
,
-
wri tt en
i n t he R ussian language wi t h wh om un t il th e G e n eral s, ,
’
dea t h he w a s always able t o c onfer dire c t l y

,
While .
S chi e fn e r s own and en t irely independen t w ork on t he

’
Thu sh language by t h e accur a cy wi t h w hich a

hi t her t o qui t e un cul t iva t ed and al t ogeth er strange depar t
m en t w a s opened t o linguis t ic inves t iga t ion h ad ob t ained ,
for t h e auth or gen eral appreciation th e uni t ed effort s of ,
b o t h scho l ars h ave furnish ed surprising resul t s as re ards g
t hese highly pecu liar languages of t he C aucasian moun

t a i n e e r s— t he A vares A b c ha se s Tc he t c he n z e s R asiku
, , ,
m ii k s K u r i n e s— which by t heir ex t raordinary sounds as

, ,
well as by t heir most singular grammat ical s t ruc t ure ,
produce so very s trange an impression The personal .
in t ercourse w i t h soldiers of C aucasian origin garrisoned ,
a t S t Pe t ersburg was h erein of high impor t ance to

.
,
S c hi e fn e r Hi s amiable and open manner in personal

.
in t ercourse charac t eris t ic o f t he wh ole m a n bore him

, ,
excellen t frui t in t his case Science and es pe cially t he .

,
S t P e t ersburg A cademy o f Sciences h as by S c hi e fn e r s

.
,
’
dea t h sus t a i ned a heavy indeed a qui t e irreparable loss 1

, , .
”
The edi t ion of t h e K ah gyur on wh i ch P rofessor -
S chi e fn e r worked appears ( says M Va s i li e f t h e au t hor .

,
o f t he His t ory of Buddhism t o h ave been t ha t i n 1 0 8

volumes prin t ed a t Pekin during t he eigh t een t h centu ry
, ,
and presen t ed t o t he A siat ic Museum of t he S t P e t ers .
burg A cademy o f Sciences by th e A sia t ic Depar t men t of

t he Ministry of Foreign A ffairs which had received i t , ,
abou t t he year 1 8 5 0 fro m t he R u ssian Mission in C hin a

,
.
1A co m e t e pl
li ts of f h d m ig t d thith
P r o e s so r f m B h mi ;a ra e er ro o e a
ii g
S c hi e fn e r s w r t n s i s
’
giv enh t di d i t h U iv
in a ity f St
e s u e n e n ers o
i by b g f m 83 6 t 8 4
.
memo r F N P t
Vi e de m a n n , r e a d a t e d
e rs ur ro 1 o 1 0 an
i g p il y t h f t y i t h U iv i t y
. ,
a me et n o f t he Im e r a A c a de m en or w o ear s n e n e rs
i
o f S c e n c e s, b f B li
D e c e m e r 1 1 , 1 8 79 I 84 8 h o pp i t d er n n 1 e w as a o n e
i vl lib i f t h Im p i l
.
,
a n d r e p r n t e d i n t he l o t h o u me o f
ft one o ne r ar an s o e er a
t he
“
i h v
R u ss sc e R e u e
"
hi A d m y f S i
Fr o m t s f hi h b
ca e o c e n ce s, o w c e
pp h b vl b m m mb y
.
it a e a r s t a t he w a s o rn a t R e a f eca e a. e er a ew e a rs
h t
i n 1 8 1 7, t he so n o f a m e r c a n w ho lt a er .
INTR O D U C TIO N .
To European folk tales th e longer legends o f t h e Kah -
gyu r bear but li tt le resemblance though many of t he ,
fables about animals and o ther short s t ories towar ds t h e ,
end of the presen t volume have their coun t erpar t s in t he ,
Wes t Here and there h owever even in the long narra

.
, ,
t i v e s of t h e lege ndary class cer t ain features may be recog ,
n i se d as bei n g common to bo t h Europe and A sia The .
moral of King Man dhat a r s s t ory (No for instance ’

.
,
seems to be identical di fferen t as is its mach inery wi t h , ,
tha t of a story whi c h is curren t i n many Wes t ern lands .
Tha t monarch af t er conquering t he whole ear t h ascends

, ,
in t o t he heavenly home o f t h e t hir ty —t hree gods and i s ,
allo w ed to sh are t he t hron e of t heir chief S akra or Indra , .
But at last he wishes for t oo much He came t o t h e con .
c l u si o n tha t h e must expel t he king o f the gods S akra , ,
fro m his throne and take into his o w n hands t he govern ,
men t of both gods and men A s soon as he h ad conceived ,

”
this idea t h e great King Man dhata r came t o th e end of

,
his good for t une and s oon af t erwards h e died The mos t ,
”
.
familiar form of t he European story which inculca t es ,
a similar moral t eaching, i s t he G erman t ale o f T he “
Fisherman and h is Wife ( t he 1 9 th of G rimm s C o l le c ” ’
tion ) In i t a gra t eful fish for a lo n g t ime accedes t o

’
.
,
every desire expressed by t h e fisherman He and his .
wife become firs t rich t hen noble and even t ually royal , , .
Bu t the fi she r m a n s w ife is not sa t isfied wi t h being a

’
queen She wishes t o be t he P ope and the fish fulfils

.
,
he r de si r e
~
Even t hen she is disconten t ed and a t las t

.
,
she demands to be made God When the fish is t old this .
tk
a en g li g i t i k m y b g 84 (
A mon n d pt t i
u s f c w or s a ur 1 1 an a a a on or a
m ti C m K o o i G m p bli di g t J a hk
.
,
’
b e d en on e so a r s s er an u c , a c co r n o sc e,
“
G T ib t L f C m Ko o i k) ; P E ’
mm ra f th ar o e e an an o so a r s s w or
g C l tt G mm i d l L g
. .
" ’
g ua e, 834 d hi
a cu F a, 1 an s o u ca u x s
“
ra a re e a an ue
yt Di ti y Ti T ib ét i P i
,
"
“
E ss a d o w ar s a 85 8 ; C l T c on ar a ne, a r s, 1 o
dE gli h C l t t 83 4 ; W L i l f T ib t
.
bt
.
,
e an an n s M ”
a cu a 1 ew n s
’ “
anua o e an
”
I J S h m i dt G m m t ik d C l tt 8 79 ; d h t i
.
, .
,
’ “
c s ra a er a cu a 1 an w a s n ow
T ib t i h S p h St P t k t h bj t
. .
,
e an sc eth t d d
rac e e ers e s an ar w or on e su ec
b g 839 T i b t i h H A J a hk T ib t E gli h
.
,
“ ’ “
ur d h 1 an is e sc sc e s e an -
n s
Di t i y L d 88
. .
d t h St P t
, ,
”
eu VV t b h
sc es o r er uc , . e e rs c onar ,
on on, 1 1 .
INTR O D U C TI O N . xxx vi i
by h er h usband it replies Go back an d you w ill find , ,
“
,
”
her in her hovel Th e fi she r m a n s good fortune h as come
.
’
t o a n end He and his wife are poor folks once more

. .
I n a Hes se variant the husband s fin al wish is L e t m e ’
,
“
be G o and my wife t h e Mo t her of God

d ,
1
.
”
A curious parallel t o one o f t h e incidents i n King

Man dhat a r s s t ory is afforded by a Polynesian my t h O n
’
’
the crown o f King U t p o sha dha s head according to the ,
Tibe t an tale t here gre w a very sof t t umour somewh a t

, ,
resembling a cushio n of cotto n or wool wi t hout doing him ,
any h arm When it had become quite ripe and h ad

.
broken t here came forth fro m it a boy sh apely and h and

, ,
so me Mr Gill t ells us in his i n t eres t ing My t hs an d

.
”
.
“
Songs from the Sou t h P acific ( p tha t Tangaroa an d ”

.
Rongo w ere t h e childre n of Vat e a t he father of gods and ,
m e n and his wi fe P apa

,
Tangaro a should h ave bee n .
“
born firs t bu t gave precedence t o hi s bro t her Ro n go A

, .
few days after the bir th of Rongo hi s mother P apa suffered ,
fro m a very large boil o n her arm She resolved t o ge t .
rid of it by pre ssing it The core accordingly fl e w out ; i t .
w as Tangaroa A no t her account equally veracious s ays

'
, ,
tha t Ta n garo a cam e right up t hrough P apa s head Th e ’

.
‘
precis e spot i s indica t ed by the cr o w n wi t h which all ’
t heir descendants h ave since bee n born P rofessor .

”
S chi e fn e r men t ions that a sugges t ion h as been made t o

t he effe c t t hat t h e n ame of U t p o sha dha may be a t rans
forma t ion o f t h e Greek Heph aes t us t hough t h e part which ,
t he la tt er plays in t he G reek my th at the birth of A t he n s

is of a d ifferent n a t ure B u t t his see ms to be going u n .
”
nece ssarily far .
The s t ory o f Ku sa No 2 m ay be linke d wi t h th e n ume ,

.
,
rous European variants of th e t ale which w e kno w s o well

under t h e ti tle of Beau t y and t he Beas t ”
The principal .
fea t ure of t ha t t ale is t h e u nion o f a beau t if u l maiden wi t h

a mons t er of some kind whose mons t rosi t y is eve n t ually ,
1
An ac c o u n t o f t he if
d fe r e n t w ih
s es ha s b e en giv by B en e n fe
y,
l
c a s se s of st o r e s i w hi hc tu r n u p
on
“
Pa n c h a ta n t ra,
”
i 4 96 4 99
.
— .
xxx vi ii IN TR O D U C T I O N .
cured by h er love and devotion The Beast with whom .
the Beau t y is linked is generally a superna t ural mons t er ,
and posse sses t he power of a t t imes dive s t ing i t self of i t s

mons t rous or bestial envelope or husk and appearing in ,
i t s real form as a fairy prince or o t her brillian t being I t .
is as a general rule only a t nigh t in the dark t ha t this

, ,
t rans formation takes place I n some cases as in t he .

,
C upid and P syche s t ory the wife is forbidden t o look ,
upon her husband He visi t s her only in ut t er darkness

. .
Bu t in many versio n s of th e s t ory she is allowed t o see

her pseudo mons t er i n all his brilliant beauty
-
He i s .
of t en a dei t y who m some superior d ivinity h as degraded

,
fro m the sky and compelled to live upon e ar t h under a

mons t rous sh ape O n e day th e wife lays her hands on
.
her husband s monstrous envelope or hu sk and d es t roys i t

’
.
The spell being thu s broken th e husband ei t her flies a w a y ,
t o heaven or remain s living 0 11 ear t h i n uni n terru p t ed

beauty .
I n some of the European variants the original ide a ,
having apparen t ly bee n forgo t ten t he transformation a p ,
pears n o t o nly grotesque but unreason able Thus i n a .
Wallachian t ale ( Scho tt No a princess is married to

, .
a pumpkin or at leas t t o a youth who is a pumpki n by

,
]
day Wishing to improve her h usban d she one day pu t s

.
,
him i n the oven and bakes him whereupon he disappea r s ,
f o r ever In a G erman s t ory ( G rimm No

. a princess ,
.
who h as lost her w ay in a wood is induced t o marry an

iron s t ove But t he disfigur ing husk is in mos t cases
.
“ ”
the hide or skin of some inferior animal an ass a monkey , , ,
a frog or t he like or else t he ou t side o f a hideous man

, , .
Some t i m es it is a brillia n t female being w ho is af t er t his

fashion t ranslated “
Thus a n Indian s t ory t ells of a
1
.
”
prince who was obliged t o t ake a monkey as his wife .
Bu t w h en sh e liked she could slip ou t of her monkey skin

and appear as a beau tiful w oman arrayed in t he mos t
magnificen t apparel Sh e adjured her husband t o t ake
.
1
A si a ti c Jo u r na l Ne w S e r
. i e s, v o l. ii .
, 1 83 3 .
grea t care of her husk during her absence from it Bu t .
one day h e burnt i t hoping t o force her to be al w ays ,
beau t iful She shrieke d I burn ! and disappeared In

.
”
.
a R ussian vari an t o f t h e s ame s t ory a prin ce is compelled

t o marry a frog which is held in a bowl w hile t h e mar
,
r i a g e service is being performed B u t w hen i t so pleases .
her his frog wife fl i n g s o ff her skin and becomes a fair

,
-
mai den O n e day h e burns her h usk

. and sh e di sa p “
,
pears .I n the Tibe t a n story o f Ku sa t h e Beas t i s ,
merely a n u gly m a n di sfigured by t he eigh t een signs of

O n tha t accoun t it was decided tha t h e
”
u ncomelines s 1
.
“
must never be allowed t o approach h is wife by d ay ligh t .
But sh e caugh t sigh t o f him on e da y and her suspicions ,
w ere arou sed So she hid a w ay a l igh t ed lamp in her

.
room uncovered i t sudd enly when her husband was w i t h

,
h er shrieked out t hat h e was a d emon and fle d away

, , .
A f t er a t ime ho wever w o n by h is mili t ary repu t a t ion

, , ,
she said to h ersel f A s this you t h Ku sa is e x c e l le n t l v

,
“
endowed wi t h boldnes s and courage w hy should I dislike ,
A n d straigh t way sh e t ook a liking for him j us t ”

him ,
as t he Beauty of t he fairy t ale did for t h e Beas t I t may -

.
be worth no t icing t h a t t h e conch shell which Ku sa sounds -
w i t h such force t h a t t he e a rs o f his enemies are sha tt ered ,
and t hey are e i th er killed or put t o fligh t finds a Russian ,
parallel i n th e w histle em ployed by t he brigan d S o l o v e i ,
or Nigh t ingale whom Ilya o f Murom o vercome s I n t h e

, .
b u il m a s or R ussian me t rical romances he o ft e n figures ;

, ,
and when h e sounds his whis t le his enemies fall t o t he

g round n early or qui t e dead
, .
No 3 which chronicle s some o f th e wise j udgmen t s o f

.
,
King Ada r sa mu kha comprise s t wo di fferen t s t orie s— t he,
firs t narra t ing th e ingenui t y w i t h which t h e king sa t isfied

t he demands o f a number o f complainants wi t hout inj uring
the man who had involuntarily give n rise t o t heir com
1
W ith t he st o r y f hi bi t h m
o s r ay h
Ka t a S a r it sag ar a Se e Mr Ta w
p i m il y t l ti i p
. .
b e co m a red t he t of
’
o n , v o l.
s ar a c co u n ne s ra n s a 3 55
bi th
. . .
t he r of S ri n g a b hu j a in t he
IN TRO D UC TIO N .
plaints the second d escribing a j ourney made by a

t raveller who was commissioned by various person s ,
animals or o t her obj ec t s p a ssed by hi m on his way to

, , ,
ask cer t ain question s o n his arri v al at his des t ina t ion .
The latter s t ory is on e which is familiar t o Eastern Europe .
I n one of i t s Russian variants a peasant h ospi t ably receive s

an old beggar who a da p t s him as his bro t her and invites
, ,
hi m to pay him a visi t O n his way to t h e beggar s home

’
.
,
he is appealed t o by children who say C hris t s bro t her

’
, , ,
ask C hrist w he ther we mus t su ffer h ere long L ater on .

”
,
girls engaged in ladling water from on e well in t o another

beg him t o ask t h e same ques t ion on t heir accoun t When .
he arrives a t his j ourney s end he become s aware th a t his

’
beggar friend is C hris t himself ; and h e is informed t h a t

the children h e had p assed on t h e w a v ha d bee n curs ed
by t heir mo t hers while s t ill unborn and so were unable ,
t o en ter Paradise ; and t he girls h ad whil e t h ey were ,
alive adul t era t ed t he milk t hey sold wi t h wa t er an d were

, ,
t herefore condemn ed t o an e t ernal punishmen t resembling

t hat of the Danaide s (A fa n a si e f L e g e n du i No The , ,
”
.
judgments attribu t ed in the Tibetan t ale t o King Ada r sa

mukha and in ano ther Tibetan work t h e Dsa n glu n (as
, ,
”
P rofessor S c hi e fn e r has remarked ) t o Ki ng Mdg e s p a form -

,
the subjec t of a story w el l known in Russia under t he

t i tle of Sh emyakin Sud or S he m y a k a s Judgment ,
” ’
.
”
I t exis t s th ere as a folk t ale bu t i t belongs t o wha t may

-
,
be called t he ch ap book li t era t ure of t he coun t ry and it

-
,
i s derived fro m li t erary sources A varian t given by .
”
A fa n a si e f S k a z k i v No 1 9 ) closely res embles part o f
, .
, .
t he Tibe t an t ale A poor man borrowed from his rich

.
bro ther a pair of oxen w i t h which he ploughed his plo t o f

,
ground C oming away from t h e field he m e t an old m a n

.
,
w ho asked t o who m t he oxen belonged

”
To my brother .
,
was t he reply . Your bro t her is rich and s t ingy said

“
,
”
the old man ; choos e which you will ei t her his s o n shall ,
di e or his oxen . The poor man t hough t and t hough t

”
.
He w as sorry both for t he oxen and for his bro t her s son
’
.
At last h e said Better let th e ox en die

,
Be it as you .
wish said t h e old man Wh en t h e poor m an reached

,
”
.
h is home th e o xen suddenly fell do w n de a d The rich

’
bro t her accu sed him of h aving worked th em to dea th and ,
carrie d him o ff t o the king O n his w a y t o t h e king s .

’
court t h e poo r man according to th e ch a p book version

,
-
”
S k a z k i viii p
,
ac cid entally sat down u pon a baby
. .
and killed i t and tried to co m mit suicide by j umping o ff

,
a bridge but onl y succeeded in crushing an old m an whose

,
so n w as t aking him into th e river for a ba t h He had .
also h ad the misfortune to p ull o ff a horse s tail w i t hout ’
m eaning it When summoned in t o court for all thes e

.
i nvoluntary offences h e t ook a s t one in his pocket tied up

,
in a handkerchief and stealthily produced i t w hen h e w as

,
h ad up before t h e j udge sa y ing t o himself If t h e ju dge

, ,
goes against m e I will kill him wi t h t his Th e j udge .
fancied th a t th e stone w as a bribe of a hundred roubles

which the de fendan t wished to o ffe r him ; s o h e gave j udg
ment in h is favour in each case The poor man was t o .
keep hi s bro t her s hors e until i t s tail grew a a i n and to

’
c
,
m arry t h e woman whose child h e h ad crush e d and to ,
s t and under t h e bridge from which h e h ad jumped and

allow th e son o f th e man he had killed t o j ump o ff the
bri dge on to him The owner of t he h orse th e hu sband
.
,
of t he w oman and th e son o f t h e crush ed m a n were all

,
glad t o buy o ff the culprit whom t h ey h ad brought up for

j udgment The sa t irical turn o f t h e st o r v and t he allusio n
.
t o bribe t aki n g are charac t eris t ic features of t h e Russian

-
variants o f t hi s well known Eastern tale The Russian

-
.
s t ory takes i t s ti t le fro m the no t oriou s i n jus t ice an d

oppression o f Prin ce Demetrius S he m y a k a who blinded ,
his cousin Vasily II G rand Prin ce o f Mos cow and for a

, .
, ,
time usurped his thron e To this day an u n j us t legal .
decision is known as a S he m y a k a j u dgmen t But in t h e .
Eastern versions o f t h e s t ory which are n umerous t here , ,
is no men t io n of injus t ice ; s t upidi t y however is some , ,
time s a tt ribu t ed by t hem to t he j u dge Thus in t he .

Ka th a Sarit Szi g a r a ‘t he s t ory o f D

e v a bhut i tells ho w t he
excellen t wife of t he learned Brahman of t h a t n ame wen t

in t o t he ki t che n garde n t o ge t vege t ables and saw a ,
donkey belonging t o a washerman ea t ing t hem So she .
t ook up a s t ick and ran af ter t he donkey and t he animal ,
fell in t o a pi t as i t w a s trying t o escape and broke i t s

hoof When i t s m as ter heard of t hat he came in a passion
.
,
and bea t wi t h a s t ick and kicked t he Brahma n wo m an .
A ccordingl y s he being p regnan t h ad a miscarriage b u t , , ,
t he wash erman re t urned home w i t h his donkey Then .
her husband h earing of i t came home af t er ba t hing and

, , , ,
af t er seeing his wife w en t in his distress and complained ,
t o t he chief magis t rate of the t own Th e foolish man .
imme diately had t h e washerman whose name was B a lasu r a , ,
brought before him and after hearing t he pleadings of , ,
bo t h par ties delivered t his j udgmen t : Since t he donkey s

,
’
hoof is broken le t the Brahman carry the donkey s load

,
’
for t he w a she r m a n until t h e donkey is again fi t for work

.
,
and le t t he washerman make t h e Brahman s wife pregnan t ’
again since he made her miscarry Le t t his be t he pun

,
.
i shm e n t of t h e t wo par t ies respec t ively Whe n t he ’

.
Brahman heard this he and his wife i n their despair took ,
poison and died A n d when t he king heard of i t he pu t .

,
t o dea t h t ha t in con sidera t e ju dge .
A s t hey deal with t he subj ec t of wise j udgmen t t he ,
seven t h an d eigh t h stories m a y be spoken o f nex t O n e .
o f t hem des cribes t he cleverness o f a girl t he o t her t ha t ,
of a lad Each of t he m is very popular in t he Eas t and

.
,
both of the m find more or les s comple t e coun t er p ar t s in

t he Wes t There is a well know n group of folk t ales
.
- -
familiar t o mos t Eu ropean and A sia t ic lands t he t heme ,
of w hich is t he shar p ness of a woman s wi t s Jus t as

’
.
t here t hrive among t he common people of all coun t ries

many jeers and fl o u ts agains t w omen s uch as the proverbs ,
B k
1 hpoo xi l c a 7 2 , v o l’ 1 1 p l i she d i n t he “
B ibli t h I di
o e ca n ca
y by i ti i ty f B g l
. . .
. .
18 f M
0 C H
o r T a w n e s m o st t he A s a c So c e o en a .
v l bl t l ti b i gp
. . .
a ua e ran s a on, no w e n ub
’
boy . When each of them has laid hold of one of the
b o v s h ands and h e begins to cry out on accoun t of t he
’
pa i n the real moth er will le t go being f u ll o f compass i o n

, ,
for him and knowing th at i f her child remain s alive sh e

,
will be able to see i t again Bu t the o t her w ho has no .

,
compassion for h i m will no t let go 1

P rofessor S c hie fn e r, .
”
h as c alled a t tention in a note t o t he ar t icle in A uslan d “ ”
by t he la t e Professor B e n fe y o n the some wha t similar tale

”
o f Die Kluge Dirn e and to the variant of th e Vi sakha ,
s t ory given in Mr Spence Hardy s Manual of Buddhism .

’
.
There is a well known folk t ale about a woman s i n t e l l i

- -
’
gence of which t h e Russi an varian t m a y be ci t ed here

, .
I t is t he 6 th of Khu dy a k o ff s collec t ion of Grea t R ussian ’ “
P opular Tale s ( Mos co w A peasant girl was so ,
intel ligen t t hat she solved all th e problems proposed t o

her by a cer t ain j udge C harmed by h er cleverness h e .
,
married her Bu t h e s t ipulated t ha t if sh e ever foun d

.
fault wi t h a n y of his legal decisions she w as to be divorced ,
a n d was bound to re t urn a t once to her fa t her s co tt age

’
.
O nly she was to be allowed t o take away wi t h her wha t

ever t hing she liked best i h her husband s house A ll ’
.
w ent well for some t ime with t he j udge and his clever
wife A t length she h e ard hi m deliver a prepos t erous

.
j u dgment i n court a n d she could no t h elp protes t ing ,
agains t it A ccordingly she was ordered t o return t o her

.
fa ther s hut She obeyed bu t she t ook wi t h her t he j udge

’
.
, ,
to whom she h ad administered so much liquor before

leaving t ha t she was able to drive him in a cart t ran
,
quilly sleeping When he awoke and found himsel f in

.
,
his fa ther i n law s cot t age h e n aturally asked ho w h e

- -
’
go t t here I brough t yo u away wi th me replied th e

.
“
,
d ivorced wife Y o u kno w I wa s en t i tled to t ake away

.
wha t ever I like d bes t i n your house and I chose you 2 , .

”
There is a ve r y in t eres t ing story of t he same kind i n
R hy D i d B ddhi t T hi “ 2
y f
’
1 S ee s av s s u s s st o r is to be oun d in
B i th St i pp xiv h i d div pl l i l
”
r - o r e s, x an ers ac e s, t he T a mu d nc u de d
G t Rm
.
, .
”
es a m N 45 o an o ru ,
o . .
R a dl o fl g r e
’
at c
s olle c t ion of s ongs and tales from C en t ral
A sia P roben der Vo l k sl i t t e r a t u r der t ii r ki s c he n S tamme
”
Sud Sibirie ns vol iii pp 3 4 7 — 3
-
, .There was once a
. .
choleric kh an who u nders t ood th e l anguage of birds He .
ordered his vizier on e d ay t o find out w h a t t wo geese ha d

said to each oth er as they fle w past t hreatening to pu t ,
him t o death if h e failed t o do so Th e vizier applied for .
h elp t o t he khan s wise d augh t er who gave him t h e i n fo r

’
mation h e required He promised n ot to men t io n his .
informan t bu t he broke his promise Th e khan w a s so

, .
angry wi t h his daughter whe n h e foun d out th a t i t w a s ,
sh e wh o had told t h e vizier wh at the gees e had s aid tha t ,
h e gave h er in marriage t o the mos t miserable sp ecimen

o f humani t y he could find Sh e proved an excellent w ife .
t o her un sigh tly an d poverty stricke n h usband and h e -

,
1
and she prospered in conseque nce .
Th e s t ory of th e clevern ess of Ma ha u sha dha ( No 8 ) .
forms th e counterpart o f that of Visakha wh o h erself ,
plays a part in the t ale w hich is t old a t somewha t tedious ,
leng t h Some of i t s in cidents will be familiar to readers

.
of Western folk tale s P rofessor S c hi e fn e r h as called

-
.
a t ten t ion ( in a footnote to page 1 2 9 ) t o s everal varian t s

of t he story of the mys t ic fo wl — som e t imes a cock some ,
t imes a hen or goose a layer of golden eggs — t he e a t er of

,
w h ich is des t ine d to become a king I t forms th e open .
ing of th e German s t ory of Th e T w o Bro t hers (Grim m ,
No 6 0 vol i ii pp 1 0 2
.
, . . but in it the p eculiari t y of
.
the b i rd is stated to be th a t th e ea t ing o f i t s heart and

liver enables t he ea t er to become rich Three Russian .
varian t s of t h e story are give n by A fa n a si e f in his colle e

t ion of R ussian P opular Tales ( v No 5 3 viii No 2 6
“ ”
.
, .
,
.
, .
,
and pp 4 6 4 . I n all of t hem t h e e a t er o f the bird or

a part o f it becomes a king Many my t hologists recognise 2
.
1
y
T he st o r o f t he su o r s w o m it h l
Ta e s N o 2 , The
8 “
Cl v
e er \Vif s .
l gi l
.
h h
,
V isakha s u t u p i n c e st s a n d p u t 2
Se e G u b e r n a t i s, “
Zo o o ca
h
t o s a m e o c cu r s a s a o -t a e in f lk l y h l gy
M t o o , ii 3 1 1
”
. .
i k
M ss Ma i r e S t o e s s In d a n Fa r '
i iy
i n the golden e g g th e Sun which m a y be looked upon as ,
a gleaming egg laid every morning by the brooding Nigh t .
But t he king making power a tt ribu t ed to t h e bird s ea t en

-
’
fl esh remains a m y s t ery In th e s t ory of Ma ha u sha dha

.
,
the boy B a hv a n n a p an a wh o has ea t en t he h ead of the

,
mys t ic cock is elec t ed king by t he m inis t ers a t a certain

,
court o n accoun t of his good looks Having gon e for t h .
in search of some successor t o t heir deceased monarch ,
t hey find him sleeping under a t ree th e shadow o f which ,

“
”
n ever moved from his body an d they exclaim A s he “
, ,
is ex t remely h andsome and is well provided wi t h signs

, ,
we will inve s t him wi t h t he sovereign t y I n t he Eas t .

”
European variants t he for t un ate y ou t h is frequ en t ly chose n

as king because hi s t aper w he n h e takes one t o church
, ,
kindles o f i t s own accord O n e of the t asks which .
Ma ha u sha dha is called upon to execute by w a y of proving

his cleverness is t o supply some rice which had n o t
“
been crushed wi t h a pes t le and ye t was not uncrushed , ,
and which h ad been cooked nei t her in t he house nor ou t

of t he hou se nei t her w i t h fire nor ye t wi t hou t fire
,
”
,
and to send it n ei t her along th e road n or ye t away from

“
the road withou t its being shone upo n by th e dayligh t

, ,
but ye t not in t he sh ade by a messenger who should be ,

”
n o t riding bu t also n o t on foo t ( p age

,
Simil ar ”
t es t s frequen t ly appear in European folk tales Thus in -

.
,
one of t he Li t huanian Tale s ( Schleicher No a gentle , .
m an promises t o marry a village maiden if sh e can f u lfil

cer t ain condi t ion s saying ,
If yo u come t o me nei ther
,
“
clo t hed n or bare no t riding n o r driving nor walking n o t

, ,
along th e road n o r beside t he road nor on t h e foo t pa th

, , ,
i n summer and likewis e in w in t er t hen w ill I marry you

”
, .
The abduction of t he mule which was wa t ched by fi ve

men ( page on e of whom sa t on i t s back while t he
o thers h eld i t s four legs is eviden t ly a reminiscence of an
,
ingenious t hef t commemora t ed in many such s t ories as

“
The Master Thief ( Grimm No ”
Bu t Ma ha u sha ,
.
dha s co ntrivances for making t he dog t alk and for keeping

’
t he sh eep t hin ( page 1 7 5) are n ovel Th e latter as a .

,
plan of worki n g on t h e body t hrough th e eye may be ,
compared w i th J acob s use o f th e rods w hich he placed

’
“
in t h e w a t eri n g trough s w hen t h e flocks came t o drink
-
( Genesis xxx .
The C lever Thief (No 4 ) is on e of th e numero u s

“
.
varian t s of t h e w ell know n s t ory w hi ch w e generally -
asso ciate wi t h t he t reasure o f Rha m p si n i t o s 1

A s Pr o .
fe sso r S chi e fn e r h as poin t ed ou t s ome o f i t s Wes t e r n

parallels ( pp 3 7 and i t is no t necess a ry t o do more
.
here t h an t o add a fe w references to t h ose which h e has

given Professor S chi e fn e r has hims elf wri tt en o n t h e
.
subject 2
The m os t recen t commen t a t or is Professor G
. .
Maspero who h as devoted t o it four page s o f the In

,
t r o du c ti o n to his collection o f ancien t Egyp t ian t ales 3

.
Th e n am e of Rha m p si n i t o s he says is a Greek form o f , ,
t he Egyptian name Ra m sis si nit or Ramses th e son of - - -

,
Nit Two obj ec t ion s h e rem arks h ave been mad e t o t h e

.
, ,
supposition t ha t the s t ory is of Egyp t ian origin O n e is .
t he n ature of the m asonry employed by th e builders of

t he t reasur y w hich h as been s t a t ed not t o be in keepi n g
,
wi t h Egyp t ian arch i t ec t ural practice Th e o t her is t he .
shaving o f t h e beard s of t h e drunken soldiers w ho had

been s e t t o w a t ch t h e corpse o f t h e clever t hief s comrade
’
This has been said to be an inciden t evi den t ly no t of

Egyp t ian origin seei n g t hat in Egyp t only barbarians
,
wore beards Bu t P rofessor Maspero imp u gns bo t h o bj e c

.
tions He shows t ha t some Eg y p t ian tem p les di d ac tu ally

.
possess hiding places resembli n g t ha t des cribed i n t h e

-
s t ory ; and as regards the sh aving h e poin t s out t h a t i n ,
the firs t place Egyptian s could w ear bear ds and did w ear ,
them whe n t h ey fel t inclined and t ha t in th e second ,
1
g d
A t f th
oo t y i i th
a co u nB ll t i f t h S t P t
o e s or s n e
“
u e n o e e ers
giv by S i G g C i hi b g A d my f S i t m xiv
.
en r eor e ox n s ur ca e o c e n ce s, o
Myt h l gy f t h A y N ti p p 99—3 5
. .
”
o o o e r an a o n s, 2 1
i C t p p l i d I Eg yp t
. .
1 1 1 —1 2 1. 3 ’
.
on es o u a re s e e
U b
2 “
i ig m g la di h A i
e er e n P i 1 88
e Pp or ii en n sc e n c en n e.
”
a r s, 2 xx x v
g d R h m p i it S g
. .
”
F a ssu n en er a s n a e,
IN TR O D U C TION .
place th e soldiers w ho guarded the corps e would belong

t o a t ribe of Ly b i a n origin of t h e name of Ma tion and ,
”
therefore be fully en t i t led i n t heir capaci t y of foreigne r s , ,
to wear t heir beards A m odern G reek varian t o f t he .
s t ory has bee n la t ely discovered in C yprus 1 and Mr , .
Tawney has recen t ly t ranslated an Indian varian t which 2

,
o ffers a s t riking resemblance t o the G aelic t ale o f The “
S hif t y La d 3
Th e Tibetan t ale h owever is m ore nearly
.
”
, ,
akin to t he Egyptian form of t he story t han to t ha t w hic h

i t t akes in t his Indian variant .
The s t ory of Prin ce S u dha n a ( No 5) has several points .
in common w i t h Wes t ern folk t ales O n e of these is t he -

.
cap t ure by t he h un t er P ha l a k a of t he celes t ial maiden ,
t he Kinnari Manohara w ho becomes S u dha n a s bride ,

’
This is effected by means of a fas t binding ch ain w hich -
the hun t er t hrows aro und her when sh e is ba t hing i n a

lake He r companions fly aw ay heaven w ard leaving her
.
,
a cap t ive o n ear th This inciden t will a t on ce remind .
t he reader o f the cap t ure s of swan —maiden s and o ther “
s upernatural n ymph s which so frequen t ly o ccur i n popular ,
rom a nce I t is usually the s wan s f e a t her dress or bird

.
’
-
husk on wh ich t h e liber t y of t he captured maiden depends .
While sh e i s deprived of i t she must l ive o n ear t h as a

i n o r t a l s w ife Bu t if sh e can recover i t she becomes a
’
.
,
bird once more and so ars h eavenward Manohara is , .
cap t ured by m ea n s o f a magic ch ain But h er power o f .
flying t hrough th e air depends upon her possession of a

j ewel So long as sh e is wi t hou t t ha t she remains a slave ;
.
,
when sh e recovers i t sh e becomes fre e and flies alof t 4

,
.
S a dhana s visi t to the p alace of his superna t ural w ife s

’ ’
1 S a k e lla r i o s,
C y p r i a qu e s “
iii t he W e st Highl a n ds No 1 8, on
p hi h xh t iv t by by l
, , .
1 57 Q u o ted M Emi e L e th w c se e e e aus e no es
g il R i h l d Kohl O i t
. . .
ra n d in hi s “
C
R e cu e de o n te si d e n o er n
“
r en un
ppli g
o u a re s r e cs i
”
O id t ii 3 3
P a r s , 1 88 1 P p cc en
”
0
f ll
. . . . .
,
4 “
20 5 6 — 21 F t f or a u a c co u n o sw a n
K t h S i t S fg b k x m id
.
”
2 “
dt h m di
'
a a ar l m z ar a, oo a en s an e e aav a ro a n ce
h p lxiii T h t y Th K igh t f t h S
.
“ ”
c a i f e s or o ccu r s n o e n o e w an se e
p t 7 f M T
.
y B i g G l d C i Myt h f
.
,
’ ’ “
v ol 11 ar o r aw n e s ar n ou s ur o u s s o
l ti C l t t 88 t h hIi ddl A g
. .
, .
t ran s a on a cu a, 1 1 e e es
J F C mpb ll T l f m
. . .
3 ’ “
. . a e s a es ro
IN TR O D UC TI O N .
fath er and th e task which is set him o f re cogn isin g he r

,
amid h er ladie s bear a stro n g re semblance t o t he adven t ure s

,
whi c h be fall t he heroe s o f m any t al es c u rren t in Europe .
A mor t al you t h of t en ob t ains and t h en for a time loses a , ,
supern atural wife g e n erally repre sented as t he da u ghte r

,
o f a m alignan t demon He mak e s his way like S u dha n a .

, ,
to the demon s abode Th ere tasks are se t him w hich h e

’
.
,
O n e o f t h ese
’
a ccomplish e s by m ean s of his wife s h elp .
is t h at h e sh all re co g nis e her whe n surro u n ded by h er

numerou s sis t ers each o f whom is e x ac tly like he r i n
,
appearanc e and dre ss He calls u pon h er to s t ep for t h .
from amon g them ; sh e doe s so an d th e recogni t ion t akes ,
place .
A s a specimen of an Europ ean variant o f th e tal e m a y

be t aken t he Russian s t ory of The W a t er Ki n g Ru s -
”
sian Folk T a le s No-
I n i t a prin ce steals t he dress
,
.
o f on e o f the water kin g s t w elve dau ghters whil e t hey

-
’
a re ba t hin g He r sister s become spoonbills an d fly away

.
,
bu t sh e remain s in his po wer t ill he res t ores h er dress .
Then sh e also flie s a w ay in spoonbill form Whe n h e .
arrive s af t er a t ime a t h er fa t h er s palace sh e aids him ’
t o accomplish th e t asks which are set him A t las t t he .
wa t er kin g says C hoose yourself a brid e from amo n g m y

-
,
t w elve d augh t ers They are all ex actly alik e in fa c e in

.
,
hair and in dress

,
I f you c a n pick out t he sam e on e
.
t hree t ime s runnin g sh e sh all b e your wife if you fail t o

,
do so I shall have you put to dea t h

”
,
Th e m aiden whose ,
dress h e ha d s t ole n and restored en able s him to s ucceed

in this task also Th e reco g ni t io n of S u dha n a by his
.
wife brou g ht about by means o f a r in g is an in c ide n t

, ,
o f which frequent u se is mad e in folk tal e s Wh en a -

.
’
demon s dau ghter or a princess who h as bee n en slave d
,
by a demon has enabled a hero to escap e alo n g wi t h he r

,
from t h a t demon s power sh e o f t e n warn s him tha t h e

’
,
will forge t h er if h e on hi s re t urn home kisse s his mo t he r

, ,
”
(
’
as in T w o Kin gs
“
C hildren Grimm No 1 or doe s , , .
so m e thi n g else which h e has been forbi dden t o do He .
d
al w ay s neglects t he w arni n g an d forg e t s his wife But .
eventually sh e m an ages t o remin d him o f her existen ce ,
u sually by means o f a rin g In t he similar s t ory o f The .
Ma st e r m a id ( Tales from the Norse No t he r e

” “ ”
.
,
cogni t io n is due t o a golden apple and t wo gold en fowls

which t he hero and heroine had carried o ff from a gian t s ’
palace In The Ba tt le o f t he B i rds ( C ampbell s Wes t

.
’ “
Highland Tales No ”
t h e prin ce forge t s t he g ian t s
,
.
’
d augh t er af t er bein g kissed by an old g reyhound bu t ,

”
remembers her when h e hears a conversa t io n between a

golden pi geon and a silver pi g eon w hich sprin g ou t o f a
glass offered t o his forgo tt en love Similar parallels to .
t his s t ory will be found in mos t of t he larg e collec t ion s o f

European folk t ales -
.
A curious fea t ure in t he s t ory is t h e ablu t ion t o which

Manoh ar a is subjec t ed af t er her s t ay among mor t als
( p . in order t ha t the smell o f humani t y may be ”
washed o ff h er In a similar s t ory in the Ka t h a S ari t

.
a hero who has been d eser t e d by his celes t ial

‘
1
S zi g a r a ,
spouse Bhadra wanders lon g in sear c h o f h er A t len g t h

, , .
he reaches a moun t ain lake t o which com e t o dra w

wa t er many bea u t iful women wi t h golden pi t ch ers i n
their h ands He asks t hem w hy t hey are drawin g wa t er
.
”
,
and t hey reply A Vi dy adha r i o f t he n ame of Bhadra is

,
dwe llin g on t his moun t ain ; t his wa t er is for her t o ba the

in .
”
Whereupon he slips in t o on e o f t he pi t ch ers t h e
j e w elled rin g which his wife had given him A n d so i t .
comes t o pass t ha t when the wa t er o f ablu t ion is poured

over her t he rin g falls in t o her lap S he recognises i t
, .
,
and all goes w ell .
Th e lon g his t ory o f P rince Ji v a k a t he Kin g o f P hysi ,
c ian s ( No has . li tt le in common wi t h Wes t ern folk lore -

.
The cure s h e performs by ei t her openin g t he skull and ,
removi n g from the brain headach e produ c in g cen t ipedes -

,
or else elimin atin g such similar in t ruders by a less heroic

o peration m a y h owever b e likened to somewhat similar
, , ,
1 Mr . Ta w ne y t
’
s l ti
ra n s a on , i . 1 42 .
IN TR O D UC TI O N .
who emerge s ( p 8 5 ) from t he kadali t r e e i n the 5 m m

.
‘
rove closely re s embles t h e tree m aiden s who fi gure in -

g ,
som e European popular t ale s In the 2 1 st of Hahn s .

’
Griechisch e M archen t h e s t em o f a laurel opens an d

”
,
for t h comes a wondro u sly f a ir m aiden I n t he s i x t h .

”
’ ”
story o f B asile s P e n t a m e r o n e a fairy come s forth in ,
th e same w ay from a da t e spray an d in t h e second ,
from a bilberry t wig Th e homes o f the nymph s o f

.
t his clas s are as of t en flowers as trees I n a R ussian

‘
.
s t ory ( A fa n a si e f vi No, . t h e heroi n e is transformed

,
.
af t er dea t h into a wondrous blossom At mi dnight t he .

“
blossom begins t o t rem b le then it falls from its s t e m ,
t o the ground and t u rn s int o a lovel y maiden

,
In t h e .
same way th e h eroin e o f th e German s t ory o f The Pink

)
’
( Grimm ,
No .
7 6 becomes a flo w er at h er lover s wish ;
an d many o ther similar i ns t ance s migh t b e quoted A ll .
such ideas as th ese appear t o have been originally con

n e c t e d wi t h t he tree -worship which formed so impor t an t
a part o f t he religion o f our remote ances t ors an d on ,
which so excellent a w o r k w as wri tt en a fe w years ago by

the la t e Wilh elm Mannh ardt 1
.
O f special in t eres t as dealin g wit h this kind of worship

, ,
is t h e openin g o f the Bu ddhis t ic legend of Ma hak asy a p a

'
and B hadr a ( No Tree w orship existed lo n g before

.
-
Buddhism was heard o f an d it h as succeeded in maintain ,
in g its e x istence in many lands up t o the presen t day .
There is no lack o f s t orie s rela t in g t o i t ; but i t is no t .
of t en th a t w e ob t ain so clear an insigh t in t o t h e ideas o f

t ree w orshi p pers or are favoured wi t h so de t ailed an accoun t
-
,
o f the ri t e s which they w ere wont t o celebrate as are ,
a ff orded by th e descrip t ion o f the childle ss Brahman s ’
appeal t o the Ny a g r o dha t re e ( p I t serves t o illus .
t ra t e t he co n fusion existin g in t h e minds of t ree wor -
shippers be t ween t he material tree an d i t s spiritual t enan t .
Th e Brah m an Ny a g r o dha the tree s namesake first caused ,

’
th e ground in i t s n eighbourhood to be sprinkle d cleansed , ,
1 Wal d u n d Fe l dk u lt e , 2 v l
o s . B lier n , 1 8 7 5- 7 7 .
an d adorn ed Then he set up flag s an d bann ers and

.
,
pro v ided a pro fusion o f perfumes flo w ers and i n cen se , , .
Fin ally h e prayed to t he tree -h auntin g dei t y promisi n g

,
”
,
t o pay t h at divine bein g du e h onour i f a son sh ould b e

bo r n to him bu t thre a t enin g in case he should remain
, ,
ch ildless to cut down th e t r e e and split it into chips

, ,
des t ined t o be con sumed with fire In ano t h er p assage of .
t he Kah gyur ( vol vi p 2 80 ) P rofesso r S c hi e fn e r re m arks

-
. .
,
.
in a note appended to this passa g e B ha g a v a n t g ive s ,

“
dir ection s t ha t in case it is abs o l u t ely n ecessary t o fell a

,
t ree th e work masters o f th e Bhikshus shall draw a circle

,
-
arou nd it seven or eight days before f e llin g it offer u p ,
perfumes flowers an d obla t ion s reci t e ta n t r a s and u t ter

, , ,
spells proclaim abh orren ce o f th e p a t h o f t he t en vice s

, ,
‘
and moreover say Le t th e dei t y wh o inh abi t s t his t re e
,
find ano t h er d w ellin g Wi t h this tree sh all a reli g ious or

.
ecclesias t ical work be accomplished S eve n or eight days .

’
after t hi s t h e tree may b e felled B u t i f any c han ge he .
perceptible it must not be felled I f none i s p ercep t ible

, . ,
t hen it may be cut down .

”
O n e of t he stories o f t he P anchatan t ra ( t he 8 t h o f B ook

5 ) m a y be compared wi t h t he openin g o f No 9 s o far as .
,
t ree worship i s concerned and wi t h th e alre ady quoted

-
,
( in illus t ration o f No 1 ) German s t ory about a wife s n u

’
.
reasonable wish es A weaver who w anted t imber for a.

,
n e w loom was abo u t t o fell a t ree wh en th e S pirit which

, ,
resi ded in it protested again st th e opera t io n an d promise d , ,
if t h e t ree w as spared to fulfil any wish the weaver migh t ,
express The weaver assente d but befor e specifyin g his

.
,
wish h e went h ome an d con sul t ed hi s wife She r e co m .
m ended hi m t o ask for an addi t ion al p air of h ands a n d

ano th er h ead for by their mean s h e would be able to kee p
,
t w o loom s goin g in ste ad o f o ne Th e weaver t ook his .
wife s advice an d reque s t ed the t re e spiri t to rend er him

’
,
-
t w o -h eaded and four—armed No sooner said t han don e . .
In an ins t ant h e became e quipped wi t h a couple o f h eads

and four arms and returned home hi g hly deligh t ed wi t h
,
I N T R O D UC TI O N .
his n e w acquisition s No soon er ho w ever did the village rs.

, ,
see him t han g r eatly alarmed t h ey exclaimed a goblin a

, , ,
goblin ! and be t ween s t rikin g him wi t h s t icks and pel t in g

hi m wi t h s t on es speedily put an end to his exis t ence 1 ”
.
Th e grea t er par t o f No 9 t h e acco u n t of t he asce t ic lif e .

,
led by B hadra and h er husband belon gs to a differen t ,
world from t ha t o f folk lore bu t in th e A c t a S anctorum -

, ,
and in some p opular legends d erived from tha t source ,
parallels may b e found equally conducive to e di fic a t i o n .
In No 1 0 also w e are t aken away from t h e region o f

.
, ,
folk tales bu t t his t ime into tha t of such literary fi c t ion s

-
,
as form a par t of t he Thousand and O n e Nig ht s ”

It
“
.
,
also is not of a very edify in g n a t ure ; but i t is valuable

,
as sh owin g wh at utter n onsense many of t he corrup t ed

Buddhis t ic legends contain and illus t ra tin g t he custo m ,
prevalen t amon g literary B uddhis t s ( one in which t hey

were p erhaps surpassed by th e C hris t ia n compilers o f
such works as t he Ges t a R o m a n o r u m o f appendin g an
unexcep t ion able moral to a tale o f an u nsavou r y na t ure .
Th e rapidi t y with w hic h th e n arrator at th e close o f t h e ,
s t ory o f U t p a la v a r n a passes from th e record o f h er disso

,
l u t e n e ss to t he accoun t of her conversion is somewha t

star t lin g The same remark applie s also t o t h e close o f
.
t he his t ory of Kri sa Ga u t a mi ( No 1 Tha t narra t ive is .
a s li ttle edifyin g for t he mos t part as t h e legend which

, ,
precedes i t O n e o f t h e t ricks resorted to in i t t h e

.
,
leng t henin g at will by mean s of some magical subs t ance , ,
of t he n ose of an obnoxious indiv idual frequen t ly fi gures ,
in pop u lar t ales In one o f the s t orie s from C en t ral A sia

.
( J u ] g , Mon golisch e M a r c h en No t h e fairies elonga t e ,

.
an in t ruder s n o se t o su ch an ex t ent t hat t h ey are abl e

’
t o t ie seven kno t s in i t B u t t h ey p erfor m that opera t ion .
by sheer force In European folk t ales t h e abnormal

.
-
grow t h of t h e nos e or t h e sudden appearanc e of h orn s ,
or t he like is generally caused by t he magical proper t ies

,
o f some fruit or o t h er apparently harmless s u bs t a n ce

1 Pr o f . Mo n i e r W il l ia m s ,
“
i
In d a n W i s do m , 3d e d it pp
.
, . 1 — 16
5 4 5 .
IN TR O D UC T I O N .
( G rimm No 1 2 2 iii 2 0 4 Hahn No

,
.
,
In the presen t
.
, , , .
case t h e means employed for t he le n g thenin g of t h e n ose

,
i s a p i ece o f wood and a piece o f ano t h er kind o f wood

,
reverse s t h e opera t ion I n t h e folk ta les th e magical .

-
subs t anc e which produce s t he wish ed for resul t i s g enerally -
d iscovered by acc iden t In t h e Tibetan leg end i t s dis .
c o v e r y is due to i t s e mplo y er s observa t io n o f a raven

’
which len g th en ed i t s beak by rubbin g it on a piece of wood

when i t wan t ed t o ge t at a corpse oth erwise out of i t s
reach and af t erward s red uced it t o i t s normal propor t io n s
,
wh en i t h ad finish ed i t s m eal Th e magic lu t e which .
plays so imp ortant a par t in t h e story o f Su s r o n i ( No 1 2 ) .
is o f course closely rela t e d t o all t h e musical ins t ruments

o f magic power which bo t h li t erature and folk lore h ave -
rend ered familiar from th e h arp o r lyre o f O rpheus or

,
A mphion t o t he pip e o f t he P iper o f Hameln t he dan ce ,
i n spirin g fid dle o f t h e German t ales o f R oland a n d ” “
”
“
Th e Je w in Th orn s ( Grimm No s 5 6 and t he , .
magic flute which an an gel give s t o the s t ro n g fool of t he

modern Greek s t ory o f Bakala ( Hahn No an d a ,
.
number o f s imilar ins t r u men t s capabl e o f maki n g t ree s

and ro cks reel and men and wome n wildly skip I n .
t hese dance compellin g in s t rum en ts many m y thologis t s

-
recognise symbols o f t h e win d O n e o f t h e most in t er

1
.
es t i n g o f the European folk tale s i n which such i n str u -
men t s o ccur is t h e Es t honian s t ory of P i kn e s B agpipe s ’
o f w hich a full accoun t is give n by A d e G u b e r n a t i s in .
his Z oological My th olo gy ( i 1 5 9 t aken from Dr . .
Lo we s excellen t t ran sla t ion of Kr e u t z w a l ds collec t io n

’ ’
( E h s t n i sc he M a rchen
”
No In i t th e t hund er god is , .
-
robbed o f his bag pipe s ( to me p d R o hr e n in str u m e n t by -

,
t he devil wh o hides i t away in h ell keepin g i t in an iron

, ,
chamber guarded by seve n locks The con sequen ce i s .
1 Th e i d p ip i y m b l f t h t m
sa m e p o w er o f t he w n e s a s o o e s or -
so n g
w hi h i ig ifi d by t h h p f ( f t h M t ) hi h m k
c s s n e e ar o o e a ru s w c a es a ll
O ph t y f t hi g d (M h dt ” “
r i eus i th s se e n n e s or o n s an ce a nn ar Ger
A m phi (C x M t h l gy f m i h Myth p
,
’ ”
on o s y o o o a n sc e en .
th A y N ti ii 49 ) Th
,
“
e r an a o ns , . 2 e
t hat t h e clouds n o lon ger yield a d r op of rain The .
th u nder god u nder th e form o f a boy ob t ains access t o

-
, ,
h ell and persuades the d evil t o le t him play on t he magic

,
bagpipes Thereupon t he walls of h ell quake d and t he

.
,
devil and his associa t es fain t ed a w ay and fell t o t h e

g r ou d as t ho u gh dead
n R e tu r n in g h om e t h e t hunder
.
”
,
od ble w in t o his thunder in s t rumen t till t he rain gates - -

g
opened and gave the e ar t h to drink Th e t ermina t ion o f .
”
t he his t o ry of Su sr o n i is closely akin t o tha t wi t h which

all com p lete varian t s o f t h e P uss in B oo t s s t ory shou ld
end They ough t always t o conclude wi t h the in gra t i t u de
.
o f t he hero or heroine o f the tale to t h e ca t or fox or oth er

animal which has mad e i t self u seful The Marquis d e .
C a r a b a s ough t t o ha v e pro v ed un g r a t eful t o t he Booted

C a t jus t as Su sr o n i n eglec t ed t o give her ben efactor t h e
, ,
jackal the daily mea t which she had promised i t The

, .
assevera t ion s o f t he kin g s wives in t his s t ory and t hose ’
o f t he hero and heroine of No 1 8 may be c o m pared wi t h .

,
t he similar a ffi rma t ion s of t h e heroine o f t he 2 6 th of M .
L egrand s C on t es P opulaire s Grecs In i t a kin g s u ffers

’ ”
.
from a s t ra n ge malady t hree bra n ches h avin g gro n over

, w
his hear t Hi s disguised sis t er tells him h er s t ory and

.
,
adds If I tell t he t ruth 0 my kin g may one of t he

,
“
, ,
branch es break which is over yo r h ear t l By t hree such u

”
assevera t ions she breaks all t hre e bran ches .
The s t ory ( No 1 3 ) o f t he ac t or who drama t ises t he l i fe

.
o f B ddha and is punished for his audaci ty in makin g

u ,
fun o f t h e Six Bhikshus soars high above t he re g ion of ,
folk lore A n d t here is bu t li ttle i n European popular

-
.
fic t ion which can be likened t o t h e legend o f Th e Dumb

C ripple ( No
”
who pre t ended to be unable t o speak
.
or walk in order t hat h e mi g h t no t be m a de a kin g

, ,
reflec t i g t hat if he were t o be inves t ed wi t h soverei g n

n
,
power t his woul d n o t be a good thing seein g t ha t in

, ,
consequence o f a six t y y e a rs reign which he had a e c om ’
li she d in a previous s t a t e of exis t ence h e had been born

p ,
again in hell and th a t he n ow ran t he risk o f goin g t o hel ]

,
IN TRO D U C TIO N .
a second t i m e . Th e same remark holds go od of t he n o t

very edifyi n g his t ory of Rshy a sri n g a or Gazelle Horn ( No .
1 t h e asce t ic wh o out o f spite prevents rain from falling

, ,
un t il his asce t icism and his m ag ic power collapse t oge th er .
The story of Vi sv a n t a r a ( No th e prin cely B o di sa t

.
,
who not only g ive s away a ll his p roperty and re t ire s into
t he fores t o f penanc e bu t eve n surrenders his t w o children
,
t o a cru e l sla v e m w n e r a n d finally h an ds ove r his wife t o

,
a s t ran ger who demand s he r h as bee n a lready t old by

,
Mr S pen ce Hardy i n his M a n ual o f Bud dhism (pp

.
“ ”
.
1 16 unde r th e title of The W e ssa n t a r a Jatak a ;

“
but as i t is on e o f th e m ost touchin g o f t h e class o f

legen ds t o which it belo n gs havin g in i t more o f huma n
,
interes t than such n a rr a t ives g en erally con t ain and as ,
t he Tibetan variant i s t h e more po etic and pa t he t ic o f t h e

t w o renderi n gs of the t ale P rofessor S c hi e fn e r has done
,
good service by translatin g it Such ac t s o f renun cia t ion

.
as t he princely B o di sat accompl ished do n o t co m mend

t hemselves to t h e We s t ern m ind A n O rien t al s t ory .
te ller can describe a self -sa cr ific i n g monarch as cu tt in g

slices o f flesh o ff hi s own arm s and plun gi n g t hem in t o
t he fire in h onour o f a dei t y and ye t n ot be afraid of
,
excitin g any thi n g but a r eligious t hrill amon g his audien c e .
To Europe an minds such a deed would prob a bly appea r

grotes que A n d so th e Eas t ern t ale s in praise o f self
.
sa c r i fi c e do no t seem t o have impressed t h e lay mind of
Eu rope . O n e cclesiastical li t erature t hey probably exer t ed

c onsiderable influen ce Bu t folk tale s do no t o f t e n deal
.
-
wi t h such h eroic opera t ions as were performed by P rince

Vi sv a n t a r a in cuttin g himself loo se from all worldly t ies
in order t h a t n o t hin g might preven t him from becom ing
t he con summate Buddha . The sorro w s o f Madri t he ,
princely asce t ic s wife w ho is reduced by her husband s

’
,
’
passion for g ivi n g every t hin g away firs t t o exile and

poverty t hen t o bi tt er g rie f on accou n t of t h e loss o f her
,
dearly loved li tt l e children and finally to slavery bu t

, ,
who submits t o all he r hu sband s comman ds may be ’
,
IN T R O D UC TIO N .
compared wi t h those o f the pa t ien t G r isil de s whose

praises C haucer ha s sun g in The C le r k e s Tale The
“ ’
.
C lerk s t a t e s in his prologue t ha t t he s t ory was one which

h e l e r n e d a t P a do w e o f a wor t hy clerk whose n a m e
“
,
”
was Praunces Pe t r a r k t he laurea t poete P e t rarch havin g

,
freely t ransla t ed i t i n t he y ea r I 3 7 3 from Bo ccaccio s ’
“
Decamerone ”
. This s t ory ho w ever appears t o h ave , ,
been curren t in I t aly for some t ime before In folk t ale s .

-
t he similar sorrow s o f a wife wh o is con demn ed t o a

series o f humilia t ion s by a h arsh husband are of t en
described ; bu t t he husband s co n duc t is generally a o
’
coun t ed for by t he fac t t ha t his wife h ad a t firs t rejec ted

him wi t h contumely an d h e had ma de u p his mind t o
,
re t alia t e P a t ien t G rissel s husband had absolu t ely n o

’
.
e x cuse to plead for his cruel ty nor can mu c h he said in ,
e x t enua t io n of t ha t O f s u ch a h u sband as t h e German

“
K in g T hr u shb e a r d ( G rimm No t he Nor w egian
,
.
Ha c o n G r i z z le b e a r d Tales from t he Norse N O ,

”
.
or the I t alian Ki n g of Fairland t he husband o f t h e

“
,
”
’
proud C in t i e lla ( B asile s P e n t a m e r o n e No “
The ,
.
R ussian varian t O f P a t ien t G rissel s S t ory ( A fa n a si e f

“ ’ ”
v N O 2 9 ) seems wor thy O f men t ion as n o t bein g l ikely t o

. .
,
be familiar t o Wes t ern Europe A kin g marries a peasan t s .

’
daugh t er on condi tion t ha t sh e shall never find faul t wi t h

any thin g h e say s or does Sh e makes him an e x cellen t
.
wife and n ever opposes his will even when h e t akes h er

, ,
c hildren fro m her pre t endin g t ha t t hey are t o be

, p u t to
dea t h in order t ha t his n eighbours migh t n o t laugh a t
,
t hem as b ei n g spru n g f r o m a peasan t mo ther ; or when h e

send s her back t o her fa t her s hu t and t hen re c alls h er ’
from i t as a servan t and orders her t o get ready t h e room

,
in t en ded for his new bri de Bu t t h e R ussian s t ory as i t

.
,
s t ands alon e ( wi t h t h e e x cep t ion o f t he O pe n ing ) i s p r o ,
1
bably an e c h o from abroad .
1
Th e b i b li g phy f t h G i l d
o ra o e l m l
r se a co u ns on g , i n Er sc h a n d r u e r s G b ’
st o r y giv
is en at l gth by D
en A llg m i r.
“
e e n e En c y k l o adi e ,
p
”
se c
i h l
R e n o dKOhl e r , i n an art i l fi ft ti i l
c e een on .
, vo . xc i .e L i pzig
, 1 8 71 .
o f t h e churnin g a horse which h ad t he power of restori n g

,
t o life by a sniff any A sura whom th e god s had killed

, ,
.
This gave him g rea t po w er A t leng t h Indra wen t t o .
N a m u c hi and asked for t ha t horse as a g i f t Na m u c hi .
gave i t and Indra

,
as h e could n o t be slain by any
,
o ther weapo n killed him wi t h foam o f t he G an ges i n

, ,
which h e had pla c ed a t hunderbol t Howeve r h e wa s .

”
,
”
born again as an A sura composed all o f je w els and ,
he conquered Indra a hundred t imes Then t he gods .

“
t ook coun sel t og e t her and came t o him and said t o him , ,
‘By all me ans gi v e us vour body for a human sacrifi ce .
When he heard t hat h e gave t hem his own body al t hough

, ,
they were his en emies noble men do no t turn t heir b a cks

on a supplian t bu t besto w on him even t heir lives
,
.
”
The s t ory o f a c hari t able mo n ar c h whose uprigh t ness ,
and generosi ty are pu t t o a severe t es t by a d ei ty o c curs ,
as a folk t ale in Miss Maive S tokes s Indian Fairy Tale s

-
’ ”
( No. I t properly belon gs t o litera t ure in which i t ,
has assumed various forms one O f whi c h h as be en made ,
kno w n t o En glish readers by t he la t e S i r Mu t u C o o m a r a

Swamy i n his A r i c ha n dr a or t h e Mar tyr o f Tru t h ; a
“
,
Drama t ransla t ed from t he Tamil ”

The s t ory as t old by .
a n Indian ayah t akes t his for m There was a kin g n am ed .
Har c hand who used t o pray a gr eat deal t o G o d an d

, ,
b u t t hough t fi t t o t es t his
”
G o d was very fond o f him ,
goodness S O on e day whe n he h ad promised an as c e t ic

.
,
t wo pounds and a h alf o f gold all his weal t h was t u rned

”
,
in t o char c oal In ord er t o kee p his word Ha r c han d was

.
,
obliged t o sell his wife and child for a pound a n d a h alf

o f gold and t hen he sold himself for t he o ther p ound
, .
Havin g become t he property o f a Dom t h a t is a man of , ,
a very lo w cas t e who kep t a tank into w hich i t w a s his

,
business t o t hro w t he bodies o f t hose wh o died h e w a s ,
c harge d wi t h t he care o f t h e t ank and ordered t o t ake a ,
rupee in payment for each adult corpse eigh t annas for a ,
dead c hild or a piece of clo t h in case t he bearers o f t he

, ,
body h ad n o m on ey O n e day his wife arrived beari n g .

,
IN T RO D U C TIO N .
the corpse o f his son wh o h ad died S he h a d n o money

,
.
,
bu t sh e said to herself I kno w th at man is m y hu sba n d, ,
so he will not t ake a n y money for throwin g his child in t o

t h e wa t er B ut h e was so hone st in t h e interes t s of hi s
.
”
,
mas t er that h e i n sis t e d u po n a fee which h ad to be p aid

, ,
a t t he expen se o f his wife s sin gle co v eri n g Ev en t ually ’

.
all went well th e d ead boy was re stored to life an d when

, ,
t h e reuni t ed royal family re turned hom e t he gard en was ,
in splen did beauty ; t he ch arcoal was turned back in t o

gold and silver and j ewel s ; th e ser v an t s were in wai t ing
, ,
as usual an d they wen t in t o the palace and lived h appily

,
for evermore .
Th e principal theme o f T he Fulfilled P rophecy ( NO “

.
1 7 ) is on e that O fte n occurs in p opular tales m any o f ,
which ar e devo t ed to provin g h ow impossible i t is for a

man wh atever c rim e s h e m a y c ommi t t o escap e from his
, ,
destiny Th e Two B ro t hers ( NO 1 8 ) is on e o f th e

. .
great cycle o f moral tale s i n whic h g oodnes s is contras t ed

with badn ess t o t h e temporary ad v antag e b u t even t ual
,
di sc o m fi t u r e o f the latter The blin di n g O f th e good .
brother by t he bad is a n incident su ggestive o f t he O pen

”
ing o f the w el l-known folk tale s o f True and U ntrue -
“
(
“
Tale s from th e N orse No t h e T w o Wan derers
, .
“
( Grimm N ,O an d a.great number of similar stories ,
t o m any o f w h ich references are g ive n in vol iii p 1 8 9 . . .

,
’
o f Grimm s collection .
Stories abou t un g rateful w ives are p opular in A sia .
In NO 2 1. HO W a w oman requite s love a husban d

, ,
”
’
twice saves his wife s l i fe once by resc u in g h er from his ,
bro thers wh o proposed to feed u pon her when d es t i t u t e

,
O f o t her food in a desert an d again b y supplyin g h er wi t h

,
food and drink much to his own inconvenien ce when sh e

, ,
was faint from hu n ger an d thirst He sliced som e flesh .
O ff his thighs
”
says th e n arra t or an d gave it to h er t o
, ,
eat ; and t h en he O pen ed th e vein s of both his ar m s a n d

”
g ave h er the blood to drink In spite o f w hich sh e con .
,
spi r ed against him w i t h a handless and footless cripple .

l iix IN TR O D UC T I O N .
I n one of t he Indian varian t s o f the s t ory ( P a n c ha “
t an t ra iv ,the husban d s self sa c r ifi c e t ake s a more

”
.
’
-
poetic form In t he midst o f a fores t a wife suffered

.
inten sely from t hirs t He r husban d went t o seek water . .
When h e came back wi t h some his wife was d ea d A .
voice was heard say i n g t h a t if h e would g ive u p h al f of

his own life hers would be renewed He imme dia t ely .
pronounced a formula by which he surrendered half o f

his life and hi s wife was t hereby re susci t a t ed Soon
, .
af t erwards bein g i n a garden on e d ay during t he abs ence

,
o f her husband she heard a cripple singin g so beau t ifully

,
tha t sh e fell in love wi t h him a t on ce S O sh e t ook an .
early opportuni t y o f pushin g h er husband in t o a w ell .
A f t er which she led a wanderin g life carry ing about th e ,
cri p ple in a baske t o n he r head Bu t her hu sban d who .

,
had not been killed by his fall escaped fro m t he well and , ,
a t le n g t h confron t ed her one day in t he presence o f a

kin g and demanded back t h e half o f his life which he
,
had g iven h er S he u tt ered for m al words O f surrender

.
and fell dead The Indian variant of t h e s t ory in t he

.
Da sa k u m ar a c ha r i t a is closely akin t o t he Tibe t an t he ,
husband assuagin g his wife s hunger and t hirs t by means ’
o f his own flesh and blood an d bein g rewarded by bei n g ,
pushed in t o a well by his wife who had fallen in love ,
wi t h a cripple whose h ands fee t n ose and ears had bee n , , ,
cu t o ff by robbers 1
This story appears to be t he original
.
o f a si n gular Mo n g ol t ale (Jii lg s Mongolisch e M a r c hen ’
,
”
p . A m a n and his wife were walking alon g n ear a

cli ff wh en t hey heard so love ly a voice resoundin g t ha t
,
t he woman said t o h erself I should like t o belon g t o t he ,

“
”
man who possesses so charmin g a voice and she pro ,
c e e de d t o push h er hu sband in t o a well Then she se t o ff .
in search of t he possessor of t h e voice When she found .
him he t urned ou t t o b e a loa t hsome invalid whose g roans

, ,
1
Hi n do o l
Ta e s . o r t he A dv e n t h e Da s a k u m a r a c h a r i t a m , by P W
i ly J b pp
. .
” ”
t u re s of T e n Pr n c e s F re e a co , 2 6 1 - 2 66
t l f ki
. . .
ra n s ate d r o m t he Sa n s r t o f
ha d be en rendered m elodious by th e e choin g cli ff F u ll .
o f remorse she t ried t o make up for t he murder of her

,
husband by carryi n g away t he invalid u nd er wh ose dis ,
agreeable weigh t sh e pined away and even t ually died ( B en

fey P an ch a t an t ra i pp 4 3 6
,
”
Th e form assumed
,
. .
by t h e s t ory in t h e Ka t h a S ari t S a gara 1 is almos t iden t ical.
wi t h t h a t in th e Kah gy u r The end however is more -

.
, ,
savage in the In dian t h an in t h e Tibetan varian t A f t er .
t h e u n gra t efulne ss O f t he wife h ad be en expo sed th e ki n g s ,

’
m inis t ers cu t O ff h er n ose and ears and branded he r an d ,
banished her from t h e coun t ry with t h e m aimed man .
A n d in t his ma tt er Fate sh o w e d a becomi n g combina t io n ,
for it uni t ed a woman wi t hout no s e and e ars with a m a n

w i t hou t h ands an d fee t I n t he Three S nake L e aves
”
.
( Grimm No ,
a wife wh o h as been resusci t a t e d after
.
her dea t h by h e r husban d conspire s again st him wi t h a

ship captain an d ha s him fl u n g in t o th e sea He is save d
-
.
,
however and sh e and he r accomplice are ultimately dis

,
covered and sen t enced t o b e drowned .
Th e s t ory O f The Gr at eful A nimals a n dt h e U n gra t eful

Man ( NO 2 6 ) is on e t ha t is very widely spre ad t hro u gh
.
ou t A sia and has made its way in t o m any p ar t s O f

,
Europe Th e merits of t he lo w er animals w ere in Eas t ern

.
,
s t o r ies frequen t ly contras t e d with th e demeri t s o f man

, ,
so far at leas t as g ratitude is concerned m a n y centurie s ,
before such ideas as have in modern t ime s led t o t he

forma t io n o f socie t ies for t h e pro t ec t ion o f animals h ad
exercised any infl u en ce over European t hought In t he .
prese n t ins t anc e a hu n t er who dra w s ou t of a pi t a lio n , ,
a snake a mouse a falcon and a m an is rewarded by t he

, , , ,
t w o beas t s t he bird an d t h e rep t ile an d by t heir aid is

, , ,
enabled t o escape from prison after h avin g bee n t hrown ,
in t o i t in consequen ce o f the machina t ion s o f t he man he

h ad saved In t h e P an ch a t antra (A ppe n dix to Book i
.
”
.
s t ory 2 ) a Brahman rescue s a ti ger a monkey a snake , , ,
and a man wi t h sim i lar resul t s Fro m t h e work of which

, .
1
Vo l . ii p
. . 10 1 o f Mr . Ta w ne y t
’
s ra n s a l ti o n.
IN TRO D UC TIO N .
the Pancha t an t ra is th e S an skri t represen t ative t he

“ ”
,
s t ory made i t s way abou t 7 5 0 A D in t o t he S yri a c Ka l ila g

,
. .
,
a d Da m n a
n
g and t he A rabi
,
c
”
K a li l a h and Dimn a h ,
”
and t hen ce abo u t 1 0 80 A D in t o Symeon S e t h s G ree k

,
. .
,
’
t ransla t ion from t he A rabic and t h e L a t in t ransla t ion ,
( t hrough t he Hebrew
) by Jcann es o f C apua i n t h e second
h alf o f t he thir t ee n t h ce n t ury a n d s o in t o t he Spanish , ,
G erma n French I t alian a n d En glish tra n slation s o f

, , ,
different versio n s of t h e A rabic work It occurs also in .

1
o ther works of Bu ddhistic origin In a s t ory from t he Ra .
sa v ahi i quo t ed by Spiegel i n his A ne c do ta P alice

”
n , an ,
inhabi t an t of B enares rescues from a h ole a dog a snake , ,
and a m a n The do g and t he sn ake are g ra t ef u l and by

.
,
their m ean s their rescuer is e n abled to escape th e impale

m en t to which h e had been cond emn ed in c onsequen ce o f
t he m alice of the un gr a t e ful m a n he had re scued alon g
wi t h t hem There can be li ttle doub t t ha t it was fro m
.
Indian and probably B uddhis t ic source s that such gra t e

, ,
ful ani m als made t heir w a y i n t o European folk t ales as - —
t he a t s fish and birds O f t he Whi t e Snake ( Grimm “

n , , ,
No . th e lions bears wolves fo x es and h ares o f

, , , ,
“
Th e Two Bro t h ers ( NO t h e an t s ducks and bees .
, ,
o f Th e Q ueen Bee ( NO
“
th e horse ducks s t ork .
, , ,
”
an d bee s
of The T w o Wanderers (No
“
and t he .
bear mouse and monkey of

, ,
Th e Fai t h ful Beas t s ”
( G rimm 1 0 4 o f first
, edi t ion af t erwards o mit t ed ) n o t to ,
speak of t he numberle ss co un t erpar t s O f t h ese gra t e ful

crea t ures in the folk tales O f every European land -
.
O f t he res t of th e s t ories t h e grea t er par t belon g t o t h e ,
c lass of animal fables Many o f them are O ld acqu ain t .
au c es u n d er a n e w guise The U n gra t e ful L ion ( NO .

”
.
for instance which t ells ho w a w oodpecker ext rac t ed

,
a bon e from a lion s t hroa t and was s u pposed by t h e lio n

’
to be suffi ciently paid for his trouble by its esca pe from

his jaw s cl osely resembles t h e fable o f the wolf which pai d
,
1
Fo r a n a c co u n t f t hi lit o s e ra t u r e , se e Mr R hy s Da v i ds
’
s B u dd hi
st
th St i p xxix
.
B ir -
o r e s, . .
i n similar coin its long -billed ben e factor The Wolf and .
t he Sheep ( N O 2 9 ) is the familiar fable of The Wolf

.
and t he L amb bu t t h e fi n al argument of th e w olf is

”
,
differen t Th e story of th e ass w hich insists upon singing

.
a t t h e wrong time and s o is caught t resp assing and is

, ,
punished ( No has made i t s m ark in European li t era

.
ture The j ackal which ac t s as arbi t er be t ween t he t wo

.
o t ters ( N O and t ake s as its share t he main par t o f t h e

.
fi sh they ca t ch leaving only t he h ead and tail for t hem

, ,
closely resemble s the well kno wn legal eater O f the dis -
u t e d oys t er an d presen t er O f th e oys t er shells t o t he t wo

p
-
claiman t s who h ad referred th eir dispu t e t o his decision .
Th e moral of t h e t ale in which the lion IS saved by t h e

j ackal ( No 3 5 ) is th e same as th a t of t he fable of the
.
n e tt ed lion which t he m ou se res cued by gnawing i t s

bonds The blue s t ain ed j ackal ( NO 3 6 ) is one of t he
.
-
.
disguis ed ani m als about which m any fables are curren t in

th e We st s uch as the ass i n the lio n s h ide or the ca t
,
’
whic h fell in t o a shoe maker s t u b and af t erwar ds played

’
t h e p ar t of a n un A n d t he mo nkeys whic h se e t he r e
.
fl e c t i o n O f the moon in a well and t hi nk th a t it h as fallen

,
ou t O f the sky in t o t he wa t er an d form t hemselves into a ,
chain whereby to dra w it out ( No are closely r ela t ed

.
to t h e foolish perso ns of the Wi s e Men of Goth am cl a ss ,
t o who m various similar follies are attributed in many

land s .
TA LE S FR O M T I B E TA N S O U RC E S .
receive t h e name o f Mfi r dha ja ( crown born ) consequ en t ly -
t he n ame Man dhat ar is known t o some and that of Mu r ,

~
dhaj a t o o t hers .
Th e youn g Man dhat a r passed t hrou g h a space of six

S akra evan escen ces durin g his boyhood an d an equa l
- 1
,
leng t h O f t ime af t e r h e was appointed crown prince .
O nce while P rince Man dhat a r was absen t on a j ourn ey

'
, ,
Kin g U t p o sha dha fell ill A s h e b ecame s t ill worse .

,
al t ho u gh h e was trea t ed wi t h me dicine s from roo t s stems , ,
leaves blossoms and frui t s he ordered t he ministers t o

, , ,
inves t t h e prince wi t h sovereig n power I n a c cor dance .
with t h e ki n g s orders they se n t word t o t h e prince t ha t

'
Kin g U t p o sha dha was ill and h ad de t ermined t o sum ,
mon him in order t o invest him wi t h sovereignty ; i t

w as meet there fore t ha t h e sho u ld com e quickly S oon
, , .
af t er t he messe n ger had se t ou t Ki n g U t p o sha dha died .
Thereupon t h e minis t ers s en t ano t her m essenger wi t h t he

ti dings t ha t t h e prince s fa t he r w a s dead and t ha t h e ’
O u gh t n o w t o com e in order t o assume t h e re g al power .
B u t P rince Man dhat a r w as of O pinion t ha t as his fa t h e r ,
w a s dea d t here could be no u s e in hi s going and b e r e

, ,
mained where he was The minis t ers again assembled .
and se n t a minis t er as messenger When he came t o .
th e pri n c e and invited him to assume t he sovereign

power Man dhat a r sai d I f in accordan ce wi t h t he la w I
, ,
acquire the power t h e inves t i t ure t h erein o u gh t to t ake ,
place here .
The m inisters se nt to say 0 kin g as t h ere ar e many , ,
t hin gs which are needed for a regal inves t i t ure such as ,
a j ewel s t rewin g a t hron e a canopy a fille t an d armle t s

2 -
, , , , ,
and as t h e con secrat i on mus t t ake place in t he palace ,
th ere fore i t is n ecessary th at th e prince should come here .

”
dhd c a ll t o m n dt h e a e m
s i to re tt pt Sa kr a ’
s li f e is giv en at t he en d o f
co g i n se i n A t h e n s
“
t h e u n su c k e d l thi‘t ls a e
li f
.
1
O f Eu s t ha t i u s o n t h e I a d, Ed l t i Pr o is
”
one e s e n str cu e s so r
p 83 ( p 7 f t h L ip i diti ib t
. .
S c h i e fn e r
’
1 o e e s c e on ) , s r e n de r i n g o f t h e T
e an
d P tt Et y m l g F h g hi h p p p
. .
an o o o o r sc un en w ord w c a e a r s t o r e r e se n t
h I i p 8 j l hi h
,
.
,
W l t b
u rz e r er uc 1 0 . S . t he e w e s w c w e r e t o b e se a t
t f t h d ti ti
. . .
,
A 1
n a cco un o e ur a on of t e r e d a t t he c o r o n a o n .
KIN G MA ND HA TA R .
He replie d I f t he power come s t o me in accordan ce

,
“
wi t h t h e la w t hen will all t hese thin gs com e here

,
”
.
Th e Yaksh a Div a u k a sa who ran in fron t o f P rince ,
Man dhat a r brou gh t t he t hron e an d th e jewel s t rewing

,
-
,
t h e inma t es o f t he palace brough t t he canopy t h e fille t , ,
an d t he armle t s A s the i n mates O f t h e palace came .
t hemselves t h e place received th e n ame o f S ake t a

,
1
.
When af t e r t his th e minis t ers t h e commander i n chief ,

- -
,
and t h e t o w n a n d c oun t ry people h ad dra w n n i gh unto

t he prin ce for t he c o n s e c r a t io n th ey said 0 kin g be “
'
, , ,
pleased t o receive t he consecra t ion .
He replied Sh all men forsoo t h lay t h e fille t o n me 2

, , ,
If I acquire t he po w er accordin g t o la w t h e fille t shall be ,
”
2
laid on m e by d emo s n .
Thereupon t h e fillet was laid u pon him by demo n s .
M oreover t he seven t reasures were revealed 3 na m ely t h e

, ,
t reas u re of t he whe el t h e treasure o f th e eleph ant t h e , ,
t reasur e o f t h e h orse t h e t reasure o f th e gem t he t reasure , ,
o f th e wife t h e t reas u re o f t h e householder a n d as t h e

, , ,
seventh th e t reas u re of t h e minister A lso t here fell t o

,
.
his sh ar e fully a t housand son s h eroic s t ur dy en dowed , , ,
with th e beau t y of splendid bodies victorio u s over hos t s ,
o f foe s .
In t he n eighbourhood O f Va isali t here was a dense

forest of a deligh t ful aspec t in w hich five hundre d ,
hermits e ndowed w i t h t h e five kinds of insigh t had 4
aband oned themselves t o contempla t ion ; and in this

dense forest there dwel t also a great number of cranes .
No w as noise is a hindrance to con t empl a t ion and th e

, ,
cranes made a nois e as t hey fl e w one O f these Rishis ,
1 S e e B o ht l i n g k R o t on Ka ti -
h vl a en t o f t he P 5 11 w o r d A b hi fi ii fi
’
vi y hy hy ki
.
k
.
S a e t a is a n a m e o f A o d a o r Mr R s Da ds ha s n dl y se n t
i t f ll i g xpl t i
.
an c en O u de — S m e t he o ow n e ana on
Th h A b hihna
. .
11 “
A ma n us hya — S fi er e a re ve su c s,
h v hi h ki d O f i igh t
. .
3
Fo r a fu ll a c c o u n t o f t e se se e n fi w c are ve n s ns or
hy vi
tr e a su r e s , s e e R s Da ibb
ds H
’
i t i t iv p pt i
e rt n u e e rc e on ; th t i th a s, e
L e c t u r e s, p p 3 — 34 1 0 i t itiv p pt i
1 n u e e r ce on of fiv l Of
e c a ss e s
i P f S hi f t hi g
. .
1
Kla r sz c
ht cn s ro e s so r c e n s.
”
d i g O f t h T ib t q i
’
n e r s r en er n e e an e u
T A LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
becam e an g ry a n d u tt ered a curse t o t he effect th at t he

,
crane s wi n g s should be e n feeble d S O in con sequ ence of

’
.
,
t he cranes h avin g irri t a t ed t h e Rishis t heir win gs became ,
feeble an d t hey took t o g oi n g abou t walki n g on t heir

, ,
fe et The ki n g as h e wen t afield sa w t he cranes walki n g

.
, ,
abo u t in t his way and asked the m inis t ers why t h e cran es
,
wen t afoo t Th e minis t ers replie d 0 kin g as noise is

.
,
“
,
a hin dran c e t o con t empla t ion t h e R ishis i n t heir wra t h ,
h ave cursed the cranes O n t ha t accoun t in con sequen ce .

,
o f the anger o f the R i shis t he cranes wings have grow n ,

’
weak .
The king s aid C a n t hey be R ishis who are so pitiless

,
t owards living crea t ures G O t o them sirs and t ell t hem , ,
in my n ame t ha t t hey shall not remain in my realm .
The ministers execu t ed his commands Th e Rishis .
reflected that t he king had power over the four quarters o f

th e world and they determined t o betake themselve s to
,
t he slopes of S u m e r u SO t hey wen t away and set t led

.
t here .
A s King Man dhat a r s subj ec t s were t hinkers scanners

’
, ,
and t esters and as in th e course of thinking scanning and

, , ,
t es ting th ey t ook to cul t iva t ing various ar t s an d industries ,
they Obtained t he d esigna t ion of t he Wise Now they o c cu .
pied themselves wi t h fi e l d labour Wh en the king as he -

.
,
wen t afield one day s aw t he m engaged in fi e ld—labour h e , ,
asked the minis t ers wha t those men were doing The .
mi n i sters replied 0 ki n g in order th a t t hey may Ob t ain

, ,
refreshmen t they pro duce c orn and so for th

,
Th e king .
”
s aid ,
Wh a t ! d o m e n prac t ise husbandry in my realm ?
“
L e t t he d ei t y send down a rain of seven and twenty kinds - -
of seed N O sooner had King Man dhat a r conceived this

.
idea t h an t he d ei ty sent down a rain of t wenty seven “
kinds o f seed When t he king asked t h e people O f his

.
realm to whose merits t his occurrence was due t he v ,
replie d To t h e kin g s m eri t s as well as also to our

,
“ ’
D W I] .
L a t er on , men t ook t o t illin g co t ton -fi e l ds . Whe n

KIN G MA NDHA T A R .
Kin g Man dhat a r s a w t his as he we n t afie ld h e asked the ,
m inisters wha t those men were doin g Th e minis t ers .
replied O kin g t h ey are t illin g co tt on fi e lds

,
“
,
Th e kin g -
.
”
asked wha t was t he use of t ha t They answered tha t i t .
was don e for t h e pur p ose o f producin g clo t hes Th en .
said t he kin g Wh at ! shall th e m en o f m y country t ill

,
co t ton fie lds
- L e t t he dei t y send do w n a ra i n O f cot t on .
No sooner had Kin g Man dhat a r con cei v ed this ide a t han
t he dei ty le t a rain o f cot t on fall When th e ki n g asked .
t he people o f his real m t o whose m eri t s this occurren ce

was due t h ey replie d To t he ki n g s meri t s as well as
’
, , ,
also t o o u r own .
A fter w ards t hese men began t o spi n cotton an d t h e ,
ki n g asked wha t they were doin g The ministers replied .

,
0 kin g t hey are spinnin g co tt on in order to p rocure

,
t hread .
”
Th e kin g said Wha t ! are t h e people i n my ,
“
realm spinnin g thread ? L e t t he dei t y s end down a rai n

of co t to n t hread No so oner ha d Kin g Man dhat a r con
.
”
c e i v e d t his idea t h an t h e dei t y sent down a rain o f c otto n
t hread The kin g asked t o who se m eri t s this occurre n ce

.
was due The an swer was TO t h e kin g s meri t s as well

'
.
, ,
”
as also t o o ur own .
A f t er this when they g rad u ally be gan t o weave cot t on

, ,
t he ki n g asked wh at t h ey were doin g The an swe r w a s .

,
0 kin g t hey are w eavi n g c o t ton in order to O btain

,
raimen t .Th e kin g said t o hi m self What ! shall t he ,

“
men o f m y real m weave c o tt on ? L e t t he dei t y send

down a rain o f raiment N O sooner had Kin g Ma n dhat a r
.
”
conceived t his ide a than t h e dei t y sen t do w n a rain O f

raimen t Th e ki n g asked t o wh os e meri t s this o ccurre n ce
.
was du e Th e answe r was TO th e kin g s meri t s as wel l

.
,
’
as also t o our o w n .
”
The ki n g t ho u gh t These men are ignoran t o f t h e

,
“
power o f my meri t s I possess Ja m b u dv i p a th e vas t

.
, ,
rich prosperous fruitful realm abound in g in men an d

, , ,
livi ng creature s I possess th e seven t reasures t he t rea

.
,
sures O f the w heel o f t he eleph ant o f t he horse O f t he

, , ,
T A LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
gem O f th e wife of t he householder and seventhly of the

, , , , ,
minister I possess a comple t e t housand of bold heroic

.
,
sons endowed with t h e beau ty of splendid limbs entirely

, ,
victorious over O pponen t s Now t hen le t a rain o f pre

.
, ,
cions s t ones fall wi t hin my palace but no t so much as a ,
”
single piece o f mo ney outside .
Scar c ely h ad t his idea o c curr ed to King Man dhat a r

w hen t here began t o fall wi t hin his palace a rain of pre
c i o u s s t ones whi c h lasted for s even d ays whil e ou t side ,
not so much as a single piece O f money fell S O King .
Man dhat a r like a being w ho ha s acquired grea t power

,
and supernatural force by means O f vir t ue and meri t ,
enjoyed the fruits O f h is meri t s The king asked to .
w hose merits t his was d ue The reply was To t he .

,
“
m eri t s O f the king Then the king said Honoured

” “
.
,
sirs ye h ave been in t he wrong I f ye ha d said th at a ll

,
.
t hese things took place o n account O f t he merits of t h e

king I should h ave caused a rain of preciou s stones t o
,
fall over the w hole of J a mb u dv i p a and each O f you w ho ,

”
wanted gems would h ave h ad as many as h e wished .
D uring this inauguration of King Man dhat a r s rule six ’
S akra evanescences passed away Then King Man dhata r

-
.
asked his runner th e Yaksha D i v a u k a sa Is t here no t

, ,
s ome par t of the w orld as ye t unsubdued by me w hich I

could subdue
D i v a u k a s a replied 0 ki n g t here is t he dv i p a n amed
, ,
Pfi r v a v ide ha wh ich is vast rich prosperous fruitful and

, , , , ,
replete with m any men and li ving creatures Thither .
might t h e king go and rule .

”
Then King Man dhat a r reflec t ed that h e was in posses

sion O f th e rich and so for t h J a m b u dv i p a t ha t he pos ,
sessed t he seven treasures t ha t of t he w heel and so for th

, ,
that h e h ad a full thou sand of heroic sons th at a rain O f ,
precious stone s h ad fallen inside his p alace for seven

whole d ays and th at h e n ow heard t hat there exis t ed a
,
par t of the world called Pfir v a v i de ha ; so h e determined

that he woul d go thither and r ule over it also S carcely .
K IN G MA ND HA TA R .
ha d t h e kin g entert aine d this ide a wh en surrounded by ,
his t housand s on s and accompanie d by an army eighteen

,
ko t i stron g he rose h eavenward an d betook himself t o

1
,
P fi r v a v i de ha dv i p a There like a bei n g who h as acq u ired

.
,
reat po w er and superna t ural force by mean s of vir t ue

g
and m erit b e ruled e n j oy in g th e fruits o f his meri t s for
, , ,
many years many hu n dreds many t h o u san ds m any

, , ,
hundred s of thou sands o f years While h e was rulin g over .
P ur v a v i de ha dv i p a six S akra e vanesc en ces passed a w ay

,
-
.
A f t er w ards Kin g Man dhat a r aske d th e Yaksha Divan

kasa wheth er th ere e x isted any o t her dv i p a s n ot as y e t
ren dered subj ect t o him Di v a u k a sa replie d t h a t t h ere .
still remained a dv Ip a called A p a r a g o dan i y a vas t rich , , ,
prosperous fruitful replete with many m e n an d livin g

, ,
crea t ure s and that t h e kin g should go thither an d reign

,
t herein The n Kin g Man dhat a r reflected t h at h e pos

.
sessed the rich and so fort h Ja m b u dv i p a t h at a rain o f ,
pre cious s t on es ha d fallen within his palace for t h e space

o f se v en days t ha t h e had come t o P fi r v a v ide ha dv i p a
, ,
and ruled t h ere durin g m any years m any hun dreds many , ,
t housands many hundre ds o f t h o u sand s o f years an d

, ,
t hat as h e n o w heard t hat there e x is t e d ano t her dv i p a ,
called A p a r a g o dan i y a h e would g o t here als o and r ule

,
‘
over it too S carcely had King Man dhat a r en t ertain ed

.
this idea when h e rose h eave nward surrounded by his ,
thousan d son s accompan ied by a hos t eig hte en ko t i stron g

,
. .
Havin g reached A p a r a g o dan i ya he t arried th erein ; and ,
like a bein g who h as acq u ire d g re at power and super

n a t ural force by m e an s of vir t u e an d m eri t enjoyi ng t h e ,
frui t s o f his des er t s h e ruled in A p a r a g o dan i y a for many

,
years man y h undreds m any tho u sand s many hundreds

, , ,
o f t hou sands o f ye ars W hile h e was ruli n g in A p a r a g o

.
dan i ya six S akra evane scen ces passed away

,
-
.
A f t erward s Kin g Ma n dhat a r asked t he Yaksh a Divan

kasa whether t her e remain ed any oth er dvi p s n o t yet
subj ected t o hi m Div a u k a sa re plied that th ere was
.
1
A k t i i q l to
o s e ua te n m li li ons .
TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
another dv i p a called Ut t a r a k u r u vas t rich prosper ou s , , , ,
frui t ful replete wi t h m any men and livin g creatures t he

, ,
inh abi t an t s o f which were s t ill unsubdued and independen t ,
and t ha t h e ou ght t o g o t h ere and rule over his h osts .
Th ereupon Kin g Man dhat a r reflec t ed t ha t h e possess e d

t h e vas t rich and so for t h Ja m b u dv i p a t h at a rain o f
, , ,
precious s t ones had falle n wi t hin his palace for t he space

o f seven days th a t he had ruled in P fi r v a v i de ha dv i p a for
,
many years many hundreds m any t housan ds many

, , ,
hundreds of t housands of years and t h a t h e had don e ,
like w ise in A p a r a g o dan i y a and t ha t h e n o w heard that

,
t here al so e xis t ed a dv i p a called U t t a r a k u r u vas t rich , , ,
prosperous frui t ful replete with many me n and living

, ,
crea t ures t he inh abitants of w hich region w ere as yet

,
u nsubdued and independen t and t hat it was meet for hi m ,
to go t here and rule his h os t s S carcely had King Man .
dhat a r entertain ed this idea w hen h e rose heavenwards ,
surrounded by his thous and sons accompanied by an ,
army eigh t een ko ti s t rong his seve n treasures h avi ng been

,
sent o n i n front O n one s ide of S u m e r u h e saw several

.
whi t e spo t s Having remarked them he asked t he

.
,
Yaksh a D i v a u k a sa what t h ose white spo t s w ere 0 .

“
“
ki n g replied the Yaksha
,
what yo u see is the rice
, .
grown wi t hout ploughing or sowing by the inh abitants

of U t t a r a k u r u A s they enjoy t his rice without having
.
ploughed or so w n so will you O kin w he n you h ave

, ,
o
0 ’
arrived there enj oy this rice which gro w s w i t hout plough

,
ing or sowing King Man dhata r spoke about t his t o his

.
”
minis t ers saying Have ye O C hief t ains seen the whi t e

, , , ,
s po t s
“
Yes
O C hieftai n s they are formed by t h e rice which th e
,
inhabitan t s of U t t a r a k u r u obtain wi t hou t ploughing or

sow i ng A s t he inh abi t an t s of U tt a r a k u r u enj oy t his
.
rice which grows wi t hou t ploughing or so w ing so wil l y e ,
also enjoy i t whe n ye h ave arrived t here ”

.
King Man dhata r af t er w ards s aw from afar some

T A LE S FR O M T I B E TA N S O U R CE S .
an d h ad ruled t here for many ye ars m any hundreds many , ,
t housands many h u ndreds of th ousand s o f years ; a n d

,
t ha t h e h ad g on e on to A p a r a g o dan i ya dv i p a and ha d ,
t her e ruled for many years for m any hundreds many , ,
t housands many hundreds o f t housand s of years ; and

,
t hat he had moved forward t o U t t a r a ku r u dv i pa and ,
t here also had ruled over his hos t s for many years many ,
hundreds many t hou sands m any hundreds o f t housands

, ,
of years ; and t h a t inasmuch as t h ere were t hir ty three -
gods lo n g —lived endowed wi t h beau t y and reple t e wi t h

, , ,
bliss perpe t ually abidin g in the lof ty Vim ana palace

, ,
t herefore h e would make his way t hi th er in order t o

vis i t t he t hir t y thre e gods Scarcely had t his idea
-
.
o ccurred t o Ki n g Ma n dhat a r when he arose surround ed ,
by his t housand son s accompanied by an army eigh t ee n

,
ko t i s trong and proceeded heavenwards sendin g his

, ,
s even jewels o n in fron t .
S u m e r u t he mon arch of moun t ain s is surrounded by

, ,
seven mountain s o f gold King Man dhat a r tarried on .
Mount N e m i n dha r a and while h e r u led over his h os t s

,
o n Moun t Ne m i n dha r a six S akra-evanescence s passed

a way .Thence he be t ook himself t o t he golde n moun tain
A sv a ka r n a
’
While he ruled over his ho s t s t her e six

.
S akra—evanescen ces passed away From Moun t A sva .
karna h e wen t t o t h e golden moun t ain S u da r sa n a and ,
while he ruled over his hos t s t here six S akra evanescen c e s -
passed a w ay From Moun t S u da r sa n a h e wen t t o t he

.
golden moun t ain Kha di r a k a and while he ruled ove r his ,
hosts there six S akra—evanescences passed away Fro m .
Moun t Kha di r a ka he wen t t o the golden moun t ain Isa

dh ara and while he ruled over his ho s t s t here six S akra
,
evanescences passed away From Moun t Isadha r a he .
wen t to t h e gol den moun t ain Y u g a n dha r a and while he ,
ruled over his hos t s t here six S akra evanescences passed -
away .
When h e lef t Moun t Y u g a n dha r a t aki n g his course ,
he avenwards t h e five hun dred Rishis who n o w dwelt on

, ,
.
on e of t he slope s o f S u m e r u sa w him comin g an d they , ,
said ,
“
Hon oured sirs h ere c ome s the wors t o f king s , .
Th e R ishi D u r m u k ha poured water in t o th e palms o f his

h ands and flu n g i t t owards t he hos t in ord er t o stop i t
,
.
The n the tre as u re o f t he minister which wen t in fron t ,
of t h e ho st said t o t h e R ishis
, O Brahman s cease t o ,
“
,
be an gry This is o n e w ho is everywh ere victori ous

. .
This is Kin g Man dhat a r I t is no t a case o f cranes ”

. .
No w wh en Ki n g Man dhat a r came u p to th a t sp o t h e ,
asked wh o h ad stopp ed the army Th e trea sure o f th e .
minis t er replied t h a t t he R ishis had don e s o Th e kin g .
asked wh a t those R ishis d eli ghted in The minis t er replie d .

,
In their m at t ed h air ” 1
Th e kin g said Then le t i t fall
.
, .
A n d as for th emselve s le t t h em go on in fron t o f me , .
There u pon t h eir m a t t ed hair fell and t h ey t h em se lves be g an ,
to move on i n fron t o f him their hands graspin g bows and ,
arrows Th en t h e t reasure o f t he wi fe said t o t h e kin g

.
,
0 kin g t hese R ishi s are prac t isi n g a u s t eri t ies you o ugh t
,
t o le t t hem go free ”
S o t h e kin g let t h em go fre e ; and
.
wh en they h ad again betaken th emselve s to t heir works

o f penan ce t hey became poss essed o f t he five kin ds o f
insi ght .
B ut Ki n g Man dhat a r a scended higher t oge t her wi t h

his h osts No w S u m e r u t h e mon arch o f mountai n s
.
, ,
plun g ed yoj an as 2 d ee p in t o the gol den soil and

soared alo f t yoj anas above th e wa t ers So i t s ,
h eight was y ojan as Each sid e also measured .
8 0 0 0 0 yojanas so t h at i t s circum ference was

,
i an as F orm. ed o f four kind s of jewels i t was beau t i ,
ful and splendid t o look u pon O n i t s summi t d w el t t h e .
t hir ty t hre e gods The five defen ce s of t he t hir t y three

- .
-
god s were th e wa t er inh abi t i n g Nil gas t h e dish bearin g

- -
,
-
Y a k sha s t h e g arland weari n g an d t h e e v er —elevated g ods

,
-
,
and t h e fo u r Mah ar aj as Th e water inhabitin g N agas .

-
1
Th e w o r de m p l o y e db y Pr o fe s so r R hy s Da v i ds
’
s
“
B u dd hi t Bi th
s r
S c hi e fn e r i s Fl e c hte n . S t i
o r e s,
”
p 35
yj l g
.
f
.
”
2
A o an a is o u r ea u e s .
TA L E S FR O M T I B E TA N S O UR C E S .
s t opped Kin g Man dhata r s hos t When Ki n g Man dhat a r ’

.
cam e up he asked w h o had s t opped his hos t The ans w er .
was 0 kin g t he wa t er inhabi t i n g N a gas have s t e p p e d

,
“
,
-
it ”
. The ki n g said Shall ani mals wag e war wi t h m e ? ,
“
These water inh abi t i n g N a gas sh all themselve s b e m y

-
advanced guard Then t he N a gas marched alon g i n .

”
front of Ki n g Man dhat a r .
A s the N a gas marche d alo n g in fron t o f t he kin g th ey

reached th e abode of the dish beari n g gods wh o s a i d -
, ,
Honoured sirs wh erefore are ye on t he move ?

”
“
Th e ,
N a gas replied The kin g o f men is comin g here ,

Then “
.
t he N agas and t he dish bearin g gods t urned round and -
s t opped t h e hos t When Kin g Man dha t a r came up he .
asked who h ad stopped his h os t Th e answer was 0 .

,
“
kin g these dish b earin g gods have s t opped i t

,
Kin g -
.
”
Man dhat a r said L e t t he dish beari n g gods t h emselve s ,

“ -
march in front o f me Thereupon t hey began t o move .
onwards .
They and t he N agas reached t he a bod e o f t h e garland

wearin g gods wh o asked th em why t hey were on t h e ,
”
move They replied The ki n g of men is coming here
.
,
“
.
Thereupon t he se gods and t h e N a gas turn ed round an d

tried t o s t op t he hos t When t he k in g came u p he asked .
“
who h ad s t opped his army The answer was 0 k in g .
, ,
t h e garland wearin g gods have s t opped i t -

”
The kin g .
said L e t t hese garlan d -weari n g g od s t hemselves march

,
“
in fron t of me ”
Thereupon t h ey began t o move alon g .
in fron t .
A s t hey pro ceed ed t hey reached t h e abode o f t he ever

eleva t ed g ods 1 wh o asked why th ey were on t h e move , .
1 An th v i
a cco u n t l j d et ‘ q
t of mm e se ar ous es e se o u r es ras
’
u on no e
divi iti i giv b y M E ge iv t G gi b v

,
n es s en t t u ne su an eor u eu rs e s u
I t d ti 2 pi d
.
,
“ ’
B f i
u rn o u hi n t q i
s t t ib t i
n l
ro uc on 1 e s, e u on en e a n e
l Hi t i d B ddhi m I di d xm
”
’
s o re um d R t g my
u C s e n en no e a os es eu on o
W ith yll b d i t li t t é l m
.
( 8 7 6 pp
1 8 535 5 1 0 t — t s a e s so ra u se n ra e en
t t th v l v t d ( ti ll m t iv
, .
,
“ ” ’
res p ec o p e e -
er e e t a e or, ar co n n ue e en en r e s, e
P f xp t t i t p t ti d bi
’
S hi f
’
to u se ro e sso r c e n er s e res ce e n er re a o n s a c co r e en
i
s on di tt b t k
“
)g d
e s e v l -
s ti q G gi
e run en en
”
o s, a ec a no on ue eor n o us
di x
,
he sa y (p s L t i i em ét g
. d d e ro s e a e on n e e ce s eu .
KING MA ND HA TA R .
They repl i e d The kin g of m e n i s comin g h ere

,
Ther e .
u
p on they t urned roun d and s t opped t h e hos t W h en .
t h e kin g cam e u p h e aske d wh o h ad s t opped t he h os t .
He was t old t h a t t h e ever ele v ated g od s had stopped i t -

.
The kin g said L e t t h e ever elevated gods m arch in fron t

,
“ -
o f me .
”
Thereupon t hey began t o move o nward s .
Wh en t hey reach ed th e abod e o f t he four Mah arajas ,
and were asked by them why t h ey wer e on t h e move ,
t h ey said The kin g o f m en is comi n g h ere

,
The gods .
”
o f t h e region o f th e fo u r Mah a raj as r eflec t ed t h at t his

m u s t be a bei n g endowed wi t h g reat force o f m erit and ,
t ha t th ey m us t not ven t ure t o impede him There u pon .
t hey in formed t h e god s of th e reg ion o f t he t hirty—t hre e

gods t ha t t he kin g of men was comin g Th e gods o f t h e .
region o f t he thirty three god s reflected t hat t his mu s t

-
be a b ein g en dowed with grea t force o f merit and t hat , ,
t here fore they o u gh t no t t o repel him but should r e

, ,
c e i v e him wit h honour S o th e thirty-t hre e gods received

.
him wi t h honour .
When king Mau dhat a r h ad ascende d t o t he s u mmi t

of S u m e r u h e s a w a blue fores t t ract risin g aloft like a
t ower of cloud an d h e aske d the Yaksh a Di v a u ka sa wha t
,
i t was The Yaksha replied Those are th e divin e t rees

.
,
“
P ar i j at a k a a n d Ko v idar a u n der which t he thir t y three

,
-
god s captivated and ench ain e d by t he five divine plea

,
sures o f sen se do spo r t rejoice an d enjoy t h emsel v e s

, , ,
thro u gh ou t t h e four summer mon t hs You also 0 .

,
ki n g wh en y o u h ave arrived there cap t iva t e d by t he

, ,
fiv e divin e pleasures of sen se will spor t rejoice and , , ,
e n joy yourself Wh en Kin g Man dha t a r h eard t his

.
”
,
h e asked his ministers if t hey had see n t h ose tall blu e

t rees which rose alof t like a to w er o f clou d and when ,
they replied th at th ey had seen them h e sai d O chief , ,
t ain s th ose tre es are Par ijat a k a and Ko v i dar a the t rees
, ,
o f t he thir t
y t hree gods under which t h e thirty t hree g ods
'
- -
, ,
ca ptivated by t he five divine ple asures o f sen se d o spo r t , ,
rejoice and e n joy themselve s durin g th e four summ er

,
TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
month s Ye also 0 chie f t ains on a r rivi n g t here cap t i

.
, , ,
v a t e d by t he five pleasures o f sense shall sport rej oice , , ,

”
and enjoy yourselves .
A f t erwards Kin g Man dhat a r perceive d on t h e summi t

o f S a mer n some t hi n g wh i t e whi c h rose alof t like an ,
accumula t ed mass o f clou d a n d he asked th e Yaksha ,
Di v a u k a sa wh a t i t was 0 ki n g was t h e reply tha t

“ ” “
.
, ,
is t he m ee t in g place o f t he t hir ty t h ree go ds and it i s

- -
,
named S u dha r m a Th ere t h e t hir t y-t hree gods a n d t he

.
four Mah ar ajas mee t t o ge t her and t here t hey vie w scan , , ,
and t es t th e a ffairs of gods an d men In t o t ha t place .
you also 0 kin g will en t er

,
”
O n h earin g t his Ki n g
, .
,
Man dhat a r asked his minis t ers if t hey ha d seen t h e whi t e

mass which rose alof t like an accumula t ion o f clou ds ,
an d when t hey had ans w ered affi r m a t ively h e said O , ,

“
chief t ains t ha t is t he m ee t in g pl a c e o f t h e t hir ty t hree

,
- -
gods and t he four Mah a r ajas S u dha r m a by n ame There ,

.
t he t hir ty three gods and t he four Mah arajas mee t t oge t her
-
,
and V ie w scan and tes t the a ffairs of gods and men

, , .
Thither O c hi e ft a i n s w ill ye also make your way ”

'
, , .
Su da r sa n a the city of the thir t y three gods was 2 5 0 0

,
-
,
yojanas in length and as many in bread t h an d i t s circum ,
ference w as yoj an as I t was surrounded by seven .
rows of golden walls which were two and a h alf yoj anas ,
high These walls had quadruple cornices o f gold silver

.
, ,
beryl and crys t al and windows were se t in them above

, ,
and belo w The space lying inside the ci t y of S u da rsa n a

.
w as fair t o see pleas an t extensi v e an d copiously variega t ed

, , ,
with a hundred colours and t he ground w as sof t extremely , ,
sof t li ke a cushion o f cot t on or wool yielding t o t he pres

, ,
sure of t he foo t rising again wh en th e foo t was lif t ed and

, ,
covered knee deep wi t h divine m a n dar a v a [

-
or coral tree ] -
flo w ers ; w hen a wind arose the faded blossoms w ere ,
s wep t away and a rain of fresh flowers descended The .
ci t y of S u da r sa n a had 9 99 ga t es and at each gate were ,
s t ationed 50 0 Y a k shas arrayed i n blue robes and coats of

mail and armed w i t h bows and arro w s to serve as a guard
, ,
KING MA NDHA TA R .
and defen ce for t h e t hirt y t hree g ods a n d also as an orn a -

,
ment . The m arke t plac e o f S u da r sa n a which w as 2 5 0 0

-
,
yojanas lon g a n d t w elve b r e a d was fair to se e p leasan t , , ,
s t rewn wi t h g olden san d sprinkled with san dal w ood ,
wa t er covered over wi t h g old trellis work O n every

,
-
.
side wer e t o be seen wa t er basi n s of various kind s formed ,
o f cubes o f four sor t s of gold silver b eryl and crys t al

, , , ,
.
The s t eps o f these basins w ere formed o f four ma t erials ,
of gold silver beryl and crystal Th e basin s were sur

, , , .
ro u nd ed by bal u strades o f four kinds mad e of gold silver , , ,
beryl and crystal The uprigh t s borders an d handle s o f

,
.
, ,
t h e g olden balu s t rades were made o f silver ; those o f t h e

s i lver balus t rade s we re made o f gold t hose o f th e beryl
balustrade s were mad e o f crys t al and t hose o f t h e crys t al ,
balustrad es w ere made o f beryl Th ese basin s were full .
of water w hich was co ol and h on ey-s w e et w ere set thick ,
with blue red and whi t e lo t uses and replete with many
, , ,
water h auntin g birds o f beautiful form which gave agree

-
,
able utteran ce to ch armin g sounds A ll aroun d t hes e .
basins grew blossomi n g and fruit-bearin g tre e s o f beau t eo u s

form and stately growth adorn ed w i t h wrea t h s as whe n , ,
an adroit C haple t maker o r his pupil in or der t o form an

-
,
orn ament for th e e ars h as d e f t ly woven a garlan d o f ,
flowers O n land likewise birds of various kind s all o f

.
, , ,
beauteous form a g r eeably uttered charmin g soun ds

, .
In th e city o f S u da r sa n a were many wishin g t rees o n -

,
which fou r kin ds o f raiment gre w blue yello w red and , , , ,
w hi t e . Wha t ever garmen t s were desired by the g ods or

t h e dau gh t ers o f th e gods were obtain ed by t hem as soo n
as t he idea ca m e in t o their mind s From t he four kinds .
of orn ament tre es came ornaments for th e h an d an d foo t

-
,
orn am en t s to be worn out o f sigh t on th e lower par t s of

the body and orn aments intended for th e eye Whatever
, .
th e son s or daughters o f the gods wish ed for t hat thin g ,
ca me into th eir han ds a s soon a s th ey h ad expressed their

wish Four kinds o f musical instruments h arps pipes
.
, , ,
g uitars and sh ells di d th e gods an d the dau g hters of t he

, ,
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR CE S .
gods hold in t heir h and s as s o o n as t hey wished for t h em .
Four kinds o f divine food blue ye l low red and white , , , , ,
did t he gods and t h e d augh t ers o f t h e gods obtain as

soon as t hey wished for t hem S t oried houses provided .
with summer chambers cour t s windows and peepholes , , , ,
formed mee t ing place s for t roops of women and A psaras

-
.
There t o t he sound of music wi t h drink made of honey ,
and from t he kadamba tree the t hirty three gods played ,

-
,
rejoiced and t ook deligh t enjoying t he fruits of their

, ,
meri ts The mee t ing h all o f t he t hir ty t hree gods Sud

.
- -
,
h arm a by name w hich was 3 0 0 yoj anas long 3 0 0 broad

, , ,
and 9 0 0 in circumferen c e was beautif u l charming , , ,
exquisi te t o look u p o n formed of crys t al and rising , ,
above the ci ty to a h eight of 3 4 2 yoj anas In it were o

.
arranged t he seats of th e t hir ty -three gods those of the ,
t hir ty two under kings and the seat of Sakra the king of
- -
, ,
t he t hirty t hree gods King Ma n dha ta r s sea t was pre

-
.
’
p ared for him a t t he end of all t hese sea t s The t hirty

c
three gods received King Man dhata r wi th a gif t of honour .
Then t here en t ered i n by ranks th ose bei n gs w ho h ad

acquired great power by t he maturity of their merits the ,
o thers remai ning wi t hout King Man dhat a r said to him .
self
,
“
O f t he seats which are here arranged mine i s ,
undoub t edly th e las t A n d he came t o the conclusion

.
”
t hat S akra th e king of the gods ought to give up to him

, ,
half of his own sea t No sooner had h e conceived t his

.
i dea t han S akra t he king of t he gods gave up to him

half o f hi s sea t and King Man dhat a r sh ared th e seat
,
wi t h the king of t he gods No w when the grea t Ki n g

o
.
Ma n dha t a r and Sakra the ki n g of t he gods s a t on t he 0
same sea t i t w as impossible t o see in either of t hem

, ,
whether in leng t h or bread t h in voice or in fulness of ,
aspect any difference from t he other any dis t in c tion or

, ,
any pre eminence except tha t S akra t he king of t he gods

-
,
never closed hi s eyes While King Ma n dha t a r tarried

.
among the t hirty -thr ee gods thirty s ix S akra evan es c ences ,

- -
passed a w ay .
TA LE S F RO M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
Then King Man dhat a r c a me t o t he conclusion t hat he was

superior t o t he t hir t y t hree gods He reflec t e d t ha t he
-
.
possessed t he vas t rich p ro sperous frui t ful J a mb u dv i pa

, , , ,
reple t e w i t h men and living cre a tures t ha t h e possesse d

P fi rv a v i de ha dv i p a A p a r a g o dan i y a dv i p a and U t t a r a k u
, ,
r u dv i p a ; t h at he w a s t he owner of t he seven treasure s ,
the t reasure of t he wheel t he treasure of t he elephan t

, ,
the t reasu r e of th e horse t he t reas ure of t he wife the

, ,
treasure of the householder and seven thly the treasure , , ,
o f t he mi n is t er ; tha t he ha d a full t housand o f heroic ,
s t urdy sons endo w ed w i t h t h e beau t y of splendid bodies

, ,
vic t orious o ver h os t s of foes ; t h at a rain o f precious

s t ones h ad fallen w i thin his palace for t he space o f seve n
d a ys th a t h e h ad m ade his way t o t he abode of t he t hir t y
t hree gods t h at he ha d en t ered into S u dha r m a t he mee t ,
ing place o f t he gods and t hat t h e k ing of t h e gods

-
, .
S akra ha d ceded t o h im t he half o f his sea t ; and h e

,
came t o th e conclusion that he must expel t he king of the

gods S akra fro m hi s sea t and take into his own hands
, , ,
t he go v ernmen t of bo t h gods and m e n .
A s soon as h e had conceived t his idea t he grea t King

Man dhat a r came to t h e end of his good for t une O n his .
re t urn to J a m b u dv Ip a he was a tt acked by a violent ill

n ess and amid in t olerable a gonies he dre w nigh un t o
,
dea t h Hi s minis t ers and o t her s t a t e officials t he as t ro

.
,
l o g e r s and workers o f cures by spells be t ook t hems elves ,
t o hi m and addressed him thus : When t he king sha l l “
have passed a w ay h e n ce i t m ay be t ha t t he subsequen t

,
inhabi t an t s of t he kingdo m wil l inquire wha t King Man

dhat a r said a t t he t ime of his dea t h What shall we s ay
.
to t hem 1 n reply ?
0 chief t ains w hen in time to come af t er my depar
, ,
t ure me n sh a ll draw nigh un t o you a n dask you th a t ques

,
t ion then sh all ye give t he m this ans w er : O s irs K ing

, ,
Man dhat a r w ho possessed t h e seven t reasures w ho with

, ,
a fourfold hos t o f men a c quired power over th e four

dv i p a s and m a d e his w a y to t h e abode of t he t hir t y t hree
,
-
gods is said t o h ave died be fore h e h ad ob t ai n ed sa t is fa c

,
tion through t h e fivefold pleasures of se nse .

’
1
Moreover b e pronounced these slokas
“
Eve n by a rain o f gold pieces will wishes not be
s atisfied Th e wise m an h e who knows th a t wish es bring
.
,
bu t li t tle enj oyment and much sorro w t akes n o deligh t ,
even in divine enjoyments The b e a r e r o f t he perfec t ed .
l u ddha rej oices whe n desire fails Even if a moun t ai n .
of gold were like un t o Him a v a n t yet i t woul d n ot su ffi ce ,
for th e w eal t h of a si n gle individual ; that the discerning

one know s full well He who observe s s orrows s t ar t ing
.
,
from this bas e ho w can h e t ake pleasure i n enj oymen t s

,
He w ho is ste ady who has learnt to recognise t he t horn i n

,
the treasures of the world w ill learn the essence o f thing s ,
”
to his o wn correction .
King Man dhat a r ordered irresistible s a crifices to be

o ffered and h e said in slokas
,
“
I f on e knows that t he f u t ure las t s long but life i s
only brief th en ough t o n e to acquire meri t s I f one does
,
.
n ot acquire meri t s t hen one h as sorrow Therefore must

,
.
h e w ho i s acquiring meri t s o ffer s acrificial gif t s as is ,
fi tt ing I n t his w orld and in the future w ill h e if he

.
,
e fl e r up gif t s ob t ain h appiness

, .
Th e inh abi t an t s of th e town and c ountry heard t h at

King Man dhat a r h ad fallen ill and was nig h unto dea t h .
Having learn t t his many h undreds o f thousands o f men

,
assemble d in order to s ee King Man dhat a r Th e king .
spoke t o t h e mul t i t udes u po n t h e evil of lus t and th e ills of

h ouse life and the n conde mned d esire Thereupo n m any
-
,
.
hundreds of t hous and s o f m e n renounce d house life r e -

,
tired from t he w orld to t h e R ishis and lived in th e forest , ,
fulfilling t h e four du t ies o f Brahmans and abandoning ,
all s t riving af t er enjoymen t P ers everi n g in t his t hey .

,
became par t icipa t ors i n t he world of Brah ma .
While King Man dhat a r w as in his boyh ood while h e was ,
crown prince while h e exercised s upreme power in J a m

,
1
C f D h m m p d 1 1 86 &c —S
. a a a a , £1
5
.
, . .
b u dv i p a , while h e lived in t he dv i p a s of Pfi r v a v i de ha ,
A p a r a g o dan i y a and U t t a r a ku r u and on t he seven golden

, ,
moun t ains and while he d w el t in th e region of t h e t hi r t y

,
t hree gods t o w hich h e wen t eigh ty four Sakra evanes ,

- -
cences passe d away Th e measure of life of Sakra t h e .

,
prince of t he five great kings i s as follows — O n e b und 1 ed ,
years of men represent one da y of t he t hirty three gods -

.
If thirty such days are reckoned a s o n e m o n t h and ,
t welve mon th s as one year then t he measure of life of ,
the t hirty t hree gods is a hundred divin e years A ccord

-
.
ing to human reckoning that amoun t s t o ,
i b G S k lif H dy M ’
num e rman l “
1 ’
Th s er, in t he a ra s e se e ar s an u a
t x giv b t th t ddhi m p 5 Th de
,
” “
e t, is en as u a of B u s 2 e w a
i p b b ly mi p i t ldk
. .
,
s ro a a Th G s r n e er f S k
a o I d e th ra or n ra , on e
d hi h i h mm i t f M h Mé hi h
.
m an w or w d d c s e re ren ere su o i a a ru n w c on e
by q lt f th y
,
”
i S h
e v a n e sce n ce s d s c wun e d y i
a s e ua f o 10 0 o e ears o
pp dfi th p i d t t h y liv f th
.
It a t ears o e ne e er o a m en d an as e e 1000 o e se
th d f
e en hi h S k lif m
o w c a ra s
’
e co es y th i g i q l t
e a r s, e r a e s e ua o
t mp
e ily t
o rar l Fo di f
a c o se or a of th y ef m ears o en
mp t t i f t h l gt h f
. .
f t
e ren co u a on o e en o
K US A [A TA KA
‘ .
IN olden times there w as a mighty king named S aku a i ,
who was a beloved associate of th e king o f t he gods ,
Indra In spite of t his he becam e absorbed in meditation

.
,
leaning his head upon h is h and reflec t ing that inasmuch , ,
as he had neither a so n nor a d aughter he wo uld have t o ,
die i n s pite of his rich es and his po wer without leaving

, ,
behind him a so n or a daughter and that his family w ould ,
become extinct A s h e s a t medi t ating i n this wise t he .

,
king o f th e gods Indra s a w hi m and said 0 friend , , ,

“
,
wh erefore do yo u lean your head upo n your h and and ,
wherefore do you sit there medi t a t ing in tha t m anner

He replied O Ka u si k a if I die withou t leaving a so n
, ,
or daughter my family will become ex t in c t in spi t e of

, ,
‘
my possessing such weal t h a n d po w er .

”
I ndra s aid O friend I will send yo u a medicine ,

“
, .
Le t your wives drink of it and thereby you will obtain ,

”
sons and daughters .
The king of the gods Indra betook himself to Mount , ,
G a n dha m ada u a brought away t h e medicine wi t h him and . ,
1
Ka h- gy
pp 88 9 d ti
u r , v o l. i h p xiii f t h D
11 . 1 - 1 2 re ac on n c a o e sa n
L v St y K gl ( p 9 f t h t l t i
. . . .
“
S ee A E t n a s e rn o e I th or u sa un 1 o e ra n s a on ) n e
J et k y B ddhi t i l g d ; T ib t igi l t h ki g
. . .
m
’
a a a, a u s c e en e an or na e n s na e
d i t E gli h v f m M ha k i h b
, ,
'
ren d e re n o n s m t d e r se ro a sxa un as ee n co r e
t h S i gh l p m f A l g iy i t M ha h k l i Th m h i
,
e n a e se oe o a a n o a sc a u e na eo s
v by T h m W db l k m y b xpl i d
.
an n a M h tt al o o a, o as so n , oo oc a e e a ne
St l l by t h f t th t k i t h C hi
,
ee eL d 87 S on on 1 1 ee a so e ac a u sa
’
n e n e se
iti l m k k i th t
. .
i pt i ki h ( I
, ,
cr ca th re ar s on he w or n e r a n sc r on u -c e or ce o u -
c e
G tt i g
o G l h t A ig fl 8 7 i
n er e e d f m b ig
r en m i g
nz e en 2, s a w or o a uous ea n n
t u k 3 pp 5 by D R i B o ht l i g k R t h S k it
.
s c 5 1, I th
1 20 - 1 22 r e n n e n - o an s r
h l d K hl ll d t t D i ti yks
. .
,
o h h o e r, w o i th
a s ca e a en c o nar u a o ccu rs n e se n se
ti p vi ly v l k d f
.
”
on t th o e d — S
re ous o er oo e o w oo . .
T A L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
sent i t to th e king The king sent i t t o his wives wi t h

.
,
’
directions for them to drink i t The king s chief wi fe .
had j us t gone t o sleep b u t the o ther wives drank t he ,
medicine wi t hou t waking her an d all of them became ,
pregnan t When t he queen awoke and perceived tha t

.
t hey were pregnant she said Wha t h ave ye done t o , ,

“
become preg n an t ? ”
They replied The king gave us a medicine to drink .
Why did yo u drink i t wi t hou t waking m e A s this

i s so t ell me in what me dicine holder it w as brough t
,
-
.
It was con t ained in a k u éa box

”
.
Wh ere is t hat
Here it is .
The queen washed t h e ku sa box and drank t he water ,
w hereupon she also became pregn ant .
A f t er eight or nine mon t h s h ad passed by all t he w ives ,
gave bir t h t o sons The so n to w hom t he chief w ife gave

.
bir t h possessed the eighteen signs o f un comeliness a face ,
like that o f a lion and an ex t remely strong body Hi s

, .
birth feast was celebra t ed in grea t s tyle and th e name o f

-
,
Ku sa was con ferred upon him When t he king looked .
u pon his o t her sons he rej oiced but Ku sa s ugliness exci t ed

’
his wrath .
I t came to pass that t he subordina t e k ings s ai d ,
Honoured sirs as Ki n g Ma haéa k u n i oppres ses us all so

,
grea t ly le t u s go up a n ddeprive hi m of his power

,
. .
”
So they came wi t h a fourfold hos t and laid siege t o his ,
c api t a l A s King Ma hasa k u n i could n ot ven t ure t o fight

.
wi t h t hem he ordered all th e ga t es t o be closed and t h e

,
w alls to be occupie d Ku sa w en t t o his mo ther and said

.
,
Mo ther why are all t h e gates shu t

,
A s your fa t her canno t ven t ure t o fight with th e sub

or dina t e kings h e ha s s hu t t he g ates a n d remains wi t hin
,
.
”
“
Mo t h er as I wish t o fight wi t h t hem le t t h e king
, ,
”
give me a ch ariot .
“
Mv son as you displ ea e hi m a n d exci t e hi s w ra th
,
s
,
ho w can he be expec t ed t o give y o u a chario t 7

K USA yA TA KA .
Do go to him moth er and h aving gone t ell him th a t

, , ,
t he you t h Ku sa will fight wi t h t he enemy if a chario t is

given him .
The king gave him a c hario t and Ku sa t oo k two ,
q uivers m oun t ed th e c hario t and prepared to s t art

, , .
The king o f gods Indra said t o h imself ,

A s t h ese
, ,
subordinate kings are s t rong t his Bo di sa t o f th e Bh adra ,

~
kalpa th e you t h Ku sa may f a ll int o t rouble s o I w ill

, , ,
”
l end him aid A n d h e gave Ku sa a shell a disk and a
.
, ,
m ace and the n said B o di sa t t h ese t hings wil l save you

, ,
”
, .
Ku sa opened o ne of t h e ga t es and drove ou t A s soon .
as h e sounded t he shell t h e h os t ile h os t w a s t errifie d a t

,
i t s sound ; som e were d eafe ne d by i t s clang o t hers fle d ,
a w ay w i t h sh attered ears Wheneve r he flung t he disk .
or t he mace th e enemy fell t o t he ground He pressed

,
.
into t he midst of t he host and when h e sounded t he shell ,
every ear cracked and t he enemy fled saying This man

, ,
is a Raksh asa .
When t he youth h ad overthrow n th e whole of t hem ,
he wen t t o his fa t her an d told him t h at h e h ad conquere d

,
all t h e kings and t he land was a t p eace O n hearing

,
.
t his
,
King Ma hasa k u n i rej oiced and s aid t o himself , ,
“
The you t h Ku sa i s s t rong and remarkably brave Why .
shoul d I dislike him A n d h e began t o t ak e deligh t in

him .
A fter arra n gi n g marriage s for all his o t h er son s th e

kin g se t t o work t o fi nd a wife fo r t h e you t h Kusa a s
well B u t all men s aid
. W e are ready t o g i ve o u r
,
“
da u gh t ers only n o t t o K u sa No w a cer t ain ki n g

”
, .
de sired t o o b t ain ano t h er kin g s dau gh t er in marriage ’

,
bu t did no t succeed ; an d o n her by mean s o f a trick , ,
pre t endi n g i t was for ano th er o f hi s son s Ki n g Mah asa ,
k u ni laid his h an ds A n d he gave h er t o Ku sa and cele

.
,
br u t ed his marriage wi t h h er in con son ance wi t h t h e con

s t ella t ion t he epoch and t he m o m en t
, , .
Now t he kin g had s aid Ho n oured sirs le t n o on e

,
“
,
s ho w t h e ou t h K u sa a mirro r Moreover h e mus t n o t

y .
,
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
ba th e in places w here a man in or der t o t ake a ba t h , ,
must step in t o wa t er A n d h e mus t never be a llowed

.
t o approach his w ife by d ayligh t But Ku sa s wife s a w

.
” ’
him playing with his bro t h ers o n e day and she said , ,
Who is t hat Pi sacha [ or d emon ] w ho i s playi ng wi t h

the you t hs ? ”
That is your husband .
Wha t ! is m y husband like t hat ?

When she h ad seen him ano t her day sporting wi th th e
res t of t he you th s in t h e water and had asked if h er ,
husband was really lik e t h at sh e determined t o clear ,
t he mat t er u p So sh e ligh t ed a lam p and cove red i t

.
o ver wi t h a bowl When Ku sa had approach ed his wife

.
[yb nigh ,
t ] and sh e [h ad uncovered t he lamp and ] p e r
c e i v e d t h a t he ha d t he eighteen marks o f unsigh t liness
and a face like a lion s j o w l she exclaimed P isacha !

’
, ,
P i sacha and fled away .
Now it came to p ass that certai n moun t ain eers rebelled

against King Ma h asa k u n i Th e king ordered the youth
.
Ku sa to subd u e those moun t aineers and sen t him for t h ,

.
When Ku sa h ad gone his wife sen t t o say t o her fa t her

,
and mother I s there n o m an lef t in t h e world tha t ye

, ,
have given me t o a Pi sacha ? I f I am to die w ell and ,
good Bu t if I am not t o die the n w il l I t ake t o fligh t

.
, .
Thereupon her paren t s fe t ched h er away Wh en t he you t h .
Ku sa re t urned home af t er subduing t he moun t aineers

, ,
h e asked his mother wh a t had become of his wi fe .
He r paren t s h ave t ake n her away she replied , .
For w ha t reason
Because she took y o u for a P i sacha .
Mo t her I w ill go and bring her back

,
.
”
Do so.
He took t he shell th e disk and t he mace and se t out

, , ,
on his way I t h appened t ha t at a cer t ain hil l town a

.
-
great number o f men s a t looking on one side having ,
clos ed their ga t e s from fear of a lion The you t h Ku sa .
s aid,
What makes you si t there like t ha t
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
My appren tice prepared i t .
I sh ould lik e t o see your apprentice .
This t ime also sh e cried out as before

’
He n ex t went to a doc t or who said Who , , are you

' ”
A doctor s son .
Wha t is y our name ?

At r e y a .
The king s daugh t er fell ill w ith a diseas e of t he

’
brain and t he doc t or could o f himsel f do no t hing t o cure

,
i t A s h e sa t one day absorbed in though t on t ha t

.
accoun t Kus a s aid to him Mas t er why are you so

'
“
, .
, ,
”
p e n sive ?
The king s daughter is attacke d by a disease of t h e
’
brain and I can do no t hing to cure i t

, .
”
“
I will go and cure her .
So Kus a wen t to visi t her When sh e s aw hi m sh e

’
t hough t Where can t his demo n h ave come from ?

,
Bu t sh e refle c t ed t ha t if sh e said th a t aloud he would

no t cure her so sh e de t ermined n o t to do so t ill h e
,
h a d cured her When sh e became well sh e cried ou t

.
,
’ ”
P i sacha ! Pis acha 1 Wher eupon h e fled .
He be t oo k himself t o t he minis t ers who said Who , ,

“
are y o u
I a m S a ha sr a b a l a ( Thousand s t reng t h) -
.
They t ook him i n t o t he i r service .

.
Now i t came t o pass t ha t t he son of t h e before men -
t i o n e d king h eard t h a t t h e princess whom Ku sa had for ,
me r ly ob t aine d h ad been g iven u p by him an d h ad, ,
r e t urned home So h e sen t t o sa y th a t if t he king would

.
give him his daugh t er all w ould be well bu t if t he king ,
w ould n o t g ive h er h e would despo i l hi m of his so v ereign

,
po w er Th e king replied I h ave given my daugh t er t o

.
,
“
t he son of Ki n g Ma has a k u n i I canno t gi v e h er to ano ther ’
. .
”
So t he prin ce came w i t h a fourfold army and besieged th e

king s capi t al The k i n g coul d no t ven t u r e t o fi g h t wi t h
’
.
hi m so h e ord ered t he ga t e s t o be closed and rema i ned

,
in i de
s
.
K U SA 3 A TA KA .
The yo uth Ku sa s aid t o t he minis t ers Sirs w herefore , ,
are t h e ga t es closed ? They explained th e who l e ma tt er”
t o him The yo uth Ku sa s aid t o th e ministers If t h e

.
,
“
king s daugh t er is given t o m e I will u n der t ake t o figh t

’
t he enemy Th e minis t ers laid t h e case before th e king

.
”
,
who said I h ave given my da u gh t er t o t h e son of King

,
Ma hasa k u n i Ho w can I give her t o t his m an ? The

.
present complica t ion is en t irely due t o this maiden .

”
The minis t ers said A s t here is a t presen t n o o t her

,
prospec t of victory le t t his man figh t th e prince off hand

, .
We shall fi nd ou t t hen w hich is the conqu eror

~
Th e .
”
king s aid Le t th a t be done by you

,
A n d t he ministers .
said Thousand s t reng th act according to your words

,
-
, .
”
Thereupon t h e you t h t ook the two quivers which held ,
five h undred arrows a n d also t he shell t h e disk and t he , , ,
m ace and set for t h

,
When h e sounded t h e sh e ll t he ears
.
,
of t he enemy were sha t t e r e d a n d t hey fled The princess ,

.
.
though t ,
A s this youth Ku sa i s ex cellen t ly endowed
w i t h boldness an d courage why should I dis like him ? ,
”
So sh e took a liking for him and said to t he king Wh a t , ,
y o u promised t ha t fulfil
”
.
,
Daugh t er I will give you t o Ku sa

, .
Fa t her she said t his is the you t h Ku sa himself

,
”
, .
Go to hi m then daughter since t hat is so , , .

”
The king p aid Ku sa gre a t honour gave hi m a fourfold ,
hos t and let him a n d t he res t o f hi s party go free

, .
Ku sa wen t t o t he o t her hill t own and sai d t o th e -

,
i nh abi t an t s Honoured sir s n o w give me t h e h alf of

,
“
,
the fourfold army They replied 0 you t h such a

.
”
, ,
fl ood has t a ken place as ha s Wash ed away t he four divi

sion s of t he army A s t h ere were sheep grazin g a t no
.
grea t dis t anc e th e you t h Ku sa ut t ered t his s aying Re

, ,
fl e c t and know t h at whi t her th e six t y year old bull ock -

,
whi ther t he elepha n t h as bee n brough t t hi ther also will ,

'
the cows and sheep be brough t I f ye give m e t h e army .

,
good If ye give i t n o t t he r e will be a t ussle for it

.
”
,
.
A ft er t h e army had been give n to hi m h e w ent do w n t o

a river Being wearied he en t ered th e wa t er to ba the ;

.
,
a n d as he did so he s a w the reflec t ion of his face i n t he
wa t er and t hough t
,
A s I have t he eigh t ee n s ig n s of
,
“
uncomeliness and a face like a lion and as on that accoun t ,
t he king s daughter takes no pleasure in me it is needless

’
t ha t such a one as I should remain alive I will go a n d .
put myself to dea t h .
He en t ered into a copse and w as preparing to hang ,
h imself when t he king of the gods Indra reflec t ed A s

, , , ,
t his is a B o dis a t of the Bha dr a k a lp a and he is going t o ,
h ang himself because h e does no t posse ss a beau t iful

appearance I will fill his mind wi t h hope
,
So Indra .
said t o him Youth despair not ! A n d in order that

,
“
,
you may not kil l yourself s e t t his j ewel upon your head , ,
and your courage wil l be restore d t o you Then I ndra .

”
vanish ed .
When the you t h Kusa was going to enter in t o his

house t h e doorkeeper kept him back saying Do no t
, , ,
“
in tru de here for t his is t he house o f the you t h Ku sa

,
”
.
“
I am Ku sa he replied A s t he doorkee p er would no t
,
”
.
believe him Ku sa removed the j e w el fro m his head

, .
Then his appearance be came wha t i t h ad bee n before so ,
tha t the doorkeeper n o w believed him .
The you t h Ku sa resolved t o remain at tha t S pot and ,
to le t his father know So he sent w ord to him saying

.
,
I shall s t ay h ere .
”
T he king of t h e gods Indra poin t ed out to him the

, ,
locali t y of four t reasures Ku sa h ad a ci t y buil t of t he

.
four precious s t ones and it was named Ku si n a g a r a inas

, ,
much as t he you t h Ku éa abode t here He became t he .
mightily ruling C hakravarti n Ku sa .

A B A R S /1 JV UK JYA 1
'
To King A nanda there were born five sons Th e youngest .
of th ese inasmuch as his face resembled a mirror w a s

, ,
n amed Ada r sa m u k ha or Mirror-face A ll five sons grew .
up Prin ce Ada r sa m u kha was very gentle an d modest

.
,
but t h e o th ers w ere rash rude and h o t t empered Their , ,

-
.
f ath er called t h em toge t her on e day o n a ma t ter of busi

ness Th e minds of t he elder bro t hers w ere incapable of
.
deciding the smalles t of its points bu t P rince Ada r sa ,
mukha answere d w i t h in t elligence th e di fficul t question s

w hich w ere proposed to him .
Being attacked b y illness King A n anda considered a s ,
to w hom h e should invest w ith the sovereign p ower If .
I inves t one of my four elder sou s w ith the power h e ,
t h ought inasmuch as th ey are rash rude and ho t

,
“
, ,
t empered m isfor t un es w ill u nduly increase among m en ;

,
but if I invest P rince Ada r sa m u kha wi t h t he po w er then ,
m y kinsmen will reproach me for h aving passed over my

elder son s and given t he power to the you n gest It is
"
.
necessary t herefore th at I should dev is e some way of

, ,
escape .
Wi t h that inten t ion h e decided in his mind on three

1
gy b k pp
Ka h S k h m li f t f Th T l
’
- u r, oo 11 . 1 9 8—2 0 1 . u o no s a cc o u n o e a e
V h v h i m pl J dgm t i t h
.
N f S h my k
’
e a d t th
e er e a s er an a e o e a a s u en n e
sa m tim m e t ei Z p i ki f t h S t P t b g A d
ore c o n cr e e r e ce n s o n a s o e e er s ur ca
f h p xxxi it h m y f S i l xxii b k
.
o c a f th D gl o 8 73 e sa n un w e o c e n ce s , 1 vo oo
hi h i l d h p i T h d i i i t h dp t
,
ti ti
. . . .
,
a co n nua on w c nc u es c a e ec s on n e se c o n ar
ti t i i tt ib t d i
.
xxxix f t h t k i t h t h l t t
.
o f th
a w or w e a er o e co n n ua on s a r u e n
f hi h B m k i hi i h p xxxix t Ki g
.
,
th D gl
’
o w f y c en e s re ar s n s n e sa n un c a . o n
h t t ( i M dg p S
, .
t d ti
ro t
uc th P on o e anc a an ra e s- a — .
lt d ll
. .
3 94 ) t b a re o e c o n su e ,
as w e as
T A L E S FR O M T I B E TA N S O UR C E S .
precious things and on a recogni t ion by t he women and

, ,
on s i x objects to be recognised by insigh t Then he said .
to his minis t ers Give e a r 0 C hief t ain s ! A f t er my dea t h

,
ye are t o t es t each of t h e princes i n t urn Hi m amon g .

,
t he m wh o m the je w el shoes fi t w he n th ey are tried on -

,
under whom the t hrone remains s t eadfas t when h e is se t

upon i t on w hom t he dia dem res t s unsh ake n when i t is
,
placed upon his head w hom th e wome n recognise a n d , ,
who guesses the six objec t s t o be divined by hi s insight ,
namely the inner treasure t he ou t er t reasure t he inner

, , ,
and ou t er t reasure the t reasure of th e tree t op t he t reasure

,
-
,
of t he hill t op and the t reasure of t h e river shore — hi m

-
,
by who m all t hese condi t ions are ful filled shall y e inves t
w i th the sovereign power .
”
Then according t o the proverb which s ays that a ll

,
which has been accumula t ed dwindles and all t ha t is ,
high will mee t wi t h a fall he died No w whe n the ,

.
minis t ers trie d t o place th e j ewel shoes 0 11 t he fee t of t h e -
eldes t prince t he shoes did not fi t When h e was se t

, .
upon th e t hrone i t moved When t h e diadem was placed

, .
upon his he ad i t shook greatly Moreover t he wome n did

, .
n o t recognise him A n d w hen h e was t old t he names of

.
t he six obj ec t s w hi c h were t o be divined by his insight ,
he did n o t guess t hem The fa t e of t hree of his younger.
bro thers was j us t t he s ame Bu t w hen t h e j ewel shoes .

-
were placed upon P rince Ada r sa m u k ha s fee t t hey fi tt ed ’
hi m perfec t ly When he was se t upon t he t hrone i t r e

.
,
m ained unmoved Wh en he w a s crowned wi t h t he diade m

'
.
,
his h ead looked for t h from benea t h i t proudly Moreover .
the women re cognised him Then the minis t ers s a id .

,
No w you mus t find ou t the six obj ects t o be divined by

insig ht n amely t he inner t reasure t he ou t er tre asure the
, , , ,
inner a n d outer treasure the t reasure of t he t ree t op t he ,

-
,
t reasure of t he hill t op and t he t reasure of t he river shore

-
,
.
”
Ada r sa m u kha replied If t he ques t ion is which is t he

,
“
i nner t reasure t hat is the treasure which is insid e the

,
threshold I f the ques t ion is which is t he ou t er t reasure

.
,
A DA RSA M UKHA .
t h at is th e treasure which is outsid e th e t hreshold I f .
the ques t ion is w h ich is t h e treasure of t h e t r ee —t op th a t

'
is t he t reasure w hi c h i s a t t h e spot on w hi clr t he t ree

plan t ed by t h e king c a s t s i t s shado w a t midd ay If th e .
ques t i o n i s w hich is t h e treasure o f t h e hill t op t hat is -

,
the t reasure w hich i s under t he stone a t t he bot t o m f o
th e t ank wh erein t h e ki n g u s ed to t ake deligh t I f the .
ques t ion is which is t he t reasure of t he river shore th a t ,
is the t reasure which is at the end of t he ch annel by

which t he w a t er flows out o f th e h ous e A s all t h e .
”
proble m s were solved t he min isters made Ada r sa m u k ha

,
ki n g a n d he becam e a migh t y mon arch

,
.
I n a cer t ain place among t he hills t here lived a Brahm a n

n amed Dan din w ho borrowed a pair o f oxen f r om a house
,
holder A f t er plo u ghing hi s l and he w en t wi t h the oxe n

.
,
t o t he househ older s dwelling A s the man was at his

‘
’
.
dinner t he Brahman D andin let t h e ox en go t o their stall ;

,
bu t t h ey w en t o u t again by a no t h er door Wh e n t he .
householder arose from his m eal an d found t ha t t he oxe n

ha d disappeared h e se i zed Da n di n and asked w here t he
,
oxen were Dan din replied Did no t I bring t hem back

.
,
“
A s you h ave s t olen m y oxen give

” “
to your h ouse 7 ,
t he m ba c k to me said t he o th er Dan din replied I

, .
,
“
h a v e no t s t olen th em Th e o t her said King Ada r s a

.
”
,
“ ’
mukh a is wise L e t us go to him ; h e w i ll se tt le t his

.
a ffair for us s epara t ing th e righ t fro m t h e q n g

,
So .
”
they bo t h set ou t on t heir w ay .
A ma n from whom a mare had run away calle d out to

Dandin t o s t op it He asked how h e w a s t o s t op i t The
.
.
man told him t o do so i n any way h e co uld Dan din .
picked u p a s t one and fl u ng i t at th e mare s head t he

'
consequence of which was t h a t t h e m are w as killed .
The m a n said A s you h ave killed my mare gi v e me

, ,
ano ther one .

”
Dandin said Why should I give you a ,
“
C ome le t u s go t o King
”
m are ? The m a n re p lied ,
“
,
Ada r sa m u k ha ; he will set t le o u r business for us So .
they se t o ff t o go to him .
Dan din tried t o run away A s he sprang down from a .
wall h e fell o n a weaver wh o was a t his work belo w in

, ,
consequence o f which t he weaver died The w eaver s wife

’
l aid h ands upon Dan di n and demanded th at he as h e ha d ,
killed her husband should restore him t o h er ,

Where .
“
am I t o ge t your husband from for you ? he said ”

.
C ome le t us go t o King Ada r sa m u k ha

”
“
,
sh e replied ; ,
he will se t tle our busines s for us So they went their .

”
way .
A bout h alf way t hey cam e to a deep river w hich a

-
,
c arpenter was fording his axe in his mou t h Dan din , .
asked h im if t he river w as d eep or s hallo w Th e car .
p e n t e r le t ting
,
h i s ax e drop said Th e river is deep , ,
“
.
”
Then as his axe had fallen in t o the wa t er b e seized

, ,
D an din and said You h ave flung my axe into t h e

,
“
wa t er .
”
No I h ave not ,
.
C ome l e t u s go to King Ada r sa m u kha ; h e w ill set tle

,
”
our business for us .
By a n d by they wh o w ere leading Dandin along cam e

to a drinking house I n i t Dandin sa t down upon t h e
-
.
landlady s n ew born babe which was lying asleep u nder a

’
-
,
There s a child lying t here ! There s a child lying

’
dress .
’
there cried th e mother But when she looked a t i t t he .

,
child was dead S he seized on Dan din and demanded .
tha t he who h ad k i lled her child should give i t back t o

, ,
her He replied I did n o t kill i t Why shoul d I give

.
,
.
you a child ? S he said C ome let us go t o King Ada r sa

” ’
, ,
mukh a So t hey se t out on t heir way

.
”
.
A t a cer t ain spo t a crow which sa t on a wi t hered tree

sa w Dan d in and asked him whi t her he was goin g He
,
.
replied I am no t goin g anywher e bu t I am bei n g t aken

, ,
by t hese people ”
.
Whi t her
To Kin g Ada r sa m u kha s ” ’
.
Then t ak e charge of a com m ission from m e and say ,
‘
to Kin g A da r sa m u kha A t such and such a spo t t her e
_
,
34 TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N SO UR CE S .
t o t h e king s feet the king asked Dan din

’
, ,
“
Wherefore
have you come
0 king I have been brought h ither
,
.
O n w hat account ?
”
D andin related t he whole story of why th e householder

h ad quarrelled w ith him The king said to th e h ouse .
holder Did you see t he oxen or did you n ot see them ?

, ,
”
Did Dandin drive your oxe n into the stalls ?
”
Yes 0 king
, .
Th e king said A s Dan di n gave this man no informa

,
tion his tongue shall be cu t o ff A s this man did no t t i e

,
.
up his oxen his eyes shall be pu t out

,
.
The householder said Firs t I lost my oxen i n th e

,
“
,
second place my eye s are t o be pu t out S oon er t han .
t hat I prefer not t o w i n my sui t against D an din

,
.
”
The owner of th e mare said 0 king Dan din has , ,

”
killed my mare .
Ho w did h e kill it ?
The man told the whole story in full The king said .
,
A s t his man told hi m h e migh t s t op the mare by any

means whatsoever his t ongue shal l be cu t o ff bu t Dan di n
,
shall h ave his h and cu t o ff because he thought i t i m p o s ,
sible to st 0 p th e mare except by throwing a s t one a t i t .

”
The man said to hims elf First my mare died no w ,

“
,
my tongue is t o be cut o ff Sooner than that I prefer n ot .

,
to gain my sui t against D an din ”

.
The w eaver s wife t old her s t ory in full and the king
’
”
said ,
Then you sh all receive this man as your husband .
Sh e said First of all this man killed my husband and

, ,
now he is to be my husband Sooner t han tha t I prefer .

,
not to win my sui t agains t D a ndin .

”
The carpenter f u lly explained h is c as e The king said .

,
A s t h e carpen t er spoke in t he middle of t h e river and

let his a xe fall his t ongue sh all be cu t o ff ; bu t Dandin s
,
’
eyes shall be put out becaus e h e al t hough h e s aw t hat

, ,
the river w as deep asked t he carpen t er abou t it

,
Th e .
”
c arp enter said First I lost m y axe no w my tongue is

,
“
,
A DA R S A M UKHA .
to be cut o ff Sooner th an that I prefer not to win my

.
,
s uit agains t Dan din ”

.
Th e landlady t old h er story in full and th e king s ai d , ,
“
A s the l andlady lef t h er child sleeping with a dress
completely hiding it her h and sh all be cut o ff ; but ,
D andin sh al l h ave his eyes pu t ou t becaus e h e s at do w n

’
on an unfamiliar seat w i t hout making any inves t igation ”

.
Th e landlady s aid Firs t my child died n o w m y hand ,

“
,
is to be cu t off Sooner th an t hat I prefer n ot to win my

.
,
sui t against Dandin .

”
D an din presen t ed the crow s petition The king s ai d ’

.
,
O Dan din say this to th e cro w : A t that spot there is

,
a tre as ure which w as hidden away u nder th e w i t hered

,
tree by you w h en you w ere t he head man of t he village .
G ive it to som e one or o t her an d then go away and you ,
w ill fare w ell .

’
Dan din executed the co m mission of th e gazel les The .
king s aid “ ‘
Tell th e gazelles t his : 0 gazelles there
, ,
s t ands a tree on tha t spot from the top o f w hich honey

drops do w n Thereby are the meado w s and th e grass
.
rendered s w eet But as th e bees h ave n o w been driven

.
out do not tarr y any longer o n the s p o t other w ise ye

, ,
wil l suffer pain beyond me asure .

’
Dan din brought for w ard t h e request o f t he partridge .
‘
Th e king s ai d Tell t h e partridge t his : Where you pos
,
’
sess a partridge s voice there n o treasure is to be fou nd ; ,
but w here yo u h ave a di fferen t voice there a treasure is ,
to be found Point out this treasure to some one or other

.
,
and t hen as i t is n o t right th at yo u sh ould suffer pain

,
beyond me asure be t ake y ours elf s ome w here else , .

’
D an din mentioned t h e reques t o f t he snake and the

ichn eumon and th e king s aid
, Tell bo t h of t hem t his ,
When ye w ere men ye were born as two broth ers O n e , .
of the two s aid Le t us divide our property ,

But the .
o ther overcome by envy w ould no t conse nt to th e divi

, ,
s ion . O n t h a t account th e o ne being too cove t ous w as , ,
born again as a sn a ke ; but the oth er inasmuch as he w as ,

36 TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
xcessively c ovetous and clung t o the property w as bor n

‘
e ,
as an ichneumon Do ye then give t hese treasures t o

.
the Sr a m a n a s or the Bra hm a n s a n dthe n leave that spo t

‘ '
, .
’
By that means will ye fare well .
Dan di n brought forward t he snake s request a n d th e ’
,
‘
king said Say this to the sn ake : When hungry and
,
in a sta t e of collapse you c a n e asily creep out of your

,
hole Bu t whe n you have partaken of copious food the n

.
,
it is only with pai n tha t you can creep back into the hole .
I f you can content yourself w ith so much food as is fi t

for you you w ill fare well
, .
Dan din men t ioned the young w ife s request and th e ’
king s a id “ ‘
Te ll t he young w ife this : I n your fa t her s ’
house there is a friend When you are in y our fa t her in

.
-
law s house you long after that friend bu t w hen you are
’
,
’
in your father s h ouse yo u long after your husband A s
, .
‘
it is not right th at you should s uffer pain beyond measure ,
give up t he one place of residence and take up your abode

permanently in t he other .
’
The you n g w ife and the snake did w hat they w ere told
to do The snake an d th e ichneumon as w ell as the cro w
.
, ,
made over their treasures to Dan din The o t hers likewis e .
acted i n accordance w ith the instructions give n to them .

sk il led in his ar t and w ho by means of adroi t ness s uc

,
c e e de d i n everything Seeing tha t li e by means of his

. ,
art h ad become w ell to do she came to th e conclusion

, ,
t hat we aving was be t ter t han going to sea for w hen a ,
man did t he la tt er h e needlessly exposed himself to mis

,
for t une S o sh e said to the weaver O bro ther teach

.
,
“
,
this nephe w of yours to w eave ”

He replied A s t ha t .
,
“
is right I w i ll do so
,
The youth became his appren t ice
.
”
,
an d i n a short time learnt t h e art of w eaving for he was

'
sharp and quick .
A s th e w eaver w e r e fin e clo t h es took good baths and , ,
par t ook of delicate food the yout h said to him one day , ,
Uncle ho w is it th a t alt hough you an d I are occupied

,
in ex actly the same kind of work ye t you have fine ,
clo t hes good ba t hs a n d delicate food but I never have

, , ,
a chance of such things Th e weaver replied Nephe w , ,
I carry on t wo kinds of work By day I practise weaving .

,
bu t by night t hieving .
I f that be so uncle I too will prac t ise t hieving

, , .
Nephew you cannot commi t a t hef t

,
”
.
”
U ncle I can
,
.
The weaver t hought he would test him a li tt le so he ,
took him t o the market place purch ased a hare t here and -
, ,
gave i t to him saying Neph ew I shall t ake a ba th and

, , ,
t hen return home Meanwhile go on roas t ing t his h are

.
, .
While h e was taking his ba t h t h e you t h has t ily roasted ,
t he h are and ate up one of its legs When t he weaver .
returned from his bath he said Nephe w have y o u , , ,

”
ro a sted the hare ?
Yes
’
L et s s ee it th en
, .
When the youth h ad brought th e h are and the weaver ,
s a w t h at i t only had three legs h e s aid Neph ew w here , , ,
is t he fourth leg gone

U n cle it is t rue th a t hares h ave four legs but if t he
, ,
four t h leg is not there i t cannot h ave gone anywhere ,

.
The w e aver thought A lthough I have lo n g been a ,

“
T HE CLE VE R THIE F .
thief y e t t his lad is a st ill greater thief An d h e wen t

' ‘
.
,
w i t h th e youth and t he t hree legged h are into a drinking -
house and called for liquor Whe n they ha d both drunk , ,
the we aver said Neph e w t he score m u st b e pa id by a

,
“
,
”
trick .
U ncl e h e wh o h as drunk m ay play a trick ; w hy should

,
I wh o h ave no t drunk do t h is thing ?

, ,
The weaver saw t h at t he lad w as a grea t swindler s o ,
he determined to carry out a theft al ong w ith him .
They be t ook t hemselves to housebreaking O nce whe n .
they h ad made a hole in t o a h ouse and t h e w eaver was ,
going t o pass his h ead through the opening th e youth ,
s aid U n cle although you are a thief ye t you do n o t

“
, , ,
unders t and your business The legs should be put i n .
firs t n ot th e h ead For if t h e head sh ould get cut o ff

,
.
,
its owner would be recognised and his whole family ,
would be plunged into ruin Th erefore pu t your feet in .
firs t .
When t he we aver h ad don e s o atte n t ion was called t o ,
”
the fact a nd a cry was raised o f Thieves ! thieves !
,
“
A t t h at cry a gre a t number of peopl e assembled w h o ,
seized t he weaver by his legs and began to pull him in .
The youth all by himself could not succeed in pulling

, ,
him out ; but he cut o ff t he w eaver s head and got aw ay

’
w i th it .
The ministers brough t t h e news to th e king saying , ,
Your majesty th e thie f w as himself arres t ed at the

,
spot where t h e housebreaking took place ; but some one

cu t o ff his h ead a n d w ent away wi t h it The k ing s aid .
”
,
“
0 friends he wh o h as cut o ff t he head an d gone away
,
w i th i t is a grea t t hief Go and expose the headless .
t runk at t h e cross w ay of th e main s treet Then place .
your s elves on one side an d arrest w hoever embraces i t ,
and wails o ver i t for that w ill b e the t hief ”

, Thereupo n .
those servants o f th e king expos ed the headless t run k a t

the crossway of th e main stree t an d stationed t hemselves ,
o n one side Thinking it w ould be w rong n o t to e m b r ace

.
his uncl e and moan over him the o ther thief as sumed ,
t h e appearance o f a madman and took to embracing m e n

, ,
women carts horses b u llocks bu ffaloes goats and dogs

, , , , , , .
A f t erwards all men t hinking h e w as mad he pressed the

, ,
headless trunk t o his breas t w ailed over it as long a s h e

,
liked and t hen w ent his w ay Th e king w as informed by

, .
his men tha t a madman h ad pressed the headless trunk

t o his bosom and while he h eld i t t here h ad w ailed
,
over it and h ad the n gone a w ay The king said

,
0 .
,
“
friends t his m a n o f a sure t y was th e o t her thie f Ye

, .
have acted wr ongly i n not laying h and s upo n him There .
”
fore shall hands he laid upon you .
The other thief said t o h imself I f I do not sh o w ,

“
h onour to my uncle I shall be ac ting badly

,
So h e .
”
a ssumed the appearance o f a carter and drove a car t up ,
t o the spot lade n wi t h dry wood When h e arrived t here .

,
b e upse t th e cart with i t s l oad of dry wood u n yoked t he ,
oxen set t he car t on fire an d then went away The head

, ,
.
les s t runk w as consumed by t he flames Th e king w a s .
informed by his men that th e corpse w as burn t and they ,
told him a ll t hat had taken place The king said 0 .

,
“
friends the carter was certainl y th e thief Y e have acted

, .
w rongly in not layi n g hands upon him Therefore sh all .
h ands he l aid upon you .
The thief said to himsel f I shall not be acting rightly

,
u nless I take soul offerings t o th e burial place for my

- -
uncle . So h e assumed t he appearance o f a Brahman ,
and wandered from house t o house collec t ing food From .
wh at he collect ed h e made five obla t ion cakes w hich -

,
h e left a t t he burial place and then wen t his way The

-
, .
king s men t old him t ha t a Brahman h ad wandered from

’
house t o hous e collecting food and h ad t hen left five ,
oblation-cakes o n t h e spo t w here t he body had been

burnt and h ad t hen gon e away The king said
,
0 .
,
“
friends t hat was really t he t hief Ye h ave ac t ed wrongly

,
.
i n no t laying hands upon him .

”
The t hief t hought I shall b e acting badly if I do n o t

,
4: TA LE S FR O M TIB E TA N S O UR C E S .
till h e had s a t isfied himself an d gone a w ay ; but th ey

gave th e king a full account O f w h at had t a k e n pl a ce
'
‘
The king said I t is a bad business t h at h e was n o t
,
“
cau gh t .
”
Th e r e su lt O f t he thief s visit w as t ha t after eight or

’
n ine mon t h s had elaps ed t he princess bore a s o n When , .
t h e thief h eard O f t his h e decided t h at he mus t n o t miss

,
his son s bir t h feas t so h e assumed t he appearance O f a

’
-
,
courtier [ and be t ook himself to the king s palace] A s ’
h e was leavin g t h e palace h e called out to t he roy al

servan t s O friends by order of t h e king plunder t he
,
“
, ,
merchan t s quar t er ! ’
A s the servan t s t hough t t hat t h e
”
king had give n permission for t he plundering O f t he

merch ants quar t er in h onour O f his grandson s bir th t hey
’ ’
set t o work t hereat In consequence O f th is a great out

.
cry arose and the king asked wh a t was th e meaning O f i t

, .
When t he ministers had suppl ied him wi t h a full account ,
the king said I f t his b e so I also h ave been taken in

, ,
by him Wherefore if I do no t punish him I sh all lose

.
, ,
my t hrone .
”
With t his idea in vie w h e caused an enclosure to

be made and after some lit t l e t ime had elapsed h e
, ,
ordered his m 1n i st e r s to make public t hrough t he realm

a proclamatio n to th e e ffect th at all men wh o dwel t
i n t h e kingdom were bound to assemble wi t hin t ha t
e n closure ; and that no excus e would avail but if ,
any on e did not appear h e should be punished When .
th e minis t ers h ad made t his order public and all t h e ,
i nh abi t ants O f t h e realm were assembled t oge t h er th e ,
king gave t h e boy a wrea t h of flowers and t old him to ,
give i t t o t h e man w ho was his fa t her ; a n d h e gave

orders t o t h e w a t c hmen to lay h ands upo n t he man t o
whom t he boy should give t he wrea t h A s th e boy .
walked w ith t he wrea t h through t h e assembled crowds

and closely O bserved t hem h e caught sigh t O f the thie f , ,
and in accord an ce w i t h the 1 n co m p r e he n sib l e sequence

,
O f human a ffairs handed him the w re ath

,
Th e king s .
’
43
w atchmen s eized the thief and brought hi m be fore th e

king The ki n g asked his minis t ers wh a t ought t o be
.
don e They were O f O pinion tha t t h e t hief must be put

.
to death B ut the king said 0 friends so li tt le does

.
, ,
such a h ero of a m an deserve t o be pu t t o dea th t ha t he

ough t much ra t her t o be carefully wa t ched over There .
upon h e endo w ed hi s d a u ghter wi t h ornaments of all

sorts and gave her to t h e thief as his wife and bestowe d
, ,
1
upo n h er th e h alf Of his kingdom .
1 C om p ar e L i l h i di
o se e u r D e sl o n g t ho lo g i e , i t he ero s s
h mp E i bl v d t b th f th f th
.
“
c a l
s, ss a su r es Fa e s In co e re o e e a er o e
di (P i ii pi hil d i m h ’
en n e s 4 a r s, it ; 12 r n c e ss s c n as uc as
d R i h l d K Ohl O ff hi m g l d ppl i p
, ,
’
i B f y
'
an e n o er n en e s ers a o en a e n re
O i t d O id t ii 3 3 f th
"
“
r en ti n t ll t h
cc m h
en 0 e r e n ce o a e o er en w o
G li t l O f T h h v b i vi t ed I t h v i t
.
,
“
3 3 1 I th n e ae c a e e a e e en n n e ar an
S hift y L d t h t hi f i f t l B il
. .
”
d f th “
’
a t e i e P t s ou n ou o e a e n as e s en a
by h vi g g l d ppl giv t m i 3 th b y mb
,
a n a. o en ahi s e en o eron e , e o e r a ce s
hi m by hild R K Ohl dd f t h G li t y ( O i t
.
,
a c I er a s, a er n a ae c s or r en
d O i d t ii th p i
. .
t y O f D iim m li g
.
“
I th n e s or h n w o un cc en e r n ce s s
i h th t th p i m y h v g i t h f t h f h hil d
.
, ,
w s es a e r n c e ss a a e r e co n se s e a er o er c
a. c hil d (H h N 8 ; G dt ig m g t h m O f E i by t h f t
a n O ru n v a on e en r n e ac
ii 3 8 ; Mul l h f S g p t h t bi d ligh t p hi h d
.
, ,
’ “ ”
0 en o s a en a a r a s u on s ea .
Z it h i ft fu D t h My
. .
,
48 S
1 e sc r r eu sc e . - .
S UD HA N A A VA D A IVA .
l
IN lden times t here w ere t w o kings in P an ch ala o n e i n

O ,
t he nor t h and th e other i n th e south The king O f North .
P anch ala whos e n ame was Dh a n a like a law O bserving

, ,
-
monarch ruled according t o t he l aw in Ha sti n ap u r a a

, ,
ci ty which was endowed wi t h weal th heal th frui t f u lness , , ,
and grea t n ess O f ex t en t and popula t ion and w hich was ,
free from disquie t disorder uproar and robbery in , , , ,
which disease ha d qui t e come to an end and which was ,
fully provided wi t h rice sugar cane bullo cks and buffaloes ,

-
, , .
Moreover in this ci t y t here was a great lake full O f bl ue , ,
red and w hite lotuses and rendered pleasan t and beauti

, ,
ful by du cks and ge ese O f various kinds A s t h e N aga .
J a n m a c hi tr a 2
wh o dwel t in t hi s l ake sen t d own from
, ,
time to time a t orren t O f rain the land was very frui t ful ; ,
and as th e re alm o v e r fl o w e d with food and drink the ,
inhabitan t s intent upon gifts sacrifices and reverence

, , , ,
bestowed sustenance upon t he Sr a m a n a s and Brahm a ns ,
and the poor and n eedy .
The king O f Sou t h P a nch ala w ho paid n o respect to ,
t he law w as haugh t y choleric passiona t e and ill natured

, , , ,
-
.
He did not rule in accordance with the law and he ,
1 gy
K a h- u r , 11 2 0 2 - 20 9 eight B h m t J y t a t h ra an s o a a ur e
pi t l f S ibi t Obt i f m V is
,
Wh t i id h b
. .
2
a s sa e re a ou t t he ca a o o a n ro
hi t l ph t hi h
,
Na g f
a is re erredto an l ph
e e ant van t th ara e w e e e an w c
g ) f
P r o e sso r Mi n a e f r e m n ds i h d th p
a f p d i g
e i o w er o ro uc n ra n
na a as
y
Sp H dy p
.
li i
,
m e , in a Pa r e ce n s o n of the S ee M
e n ce l ar
’
s
“
anua
”
J k ki g R ligi
.
,
d K Op p
’ “
V i sv a n t a r a at a a T he n of 611 an d en s e on es
li g h l h B ddh p 3 4 —S
.
,
K a n a, i n W o se r e a m s t e r e w a s u a, . 2 . .
a f i
a m n e du e t o w a n t r a n , se n t Of i
46 TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O URC E S .
s aid O s irs wh at would be a good way of m aking thos e

, ,
»
people re t urn and inh abit t hese to wns and V illages

Th e ministers replied If your m aj esty, ruling af te r t he
,
fashion of th e king of Nor t h Panch ala will pr o te ct t he

'
:
,
land with gen t le benigna n t and merciful mind the people

, , ,
will soon return and inhabi t the se town s and villages ”

.
The king of South P anc hala sai d Sirs since th i s is so , , ,
I will pro t ect th e land wi th gentle benignant, and merci ,
ful mind ruling af t er t he fashion of the king o f Nor t h

,
P anch al a ; but do ye take such measures th a t th e peopl e

m ay come back again and inhabit these town s an d vil
”
lages .
Your m aj esty th ere is yet another cause for the state

,
o f t hi n gs in Ha st i n ap u r a In tha t city t here is a N aga

.
'
n amed J a n m a c hi t r a wh o dwells in a great lake filled wi t h

,
blue red and whi t e lotuses of all kind s and adorned wi th

, , ,
ducks and geese o f divers species A s he sends down a .
torrent of rain from time to t ime the harves t i s always ,
abund ant and the soil is ex t remely fertile and the land ,
abounds in m ea t and drink The king said Is there no

.
”
,
means of summoning th a t N aga hi t her ? ”
“
Your maj es t y as he can be conjured h i th er by men
,
who are versed in charms and spells let t hem perform ,
t h e dee d .
”
Thereupon the king fastened a golden basket to the

e n d of a standard and ordered proclama t ion t o b e mad e
,
throughout the whole kingdo m that h e w ould g i ve t hat

golden basket t o any one who could co n j ure t h e N aga
J a n m a c hi t r a ou t o f North P anch ala in t o South P anch ala ,
and w ould also heap upon him a profusio n o f great hon

ours A f t er a t ime a serpen t charmer appeared before
.
-
t h e m inisters and said tha t if the golden baske t was given

,
t o him he would capture and brin g i n the N aga J anma

chitra The ministers ordered the baske t to be brought
.
,
and the serpe nt charmer said I w ill le ave t his basket in

-
,
t he hands o f a t rustworthy m an Le t him give i t t o me .
w hen I bring th e N aga J a n m a chi tr a ”

When this h ad .
S UDHA NA A VA DA NA .
bee n prom ised him th e s erpent charmer p laced t he golde n

,
-
basket in th e h and s o f a tru s t worth y man and betook

himself to t h e city o f Ha st i n ap u r a Being well versed in .
signs b e perceived af t e r carefully observi n g the lak e a ll

, , ,
r ound t h at t he N aga J a n m a c hi tr a m ust h ave his d well

,
ing pl ace in a certain spot So he went to fetch offerings

'
-
.
and u t e nsils and said to t he ministers Give me o fferings

, ,
“
and ute n sils an d wi t hin seven days I w ill capture and

,
”
bring i n the N aga .
Now th e N ag a had seen th e serpent charmer an d h ad -

,
said to him self This m a n has come to carry me o ff and

, ,
i f at t h e end o f s even days I am carrie d o ff I sh all suffer ,
grea t distress on accoun t of be i ng severed fro m my parents .
What shall I do To wh om sh all I pray for pro t ec t ion ? ”
Now t here live d in th e n eigh b ourh ood of th e l ake two

hunters Ma sur a k a and Pha l a k a L iving near t he lake
,
.
,
t he y supporte d t hemselve s by killi n g n o t only lan d ani
m als such as t h e hares stags b e a r s an d s o forth whic h

, , , ,
came to t h at l ake to drin k bu t also t he fish t or t oises and , , ,
so forth w hich lived in t he water O f these t wo hun t ers , .
Ma sfi r a k a died bu t Pha l a k a rem ained alive A s the Naga

, .
J a n m a c hi tr a came to t he conclusio n th a t th ere was n o on e

excep t t he hunter Phal a k a t o w hom h e could fly for refuge ,
h e w ent af t er assuming the form o f a m a n to t h e h u n t er

, ,
Pha l a k a and said t o him 0 friend if King B h an a s

’
, , ,
realm is vast rich he a l t hv frui t ful an d populou s and

, , , ,
overflows w i t h rice sugar cane o xen an d buffaloes ( as was

,
-
, ,
said abo ve ) do you kno w t hrough w hose po wer this has

,
come to pass ? The hunter ans w e red Well do I know

”
,
“
t h a t this takes place because t ha t king rules i n accord

an ce wi t h the law and prote cts his l and wi t h gen tl e
, ,
benign an t and merciful mind

,
Th e N aga said Does .
”
,
“
a l l t his arise from th at cause o nly or from some other ,
c au se as well ? The h unter s aid There is another ,
cause as w ell I n this lake l i ve s t h e N ag a J a n m a c hi t r a

.
,
wh o from t ime to time send s down a torren t of rain in ,
consequen ce of w hich t he soil becomes ex t remely fer t il e ,

re plete with food and drink

'
an d s i J a nm a chi t r a said .
,
“
I f this N aga were t o b e t ake n away fro m this land by
any one h e w ould no longer be able to be of service and ,
he would be very w re t ched on account o f being separa t ed

from h is paren t s Wha t would the king and t he i n ha b i
.
tants of th e land do if he w ere to be carried o ff ? w hat

”
would yo u do ?
We should perish .
Do yo u kno w w ho this N aga is

”
No I
I am he and a serpent ch armer fro m Sou t h Panch ala
,
-
wishes t o carry me o ff He h as gone back t o fe t ch o ffer .
ings and u t ensils and will re t urn in seven days He will

,
.
t hen d rive pegs of Khadira wood 1 into the shore of th e -
lake a t its four corn ers will hang up various threads of ,
different colours and will reci t e spells D u ring that t im e

, .
you must remain hidde n somewhere near But w hen as .

,
he is performing a cere mony of this kind the wa t ers of ,
t he lake begin t o see the and overflo w and I come forth ,
from them t hen you must bend your b o w against t he

,
serpent ch armer and run up to him quickly and say

-
, ,
‘Reverse the spell I f you d o no t do s o I shall sever.
your head from your body and send i t t o t he bot t om of

the lake But if h e dies wi t hou t reversing t he spell
.
’
th en even af t er his dea th I shall remain bound by i t s

, ,
force a ll my life long The hunter s aid A s I w ould .

”
,
“
have done t his o f my o wn accord were it merely for t h e ,
sake of doing you a service h ow much the m ore shall I ,
be re ady t o protect you i nasmuch as I shall be doing a ,
s ervice to the whole kingdom S ay no more . .
Th e N aga then took up his abode i n a lonely spot .
W Vhe n seven days had p a sse d t he hunter hid himself near ,
t h at place The serpent charmer came and began to

.
-
prepare t he offerings and utensils driving in t h e pegs o f ,
1
S ee T ar a n at h a s
’ “
Hi s t o r y o f by t h i e n se r t o ni of a g
w ed e o f
hi
B u dd s m i n In d a ,
”
i p 7 h 0, w e re K h di
a r a -w oo d— S The Kha di r a is
j g dd
. . .
Naga j r un a co n u r e s th e o e ss t he A ca ci a Ca techu
C h ndik a i j s i t m pl
.
a n to t he Ma n u r e e
50 TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
h e saw the A mo gha chain a t t h e entrance of th e N agas

‘ ’
-
abode and perceiving t h a t i t was t he chain w hich h e

,
wanted h e en te red into th e abode

,
The N aga Jan .
m a chi t r a a n d t h e other N agas were delighted and ,
t h ey gave him je wels But h e said Jewels I want .

,
“
no t ; rath er give me t he A m o gha chain J a n m a c hi tra -

.
replied Wh at need h ave y o u of i t ? To u s i t is mos t

,
“
n eedful When t he G aru da plagues us it is to this

. ,
chain t h at we are indeb t ed for safe ty The hunter said .

”
,
A s ye a r e bu t seldom t hreatened wi t h danger from t h e

G aru d a t herefore it is n o t s o very necessary for you
, .
Bu t I am cons t an t ly in w ant o f i t Therefore give i t to ,

.
me if ye are mindf u l o f t he benefit conferred and the

,
service performed The N aga J a n m a c hi t r a s aid

. As ,
“
this man h as done m e a gre at se r vice I will give hi m ,
t h e ch ain af t er I h ave asked my fa ther and mother

, .
”
A f t er asking his pa r ents h e giv e him the ch ain There , .
upon the hunter as i f h e h ad recovered himself returned

, ,
home fro m t he Naga s abode with the A m o gha c hain full ’

-
,
of happiness and j oy .
King Dhan a and his w ife had neither son nor daughter .
I t happened once t ha t h e sa t res t ing his ch eek upon his ,
hand absorbed by t he t hough t t hat since he had n ei ther

, ,
son n o r daughter his family w ould be ex t inct af t er his

,
death t he treasures heaped up within his house w ould

,
pass into other b a n ds and ano t her king w ould rule over ,
all th at had been his A s h e sat t here thus absorbed in .
medi t ation t he Sr a m a n a s a n d Brah mans his f r ie n ds

, , ,
companions and kinsmen ask ed him why he was so , ,
do w ncast When he ha d fully explained th e whole

.
matter t o th em they said Be pleased t o pray t o t he

, ,
“
gods Then will a son be born u n t o you

. A s he h ad .
no son bu t desired to have one he prayed to S iva an d

, ,
Varuna t o Kuvera and Vasudeva and so forth also to

, , ,
v arious other gods to the god s of t h e parks t he gods of , ,
th e fores t the gods of the crossways t he gods of the

, ,
S UDHA NA A VA D A NA .
three w ay s th e gods w ho accept obl ations th e ever

, ,
accomp anyin g gods an d th e gods like minded and iden

,
-
tical in d ate o f birth I t is generally said th at sons and

,
daughters are born in con sequen ce o f such prayers n ot ,
other w ise ; a t housand sons for instance m ay be born to , ,
a world -ruling prince w hen s uch prayers have been

o ffered .
Praying in su ch a manner Dhan a obtained a h earing , ,
and a B o di sa t of th e Bha dr a k a l p a entered into th e w omb

o f his good spouse Some W o men w ho are endowed with
.
i nsight posses s five peculiar characteristics one of w hich ,
i s that t hey know w h eth er th eir child w ill be a boy or a

girl If it is a boy it clings to the right side and if a
.
, ,
girl to th e left Full o f j oy spake t h e queen to h er

,
.
,
h usband 0 lord as th e living bein g w hich ha s entered

,
“
,
within me clings to the right side and w ill certainly be a ,
boy therefore rejoice

, .
Th e king j oyfully drew himself up and stre tch ed o ut ,
his right arm and s aid I shall behold t h e son w ho m I

, ,
“
have long been desiring A s h e w ill soo n be bo rn unto .
me he will carry on m y w ork extend still mor e w idely

, ,
wh at has been acquir ed an d as m y h eir more w idely ,
propagate my race A n d w hen w e shall have died

.
,
whe t her we h ave presented many or fe w gifts and

acquired much or li t tle merit it will follo w after us in ,
t h at place in w h ich w e sh all bo t h be born again an d our ,
recompense w ill rip en throu g h u nion .
Thus did h e j oyfully ex claim A s h e kne w that con .
c e p t i o n had t aken place h e t ook care in order t h at t he

, ,
existence in th e mother s w o mb migh t be allo w ed to ’
develop thoro u ghly that there should be in his palace

,
duri ng th e cold w ea t her preservatives against cold during ,
th e hot w ea t her preservatives against h eat A ccording .
t o the directions o f the physician h e provided food w hich ,
w as not t oo bitter too sour too salt t oo s wee t t oo ho t

, , , , ,
or too acid — food whic h w as w i t hout bitterness sour ,
n ess ,
sal t nes s s w eetness he at or acidity Wi t h s t rings
, , , .
TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
o pearls of v arious kinds an d w i t h othe r ornaments he

f
adorned t he body of his w ife like unto a n Ap saras ,
w an de ring in t he Na n da n a grove ; and h e made sea t s

and seats stoo l s a n d stools to prevent her from falling
, ,
o n t he ground and h e ordered care to be taken tha t she

,
should no t hear t h e slightest unpleasant n oise .
When eigh t or nine months had gone by a boy w as ,
born of noble form and lovely aspect fair a n d gleaming ,
like unto gold in colour w i t h a head like a canopy long , ,
arms a brow of great width i nterl a cing eyebrows a

, , ,
high arched n ose and provided w i t h th e full complemen t

-
,
of limbs and j oints Whe n th e j oy drum was beaten a t .

-
t he bir t h t h e king heard i t an d asked w h at that meant

, , .
Hi s w ive s said Be o f good che er your maj esty ; unto

,
“
,
th ee a son is born Thereupon the king ordered all s t ones

- .
-
,
gravel and r ubble to b e cast forth fro m the city th e

, ,
stre e t s t o be s w ept and sprinkle d w ith sandal-w a t er ,
standards and banners to be set up ex t remely fragran t ,
i ncense to be provided flo w ers to b e s t rewed as though , ,
he had b een delighted b y various dreams gif t s to be ,
besto w ed upon the Sr a m a n a s t he Brah mans t he poor , ,
and the needy and fre edo m to be given to all pri ,
so n e r s Af t er thrice s even days o n t h e twenty fi r s t

.
,
-
day he a ppointe d a grea t birth feast When the ques

,
-
.
tion w as raised as to what name should be give n to the

boy the ministers said
,
A s this boy i s the son of ,
“
King Dhan a h e mus t be named S u dha n a ; an d so t h e

,
”
n ame o f Su dha n a w as given t o him The boy S u dha n a .
w as h anded over t o eight nurses two to carry him two , ,
to suckle him two to cleans e him and two to play w i t h

, ,
him A s the se eight nurses fed hi m an d brough t him up

.
o n milk both s w ee t and curdled on bu tt er bo t h fresh

, , ,
and clarified on bu t ter foam and o n t he bes t of o ther

1
,
-
,
things he shot up rapidly like a lotus in a tank By t he

, .
time h e w as grown up he w as acquainted w i t h reading

and w riti n g expert a t t he eight tes t ings and distinguish
,
1 B u tt e r scha u m, p hper a s a ki n dof l

c o tt e d c r e a m .
T A LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
and hoarfrost i n colour To this pool in the m idst of the .
most fragrant flo w ers there comes o n t he fi f t een t h day of

,
t h e mon t h Manoh ara t he daugh t er of D r u m a t he king ,
of th e Ki n n a ri s Surrounded by five hundred Ki n n a ri s

.
,
sh e comes in order to bat he after h aving w ashe d and ,
anoin t ed her head During t he time o f t h e bath they

.
dance sing and make s wee t music resound s u ch as

, , ,
enchants even the beasts of t h e forest Even I myself .

,
w hen I have heard t hese sounds experien ce pleasure an d ,
delight for seven w hole days This maiden 0 friend .

, ,
I have seen .
The hunter Phal ak a said to himself A s I have obtained ,

“
the A m o gha chai n from the N aga I will cas t i t aroun d

-
,
the Kinnari Manoh ar a He came accordingly after a .

, ,
t ime on t h e fifteenth of th e mon th bringing the A m o gha

, ,
chain w ith him concealed himself in a thicket not far

,
from th e lake among fruits flo w ers and foliage and kept

, , , ,
wa t ch When Manoh ara surrounded by five hundred

.
,
Ki n n a r i s wi t h befi tt ing equipments wen t into th e Brah

, ,
m a sa b ha lake to bathe the hunter Pha l a k a s t raigh t way

,
cas t the A m o gha ch ain and caught the Kin nari Manohara
-
, .
Held by t he chain sh e began to bound and t o run in

,
t h e water and to u tt er shrieks of terror Heari n g t hese .

,
t h e Kinnari band broke up L ooking upon Manoh ara .

,
t he Ki n n a r i s saw t hat she was taken prisoner and they ,
fled away terrified .
The hunter gaz ed at Man oh ar a who w as of an ex quisitely ,
propor t ioned figure and of a lovely coun t en ance and hav ,
ing gazed a t her h e was about t o draw near and l ay hands

,
upon her ; but sh e said Man of low s t a t ion t ouch m e ,

“
,
no t I am not destined to marry you A s I am wor thy

. .
of a king of goodly form you mus t not lay h ands upon ,
”
me . The hunter s aid If I d o not lay hands upon you ,
“
you w ill flee away She replied I w i ll no t flee away

.
, .
I f you w il l not trust me t ake t his he ad j ewel by means of

,
-
,
which I fly h e avenwards The hunter said Who can .

,
t ell th a t ? She gave him the head je w el and said I

” - “
,
S UD HA NA A VA DA NA .
5;
shall al w ays be in th e p o wer of him w hos e hand holds this

j e wel . The hunter took t he j e w el and led he r a w ay w i t h
”
,
him j ust as if sh e h ad been secured by bonds

, .
A bout th is time th e youth S a dhana w en t forth to the

chas e one da y The hunter s a w t h e youth Su dha n a
.
,
who w as handsome in form an d of pleas an t aspect ; and

h aving seen h im he said to h imsel f A s t his is Prince
“
,
S u dha n a and as h e is o f goodly form and p leas ant aspect

, ,
and as he whe n h e has looked upon t his maiden will t ake

, ,
h er to wife I will o f my own accord o ffer her to h im as a

,
pres ent So he led her j u s t a s if sh e h ad been secured

.
”
,
b y bonds to P rince S u dha n a an d said af t er touching his

.
, , ,
feet I o ffer unto you as a pres ent t his g e m of a wife ;

,
”
be pleased to accept the gift P rin ce S u dha n a l ooked .
u pon t h e Kinnari Manoh ar a She w as of goodly form and

.
pleasing co u ntenan ce w i t h a complexio n of remarkable

,
b rilliance an d w i t h all goo d proper t ies adorned w i t h th e ,
eighteen signs of th e woman more beautiful than the ,
children of me n ; t h e bre as t s wide ap ar t and arched like ,
the tor t oise Hi r a n y a k u m b ha firm plump ex t remely ro und

, , ,
and elas t ic the eyes light blue with s mall red vei n s and ,
of elongated form like young lo t uses ; t he arch of the nose

,
long and high ; t he lips like coral g ems pearls in form , , ,
l ike th e Bimba frui t ; th e chin ample and firm ; t he cheeks

marked by very at t ractive moles ; the eyebro ws beau t i
fully interlacing black as a s w ar m of bees ; t h e arms long
,
and rounded like the spotless full moon the belly a lit t le
overhanging with t hree deep folds he upper part of t he t
body a li ttle bent fro m the do w n -hanging of the breas t s ,
the u nder part beau t ifully formed like a dis k ; t he b a n ds

like unto the pi t h of t h e banana tre e ; t he legs beau t if u l
from their delicacy and th e rounding o ff of t he calves ; t he
veins scarcely visibl e and free fro m all crookedness s o tha t ,
all t he limbs were fair to see pro udly moving to the sound ,
o f the richly jewel studded orn aments o f the head neck

-
, ,
and feet and th e m any strings of pearls ; th e hair black

,
and smooth like unto Sach i t he feet adorned w ith o r n a

, ,
TA L ES FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
ments ; wearing a golden girdle many s t ri n gs of pearls ,
h anging do w n at t h e bel ly t he complexion gleaming fair ,
as gold .
No sooner ha d th e youth set eyes on her th an h e was

suddenly ench ained by th e bonds of pas sion — passion
w hich like t he pure and spotle ss moon reflected in wa t er
, ,
is on account of i t s unstable nature not easily to be

, ,
grasped and like a sea monster in a billowy to rren t i s

,
-
,
not easily t o be distinguished wh ich steps along like th e ,
G aru d a or t he flow of t he wind w hich fl ies about swif tly ,
w i th a ligh t ness resembling t ha t of cotton which like a , ,
monkey is always in mo t ion n ever res t ing in an y place

, , .
When t he arrow of passion w hi ch is ever c onn ected wi t h ,
woes and wi t h longing t o e n joy t he bliss of love wi t hout ,
let t ing itself be warned o ff from t he abyss of misfor t un e

due to all those w oes — when this arrow s trikes t he hear t ,
shot from th e careless bow w i t h a scarcely audible sound

arising from t he longing after a mee t ing t hen completely , ,
befooled by senses which hang upon the fair one a m an ,
falls like a moth in t o the flame A s i n summer t h e

, , .
lightning fl ashes from ou t of t he rain cloud so did t h e -

,
dar t of love strike S u dha n a when h e looked upon her

’
whose countenance was like un t o t h e moon Then P rince .
S u dha n a t ook Manohar a and brought her to th e city of

Ha st i n ap u r a a n d to the hun t er h e gave a S plendid city
, .
A scending with Manoh ar a to the upper storey o f th e

palace th e youth S u dha n a spen t his t ime wi t h her in
,
pleasure an d sport ; and by th e hundredfold force o f

Ma n o ha r a s you t h beauty a n d respec t for him th e youth
’
, , ,
S u dha n a was immediately and irresis t ib l y captivated .
A f t er a t ime two Brahmans wandered t ha t way one ,
of whom a tt ached himself to the king t he o ther to ,
S u dha n a The Brahman who at t ached himself to th e

.
king was appointed a P u r o hi t a 1 by the king who also ,
bes t owed much prop erty upon him But only a li tt le .
1 “ A f m ily p i
a r e st , a ki g
n
’
s do m e st i h pl i
c c a a n a pi t
r es w ho con du ct s
il ifi f t h f m ily
,
a ll t he ce r e m on a s an d sa c r ce s o e a ,
58 TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR CE S .
but also as soon as he saw her forgot t he com mands laid

'
, ,
upo n him by t he king Thereupon the P u r o hi ta said t o .
t he king Your majes t y as t h ere can be no d oub t tha t

,
“
,
t h e you t h S u dha n a is deeply in love wi th Manohara l e t ,
t he troops be drawn up and order the y outh when he , ,
comes forth from the zen ana to set out on t h e march

,
w i thout going to see Man ohara again The kin g said .

”
t o the minis t ers Honoured sirs equi p t he host ,

“
The , .
”
ministers obeyed th e orders of th e king and e quipped the ,
hos t s elephan t s horses chariots and infan t ry well pro

, , , , ,
v i de d wi t h many kinds o f w eapons an d appurtenan c es

‘
.
Then t hey summon ed th e you th saying t o him 0 , ,

“
you t h a s t he troops are ready come for t h from t hence

, , .
”
He said Your maj esty I w ill go forth when I h ave

,
“
,
"
seen Manohara .
The king said 0 youth do n ot go to see h er for t hat

, , ,
w ould give rise t o delay .

”
“
If that be so I will se t out when I have seen my
‘
mo ther .
0 you t h you r m other you m ay see

, .
S u dha n a took Manch ar a s h ead j ewel w en t t o his

’
-
,
0 mo t her as I
“
mother touched her feet and s aid
, , , ,
a m set t ing ou t t o subdue the mountaineers do you kee p ,
t his j ewel wi t h th e u tmos t secrecy and do not give ,
i t to Manohar a except in a cas e of life and dea t h .

”
A f t er saying t hese words t o his mo t her and taking ,
leave of he r he se t for t h wi t h the army t o t h e sound

‘
, ,
of m u s i c A f t er gradually advancing for some t ime

.
,
h e hal t ed under a t re e a t no grea t dis t ance fro m th e

mountaineers J ust a t that tim e t he Mah araj a Va isr a
.
‘
vana w a s going t o a Yaksh a mee t ing toge t her w ith many

’
Y a k sha s m any hundreds m any t housands m any hun

, , ,
dreds of thousands o a k sha s A s he drove along and .

,
w as delayed u pon the celes t ial road h e said to himself , ,
“
O f t e n as I h ave driven along this road yet h as my ,
chario t never once be e n delayed

'
What c a n be t he .
‘
cause of itS be in g delayed n o w
S UDHA NA A VA DA NA .
Percei vi ng t he h e thought This is a you t h S u dha n a , ,
B o di sa t of th e Bha dr a k al p a who h as gon e forth to w ar ,
an d w ill be in difficulty I wil l assist him and subdue .

,
t he m o u n t a i n e e r s w i t hout living creatures being exposed

’
t o danger ”
So h e summoned Pan c hik a th e commander
.
,
i n -chief of th e Y a k sha s and said to him Pan c hik a come , , ,
here C ontriv e s o t ha t th e youth S u dha n a may subdue

'
th e m ount aineers wi t h out a battle being fought or i n j ury

bei n g in fl icte d upon living creatures The Yaksh a com .
”
mander i n chief Pan c hik a listened to th e orders of Vai s

- -
rava na and s a i d I will ac t in accord ance w i t h your

, ,
t
“
commands Then he conj ured u p th e four contingen t s

.
o f the div ine hos t men of t he stat ure of palm trees , ,
elephants of th e size of mountains h orse s as large as ,
eleph an t s and ch ariots as bulky as t he p alace of t he

,
gods Vim ana Together wi t h his mighty host spreading

.
,
gre at alarm by mean s o f all kinds o f weapons such as ,
swords mallets j avelins lances disks maces arrows

, , , , , , ,
bat t le axes an d so for t h and t hrough th e clang o f all

, ,
sorts of musical ins truments Pan c hi k a moved onward s ,
toward s the moun t ain e ers whos e w alls gav e w ay i n ,
consequence o f t h e u p r o a r m a de by t he elephants the

'
horses and the chario t s,and of the clangi ngs of all kinds
, ,
and o f the power of the Y a k sha s Seeing t hes e hosts and .

,
perceiving th a t their walls h ad give n w ay the moun t ai n ,
e e r s were great l y astonished a n d asked t he h osts w hence ,
‘
t hey came They r eplied f O pen t h e ga t es wi th all speed
.
, .
The y o u th S u dha n a is on t h e march behind us and we

’
are hi s army I f you do n ot open your ga t es wi t h all

‘
speed every t hing w ill be over t hrown

, The mountain .
”
e e r s said We did n ot rebel against t h e king Moreover

,
“
.
,
the youth is judicious ; but we h ave been reduced to fear

and anxiety by t h e ki ng s o fficials Then they opened
’
.
t he gates and wen t fort h t o m e et the youth S u dha n a wi th

, ,
banners and s t andards displayed w i t h full urns and to

.
t he sound of all mann er of ins t ruments A f t er he had

taken rest h e called them to him nominate d chiefs
.
, , ,
fi xed taxes and took hos t ages Then h aving subdued the
,
.
,
moun taineers the you t h S u dha n a re t urned home

,
.
Tha t s ame nigh t King Dhana dreamt this dream A .
vul t ure came flying up tore open t he king s be lly seized ,

’
his entrails and wound th em around the w hole ci t y A n d

, .
the seven treasures came into the palace Terrified by this .
dream w i t h creeping skin and unquiet mind h e rose

, ,
swif tly from his couch and sat down i n his sleeping ,
chamber his head leaning on his h and absorbed in medi

, ,
t a t i o n as to whe t her he was abou t to lose his sovereig n

p o w er or whether he was about t o die I n t he morning .
h e told his dream to the Pu r o hi t a w ho came to the con ,
elusio n th a t as the king h ad dreamt such a dream th e

, ,
you t h mus t cer t ainly have s ubdued th e mountaineers and ,
t hat i t w as the P u r o hi t a s business to devise some means’
for his d estruction so he s aid to t he king What y our

, ,
m ajes t y has seen in t his dream is not goo d There is no .
doub t that ei t her you will lose your sovereignty or your ,
li fe will be placed in danger There is however a means .

, ,
o f aver t ing this evil I have found i t i n the mys t ic lore

of the Brahmans t a t is t he means of averting i t
.
“
Your maj es t y le t a tank be dug in th e park a m an s
, ,
’
h eight in dep t h and le t it be lined wi t h mortar and

, ,
w h en al l i s smoo th l e t it be filled wi th th e blood of young

,
roes Then when you go t h ere t o bathe you will en t er

.
, ,
the tank as far as t he first step and when you have ,
des cended to the first s t ep you will go down t o the

second s te p and af t er you have des cended to the second
,
s t ep yo u will go on to the t hird step and when y o u have ,
descended t o t h e t hird step you will go do wn to t he

four t h step Then mus t four Brahmans perfec tly versed
.
,
in th e Ved a and Ved anga lick your fee t with t heir ,
tongues a nd anoint t hem with the fat of a non human

,
-
being ( t a a demon) I n this wis e will all t ha t is sin fu l in

,
.
your na t ure become purified and you w ill long retain your ,
sovereignty The king said Al l t his may possibly be

.
,
“
carried ou t bu t ye t de mon fa t is very rare

”
,
The P u r o hit a
-
.
A f t er ti me all t hings havi ng been prepared for the

a , .
bath according t o the command of t he kin g he entered ,
t he blood fill e d t ank and came for t h from i t again and

-
,
t he n the Brahman s licked his feet with th eir to ngues .
When subs equently to t his all t hings had been se t i n

, ,
order for the ba t h according to t h e commands of t he king ,
and h e h ad en t ered t he blood fill e d tan k and emerged -
from i t again t h en th e tongues of t he Brahmans licked

,
his fee t A f t er that t he supern a t ural being w as brought

.
for w ard When Manohar a was ordered to dra w nearer

.
,
she immedia t ely rose h eavenw ards saying A f t er being , ,
seized and bound af t er having laughed and played lik e a

, ,
co w freed from its bonds w ill I flee away When t he , .

“
king sa w her sweeping through th e air fe ar came upon ,
him and h e said to t he P u r o hi ta Ho w comes i t th a t t he

, ,
Kinnari Manohara h as flown away before our preparations

”
w ere carried in to effect ? The P u r o hi t a s aid Your ,
maj esty t h e end is now attained and your nature is made

, ,
”
free from s in .
While Manoh ar a was wending her w a y t hr o u gh th e air

she said to herself The direc tions o f th e Rishi were t h e
,
“
c ause of my p assing in to t his condition Ha d he no t g iven .
t hese d irec t ions I should not have been captured So I .
O n reaching t he Rishi s her

’
will go to hi m for a while .
mitage she t ouched his fe et and said Grea t Rishi in ,

“
,
consequence of your direc t ions I h ave been captured and ,
exposed to t h e touch of man and h ave nearly los t my life , .
Now then if t he you t h S u dha n a sho uld h appen t o come

,
here in search o f me give him my rin g and s ay t o him , ,
‘
t hese Words : 0 youth turn back again for the w ay is , ,
full of wo e and hard to tread B u t if you cannot turn .
back i t is righ t t o show you the way Thus 0 you th

,
.
, ,
does Manohara poin t i t out I n t he nor t h t here are three .
black mountains When these are surmounted th ere rise

.
,
t hree more When these t hree h ave been surmoun t ed

.
,
t here rise three more again A n d w hen t hese three al so .
h ave been surmounted t he r e remai ns t he prince of mo u n ,

S UDHA NA A VA D A NA .
Hi m a v a n t i t s north side t he
' '
t ains , . On mountain s are
U t k i l a ka J a l a p a t ha Kha di r a k a Ek a dar a ka Vaj r a k a Ka

, , ,
-
, ,
m a r fi p in Ki l a k a A i r av a t a A dho v an a and Pr a m u c ha p a
, , , , .
O ver t hes e m ountains yo u mus t m ake your way .

Traverse .
Kha di r a k a Ek a dar a k a and Utki la k a by th e cavern

,. ,
Th e .
ki n g o f the birds will c arry yo u over Vaj r a k a

'
‘
I n such a .
w a
y w ill you trav erse t h ese mou n tains You will over .
come m a g i c e r e a t u r es r a m -like an d goa t-faced and also a

, ,
man having the form of the Raksh asa P i n gal a In the .
cavern is a huge sn ake which rolls with the force of a ,

‘
foaming stream This sn ake you mus t tame by force
. .
When yo u s ee t he b lack snake half coiling i n the cavern ,
you mus t slay it bending t h e b o w and shoo t ing th e arro w

, .
When yo u s ee two rams butt ing on e a no t her bre ak a horn ,
o ff each of t h em and you w il l fin d th e w a y

,
If yo u se e .
t w o iron men with fear inspiring weapons and you slay -

,
one of them yo u will find the way I f you see an iron

,
.
lipped Rak sha si op en ing an d shut t ing her m o n th you mus t ,
fling a wedge at h er forehead Likewise mus t you spring .
acros s th e fount w ith t he w ild whirlpool which measures ,
sixty fath oms Bending your ho w you must slay Y a k sha s

.
,
and Raksh asas wi t h lion -yellow hair and eyes difficult to ,
r esist and h ard to appro ach Many rivers also full of t ens .
, ,
of t hous ands o f alligators mus t you cross You will see

.
,
.
the C ro codile t h e But t erfly th e Sad th e Gay t he We eper

, , , , ,
the L augher a river full o f sn akes and ano t her full of

, ,
reeds I n t he C ro codil e is Rak sha si anger in t h e Butterfly

.
-
,
a demon in th e Sad are many w ater mons t ers in t he

,
-
,
Gay is a Vi dy adha r a in t he Weeper is a Kinnari serving

,
maid in th e L augher is a Kinnari in the sn ake fi ll e d river

, ,
-
are many snakes in the river r ich in reeds is S almali [

, the
S e e m u l or silk -cot t on tree] I n t h e presence of the C r o.
co d ile [ river] you mus t s t and firm and be ho ld in tha t of ,
th e Bu t terfly O n reaching t h e S ad you m ust bind t he

.
,
j aw s o f the w ater monsters Wi t h t h e Gay you will su e

-
.
o ecd by the help of some N agas w i t h t he Weeper by ,
means of courage w i t h t he L augher by means of silence

, .
.
64 ‘
TA L E S FR O M TI
'
B E TA N S O U R CE S .
The snake filled river you must pass by mean s of snake

-
-
charms and t he r eed -producing river by mean s of t he

,
charm of sh arp weapons bea t e n toge t her Having crossed

}
a ll t h e rivers you will come to a w ild country wherei n ,
five h undred Y a k sha s dwell O ppo sing these overco m e .

,
the m Then will appear the capital of t he Kinnari king

. .
To him address yourself Having spoken t hese word s to .
the Rishi M a nohar a to uch ed his feet w i t h her head and

,
wen t away .
Great w as t he joy w he n t he king heard t hat the youth

S u dha n a had re t urned t o Has ti n ap u r a wi t h t h e army af t er
s ubduing the mountaineers A s soon as th e you t h had .
rested he wen t to his father made obeisance and took his

, , ,
place before h i m The king began t o s peak w i t h grea t .
j oy and said O you t h h ave you b e e n succ e ssful ?

, , ,
”
Your majes t y t hr ough your grace h ave the moun

“
,
t a i n e e r s been overcome hos t ages h ave been taken and , ,
chiefs appoin t ed T ri bute an d taxes h av e al so bee n .
levied Be pleased to have all this take n into t he trea

.
sury .
The king said O son as you have don e w ell I wil l ,

“
, ,
receive t hes e t hings Then t h e son made obeisance t o .

”
his father and w as about t o depar t w hen the kin g s ai d

, ,
S t ay 0 youth in order t o take food w ith your fa t her

,
”
, .
1 T hi p
g i x t m ly b
s a ssa h i t K k dil S h m tt li g
e s e re e o sc r e en ro o e, c e er n
i B
.
vi d t t h t P f
,
sc u r e It i s e i B t ii b t
en t i W i a r o e ss o r e n e r er, e n un e r, e n e
p zzl d by i t f h L h d S hl g
.
S hi f
c e n er w as du i e or e n en e r, e n ac en e r, c an en
ih Fl
,
h as o nth h t p p d f th e s ee s d h i h
re ; im
ar e or e re c er un ro rre c er u ss
p t t
r e se n l ti m d i d K k dil i t Ra k h i Z
ra n s a on a im e co n s er ro o s s as o rn
bl l t t i i hi v i i t S h m tt li g i
,
a e a era on s n Dam s i dm e rs o n as c e er n e n on, n e
or i gi l ly pp na d Th a pp B t ii b t
e are vi l M gh ere a e ar s e r en e e e e ru n e eu er,
”
t b g d pp i g t h t d A l t d by P f S hi f
.
o e foo r ea s o n o r su os n a oc s a ere r o e sso r c e
K k dil
.
th C dil d t h B t t fly t h
“
e roco e an it e S hm t u er e n er run s : ro o e, c e
d t li g i B t ii b t i B t
,
S d a d th G y t h W p
an e a e ee er an er n e ne e r e e ne un e,
i W i d i L h d i
, ,
gh f iv
,
th L e au m er, ar e na es o r e r s, e ne e n en e, e ne ac en e, e n
b t tp
u a t m t br e se nt t d S hlw e g i h d
us h i h e co n en e c an en re c er un ro rr e c er
w i t h h p t h i T h G m t xt Fl
a y o es s & Th hl p g h e er an e u ss,
”
c e w o e a s sa e as
b bm itt d t v i xp t
.
igi lly f ll Vi l
.
“
o r na ran as o ow s : e e een su e o ar ou s e er s,
Flii di m i t z h t
s se , ed A llig h i li dt
e n pt t h fl vi l
a u se n a w o are nc ne o ac c e e u a
t o re n an
g fii ll t i d m ted u b hy p th i
s n ,
u ss u er o e s s.
raja.
” In his in t olerable grief at being s eparate d f r o m
Manohar a th e prince renewed his sad wailings crying
, , ,
“
A s Manohar a is not here Manohara who was endo w ed ,
wi t h every vir t ue t ha t could be desired and so on do w n

”
,
t o t he words What is there that will make my pain

,
“
”
diminish ? The n h is mother s aid My son as there ,
“
,
are women in this band o f w ives who are more beau t iful
t han she is wherefore are you s ad
,
Th e you t h replied ,
Mother ho w can I be h appy if I find h er not ?

,
A lthough hi s mo t h er t ried t o console him he still ,
remained sad ; b ut as h e wandered hi t her and t hither ,
looking for Manoh ara and s eeking for informa t ion as to

.
her abode a bright idea occurred t o hi m

, Where I .
“
ob t ained her he t hought ,

there w ill I go agai n an d ,
“
i
make inquiries So he went to t h e hun t er Pha l a k a and

.
,
asked him where i t was t h at h e h ad go t possessio n of

Manohar a The hunter replied O n t he slope of such
.
,
and such a mountain d wells a Rishi in whose hermi t age ,
t here is a pool B r ahm a sa b ha by name G oing t here to

, .
ba the I captured her according t o t he R ish i s directions

,
’
.
”
S u dha n a s aid to himself I w ill go to t he Rishi s abode ,

’
and there obtain informa t ion Hearing th a t t h e youth .

”
w as greatly depressed by his separa t ion from Manohara ,
the king said 0 you th wherefore are you so depressed ?

, ,
I will no w give you a much more be au t iful wife The .

”
prince replied Father as she is not here I shall cer t ai n ly

, , ,
betake me t o her t arrying-place ”

The king could n o t .
dissuade him from this t hough he repea t edly at t empted ,
t o do so Then th e king ordered wa t chers t o be set a t

.
t he ga t es and ou tlets from the wal ls i n order t o preven t ,
t he you t h fro m going for t h Thereupon t he you t h could .
no t sleep the whole nigh t long Five are t here who o n .
t heir nightly couch are sleepless all nigh t long namely , ,
t he man whose mind is enchained by love for hi s wife ,
t he wife wh o love s her husband t he red duck the robber , ,
chief t ain t he Bhiksh u who s t udies zealously The youth

,
.
1 D h a r ma -r j
a a, ki gn of j tius ce ,
’
an e pith e t of Y a ma .
S UD HA NA A VA D A NA .
’
said to himself If I go to the gate the king s gatekeepers
, ,
are harsh A s t h ey w ould punish me or even deprive me

.
,
of life I w ould rather depart by a road w hich has n o

,
wa t chers So h e wen t for t h by night to a spot where

.
no watcher w as h aving at t ached t o a standard such blue,
lotus garlands a s men bi nd around their heads Just .
then t he moo n ro s e Wh en h e s a w the moon h e ut t ered

'
.
,
t his lamen t for h is s eparation from Manohara 0 full ,
moon king of the stars and illuminer o f t he night thou

, ,
1
who art d ear to the ey e o f Rohini exce l lent caravan ,
leader hast t hou s ee n th e abiding place of my l ove d one

,
-
,
t he lotus eye d Manoh ara-
R eme mbering t he j oys h e h ad formerly experienced h e ,
walked on and w h en h e sa w a gazelle h e addressed i t

, ,
also s aying O gazelle th o u who e n j o y e st gras s w a t er

, ,
“
, , ,
and foliage wander in peace and quiet for I a m no h unter

, , .
Hast no t t hou seen my deer li ke long eyed beau t ifully -

,
-
,
”
formed Manohar a ? Going o n farther a n d reaching ,
another spot h e s a w bees at w ork i n the interi o r of a

,
wood adorned with flowers an d fruits and t o one o f the ,
bees he said O bee t hou w h o ar t blue like unto t he

, , ,
mountains th ou who a b i de st wi t hin holl o w canes and

,
upon lo t uses h ast thou seen my Manohara her of the

, ,
long hair dark of hue like un t o bees ?

,
Going s t ill ,
”
far ther he s aw a snake and w h e n h e s a w it he said O , ,
snake thou w ho m o v e s t thy tongue as a fores t tree i t s

,
leaves t hou who e m i t t e s t fro m t hy mouth and eyes

,
mass es of smoke h a s t thou see n her who is unlike thy ,
poison fi r e and t h e fire of pas sio n ? h as t thou seen my

-
Manohara ? He w en t on still far t h er and he h eard a ,
Kokila calli ng in the fores t and seeing it he s aid O , , ,
Kokila tho u w ho a b i de st o n the magnificent t rees of the

,
forest king of the t roops of birds h as t n ot t hou seen her

, ,
who i s endo wed wi t h the lovely spotless eyes like unto , ,
Ro hi i n n am e o f t he n nti hN a ks ha t r a o r l un ar a st e r sm i ( p
e r so n ifi d
e
d gh t h f v it if ll d
,
/
as a au er of D a ks a, and t he a ou r e w e of t he m o o n , ca e
t he Re d o n e , ’
TA LE S FR O M T I B E TA N S O U R CE S .
blue lo t u ses h ast not thou seen my Manoh ara ? Going

still far t her on he s a w an A soka tree widely spreading
,
fo rth its le aves and when h e sa w it h e s aid Tho u who

, ,
a rt c alled af t er h appin ess 1

and who ar t the great king o f ,
the t rees t roubled by grief for Manohara I clasp my

, ,
hands Do thou dispel my grief

. .
A f t er this fashion w i t h troubled mind h e at leng t h

, ,
arrived at th e h ermitage of the Rishi A n d wh en he had .
m eekly paid reverence t o t h e Rishi he said O tho u who , ,
art exalted through endurance t hou w ho art clo t hed in ,
t he bark of tr ees and th e skins of wild beasts thou who ,
feedest on roo t s an d S prouts t he Vilva t ree and t he Ka ,
p i tth a t ree 2
0 Rishi I pay thee reverence bowing m y
.
, ,
head Hast tho u seen my Manohara ? Tell me quickly

. .
”
Then th e Rishi said to the youth S u dha n a Welcome I ,
A n d after u nfolding a carpet and making preparation s

for a fr iendly recep t ion he continue d I have seen her , ,
“
who i s e ndo w ed w i t h sm ooth interlac i ng eyebrows who , ,
possesses a comely form a face res embling t he full moon , ,
and e yes like unto blue lotuses Take your sea t upon .
t he carpe t and partake o f t hese different kinds o f roo t s

,
and berries There is no doubt in my m ind t h at y o u

.
wil l ob t ain happiness in the fu t ure Thus S pake she of .
t he beau t iful eyebro w s : I have learnt that t he youth ,
rendered unhappy by longing although a d weller i n the ,
forest affec t ed by grea t sorro w w ill come to vou

,
Then , .
’
she gave m e t his ring and said A s the way which leads ,
to me i s full of w o e and hard t o tread h e can turn ,
back B u t if h e canno t bring himself to t urn back then

.
,
you must direc t him on his way A n d sh e spoke a s .

’
follows : In t he north th ere are three black mountains .
Wh en thes e are surmounted there are t hree more on t h e ,
other side ; and when these three have been surmoun t ed ,
1
The
n
w or d A éo lca m e a n s w i th o u t so r r o w : n o t f li g
ee n or n ot c a us ni g
so r r o w
ly ll l ph
.
3 “
T he t r e e z Eg le Ma r melo s ( co m m o n ca e d Be l ) and
“
t he e e an t
p pl
,
or w o o d-a e tr e e , Fer on ia elep ha n t u m .

70 TA LE S FR O M TI
“
B E TA N S O UR C E S .
the Wee per the Laugh e r a river full of sn akes and a

, , ,
river rich in reeds I n the C rocodil e is Rak s ha si anger

.
-
,
i n t h e But t erfly is a demon in t he Sad are many wa t er ,
m ons t ers in the G a y is a Vi dy adha r a in t h e Weeper a

, ,
Kinnari serving maid in the L augh er i s a Kinnari in the

'
-
, ,
snake fill e d river are many sn akes i n t he river rich in

-
,
reeds is S almali In th e presence of the C rocodile you

.
mus t stand firm and you must be ho l d in th e presence o f

,
th e Butterfly O n reaching the Sad you mus t bind t h e

.
,
jaws of t h e wa t er-monsters Wi t h th e Gay you will .
succeed by t he help of som e N agas wi t h th e Weeper by ,
means of courage wi t h th e L augher by means o f silence

, .
You will cross t h e snake fi ll e d river by mean s of th e -
ch ar m a gains t snakes and t h e river rich in reeds by

,
means o f th e magic of sharp w eapons s t ruck t oge ther .
When you have crossed the rivers and reached a land

rich in bushes you mus t oppose an d overcome five
,
hundred Y a k sha s who dwell there There s t ands t he .
capi t al of th e Kinnari king Go and spe ak wi t h him . .
T hereupon t he you t h S u dha n a touch ed the R ishi s feet

’
wi t h his h ead and went away in order t o seek t h e

,
remedies spells and antidotes indicated to him When

, , .
h e h ad obtained all but th e monkey he came back wi t h ,
them t o t he Rishi The Rishi gave him a monkey and

.
said , 0 youth why do you trouble yourself so much

,
Wh erefore is Manohara so necessary t o you A lone w i t h .

,
ou t companions you will surely lose your life

,
The .
”
you t h replied G rea t R ishi I shall surely go and why ?

, , ,
Where h as t he heaven traversi n g moon a companion ? -
The king of t he beas t s endo wed wi t h streng t h of t usks

, ,
and t he fire which burns the fores t — where are their

companions ? \Vhe r e fo r e sh ould a s t reng t h like mine r e
quire a companion ? Wha t ! sh all no t men trus t them
selves to th e grea t ocean wave Sh all no t on e heal t he
hand w hich a snake h as bi tt en ? If a V1g o r o u s being
s t ruggles t o t he u t m ost no blame c a n be fo u nd wi t h t he
,
p ai ns t aken even t hough they m a y not be suc c ess ful

, .
”
S UD HA NA A VA DA NA .
Thereup on th e youth Su dha n a provided w i t h the variou s ,
obj ec t s indicated by Manohara set forth He pass ed i n ,

.
t heir t urn t he rivers th e caverns and th e abysses assis t ed

, , ,
by the remedies the spells and t he antidotes and he , , ,
came into th e neighbourhood of t h e Kinn ari king D r u m a , .
The you t h ga zed a t t he ci t y w hic h was adorned by a park ,
rich i n flowers and fruits of variou s kinds t h e h aun t of all ,
sor t s of birds provided wi t h tanks oblong and square

, ,
lakes and surrou nde d by Ki n n a r i s He sa w some Kin

,
.
n ari s coming to draw wa t er and he said t o t hem What , ,
are yo u going to d o wi t h all th at w ater They replied ,
“
The Kinnari ki n g h as a daughter Manohar a A s sh e ,
.
h as fallen into th e h and s of h uman beings t he smell o f ,
h umani t y h as to be washed off her Th e you t h S u dha n a .

”
“
s aid,
A r e all these j ugs to be emptied over h er at on ce
or one after another ? They replied O n e af t er ano t h er ,
“
.
He thought Here is a good opportunity I w ill drop

,
“
.
t his ring into one of the j ugs He chos e the jug of one .
of t he Ki n n a r i s dropped t h e ring into i t an d said t o her

, , ,
Le t your j ug be t h e first to begin Man c har a s ablutions

“ ’ ”
.
YVhe r e u p o n she thought No doub t h e will be wan t ing ,

“
-
some t hing or other .

”
When this Kin nari had been the firs t to e mpt y h er j ug

over Ma n o ha r a s head th e ring fell into Man c har a s l a p
’
,
’
wh o s aid to her H a s not a m a n come h i t h er ? “

She
”
”
replied , Yes Go to him and bring him to some
.
,
re t ired spot A ccordi n gly t he Kinnari brought h im in

.
”
and t ook him to a re t ired spot The n Manohara touched .
her fa ther s feet and said Father i f t he you t h S u dha n a

’
, , ,
who w as my h usband were to come here wh at would you , ,
He replied A s h e is a man and I h ave

”
do with him ? , ,
no need of him I would cut him into a hundred pieces

,
a n d scat t er him on all four sides Manoh ar a said .

,
Father as h e is a man h o w could he be h ere ? I t was

, ,
only my talk .
A f t erwards when t h e w rath o f th e Kin n ari king

, ,
B r u m a w as assu a ged he said

, I f t he you t h comes I , , ,
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N SO U R CE S .
will have you provided with all kind s of ornamen ts and ,
wi t h many goods and t reasures and surrounded by Kin ,

”
n ari s and will give you to him as his wife Thereupon .
,
Manoh ar a full o f grea t deligh t clo thed t h e you t h Sud

, ,
h ana in divine a rray and sho w ed him to th e Kinnari ,
king B ruma When t he Kinn ari king D r u m a saw the

,
.
, ,
young S u dha n a s sta tely form and pleasing aspect his

’
handsome face and brillian t complexion h e was grea t ly ,
as t onished A s he w as desirous of having him as his

.
son i n law h e se t in order seven golden s t em s s even

- -
, ,
palms seven ke tt ledrums and seven w i ld boars

,
Now , .
the youth S u dha n a w as a B o di sa t and B o di sa t s are versed ,
i n all ar t s and in every kind o f skill Moreover t he .

,
gods t ake pain s to remove all h indrances ou t of t heir way .
The B o di sa t s t epped for th surrounded by man y t housands ,
of Ki n n a r i s amid dance and song and t o t he soun d of t he

, ,
harps ke tt ledrums cymbals lutes d rums and the res t

, , , , ,
of t he ins t rumen t s o f various kinds made by t he gods .
Before t he eyes of t h e Kinnari king Dr a ma he dre w nigh , ,
t o t he golde n s t ems wielding a sword which looked like ,
t he leaf of a blu e lo t us and began t o cu t t he s t ems in

.
pieces as t h ough he were slicing a pl an t ain Where .
upon he broke t hem in t o fragments like grains o f sesame .
Moreover he sho t an arro w uninj ured through t he seven

palm t rees the s eve n ke tt ledrum s and th e seven boars
-
, , ,
and re m ained s t anding like S u m e r u unre move d There .
upon t he h eaven inhabi t ing gods and many hundreds of

-
thousands of Ki n n a r i s se t u p a cry of triumph wi t h n oise

and shou ting Wh en t he Kinnari king B ruma saw and
.
, ,
h eard all t his h e m arvelled grea t ly ,

.
A ft er tha t t he king placed Manoh ar a in the middle of a

t housand Ki n n a r i s exac tly like her and s aid t o th e youth ,
S u dha n a C ome hi t her 0 youth and recognise Mano

, , ,
h ar a Then t he youth S u dha n a in order that he migh t r e

”
,
c ognise her u tt ered t h ese verses Thou who art D r u m a s ’
, ,
d aughter t hou art also my beloved Manoh ara ; le t i t

,
come t o pass in consequen ce of t his truth th at th ou O

, , ,
74
‘
t hemselves u p t o rej oicing Then t he you t h accompanied

.
,
by Manohar a surrounded by many thousands of leaders

,
of men made his en t ry in t o t he ci ty of Ha st i n ap u r a

,
.
Wh en h e h ad recovered from the fa t igue caused by th e

journey h e took j ewels of differen t kinds and wen t to his
,
fa t her and remained standing beside t he king and gave

, ,
him a full accoun t of his j o u rney to and from t he Kinnari

ci t y A s King Dh ana had become aware t ha t th e princ e
.
possessed remarkable streng th manlin ess and courage h e

, , ,
invested him wi t h regal power The you t h S u dha n a s aid

.
t o himself That I have me t with Manohara and obtained

,
t he migh t of kingly power is th e S pecial res u l t of earlier

deeds Therefore wil l I now also bes t ow gif t s and practise
.
virtuou s works .
A n d during t he space of t welve years h e wi thou t le t

or hindrance o ffered sacrifice i n th e ci t y of Ha st i n ap u r a .
P R IN C E [1 VA K A A S T H E RIN G O F P H YS I C IA N S ‘ .
IN Vi de ha in a vast rich prosperous fruitful and p c pu

, , , , ,
lous land reigned King Vi r i i dha k a He had five hundred

' '
.
,
ministers w i t h S akala a t th eir h ead and through his chief

, ,
minister S ak ala b e ruled in accordance with the law an d ,
t ransacted business according t o j us t ice For t his reason .
all men looked up to S ak ala A f t er S akala h ad take n t o .
himself a wife of his own degree and h ad lived wi t h her , ,
there was born un t o him a son t o w h om on th e t wenty , ,
fi r st day af t er his bir t h th e n ame of Gop ala was given , .
A f t er h e h ad agai n lived wi t h his w ife a n other so n w as ,
born to him t o W ho m he gave t h e name of Si mha

, .
Whe n th es e t w o s ons w ere grow n up it was with them ,
just as it had been with t heir fa t her who from the very firs t ,
surpassed all th e other ministers in courage and superiori t y

i n t he five arts No w t hese minis t ers could n o t end u re .
t his So they took counsel t oge t her and betook th em

.
,
selve s to the king and asked him when an opp ortuni t y , ,
presented itself wh o really was king The king replied

, .
,
Honoured sirs w ha t is t he meaning of such a ques t ion ?

,
I am the king Who else could there be ? . They said ,
O king S akala is ki ng not you

,
I f he could manage , .
it h e w ould d eprive yo u of t h e regal po w er se t th e

, ,
diadem on his own head and seize t he regal power for ,
himself But t h e king sa w qui t e clearly that t hey were

.
”
ho s t ile t o S akala because h e w a s superior to t hem a ll .
1
g
Ka h yu r ,
- v o l. iii p p 5 0
*
2 4 9, a p t i f Ji
or on o v a ka s
’
w on de r
p giv i d l v yi g
. .
S e n ce H d ar y has en n hi s fu l c u r e s, an a so so m e ar n
“
Ma n u a l fB o u ddhi m s pp ,
”
. 237 ac co u n s o t f hi ig i s or n — S .
TA L ES FR O M TI
'
On another occasion t he king was sitting surrounded ,
by t he band o f minis t ers while the first minister S ak ala , , ,
was de t ained in the king s pal ace surrounded by eigh t ’
thousand plain t i ff s and defendan t s so th at the king s ,

’
p alace was qui t e full But when t he public business w as

.
brought t o an end and t he cro w d h ad gone a w ay t he ,
palace was lef t qui t e emp ty The king asked if all t he .
cro w d had left t he palace The ministers t rus t ing tha t .

,
they h ad found an oppor t uni t y re plie d 0 king wh a t , ,

“
,
you wished to hear is eviden t ly this : I f S akala could bring

i t abou t h e would deprive you of t he sovereignty se t
, ,
t he diade m upon his own head an d seize t he reg a l power ,

”
for himself .
A s kings like cro ws live in fear of death h e tho u gh t

, , ,
tha t wha t t hey said was do ub t less t rue and h e began t o ,
find faul t wi t h S akala A s every one fi nd s in t he world .
friends foes and indiffere n t persons Sa k a l a s a t ten t io n

, , ,
’
began t o be called t o the fac t t ha t t he king wan t ed t o ge t

u p a quarrel wi t h him and t hat he mus t t herefore t ake ,
some pre c au t ions A f t er pondering over t he ma t ter he

.
,
considered whi t her h e should be t ake himself I f he were .
t o go to Sr av a sti he would be in th e same danger t here

, ,
as t ha t also was under regal power Just the s ame would .
be t he case if he were to go t o Varanasi to Raj a gr ha or , ,
t o C hamp a O nly i n Va isali did the people rule There

. .
,
i f t en men were conten t ed twen ty were dis c on t en t ed , .
He had be tt er be t ake himself t hi t her .
So he sen t a messenger t o the Li ééha v i s of Va i sali to

1
a sk if he migh t t ake up his abode under t he shelt er of

t heir power They replied wi t h a l l respec t t ha t he might
.
come t o Va i sali and would be welcome t here Thereupon

’
,
.
the firs t minis t er S akal a called his kinsmen t oge ther

, , ,
and s a id to t hem Honoured S irs I am about t o move t o

, ,
V a i sali Le t t hose among you who a r e con t en t ed here

.
remain here ; bu t he w ho is not so le t him get read y ,
Fo r a n ac co u n t of t he or ig i n an d hi t y
s or of th e se n o bl es, se e S p e n ce
Ha r dy ’
s Ma n u a l ,
”
p . 235 .
TA LE S FR O M TIB E TA N S O UR CE S .
among w omen should not be married to any one but ,
should appertai n to th e people for common enjoymen t .
A s S akala w as a m a n o f position he was a llo t ted a ,
h ouse in the first distric t When he began to l i ve there

.
,
he could not be induced although invi t ed to appear in

, ,
the assembly of t he people Th e Li ééha v i s asked him .
why he did not appear He repli ed .A s h arm might ,

“
come to me from t h e assembly t herefore I do n ot go to ,
it
.
”
The inhabi t ants of Va i sali encouraged him to at t end ,
saying that no h ar m could come to him He t hen w ent to .
t he assembly bu t h e never expressed any opinion They

,
.
invi t ed hi m to do so Bu t h e e xplained t h a t h e never

.
di d so be cause if h e did some e vil might co me upon him

,
.
They declared th at he ought to do so and t ha t doing so ,
would b r i n g hi m in t o no t rouble So when he af t erwards .
a ppeared in the public assembly he expressed his O pinion ,
along with the res t .
U p to t h at time t he Li ééha v i s of Va i sali whenever

, ,
t hey sent a missive t o any one wrote it in a rude s tyle , .
B u t af t er S akala h ad gi v en his advice they framed their

missives in a friendly tone They w ho received such .
friendly missi v es talked t hem over among themselves ,
and tried to find ou t t he reason for t his friend l iness .
Then some of them explained t hat it w as sin ce S akala ,
t he firs t minis t er o f Vi r udha k a king of Vi de ha came t o , ,
Va isali and took part i n t he cou ncils th a t le tt ers of t his ,
kind full o f fr i e n dl i n e ss had been issued

, l , .
A fter S akala had arranged m arriages for his two s ons ,
G op ala and Si mha there w as born unto Si fii ha a daughter

, ,
t o whom the name of Vasavi w as given a t her bir t h fe ast -

.
“ hen the seers had inspec t ed h er they declared tha t

’
,
she w ould he a r a son who would t ake his father s life ’
se t the diade m o n his own h ead and seize t h e sovereign ty ,
for himself A f t er Simh a had again lived wi th his w ife

.
,
a daugh t er w as born t o him w hos e birth also was cele,
b r a t e d in t he mos t festive m anner and to who m t he ,
name of U p a v asa v i w as give n He r also t he see r s i n .

P RIN C E 7 1 VA KA .
79
s p e c t e d,an d they declare d th at she w ou ld bri n g into t h e

w orld a son provid e d w i t h excellent quali t ies .
Now it c am e to pass th a t Gop ala w ho w as fierce and ,
o f g reat streng t h ravaged t h e p arks o f the Li ééha v i s of

,
Va i éali Th e park keepers t ried t o prevent him fro m

.
-
doing so poin t ing ou t to hi m that th e Li ééha v i s w ere

,
fierce and of great power A s t he keepers gained n othing .
t hereby they betook t hemselves to his fa t her and besough t

,
hi m to restrain hi s son S akal a sent for him and m ade him .

,
aware of the danger w hich threa t ened him on the part o f

t he L iééha v i s He replied Fa t h er they have parks ; we
.
, ,
h ave non e S akala s ai d that h e w ould ask th e popular

.
”
assembly for a park He did so and the as sembly gran te d .

,
t hem an old park I n the park there w as an ancien t S ala

.
t ree out of which the on e made an image of Bha g av a n t

, ,
and th e other consecrated t he same The S tha v i r a s in the .
S fi t r a s also s ay t h at the Buddha B ha g a v a n t went o ut from

Va i sali in t o th e S ala fores t of Gop ala an d Simha .
When Gop ala had commi tt ed a t h ous and misdeeds and ,
th e Li ééha v i s h ad bla med and reproved h im and called

him to accou n t S ak al a s ent fo r him and commanded him
, , ,
i n order no t to irri t ate th e people to ret ire to a certain ,
hill distric t and t here t o practise agriculture on his own

,
lands Th e son obeyed hi s fa t her s commands

.
’
.
A fter w ards when the commander of Va i sali died t he

, ,
fi rst minister S akala w as elected commander

, A f t er he
, .
ha d held this p os t fo r a short time h e also died The , .
people of Va i sali m et t ogether and held counsel as to ,
whom they should appoint commander Th en some of .
t hem said A s t h e excellent minis t er S akal a has a dm i r

, , ,
ably pro t ected th e peopl e let u s elect his s on O thers , .

”
said Hi s son Gop ala i s fierce and o f great s t reng t h I f

'
, .
w e appoint him as c o mmander discord will be sure to ,
come upon t h e people Hi s younger brother Si mha i s .

, ,
good accessible and likely t o render the people contented

, , .
I f it so please the people le t u s appoint him commander , .

”
A s all ac q uiesced in t his the as sembly waited upon S imh a ,

T A LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
and o ffered hi m th e pos t of commander He ans wered . .
“
Gop ala is my elder bro t her ; therefore appoin t him .
”
They replied O Si mha is t he pos t of comm ander h ere

, ,
di t a r y i n your family ? If you are no t in clined to t ake

t he pos t we will appoint some one els e commander
, He .
”
reflected t ha t i t wo uld no t be well if the commandership

were to p ass to some o t her family from his own so h e ,
decided t h a t i t would be be tt er t o ac cept i t Thereupo n .
he was inves t ed w i t h t he offi ce in grea t s t a t e .
Previously t o this when t h e inhabi t an t s of Va i éali

‘
’
sent a missive t hey used t o write Thus say the people

, , ,
wi t h S akala at their head A li tt le af t er t his a mis sive .
arrived a t t h e place w h ere Gop ala w as prac t ising agri

culture o n his lands When Gop al a had opened it and .
perused it he asked if his fa t her was dead seeing t ha t

, ,
t he inhabitants of Va isali had been in t he habit of wri t

ing Thus say t he people w ith S akala a t their head bu t
, , ,
”
n o w there was wri tt en Thus say t h e people with Si mha , ,
at their head Wh e n h e w as t old t ha t his father was

.
”
dead he took o ffence and went t o V a i sali and asked

, , ,
Simh a if it was righ t t hat he should have been made

commander al t hough he himself Gop ala was t h e elder
, , ,
bro ther S i lh ha explained ho w the whole ma t ter had

.
come abou t Full of displeasure against th e Li ééha v i s

.
,
G op ala de t ermined in conseque nc e of t his sli gh t t o go

, ,
t o Raj a gr ha So he sen t a messenger to King Bimbis ara

.
t o m ake known his desire to place himself under t he

king s pro t ection
’
Th e king sent back word t ha t he
.
would be welcome So h e wen t to Raj a gr ha and King

.
,
Bimbis ara made him his first minis t er .
No w af t er some time King Bimbis ara s chief wife died ’
and as h e was si t ting depressed leaning his cheek u pon ,
his h and Gopala asked hi m what was the cause of his

,
grief He replied that his chief wife was dead and he

.
,
c ould not bu t be unh appy

“
Gop ala said 0 k i ng be .
, ,
not troubled in mind My younger bro ther has two .
daughters perfec t in you t h and beau t y They w ould be

,
.
T A LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR CE S .
sh e began collec t ing her ornamen t s V as avi sa w h er and ,
asked why sh e was doing th a t .
I am going to be married .
To whom
To King Bimbis ara .
Vasavi said this could not b e done seei n g that she w a s ,
the elder sis t er .
In that case do you take the ornamen t s .
While t h ey were s t ill discoursing t he bell began t o

sound Th e inh abitan t s o f Va i sali were i n great commo
.
’
tion supposing that an en em y h ad come t o Va i sali Full

, .
of anxie t y Si ifi ha took with h im his elder daugh te r

, ,
Vasavi under th e impression t h a t she was U p a v asa v i and

, ,
w en t h as t ily to t h e park There G op ala equally full of .

,
anxie t y re ceived V asavi into his chario t an d drove away

, .
The peopl e of Va i éali set out in p ursui t of him over ,
t ook him and began to figh t w i t h him Bu t as he w as

,
.
versed in t he five ar t s o f bat t le h e pierced five hundred ,
Li ééha v i s t o t he hear t and s aid Honoured sirs as I

, , ,
have pierced five hundred o f your number t o t h e hear t ,
but am ready t o leave the res t o f you alive d o ye n o w ,
t urn back .
”
No living being amon g us h as been killed .
”
Take o ff your armour .
When th ey h ad taken o ff their armour fi v e hundred of ,
them fell t o the ground and died Thereupon the sur .
v i v o r s t hough t t ha t t hi s man must be a Rakshasa and ,
t hey fled away full of t error When t hey re t urned t o .
Va isali t hey began t o t a k e counsel t oge t her and t hey ,
said Honoured S irs on this foe of ours we will let King

, ,
l im b i sar a s sons take vengeance L e t us inscribe t his on

’
.
a t able t place th e t able t in a ches t seal up t he chest and

, , ,
put i t away A l l of which t hey did

.
”
.
A fter a t ime Gop ala arrived a t Raj a gr ha and cried .
U p a v asa v i come for t h ,

.
She replied U ncle I a m not U p a v asa v i but V as avi

, , , .
Why di d not you t ell me so before ?

P RINC E 7 1 VA KA . 83
Sh e uttered n o w ord i n reply Displeased an d troubled .

,
h e went to t he king and t he king as soon as h e s a w

, ,
hi m said
,
Have y o u come Gop ala ?
,
“
Y o u are wel ,
”
come .
I h ave come 0 kin g , .
Have you brough t U p a v asa v i alo n g with you

0 king ! I h ave brought h er and have no t brough t
”
Wh at does that m ean ?
I have bro u gh t V asav i thinking th at sh e w as , Up a v a
s avi
“
Bring h er here th at I m ay see her
, .
Now when V asavi w as brought an d t he king sa w her ,
perfec t you t h and beau ty h e w as a t trac t e d by her to such

,
a il ex t ent th at he fell in l ove wi t h h er a t first sight and

-
,
said Honoured on e a son who kills his father m ust d o

, ,
so merely for t h e s ake of th e sovereign t y Therefore in .

,
c a se a son is born unto me I will confer th e diadem o n ,
hi m immedia t ely after his birth

”
.
Thereupon h e took h er as his wife A s she came fro m .
Vi de ha she received t h e name of Va ide hi

, .
N o w th ere lived i n a hermitage a R ishi endowed wi t h

five kind s o f insigh t O n e da y when th e king h ad gone
.
to t he chase a g azelle t errified by th e shoo t ing of arrows

,
took refuge in t h e R ish i s hermi t age and being seen ’
t here w as struck by the king s arrow The Rishi said in

,
’
.
his wra th Will you 0 king of evil kill t he gazelle

, , ,
which h ad placed itself under my pro t ection wh en even ,
beas t s of prey respect my h ermi t age

While t he R ish i w as c alling t he king to accoun t wi t h
such words as these t he ki n g s t roops c ame u p and asked
,
’
t o whom t hese words were being addressed The king .
said th a t they w ere levelled a t him and asked wh a t ough t ,
to be t he punishmen t for such a calling t o acco u nt The .
answer was t h at the pro p er punishmen t w as t ha t of

dea th . I n t hat cas e said th e king I abandon t he
“
, ,
“
i ishi t o i t When t he prepara t ions w ere be i n g made for

.
put t ing the Rish i to dea th he formulated a curse desiring

, ,
t hat h e wheresoev er h e should be born again migh t

, ,
take t h e king s life inas much as that king of evil had

’
o r dered him t o be put t o deat h wi t hout hi s h aving com

m i t t e d any fault or done an y harm Moreover h e .
,
reflected tha t as s uch kings keep very much out of th e

w ay and are grea tly watched over and guarded he
, ,
w ould scarcely be able t o find a fi t opportunity if h e were

born again anywhere els e and t hat h e mus t therefore be
,
brought into t h e world by t his king s chief wife By

’
.
m eans o f t his c urse he w as brought in t o t he w orld by

Vasavi .
O n the day of his conception a rain o f blood fell .
Vasavi was seized by a desire to cut flesh fro m t he king s

‘ ’
back an d eat it When she had t old t he king of t his he

.
,
c alled the soothsayers toge t her and consul t ed them abou t

it They decided t hat i t was caused by the influence of
.
a being w hich had entered into his w ife s womb The ’

.
ki n g s at absorbed i n t hought meditating ho w h e could ,
s atisfy her longing Some sagacious persons advised

.
him t o have a co tt on garmen t li ned wi t h raw mea t ,
and t o put i t on and t hen t o o ffer the mea t t o his w ife

, .
Thereupo n t he king ordered a cot t on garment t o be

lined with raw mea t and he pu t i t on and then offered
, ,
Vasavi the meat She thought that it w as the ki n g s

.
’
o wn flesh and so ate i t whereby sh e was freed from her

, ,
longing .
A fte r war ds a longing came upon h er to drink o f her

husband s blood and sh e t old this t o the king The
’
, .
king had the veins opened in five of his limbs and gave ,
her t h e blood to drink whereby she was freed from he r

,
longing .
Wh en nin e months had passed by a fine good looki n g , ,

-
boy was born and o n th e day of his bir th t here fell a

,
rain of blood The king called the soo thsayers t ogeth er

.
a n d consul t ed t hem They said 0 k i n so far as w e “

.
g
, 0 ,
ca n learn from t he w o r ds of w isdom this son w ill n u ,

caravan leaders The househ older Ma han am a n reflecte d

.
that thos e among the m who did n o t obtai n her w ould be

o ffended and th a t he had better ask th e people for a legal
,
decision So when the people of Va isali were ga t hered

.
together he said Hono urable Brahmans and house

,
holders give e ar ! Having ob t ained a girl fro m my park

, ,
I have brought her up A s I am now t hinking of giving

.
her in marriage t o so me man o f a family corresponding

wi t h my own so le t t he people cons ider the matter
, .
”
The men of Va isali replied O householder t he people ,

“
,
long ago p a ssed a law t ha t a pearl o f a wo man was no t

to be given in marriage but should be placed a t t h e dis
,
posal of th e people Therefore y o u mus t bring forward

.
the maiden in order tha t w e may see what she is like

, .
”
A f t er a t ime he came in t o the assembly wi t h her .
When the perfection of her you t h and be au t y was seen ,
all the pe ople opened their eyes w ide wi th as t onishment ,
a n d whe n they had cri t ically examined h er some of t he m ,
cried O householder this is a pe arl of a woman a n d

“
, , ,
therefore she belongs to t he enjo y me n t s o f t he people and ,
mus t not be married to any one .

”
When Ma hau am a n h ad re t u rned home in displeasure ,
an d was S i tt ing absorbed in t hough t his cheek leani n g ,
upo n his arm Amr a p ali sa w him and asked why h e wa s

, ,
so dejec t ed .
O daughter you h ave been recognised as a pearl of a

,
wom an and therefore you belong to the enjoyments o f

,
the people s o tha t my w ishes will no t be f u lfilled

, .
”
O father are you dependent upon any one

, .
O daugh t er as t he p eople formerly made a la w that

,
sh e who is really a pearl o f a woman shall belong to the

enj oyments of t h e people and as you have now bee n ,
”
recognised as a pearl of a woman I a m powerless , .
Then she said I f the people wil l grant fi v e wishes o f

,
“
m ine I will belong to their enjoymen t s

,
A house mus t .
be allo tt ed to me in the first dis t rict When a man ha s .
e ntered my house no one else must be allo w ed the righ t

,
P R IN C E yr VA KA .
Who ever enters must bring w ith him five

‘
o f entry .
h ti n dr e d Kai shap a n a s A t t he time w hen houses are

’ ‘
.
s earch ed my h ouse must n ot be s earch ed till seve n davs

,
h ave el apsed A n d n o heed is to be take n of those

.
w ho enter or leave m y house Ma han am a n l aid Amra .
pal i s proposal before th e people and t hey a greed t o i t

’
, ,
sayi n g If sh e asks for a h ouse in th e firs t dis t ric t a

,
“
,
house i n the first district befi t s a pearl of a woman I f .
S he asks t h a t w he n one man has e n t ered in t o h er h ouse ,
n o o th er man sh ould have th e righ t of en t ry t ha t also is ,
i n st for as n o w rath i s s o bad as w ra t h o n account of a

w oman in case one man e ntered i n and ano t h er came i n
,
af t er him assuredly one of t hem migh t kill the other I f

, .
she makes a s t ipula t io n that every on e w h o comes i n

must bring w i t h him five hundred Kar shap a n a s t his like ,
w is e is reason able sh e doub tless require s t he mon ey for

clo t hing and ornament I f sh e a sk s that her h ou se S h all .
not be searched t ill af t er seven days have elapsed t hat al so ,
is reasonable ; what d anger can arise wh ether t he searc h ,
takes place s ooner or later ? If she wi shes n o heed t o be

taken of t h e men wh o e nter or leave her house th a t again ,
is j ust A s she i s t o be a cour t esa n n o ma n w ould en t er

.
,
he r ho u se i f h e knew t h at all w ho we n t in or c ame out

’
wo uld be watched So w hen the people h ad gran t ed her

”
.
fi v e w ishes sh e became the property of the people for

,
enjoymen t .
A f t er a t i m e 1
Am r a p ali s ent for p ainters living i n
,
v arious regions and ordered t he m to pain t o n her walls the

,
portraits of t h e kings minis t ers capitalis t s merchants , , , ,
t raders and caravan leaders wh om they had seen When

, .
the painters had completed the portraits Amr a p ali p ut on ,
ornaments of various kinds and inspected th e por t rai t s

one af t er t he o t her asking t he w h ile Honoured sirs , ,
“
,
w ho is this
King Pr a dy o ta .
Who is tha t
l
A fe w li nes h v b
a e ee n o m itt d h
e e re .
TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
That is Pr a se n aj i t king of K e sal a ,

.
A nd t his
U daj a n a king of Vats a
,
.
A n d t hat
Sr e n i Bimbis ara king of Ma g a dha , .
I n this way she wen t on asking and the painte rs told ,
her all t he names Wh en sh e had looked at all t he

.
portrai t s her eyes remained fixed o n t ha t o f Bimbis ara

, ,
and S he began to reflec t whether a m an of such por t a n d

stature w ould devote himself to love wi t h her .
It h appene d one day t h a t King Bimbis ara of Ma g a dha

wen t o u t o n t h e roof of his palace and t here surrounded , ,
by his band of ministers he indulged in ligh t t alk a sking , ,
t hem w ha t courtesans t hey ha d seen Gop ala said O .

,
king t here are o t hers besides but in Va i sali t here is one

, ,
of exquisi t e you t h and be au t y Amr a p ali by name She , .
i s versed in t he six t y four ar t s of love and deserves O -

, ,
king t o be e n j oyed by t hee

,
The king replied If t hat .
”
,
be so Gop ala I will betake myself to Va i sali an d enj oy

, ,
myself wi t h her Gop ala called his at t ention to t he fact

.
”
t ha t d anger might threa t en him on t he par t of th e Li ééha

vis w ho h ad long ente rt ained hostile sen timen t s to w ards
,
hi m .
The kin g was of opinion t h a t me n who poss essed
manly hear ts migh t al w ays go anywhere G op ala said .
,
0 king i f a m an a tt ach es impor t ance to ma tt ers o f small

,
account le t him go,

Th e kin g moun t ed his chario t and
.
be took himself wi t h Gop ala t o Va isali

’
When t h ey arrived t here G opala remained in t he ,
park bu t t h e king wen t t o Am r a p ali s house Then the

’
.
,
bell began t o sound The L i ééha v i s of Va i sali became .
greatly exci te d t hinking that as t he bell had ru n g an

,
e nemy mus t have pene t ra t ed into t h e ci t y A great .
uproar arose and King Bi m bis ara asked A m r a p ali w hat

,
i t meant .
O king the houses are being searched

,
.
O n wha t account ?
”
O n y our accoun t 0 kin g !

”
,
T A LE S FRO M T I B E TA N SO UR CE S .
and he told her th e whole story She said to him I f .

,
“
‘
any one asks you t ha t again reply There is no t one , ,
among you w ho has such a fa ther as I have I f t hey .

’
in quire who he is tell them t hat h e is King Bimbis ara

, .
”
So when th e children were again a t play and t he y ,
ques t ione d him as before he replied th a t there was no ,
one among the m w ho had such a fa t her as h e ha d Who .
is he ? they crie d When he had m en t ioned th e name

”
.
o f King Bimbis ara t hey ill trea t ed him all t he more

, ,
becaus e his fa t her was t heir enem y He t old all this .
w i t h t ears to his mo t her who reflec t ed t hat t he Li ééha v i s

,
o f Va isali were very fierce and s trong and that they might ,
find an opportuni t y o f pu t ting him t o death .
A f t er t hinking over all t his she fo und ou t that a number ,
o f merch an t s were t ravelling wi t h goods to Raj a grha so ,
she said to t hem You and your pack a ges will be able t o
,
pas s in wi thout paying d u t y if they are sealed w i t h the

seal of this ring Tak e t he boy w i t h you to t he king s
.
’
palace and place him af t er stamping th e seal o f t his ring

, ,
on his neck at the ga t e of Raj a gr ha

,
The merchants .
”
promised to ac t in accorda nce wi t h thes e i nstruc tions .
Th en she gave t he boy a s t ring of pe a rls and said O , ,

“
son betake yourself in t he way of business t o t he k ing ;

,
lay t he s t ring of pearls a t hi s feet and climb up to his

‘
breas t Sho u ld any o n e say This is a boy w ho knows
. ,
no fear ask whether a son has anything t o fe a r fro m his

,
’
father ?
When t he merchants had arrived at Raj a gr ha with th e
boy t hey gave him a ba th s t amped hi m wi t h t h e seal
, , ,
and t ook hi m to t he gate o f the palace The boy made .
his w ay t o where t he king was laid t he string of pearls a t ,
the k in g s fee t and climbed up t o his breas t The king

’
, .
sai d This boy seems to be wi thout fear

,
“
The boy .
replied Ha s a son any thing t o fear fro m his father

,
A s the king h ad in t his w ay given u t t erance to t he

words wi t hout fear t he boy was named Prince A bhay a
,
”
.
[or fearles s
]
King Bimbis ara who w a s always longing af t er strange
,
women used to moun t his elephan t and ro a m t hrough the

,
s t reets of t he ci t y turning his eyes t his w ay and tha t

, .
There lived at tha t t ime in Raj a gr ha a very rich merchan t ,
w ho t old his wife one day t ha t h e w as obliged to go in t o

foreign parts wi t h merchand ise A f t er h e h ad gone away .
,
his w ife w ho fed delica t ely a n d dressed in fi ne raimen t

, ,
was affected b y d esire So when King Bimbis ara came

.
riding o n his eleph an t near her house she seated herself ,
a t the windo w and t hre w him a w reath of flowers The .
king caught sigh t o f h er and called on her to come down ,
but sh e said 0 king I a m afraid I t w ere bet t er tha t

,
“
, .
yo u should com e i n h ere .
The king entered h er house an d took his pl easure

therein ; and as all t hings w e r e propitious sh e became ,
wi t h chi l d When sh e h ad m ade t he king aware of this h e

.
,
gave her a S ign e t ring and a motley robe and s aid to her , ,
I f a son is born u n t o you clothe him in t hi s robe s t amp

, ,
this seal on his neck a n d send him to me But if a gir l

, .
is born un t o you she can remai n wi t h yo u

,
Having .
thus spoken h e went his w ay

, .
No w whe n t h e merch ant had finish ed his business a n d

h ad arrived i n t h e n eighbourh ood of Raj a gr ha h e sent a ,
m ess age to his wife s aying R ej oice good wife I I h ave

,
“
,
arrived here af t er finishing my busines s and I shall re t urn ,
h ome on s uch and such a day Then she reflected tha t .
she had comm i t ted so grea t a faul t and she knew not what ,
she was to d o when her h u sband arrived I n her t rouble .
she sent tidings t hereof t o the king Th e king sen t h er .
back w ord th a t she should be of good cheer for he w ould ,
m anage in such a w ay t hat he r husband w ould no t re t urn

home s o soon A ccordingly he sent a messenger to th e
.
caravan leader le t t ing him kno w th at such and such

,
precious stones were required and tha t h e mus t not come ,
back w ithou t bringing t hem So t he merchant w as .
obliged to make a long j ourney on account o f thos e

p recious s t ones .
Wh en nine month s h ad elapsed t he merchant s w ife ,

’
gave birth to a fine good -looking boy A s w omen eve n

, .
,
w i thout receiving instruc t ion are full of knowledge she , ,
fed t he babe o n bu t ter and honey stamped t he s ea l of the ,
ring on his neck wr apped him in th e robe laid him i n a

, ,
chest and ordered her se r ving maid to deposit the ch es t

,
-
at t he gate of t he king s p alace af t er h aving s et lamps

’
around i t and lighted t hem and t hen to keep w a t ch t ill ,
some one should t ake t h e child in .
A ll t his t h e m aid did Whe n th e king had come out .
on t he roo f of his palace and was s t anding t here wi t h ,
P rince A bh aya h e perceived t h e lamps a t t he door of his

,
p alace So h e ordered his s ervan t s t o find ou t what

.
was t h e m eaning of t here being lamps burnin g a t the

palace door The servan t s brought back w ord that
.
t h ere w as a c hest t here The king ordere d it to be .
fe t ched but Prince A bhaya besough t th e king to give to

,
him w ha t ever should be foun d within th e chest The .
king acceded to his request When t he chest h ad bee n .
fe t ched and laid before t he king he gave orders t ha t it ,
should b e O pened Wh en it was O pened a boy w as seen

.
i nside it The king asked if the child w as alive or dead

. .
He w as told that i t w as alive Then the king recognised .
t he seal and th e robe and h e m ade over t he child t o Prince

,
A bhaya The prince brought h im up and a s th e king had

.
,
asked i f h e was alive and as P rince A bhaya h ad l ooked

,
after his main t en ance th e boy received the name of Ji vaka

,
Ku m ar a b ha nda 1
.
When JIv a k a had grown up he was sitting one day ,
conversing wi t h A bhaya A bhaya said t ha t i t was i n .
cumbent o n t hem t o learn some craf t whereby th ey might ,
1
O r Ji v a k a k u m ar a b hrt y a , t he r s t fi ca r e o f a y oun g hil d c ca r e of a
f p g lyi g i
,
o r m i n B u r n o u f,
“
L o t u s de la B o n n e re n an t or n -
m n w o an m id
C hil B th
,
”
L o i,
”
44 9 t he se c o n d i n de r s w i fe r y — l\Io n i e r VVilli a m s ] o
Bh
. .
.
Ko mdr a bha cco n a me s

su b w e Se e o t a re p e r so n i fi c a t i o n s of t he
h h li g l
. .
l i n g k -R o t u n de r Ku m dr a bhr tya , ea n a rt Se e a so Ha r dv
b h i l Ma n u a l B hi p
.
,
”
u dd s m
“
a ra n c of t he m e d ca a rt of , . 2 38 — . S,
TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
When he h ad studied it well but h ad no t as yet learnt ,
ho w t o open sk u lls h e h ad recourse t o t h e king of physi

,
eia u s At r e y a in Ta k sha éila of w hom h e had he ard t ha t

, ,
h e unders t ood the art of skull opening G oing t o t he king -

.
,
h e told him t h at he w as about to j ourney to Ta k sha éila .
Wha t for
The king of physicians At r e y a lives t here wh o under , , ,
s t ands the art o f opening t he skull I t is in order t o .
learn tha t ar t t h at I wish to go th ere .
Do yo u desire O son t o m ake a living thereby

, ,
0 king a man mus t ei t h er not st u dv t he ar t of healing

,
at all or he mus t study i t thoroughly

,
.
I n t h a t case O son go thi t h er

, , .
Th e king wro t e a le t ter to King P u shk a r a sar i n saying , ,
My son is going t o A t r e ya in order t o s t udy the healing

ar t Provide him wi t h all t hings which h e may requ i re
. .
”
I n t h e course of t ime Ji v a ka arrived a t Ta k sha s ila ,
and P u shka r a sar i n af t er reading t he le tt er h anded hi m

, ,
over t o At r e y a t o whom he gave orders t o ins t ruc t i n

,
t he healing ar t th e prince who had come th ere on h is

accoun t . When At r e y a bega n t o t each him Ji v a k a ,
m as t ered every t hing excellen tly a t the sligh t es t in tima

t ion No w At r e y a was won t when h e visi t ed a patien t
. ,
.
t o take a young Brahman along with him O n e day .
h e t ook Ji v a k a also gave him direc t ions t o adminis ter

,
such and such remedies and t hen w ent away Ji v a ka , .
t hought In t he presen t case t h e mas t er ha s made a

,
“
mis t ake I f the patien t t akes t his medicine he will die

.
,
this very day A s t he remedy which the mas t er has

.
prescribed is no t good I will c qn t r i v e an expedien t So

, .
h e lef t t h e house alo n g with A t r e y a and said when h e ,
came back again The doc t or has t old me not t o give

,
“
t he medicine which he h as prescribed b u t such and such ,
a remedy .When t h e pa t ien t had bee n t rea t ed in this

”
way h e became bet t er The n ex t t ime A t r e y a visi t ed

,
.
the pa tien t af ter asking ho w he was ge tt ing 0 11 h e gave

, ,
direc t ions tha t t h e same medicine should be given t o hi m

P RIN C E 3 7 VA R A .
95
on thefollo w in g day Being asked w hether h e mean t

.
t he medicine which he h ad pre scribed firs t or that w hich

he had af t er w ards ordered he said Wh at did I prescribe
, ,
“
first and w hat after w ards ?

, He w as told ”
Yo u pre ,
scribed t he o n e when you w ere present h ere ; about the

o t her y o u gave orders t o Ji v a k a He s aid t o himself .
”
,
“
I mad e a mis t ake Ji v a k a is e ndowed w i t h great i n
.
sigh t Then h e said th a t the medicin e w hich Ji v a ka

”
.
had pre scribed w as t o be gi v e n .
At r e y a became well pleased w i t h J i vaka an d took h im ,
a long with him w herever h e wen t

’
The Brahman s son s .
said 0 teach er vou are w ell pleased with h im because

,
“
h e is a ki n g s son and you bes t o w ins t ruc t io n upo n hi m

’
, ,
but n on e upon u s He replied Th a t is not t he case

.
”
,
“
.
Ji v a k a possesses great intelligence and h e is able t o ,
compreh end in t uitively whatever I indica t e to him They .
said 0 teacher ho w d o you kno w this ?

, ,
He s aid t o ”
t h e Brahmans sons Go and ask the price of various

’
,
“
”
commodities you of such a on e you of such another
, , .
A n d h aving s o spoke n h e sen t t hem o ff to t he market .
He als o gave orders to Ji v a k a t o ask the price of a

cer t ain ar t icle The Brahman s sons did as t hey were
.
’
bid Ji v a k a did like w ise But then he s aid t o himself

. .
,
“
Suppose t h e mas t er asks th e prices of other w ares ,
w ha t shall I be able t o reply ? I wil l make myself

acquain t ed with t he prices of o t her commodi t ies as w ell .
When th ey h ad all returned to their teacher t hey ren ,
dered an account of those t hings w hich th ey had been

ordered to do Then At r e y a began to ask t h e price of
.
ar t icles which h e h ad no t men t ioned saying 0 Brah , ,
m an s son w ha t does t his or tha t commodi t y cost ?

’ ”
,
He whom h e questioned replied t h at he did not kno w .
I n like manner did the o t hers make reply when h e

ques t ioned them But Ji v a k a wh en h e w a s asked told
.
, ,
him t he price o f every kind of goods .
O Brahmans son s s aid At r e y a

” ’
h ave ye h e ard
, ,
”
We h ave heard .
Behold this is t h e reason why I said t hat J i v a k a

,
‘
,
as he is possessed of remarkable insight intui t ively com ,
prehends any mat t e r o n a slight in t ima t ion being given

to him I wil l give you yet ano t her proof o f this
. .
”
Then h e s aid to hi s pupils G O t o the pine h i ll and ,

“
-
,
fetch from it tha t which is no remedy They went .

”
t hither and e ach of t hem brought away th at which he

,
though t was n o remedy But Ji v a k a reflected t hat there

.
is s carcely any thing which is not a remedy so h e brough t ,
away only a knot fro m a reed and a morsel of s tone .
Half w ay back h e me t a h erd girl wh o was carrying a -

,
j ug of curdled mil k and a leavening po t and who was ,
in t ending to go to At r e y a as sh e w as suffering grea t ly ,
wi t h her eyes J i v a k a asked her where S he was going

. .
When she had told him he S ho w ed her a remedy which

,
was near at hand She applied it and w as cured a t

.
,
once Full of joy thereat S he s aid Take this pot and

.
,
“
this jug of curdled mil k He accepted th e pot bu t he

.
”
,
gave her back t h e j ug of curdled milk The n he w ent .
on his way carrying t he pot .
Now t he Brahmans son s s a w some elephant tracks in

'
t he middle of t h e road and too k to inspec t ing them

, .
When Ji v a k a came u p wi t h t hem he asked what those ,
marks were Foo t prints of an elephant t hey replied He

.
”
, .
said Those are t he foo t prints of an elephan t no t male

,
“
,
but female blind of t h e right eye and about t o bring

, ,
for t h young to day O n i t a woman w as riding She t oo

-
. .
is blind of t he righ t eye and S he will bear a son to day

,
-
.
”
Whe n t hey h ad all re t urned to At r e y a each o f t he m ,
sho w ed w h a t he h ad brough t away wi t h him At r e y a .
’
said O Brahmans sons all these things are remedies
,
“
, .
This one is o f use in such and such an illness and t he ,
o thers in o t her illnesses When Ji v a k a was asked .
w h a t h e ha d brought he said 0 teacher a ll t hi n gs are

, ,
“
,
remedie s ; there exists no t hing which is not a remedy .
However I h ave brought with me t he knot of a reed

, ,
a morsel of stone and a leavening po t

, .
Ho w did you know t ha t she w a s wi t h child

Because t h e h eels o f her fee t had mad e t he deepe st
impression A ll t his is so but if the t e acher does no t
.
,
believe me le t hi m sen d one of t he Brahmans sons t o

,
’
”
th e inn .
A t r e y a sen t some o f t hem t here and all t urned out t o ,
be j us t as JIv a k a had said Then At r e y a said t o t he .
’ ’
Brah mans sons O Brahmans sons h ave ye compre
,
“
,
hended ? A f t er such a fash ion is J i v a k a s intelligence

’
”
remarkable .
Ji v a k a h ad learnt th e whole art of h ealing wi t h th e ,
excep t ion of t he opera t ion of skull -opening No w a m a n .
w ho was affl icted by a cerebral malady came t o A tr e y a

and asked him t o t rea t him A t r e y a rep lied t hat t h e ma n .
must dig a pi t th at day and provide i t wi t h dung and ,
t hat nex t day he would t ake t he case i n h and Whe n .
J i vaka heard t his he went t o him and said 0 friend a ll

, , ,
t ha t I h ave learn t have I learnt for t he benefi t of man

kind A s I have no t ye t learnt t he opera t ion of skull
.
o p ening hide me away so tha t I may see ho w you perfor m

,
it
.
”
A t r e y a promised t o do so an d sho w ed him a place t o ,
hide in .
When At r e y a came h e placed t he man in t h e pi t , ,
opened his skull and was about t o seize t he reptile w i t h

,
h i s pincers w hen Ji v a k a cried ou t

,
0 te acher b e no t , ,
h as t y in seizing i t o t herwise t his son of a good fami ly °
migh t die t o day -

.
A r e yo u t here J i v ak a asked A tr e y a , .
Yes t eacher he replied

,
”
,
.
Ho w t hen ough t I t o seize th e rep tile

O teacher w ar m t h e pincers and touch its back
,
t herewith The n if the rep t ile dra w s its arms and fee t
.
,
toge t he r give i t a t oss ou t

,
.
When all t his h ad been done the man was cured .
Then At r e y a said O Ji v a k a go and ba the and the n ,

“
, ,
come t o me A s I am much please d I w ill communica t e

.
,
t o you af t er w ha t fashion t he skull is opene d ”

.
P RIN CE 7 1 VA R A .
99
Ji v a k aba t h ed and At r e y a sh owed him af t er w hat

,
fashion t he skull ought to be opened The n A t r e y a sai d .

,
O Ji v a k a as I earn my bre ad thereby do not practis e

“
, ,
t he art i n t his country .

”
0 teacher I will act accordingly

, .
With these w ords Ji v a k a paid his res pe cts to A t r e y a .
Then h e went to King P u shk a r a sar i n an d informed hi m ,
th at as h e h ad n o w learnt the a r t of h e aling he was

, ,
abo u t t o take his departure .
Now there w ere in t h e borderland at th at time some

e nemies o f P u shk a r a sar i n n ame d Pan davas The n said .
th e ki n g O Ji v a k a my e nemies t h e Pan davas are i n

,
“
,
the borderland ; bring them t o disc o m fi t u r e by th e force

of your intelligence an d af t er w ards come back h ere
, .
Then will w e proceed af t er th e fas hion of th e w orld .
Ji v a k a promised to d o so A s soon as a fourfold army .
h ad bee n equipped h e se t ou t di sc o m fi t e d t he Pandavas

, ,
of the borderland took hos t ages and t ribute from them

, ,
and then having returned safely h anded over to the

, ,
king wha t h e had taken The k ing w as grea tly ple ased .
,
and bestowed presents o n Ji v a k a as Ji v a k a did on ,
At r e y a .
Ji v a k aj ourneyed by degrees to Bha dr a ifi k a r a and ,
having arrived i n tha t ci t y spent th e summer there ,

.
A f t er le arning t here th e S astra L angu age o f all C rea “

,
tures he departed fro m B ha dr a f nk a r a Seeing a m a n

'
.
,
carrying a load of w ood to t h e ci t y of whom n othing was ,
left but skin and bon e a n d the whole o f wh ose body was
,
dropping sweat he said t o him ,

O friend ho w came ,
“
,
you in t o such a plight ? Th e man replied I know no t ,

.
Bu t I have go t into t his state since I began t o carry

Ji v a k a c a re fully inspected the w ood and
”
this load .
,
said Friend will you sell this w ood ?

,
“
,
”
”
“
Yes !
For ho w much m oney
For five hu ndred Kar shap a na s .
Ji v a k a bough t t h e wood an d when he had ex amine d it

’
, ,
he discovered t h e gem w hich brings all beings t o belie f .
The virt ue o f t he ge m is of t his kind : whe n i t is placed

before a n invalid i t illumina t es him a s a lamp ligh t s u p
,
all t h e objects in a house and so reveals the na t ure of his ,
m a lady .
When JIv a k a h ad gradually made his way to t he

U du m b a r a lan d he found there a m a n w ho w a s m e a su r
,
ing wi t h a measure and who w hen h e had finished , ,
measuring inflicted a wound upon his head wi t h t he

,
measure When Ji v a k a saw this he asked him why he

.
,
behaved i n th a t way .
My head i t ch es grea tly .
C ome here and I will look a t i t .
Th e man lay do w n and Ji v a k a ex amined his head .
Then h e laid on the man s h ead t he ge m w hich brings all ’
beings t o belief an d i t immedia t ely became manifes t t hat

,
t here was a cen t ipede inside Thereupon Ji v a ka said 0 .

,
“
man t here is a cen t ipede inside your head

,
The m a n .
”
.
t ouched his feet and s aid C ure me . Ji vaka p ro , .

”
m i se d to do so but h e thought , I w ill ac t according t o ,
th e words of t he t eacher So he s ai d 0 man dig a pi t

.
, ,
t o day and h ave dung in readiness I will t ake your case

-
.
i n h and t o morrow -
The man touch ed h is fee t and wen t
.
”
away Next d ay Ji vak a placed the man in t he pi t opened

.
,
th e skull with t he proper ins trument t ouched t he back o f ,
th e centiped e w i th th e hea t ed pincers and then when t he , ,
cen t iped e drew i t s arms and fee t to g e t h er h e seized i t wi t h ,
t he pincers and pulled i t ou t Thereupon t he pa t ient .
recovered The man gave Ji v a ka five hundred K arsh a

.
pan as w h ich he sen t to At r e y a

,
.
A f t er t his Ji v a k a came t o the R o hi t a k a land A house ; .
holder h ad died there who ha d possessed a park wi t h

beau t iful flowers frui t s and water and who as h e had been
, , , ,
e xcessively fond of the garden had bee n born again t here ,
among the demons Whe n his son became mas t er of th e

.
c arried ou t t o be buried A vul t ure and he r li tt le one s

.
had t heir n es t o n a tree and on e young vul t ure sai d , ,
Mo t her give us flesh

, .
”
She replied C hildren where ,
“
,
is flesh t o be found ? The young bird s said Mo t her

”
,
“
,
a s t h a t Malla w ho was smit t en in wres t ling is dead an d
has been carried ou t flesh is to be found t here wh ere

,
”
he i s .
0 children t he king of doctors J i vaka h as come here

, , , ,
and w ill set him t o rights again .

”
Mo t her in w hat man n er will h e set hi m to righ t s

,
By applying a certain po w der t o his bo w els .

”
Ji v a k a overheard all this S o h e arose and wen t to .
w here the corpse was and inquired saying Honoured

, , ,
“
”
sirs wh om h ave y e h ere ?
,
A man who died af t er being struck down whil e w rest

ling was t he reply
, .
L a y him down t hat I may look at him s aid J i vak a , .
The d ead m an was laid down and J i vaka placed on his ,
head t he gem which brings all beings t o belief P erceiving .
th a t the man s e n t rails h ad bee n displaced h e blew some

’
powder into t he body t hrough a hollo w reed and as soon ,
as t he powder had reached t he en t rails th e man recovere d .
This man also gave five hun dred Kar shap a n a s t o J i vaka ,
wh o as before sen t them t o A t r e y a

, , .
Now t here was in Mathur a a h ouseholder wh o had a

w ife of consumma t e you t h and be auty whom h e loved ,
exceedi n gly A f t er h is death h e was born ag a in as a

.
rep t ile i n t h e lower part o f his wife s body When ’
sh e heard t ha t t h e physician J i vaka h ad arrived she wen t ,
t o see him and s aid th a t sh e w a s ill an d that h e must

, ,
t reat her .He ordered her t o lay aside her garments ,
and then h e expelled th e w orm in t he way i n which as ,
w ill presen t ly be describe d h e go t rid of t h e centipede ,
which ha d crept in t o a man s ear Whereupon t h e pa t ient ’

.
recovered A s he r desires were enh anced by passion sh e

.
,
made overtures t o hi m bu t h e shut hi s ears and said

, ,
“
You seem to me like a Pak sha si I w ho h ave cured t .
PR IN C E yr VA KA .
you am contented with h aving don e so She also gave .
hi m five hundred Kar shap a n a s which like wis e b e sen t t o ,
A tr ey a .
A f t er this Ji v a k a went o n by degrees and reached the

shore o f the river Y a mun a There h e s aw a corpse which
.
,
when th e fish t witched the sinews of i t s heel s opened i t s ,
eyes and s miled O bserving all t h is h e became aware of

.
,
t h e connec t ion which exis t s between t h e sinews and t he

r es t o f t he body .
Havi n g grad ually m ade his w ay to Va i sali h e found ,
th ere a wres t ler t h e ball of whose eye pro t ruded i n con

sequence o f a blow fro m a fist Ji v a k a paid him a visi t .
,
pulled t he sinews of his h ee l and res t ored the eye to its,
righ t pl ace This m an also gave him five hundred K i ns h a

.
panas which h e gave t o A b ha y a s mother

,
’
.
A t Va i sali th ere lived a m an into whose ear a cen t ipede

ha d crep t and had t herein given bir t h to seven h undred
,
young on es Tormen t ed by his pains in t he ear t his man

.
,
wen t to Ji v a k a and intreated him to cure him Ji v a k a .
s aid to himsel f Hitherto I h ave ac t ed i n accordance wi t h

,
“
m y teacher s instructions but now I w ill a c t accor ding

’
to my o w n in t elligen ce He said t o t he man G o and

.
”
,
“
m ake a b u t out of foliage carpet it with blue s t uff place

, ,
a drum undernea th and m ake th e grou nd warm

,
The .
”
man provid ed every t hi n g as h e w a s t old Then Ji v a k a .
made t he man lie down s prinkled t he ground wi t h wa t er

, ,
a n d beat th e drum Th ereupo n t h e cen t ipede thinking

.
,
that th e summer w a s come crept out Th en J i vaka ,

.
placed a piece of m eat o n t he ear Th e rep t ile t urned .
back but presen tly came out again wi t h i t s young ones

, ,
and t hey all l aid hold of th e piece of m e a t Whereupon .
J i v a k a flung i t into the fl e s h—pot and t he m a n recovered ,
his h eal th .He gave Ji v a k a five hundred Kai shap a n a s '
and Ji vaka gave t hem to A b ha y a s moth er ’

.
A f t er a t ime Ji v a k a came t o R aj a g r ha and King Bim ,
bis ara h earing of his a rrival or dered P rince Aj at a satru to

, ,
go ou t to meet his elder brother The prince set ou t o n .

T A LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
th e way But when J i vaka hear d t ha t Prince Aj ata sa tr u

.
was coming t o mee t him he reflec t ed t hat if h e consen t ed ,
t o this recep t ion Aj at a sa t ru w hen he became king migh t

, , ,
do him some harm So he t urned back and e n t ered t he

.
,
city by ano ther gate .
O n ano t her occasion w hen Ji v a k a was strolling along

,
surrounded by a great cro w d a Brahman wh o was a ffl icted ,
wi th an eye disease accos t ed him and begged him t o ,
prescribe a remedy He replied angrily . Sprinkle the ,
eye wi t h ashes .
”
The m a n who w a s o f a simple nature , ,
did as he was told and he became well ,

.
A no th er man also a fl l i c t e d wi t h an eye disease was o n

, ,
hi s way t o visi t J i vaka when t he Brahman saw him and ,
asked him where h e w a s going Whe n t he man h ad told .
him t he Brahman said What need have you of J Ivaka ?

, ,
D o wh a t he t old m e to do The man gave hee d to t h e .

”
words o f t he Brahman sprinkled his eye wi t h ashes and , ,
became blind .
A t ano t her t i m e a tumour formed o n th e crown o f King

,
Bimbis ara s head He ordered his minis t ers to summo n

’
.
t he physicians The minis t ers did so and the king t old

.
,
t he physicians t o treat t he t umour They said 0 king ; , ,
as t he grea t physician J i va k a is here w hy should w e deal ,
wi t h i t ? ”
So t he ki n g ordered J i vaka t o be summoned .
W hen h e h ad been in t roduced the king asked hi m t o ,
under take t he case He consen t ed t o do so on t he condi

.
,
t ion t hat he should be allo wed t o give t he king his ba th .
Then h e anoin t ed t he tumour wi t h myrobalan and wi t h

ripening subs t ances and he poured over i t five hundred,
jugs o f wa t er in which such substances h ad been infused .
When i t was ripe h e secre t ly touched i t wi t h a razor and

squeezed i t ou t Then he applied h ealing remedies and
.
,
poured over it five hundred j ugs of wa t er in which such

subs t ances had been infused Whereupo n t he wound .
hea led so comple t ely t hat t he skin and t h e hair were per
fe c t ly even When t he king s ba t h was finished h e said
.
’
tha t Ji v a k a w as no w to begin the opera t ion J i vaka r e .

~
T A L E S FR O M T I B E TA N S O U R CE S .
cure him Ji vaka said tha t t he remedies which his cas e

.
required were h ard to find Thus t he man t h ough t A s .

,
even J i vaka has given me u p wh a t is there for me t o do ? ,
A s my t ime has come I will die of my o w n accord

”
,
So .
he wen t away t o t he cemetery No w a corps e was being .
burnt there and an ichneumon and a lizard w hich were

, ,
fi gh t ing wi t h on e ano ther fell in t o the fire ; Being tor ,
m e n t e d by hunger h e devoured t hem bo t h

,
Then h e .
drank some rain -water w hich he found i n t he ceme t ery ,
and af t erwards h e be t ook himself t o a c at tle shed i n t he -
ne i ghbourhood of th e cemetery w here h e fed upon kod ,
rava 1 porridge and s our milk mixed with bu t ter There .
u p on t he tumour gave way and he af t er i t h ad discharged , ,
u pwards and down w ards was restored t o heal t h , .
A t ano t her time Va i de hi suff ered from a t umour in th e

groin She communica t ed t he fac t t o t he king who ordered
.
,
J i vaka t o cure his s t epmo t her J i vaka under t ook t h e case .

,
prepared a poul tice and asked her t o si t down upo n i t

, .
A f t er examining t he poul t ice o n w hich sh e h ad sat he ,
perceived where t he dise ased spot w as Then he applied .
ma turing means and w hen h e saw t h at t he t umour was

,
ripe he concealed a lance t in th e poul t ice and gave di r e c

, ,
t ion s t o th e queen mo ther as to h ow she w a s t o si t do w n

-
upon i t and rise u p again She acted accordingly and .

,
t he t umour gave way as soon as i t was pricked by t he

lance t He then caused i t t o be washed wi t h bi tt er w a t er
.
mixed wi t h healing subs t ances and applied healing sub ,
s t an ces t o i t aft er w hich she became well

, .
Ji v a k a wen t t o t he king wh o asked him if h e had ,
healed his s t epmo t her He replied tha t he h ad done so

. .
Bu t you have not looked u pon her wi t hout he r

c l o thing
No 1
Ho w the n did you manage
When Ji v a k a h ad described what he h ad contrived th e ,
R odi-um ,
”
a s p i
ec es o f g i
ra n e aten by t he p oo r , P aspa l u m S cr o bi
cu lu t u m .
P RIN CE 7 1 VA KA .
king marvelled grea tly and gave orders to t he ministers ,
t o install J i vaka a secon d time as ki n g of t h e physi

cia n s .
But th e m an w ith t h e swelling of th e glan ds to whom ,
J i vaka had said t h a t i t would be difficult to find a remedy

for his ailmen t ask ed t h e ki n g w he t her h e had ordered
,
J i v a k a t o b e i n st a ll e d as k ing of th e physician s out of

'
love for his son or on account o f th at son s kno wle dge of ’
things Th e king replied O n account of his k n qw le dge

.
,
Ho w ever this may be he ha s no t cured me ,

.
”
0 man s aid Ji v a k a
,
I did no t un der t ak e your case
,
.
I merely s aid t h a t i t would be diffi cul t t o find you a

r emedy .
What is the rem edy i n my case asked t he man .
I f o n t h e four t een t h day of th e w axi n g moon replied ,

”
J i vaka a fair h aired man dies a n d is burn t a t t h e ceme

,
-
t e r y ; and if at that tim e an i ch n eumon an d a lizard are

fi gh t ing wi t h on e another and fall in t o t h e fire ; and i f
yo u ea t bo t h of them an d then drin k of th e w a t er of t h e
,
rain poured down by M a he sv a r a on t h e ceme t ery ; and if

you af t erward s par t ak e of k o dr a v a porri dge and curdled
milk mix ed wi t h but t er in t h at case y o u will recover I t
,
.
w as because I tho u gh t of all t his th at I told yo u tha t t he

remedy woul d be a difficul t on e to find .
”
Then t h e man said Your k nowledge is e xcellent for

,
“
,
these are t h e very t hings of which I h ave par t aken A n d .

”
he j oyfully ex claimed 0 ki n g as J i vaka deserves t o be

, ,
king of t h e physicians l et hi m be appointed to t h at o ffice

”
.
,
A n d so J i vaka was for t he second t ime in stalled as king

o f t he physicians .
A t t h e t ime wh en A j at a sa t ru impelled b y D e v a da t t a , ,
t h e frien d of vice d eprive d of his life his fa ther t h e law

, ,
ful king h e fell ill with an in t ern al t umour He called

,
.
u po n t he physician s t o cure hi m They replie d 0 king .

, ,
as your elder bro ther is h ere JIvak a the k ing of t he phy , ,
s i c i a n s wherefore should w e cure you

,
So t h e king
t old his minis t ers to call in Ji v a k a This w as done and .
,
T A LE S FR O M TI B E TA N SO UR C E S .
t he king ch arged hi m to remove the t umour w hich h e ,
undertook t o do .
J Ivaka reflec t ed that th e tumour migh t y ield t o one of

t w o influences e i t her t ha t of excessive j oy or that of e x
,
c e ss i v e wra t h A n d t ha t as i t w ould be impossible t o

.
arouse excessive joy w i t hin so sinful a man i t would be ,
necessary a t all risks t o exci t e i n hi m excessive wra t h .
So he t old t he king t h a t h e could heal him provided t ha t ,
the k i n g w o u ld
feed o n Pri n ce U daj i b ha dr a s flesh ’
.
.
When t he king heard this he becam e f u rious and cried , ,
Very good ! I h ave killed my fa t her and y o u want to ,
put U daj i b ha dr a t o dea t h Then if I die of t his co mplain t .
you will be king .
J i vaka replied S uch are the me an s of effecting a cure ;

,
i n n o o t her way can I re s t ore you t o heal t h

”
.
When t he king had give n his consen t J i v ak a brough t ,
P rince U daj ib ha dr a before th e king robed in all s t a t ely ,
arra y and said 0 king t ake pains t o look well at P ri nce

, , ,
U daj ib ha dr a for af t er t his you will not be able to see hi m

,
again . Having t hus exhibi t ed him h e took him to his ,
own house and there hid him a w ay .
He th en w en t t o t he ceme t ery of Sit a v a n a i n search of

human flesh There w a s n o lack o f corpses t h ere and
.
,
from one of t hese corpses h e t ook some flesh and carrie d

i t away wi t h h im This he prepared with t h e mo s t excel
.
len t ma t erials a n d t hen he served i t up t o th e king a t

,
dinner t ime When King A j at a sa t ru h ad received the

-
.
bowl of fl e sh broth and w as preparing t o partake o f i t

-
, ,
J i v a k a seized i t hi t h im over t he head wi t h i t and said

, ,
t o him O evil doer you have t aken the life of your o w n

,
-
,
fa t her a n d no w yo u w ant to feed on the flesh of your

,
”
o w n son .
The king cried in his wra t h If this be so why have , ,
you pu t him t o death ? ”
A s h e thus brok e ou t in anger his tumour gave w ay , ,
and discharged upwards a n d d ownwards its con t en t s ,
C oming t o light mixed w it h blood fro m t he w o und .

( 1 10 )
M aGADHARA the first minis t er o f King Pr a se n aj i t o f

,
Ko sa la af t er he had married a wife of birth like un t o

,
his own had seve n sons To six o f t hese he gave names

, .
at hi s pleasure bu t t he younges t o ne h e called Visakha

,
.
A fter his wife s dea t h b e arranged marriages for his six

’
elder sons bu t t hey and t heir wives gave t hemselves u p

,
t o dress and t roubled t hemselves i n no wise wi t h house

,
h old affairs .
The householder Mr g a dha r a was si tt ing o ne day absorbed

i n though t res t ing his cheek upo n h is arm
,
A Brahman .
,
who was o n frien dly t erms w i t h him s aw him si tt ing t hus ,
absorbed i n t hough t and asked hi m wha t was t he cause ,
o f his beh aviour He replied My sons and their w ives .

,
h ave given the m sel v es up t o dress and d o no t t rouble ,
t hemselves about h o usehold a ffairs so t hat t h e proper t y ,
”
going to r u in .
Why do you no t arrange a m arriage for Vi sakha 7

“
Who can t ell whether h e will make t hings be tt er or ,
bring the m t o s t ill grea t er rui n

If you will t rus t t o me I w ill look for a maiden for ,
hi m .
minister consen t ed and t he Brahman went his way

T he , .
In the course o f his researches he came t o the land o f

C hamp a I n i t t here lived a h ouseholder name d Bala
.
mi tra whose daugh t er Vi sak ha w as fair t o see well pro

, ,
K a h yu r ,g
- iii 71
*
Cf B e n fe y , A uda nd, 1 85 9, p .
4 8 7,
“
D i e k l u gc
i Ha r dy Ma n u a l hi pp
.
p
.
D rn e S e n ce ,
o f B u dd sm , . 2 2 0 - 2 2 7, 3 6 4 — S . .
VIS A KHA .
portioned in the bloom of yo u th intelligent and clever

, , .
Just as the Brahma n arrived sh e and so me other girls ,
w ho were i n ques t of amuse men t were setting out for a
park O n seeing the girls h e thought t hat he would lik e

.
,
to look a t them a li tt le So h e followed slo w ly af t er them

.
,
o ccupied i n regarding them The girls wh o were for t he .

,
most part of a frivolous nature so me t ime s ran some t imes , ,
skipped sometimes rolled abou t sometimes laughed some

, , ,
times spun round s ometimes s ang an d d id o t her u n di g n i

, ,
fi e d things But Visak ha with the u t mos t decoru m a t an

.
, ,
even pace walked sl owly along wi t h t h em Whe n they .
came to t he park t he o t her girls undressed at th e edge of

,
t he t ank e n t ered in t o i t and began to S por t Bu t Vi sak ha

, , .
lif t ed up her clo t h es by degrees as sh e w en t in t o t he wa t er ,
and by degrees le t them dow n a gain a s she came o u t

o f t he w ater so circumspect was she in her behaviour
,
.
A f t er t heir ba t h w hen t he girls had assembled a t a cer t ai n

,
spo t they firs t p artook of food t hems elves and t hen gave
, ,
to their at t end an t s t o ea t ; but Vi sakha first o f all gave

food to the persons in a t tendance and then herself began ,
to ea t .
Wh en the girls h ad finish ed th eir e ating and drinking

and had e n joyed the charm of the p ark t h ey wen t away , .
A s there was w ater to be waded through o n th e road t h e ,
girls t ook o ff their boo t s and w alked t hrough i t but ,
Visakha kep t he r boots on Th ey went a li tt le far t her .
a n d cam e t o a wood Into this A mra w ood she en t e red

.
,
keeping her parasol u p t hough t h e o t hers h ad discarded

,
theirs Presently a w in d aros e together wi t h rain and

.
the other girls t ook shelter i n a t emple but Vi s akha ,
remained i n t he ope n air The Brahman wh o had fol .

,
lowed her and h ad no t ed her character i stics and her

,
beh avi our mar v elle d grea t ly and began to question he r

, ,
say i ng
O maiden w hose daughter are y o u ?
,
I am Ba l a m i tra s daughter ’
.
0 maiden be not angry if I ask you a fe w que stions

, .
She smiled at first and then said O uncle why should , ,
I be angry ? P lease t o ask t hem .
While t hese girls as t hey went w ere all running , , ,
skipping rolling t urning round singing and doing o t her

, , , ,
u n di n i fi e d things
g you wended your w ay slowly
,
deco ,
r o u sl and in a seemly manner reaching the park together

y , ,
wi th t he m .
”
Vi s akha replied A ll girls are a merch andise which

’
their paren t s ve n d If in leaping or rolling I were t o .
break an arm or a leg w ho t hen w oul d w o o m e ? I ,
should cer t ainly h ave t o be kept by my paren t s as lo n g

'
”
as I lived .
Good 0 maiden ; I unders t and

, .
He said t o her nex t These girls took o ff t heir c l othes ,
at a cer t ain place and went into t h e w a t er and spor t ed in

‘
.
i t unclo t hed bu t you lif t ed up your clo t hes by degrees as

,
you w ent deeper in t o t he w a t er .
O un c le it is ne cessary t h at w omen should be shame

,
faced and shy and so i t would no t be w ell t h a t any on e

,
should look upon me unclothed .
O m aiden who would see you t h ere,
O uncle you wo uld have see n me t here yourself

, .
G ood O maiden ; t hat also I comprehe n d

”
.
,
He said to her fur ther These girls first took food ,

“
t hemselves and t hen gave to the persons i n a tt endance ;

'
bu t y o u firs t gave food t o t he persons i n a tt endance and ,
th en t ook your own .
O uncle t ha t was for this reaso n : w e reaping t he

, ,
frui t s of our merits constan t ly h ave feas t days ; but ,

-
t hey reaping t he fr u i t s of t heir t rouble very seldom

, ,
obtain great things .
Good 0 m ai den ; I comprehend t his also

,
.
He asked h er mo r eover \Vhi l e all t h e world wears

, ,
“
boo t s o n dry l and why did yo u keep yours o n in t h e,
W a t er
O uncle t he world is foolish
,
It i s precisely when .
one is in wa t er t ha t one should wear boots

”
.
holder Ba la mi tr a and said desiring t o obtain t he maide n , ,
May it be well ! May i t be good

Th e people of the house s aid O Brahman i t is not yet , ,
the t ime for asking but w h at do you ask for

I ask for your d aughter .
O n whose beh alf ?

O n behalf of th e son Vi éakha by n ame of Mr ga dha r a , , ,
t he first minister o f Sr av a sti .

”
They repli ed I t i s true that w e and b e are of th e sam e

,
cas t e but his country lies too far away

, .
‘
The Brahman said I t is precisely i a a far away
'
-
,
countr y t hat a man should choose a husban d for his

daugh t er .
Ho w so
If she is married in t h e neighbourhood j oy incr eases ,
when news comes t hat she is prosperous bu t if a m i sfo r

tune o ccurs a m an s property may be brought to nough t
,
’
he being exhaus t ed by gifts sacrifices and tokens of , ,
reverence .
They said This being so w e w ill give our daugh t er

, ,
.
Thereupon t he Brahman h aving u tt ered a wish for a ,
happy result returned to Sr av a sti and there af t er r e

, , ,
covering from t he fatigu e of th e j ourney w en t t o se e th e ,
minister Mr g a dha r a and described to him th e maiden s

, ,
’
youth be au t y and intelligence as well as her demeanour

, , ,
and manner of eating Then he said Wi t h grea t toil .

,
“
h ave I w andered through many l a nds and ci t ies and w i t h ,
much t rouble h ave I found her Now go and fetch h er . .

”
The first minister Mr g a dha r a took no t e of the d ay and

, ,
h our and found that t he stars were propi t ious Then h e

, .
set forth and fetched aw ay Vi sakha wi t h great pomp as

his son s spouse The mother gave her daugh t er when she
’
.
,
was le aving for her husband s land the following counsel : ’
O daughter always honour th e sun an d the moon pay

, ,
a t tentio n to the fire wipe dirt o ff the mirror an d we a r, ,
white clothes You sh all take but not give You shall
. .
k eep your w ord Wh en you rise up y o u s ha ll yield you r

. ,
VISA KHA . 11 5
plac é to none Y o u sh all partake o f s avoury food You

'
. .
sh all sleep t ranquil ly Yo u shall ap p ly a ladder

. .
”
When Mr g a dha r a heard this h e thought that the girl ,
h ad received a qu i t e wrong piece o f advice and that h e

‘
must di ssuade he r from following it an d give h er proper

directions The loving moth er with t roubled h eart and
.
,
eyes full of t e ars e mbrace d her d aughter and s aid with

, ,
,
sorrowful voice O daughter this is th e last time th at I

, ,
”
sh all s ee you .
Vi sak ha replied by w ay of admo n i tion ;

‘ “
0 moth er , ,
w ere you born here ? Is no t t he maiden rath er born in

t he ho u Se o f h er relati v es I s th at house y o ur home ? I s
it not rather this on e here ? Al though I was born h ere ,
I shall live there A s that which u nites undoubtedly

.
u nderlies separation be pleased n o t to wail but rather

,
”
to keep silence .
A fter th at Mr g a dha r a w ent his w ay

‘
.
Vi sakha and her husb a nd with the attendants fro m h er ,
house went on board a ship Soon afterwards a m are w hich .
had thro wn a foal was to be brough t on board th e ship A s .
it felt th at its foal would be res t les s o n lan d it resisted and , ,
could n o t be go t o n board This gave ris e to much noise . .
When Vi éakha heard it she asked what w as t he cause .
Being tol d how it arose she gave dire c t ion s t hat th e foal
,
should be brought o n board first in w hich case th e mare ,
w ould follo w of its own accord He r orders w ere obeyed .

’
and the mare w ent on board Mr ga dha r a asked th e men .
why they had come so late .
Be cause th e mare would no t come on board .
Then h o w w as it induced to com e

It did s o aft e r the C ham p a maiden h ad told us how t o
m anage an d w e had emb arked the fo a l before t he mare
, .
The C hamp a m aiden is wise .
O n their w ay t he travellers had on o n e occasio n chosen

,
th e ir qu arters fo r the night and Mrg a dha r a s tent w a s

‘ ’ “
, .
pi t c hed under the proj ecting part of a h ill When Vi sa .
kha saw it sh e asked to w hom it belonged To l\Ir g a .

dhara ,
was th e reply Move it away fro m there she
.
“
,
” ”
s aid
. Why should it be move d ? Bec ause she “
,
replied if the proj ecting part of th e h ill w ere to fall

,
“
while h e was asleep he would certainly be crushed to ,
death . Then I should all my life be exposed to the

annoyance of having people say t hat my husband married
a wife whose fa t her i n -la w died o n the w ay before she
,
-
entered his house .
A f t er the bed h ad been moved away the projecting

m ass of th e h ill fell do w n A great crowd came ru nning .
t ogether full of anxiety l est t he h ouseholder should h ave

,
been crushed Bu t he exclaimed Honoured sirs here

.
,
“
,
a m I ; be not afrai d but l ook af t er my bed

”
,
It has been .
removed w as th e reply
”
,
Who did th at ? he asked .
“ ”
.
“
Vi sakha t h ey replied ,
He sai d The C hamp s maiden .
, .
is wise .
L a t er on when they had taken up their quarters in an

,
old park and Mr g a dha r a s couch h ad been prepared in

,
’
an emp t y temple Vi sak ha sa w it and asked w hose i t w as

,
.
’ ”
“
That is the master s couch , was the reply Move it .
“
”
away she s aid
,
Why so ? Becaus e she replied
.
“ “
, ,
“
if the temple were to fall dow n h e would be crush ed to
de ath an d t r o uble w ould c ome upo n me
, .
”
A ft er t h e couch had b een r emoved th e t emple fe l l do wn ,
and people came running up an d so for t h as before , .
By and by they reache d Sr av a st i and af t er they had ,
recovered from th e fatigues of t he j ourney and presented

orname nts t o friends re latives and connections Visakha , , ,
began to at t end to the d omestic a ffairs o f the family A s .
Mr g a dhar a s d aughte rs i a law to ok it in turns to look after

’
- -
th e food for th e h ousehold Vi sakha received instruc t ion s ,
to provide i t o n t he seventh day A s t he time dre w near .
for her turn to come she dail y ro l led into pellets and ,
desiccated what remained over o f t he perfumes used by

h er husband and his parents O f t he powder which she
'
thus each day ob t ained sh e took some out of t he box

the rest she mixed wit h oil and divide d it in t o equal
TA LE S FR O M T IB E TA N S O UR CE S .
the ro ofs of Raj a grha The king distr ibu t ed t hem amon g the
.
ministe r s and Mr g a dha r a gave his share to Vi sakha She

,
.
placed t hem in a box and af t erwards han ded t hem over to

t he husbandmen They were greatly please d and prepare d
.
,
a small field for them A n d after i t h ad been sowed with .
their seed a t the fi tt ing time and t h e dei t y had sent down
rain there gre w up splendid rice answering t o t he seed
, , .
Next year moreover they had a very abundant h arves t

, , ,
and in the following year a still more abundant one C o n . .
sequently all the granarie s were filled with th e rice brought

by t h e geese .
When it c ame to pass that Pr a se n aj i t the king o f ,
Ko éa l a was a t tacked by an illness and all t h e physi

, ,
c i a n s were summoned and consulted they

g ave i t as their ,
opinion th at i f some of th e rice brough t by t he geese co ul d

be fo u n d a n d soup were to be made of it and t he king
,
o
w ere to p artake thereof i n t hat cas e he w ould recover , .
S o the king called the ministers t ogether and asked them ,
wh at t hey had done wi t h th e ears of r ice w hich the geese

h ad brought, and which he had given to them Some of . .
t he m s aid 0 king w e gave them t o th e t emple ; and

, ,
”
o t hers We threw them in t o t he fire ; or o t hers We

,
“
,
fas t ened them up in t h e ves t ibule B u t Mr g a dha r a said .

”
,
I g a v e t h em to Visak ha
“
I w i ll inquire wha t she has
'
done wi th t hem
'
When he asked Visak ha sh e replied
.
,
0 mas t er does some one wish t o p ar t ake of the gees e

,
b rought rice
A s t he king is ill the doctors have prescribed for hi m
,
the rice which the gees e brought h i t her .
Then Vi sak ha filled a golden vase wi t h the geese -brought

rice and sen t i t to the king The king ate t hereof and .
r ecovered .
O n anoth er occasion some country fo lks came bringing a

mare and her foal A s they could not t ell w hich was the
.
mare and w hich t he foal the king ord ered the ministers to ,
examine t hem closely and t o report to him o n the mat t er , .
The ministers examined t he m both for a w hole da v became ,

VISA KHA .
w eary and arr ived at no con clusion after all Whe n Mr g a

, .
dhara w ent home in the eve ning Vi sak ha touched his fee t
'
and said 0 mas t er where fore do ye return so late ?

,
“
,
He told her e verything t hat h ad occurred Th e n Vi sakha .
said , 0 mas t er wh at is there to inve stigate in th at ?

,
Fodder should b e laid before them i n e qual p arts Th e .
foal after rapidly eating up its o w n sh are w ill begi n to

, ,
devour its m o t her s also bu t the mo t her wi t hout e ating

’
, ,
w ill h old u p h er h ead like th is That is the proper tes t . .

”
Mr g a dha r a told this to th e ministers w ho applied t h e ,
test according to these ins t ruc t ions and after daybreak ,
they reported t o t he king This is the moth er 0 king ,

“
, ,
and that is the foal The k ing asked ho w they kne w

.
t h at.
O king th e cas e is so an d so
, .
Ho w was it you did no t kno w that yesterday ?

0 king ho w could w e kno w i t ? Visak ha h as i n
,
str u c t ed u s since .
Said the king The C ha mp a maiden is w ise

'
“
.
,
It happened that a m an who w a s bathing h ad left his

boots o n t h e bank A noth er m an came up tied the boots
.
,
round his hea d and began t o bathe likewise Wh en t he

,
.
firs t man h ad don e b a thi n g and came out of t h e wa t er ,
he missed th e boots Th e o t her man said He y man

.
,
“
, ,
what are you looking for

“
My boot s .
Where are your boots ? Whe n you h ave boots y o u ,
sh ould t ie th em round your head as I do before going , ,
into t h e w a t er .
A s a dispute aros e bet w ee n th e two m e n as to w hom

the boots belonged to t hey both h ad recourse to th e king
,
.
The king told t he ministers to investigate t he case thor

oughly and to gi v e the boots to t h e proper o wner Th e
, .
ministers began t o investigate th e case and ex amined ,
first th e one man and then the oth er Each of th e m e n .
affirmed that he w as the o w ner While these assertions .
were being made the day came to a n end and in t he

, ,
.
,
evening the ministers re t urned home w eari ed o ut w ith out ,
h aving brought the ma t te r to a satisfactory conclusion .
Vi sakha ques t ioned Mr g a dha r a and h e told her all about ,
it w hereupon sh e said 0 master what is t here t o i n

, ,
“
,
v e s t i a te ? Say to one of th em ‘Take one of t he boo t s

g , ,
‘
and to th e o t her m an Take t h e other boo t The real .
’
‘
owner w ill say in that case Why should my t wo boo t s ,
be sep arated ? Bu t t h e o th er t he m a n to whom t hey

’
,
‘
d o no t really belong w ill say What good do I gain by
, ,
t his if I only get one boot ? Tha t is the proper t est t o

’
apply .
Mr g a dha r a went and told this t o the ministers and so ,
forth as is wri tt en above down to the words The king

, ,
“
said Th e C hamp a maide n is wise

,
.
’
It happened t hat s ome merchants brough t a stem of

sandal w ood to t he king as a presen t bu t no one kne w
-
,
which w as the upper end of it a nd which the lower S o .
th e king ordered his ministers to settle the question .
They spent a whole day i n examining t h e s t em bu t t hey ,
could make nothing of i t I n t h e evening t hey re t urned

.
t o their h omes Mr ga dha r a again told Vi sakha all abou t

.
the mat t er and sh e said 0 mas t er wha t is t here to

, ,
“
,
investigate ? Place the stem in water The roo t end .
w ill then sink but t h e upper end will float upwards

, .
That is t he proper tes t .

”
Mr ga dha r a communicated t his to the ministers and so ,
forth as is writ t en above down t o the words The king

, , ,
’
said Th e C h amp a maide n is wise
,
.
There was a householder in a hill village who af t er h e -

,
h ad married i n his o w n rank remained withou t ei ther son

,
'
or d aughter A s h e lo n ged earnestly for a child h e t ook

.
,
unto himself a concubine Thereupon his wife who was .

,
o f a j ealous dis p osition had recours e to a spell for the

,
purpose of rendering t hat woman barren But as th at .
woman was quite pure she became with child and at th e

’
, ,
end of nine months bare a son Then she reflected th us .

TA LE S FR O M TI
'
B E TA N S O U R CE S .
the physician gave him something w h i ch was not a r emedy ,
and he w as t he wo r se for it Vi sakha thought Why does .

,
“
‘
the minister fi nd relief one d ay a nd on the next day feel
’
w orse ? So she examined the remedy w hich brough t

”
relief and employed i t again The n she closed the door

,
.
to the physici ans and treated the patient herself Where .
u pon he recovered Mr g a dha r a considered why i t was tha t

.
he had felt be tt er one day and Worse th e n ex t and tha t

.
,
now that no phys i cian came h e h ad recovered s o he asked ,
Vi sakha and so forth as be fore

, .
king of Ko éa l a h ad an overseer o f elephant s

Pr a s e n aj i t , ,
n amed Sri v a r dha n a Th e king reprimanded him one day .

D
.
When Vi éa kha heard of t ha t she s aid t o Mr g a dha r a 0 ,

“
master it is r igh t that Sr 1v a r dha n a should be pardoned

, c)
.
”
He replied O da u ght e r do you bring about th e pardon

,
“
, .
Thereupon she s aid to t h e king 0 king Sr1v a r dha n a has ,

“
,
been guilty of an error Be pleased to forgive him The . .
king forgave him .
“
0 king i f you forgive him be pleased t o res t ore hi m
, ,
”
his position .
The king did so Sr1v a r dha n a knew tha t h e ha dVi éa kha

.
t o thank for his pardon and b e res olved to make a r e t u i n ,
for th at .
At another time Mr g a dha r a w as a t tacked by a disease

of the private p ar t s and he was ashamed to let Visakha ,
t reat him for it She said t o herself Wherefore is th e

.
,
“
master ash amed May no t a daugh t er nurs e her father ?

Still h e is ashamed Then she t h ought that as he w ould
.
,
not le t himself be nursed by her he must take to himself ,
a wife So she betook h erself t o Sr i v a r dha n a s h ouse and

.
’
there after a gree t ing took a se at Sr1v a r dha n a who had

, , .
,
o ne daughter ba de h er touch Vi éa khaa s fee t bu t Visakha

,
’
a t he r ought I t o tou ch yo ur feet

“
said ,
i A n d she added .
there t o May i t be w ell ! may it be w ell !

,
“ ”
Thereupo n
Sr1v a r dha n a i nquired w hat it w as sh e asked fo r
'
.
Q
”
For your daughter .
O n behalf o f w ho m ?
O f my father i n l a w
”
-
.
He said no t hing 1 n reply .
Sri v ar dha n a s wife asked w h at there wa s to p reve nt he r

’
being give n t o him .
O good wi fe as we o we a debt o f gratitude to Viéa kha

o , ,
”
let he r be given .
“
Such being th e c a se we will give her
c , .
Thereupon Mr g a dha r a wi t h great pomp took her to , ,
himself as his wife A fter which she and not Vi éa kha .

, ,
nursed h im .
Mr ga dha r a once s aid to Visakha A ns w er 0 d aughter ,

“
, .
She s aid 0 m aster h ave I done anything w rong ?

, ,
”
0 daughter have you no t u tterly neglected to obey

"
,
t he direc t ion s w hich your mother gave yo u

“
O master I h ave obeyed th em all
,
I nasmuch as th e .
words Honour th e sun an d th e moo n signify t hat t h e

, ,
’
fa t her-i n l a w and the mother i n law must b e considered

- - -
b y t h e d aughter i n law a s the sun and t h e moon therefore

- -
,
h ave I tes t ified my respect fo r thos e relat ives I nas muc h .
‘
as t h e words P a y atte n ti on to th e fire signi fy that th e ’
, ,
husband ought to be v alued by the w ife li ke fire i m ,
pos sible to be too w ell cared for and fostered t heref ore
‘
'
have I taken care o f my hu sband as one would of th e fire .
‘
I nasmuch as t he w ords Wip e th e mirror cle an signify ’
, ,
t ha t the house ough t to be s w ep t and clean sed like a

mirror t herefore h ave I cleanse d t h e h ouse every day
,
.
The w ords Wear w hite clo t hes signify tha t when on e is

,
’
,
engaged in house w ork one w ears other cloth es but mus t ,
put on White clo t hes for a sacrifice or w hen about to pass

“
into the husband s presence t o all this I h ave paid at t en

’
.
’
‘
tion The words You sh all t ake but not give signi fy ’
, ,
that one sho ul d n ever s ay a bad w ord to any one In .
thi s mat t er also I h ave followed my ins t ructions Th e .

“
w ord s Take heed to you r speech signify t hat no secret

, ,
’
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TAN S O UR C E S .
ough t to be divulged To t his also I h ave adhered The . .
words When you stand up y ield not your place to any ,
‘
,
other person amount to thi s : A s you are a becoming

,
’
daughter in la w you must sit in a special place

’
- -
,
AndI .
‘
h ave sat apart The words Ea t s avoury mea t s mean ’
.
, ,
that one s hould eat w hen on e has become very hungry .
I h ave n ever take n any food until after giving theirs t o

t he ho usehold The words You sh all sleep sof t ly mean
.
, ,
’
t h at at nigh t af t er all the h ousehold w ork i s fi nished an d

,
all implement s put away as t here is no n eed o f staying ,
up one sho uld sleep I have acted accordingly always

, .
,
reflec t ing that this t hing was w ell done and t hat thing
badly The words You shall apply a ladder h ave this
.
, ,
’
meaning Lik e as one w ho h avi n g in an earlier state

.
,
followed th e pa t h of th e ten virtuous works h as arrive d ,
amo n g the gods so must you born here in t he human , ,
world a tt ain to t ha t by deed s be stowing gift s gaining

, , ,
merits and avoiding sins This treasure ladder i s like

, .
-
u nto a staircase to heaven All this also have I followed .
as well as I could .
Excellent Vi sakha excellent ! Your mother is a w is e

, ,
mo t her ; and as you have guess ed the meaning o f what

your mother s aid enigma t ically you are s ti ll wiser than ,
”
she .
Th en Mr g a dha r a thought I f Bha g a v a n t allo w s it I ,

“
,
will c all Vi sak ha my mo t her Go i ng to Bha g a v a n t b e .

,
t ouch ed his feet and said O worthy o f reverence i s ,

“
,
it allowable for a man t o call his d aughter i n la w his - -
mo t her ? ”
B ha g a v a n t r eplied I f sh e has five qualities , .
I f sh e is a n urse t o t he sick if she lives in w edlock as a ,
decorous w ife if s he pro t ects living creatures if sh e is

, ,
a good guardian of proper t y and if she h as inheri t ed ,

”
wisdom— i n that cas e sh e may be called mother .
Thereupon Mr g a dha r a w ent to King Pr a se n aj i t of

K e sala and asked for leave to call Vi sakha his mo t her .
The k i ng said A s Visak ha has t aken care of me also I

“
,
w ill after consul ting my gr an dmother call her my sister

,
.
, ,
TA LE S FR O M TI
‘
chariot a nd w ere returni ng hom e th ey cam e int o colli si on ,
w ith th e chariot of th e Pu r o hi t a s son wh o h ad als o

,
’
dri ven out and w as o n his w ay back so th at th e poles o f ,
t he t w o carriages clashed The Pu r o hi ta s son called o u t .

’
t o t h em to make way but they bade hi m do so himself , .
’
Then as the P u r o hi t a s son began to use abusive language
, ,
Visak ha s sons s eized t h e pole o f his ch ariot and upset

’
him on a heap of rubbish When he had com e to hi s .
f a t her w ith his r obe drawn over his head h e said with
, ,
t ears O f ather thus h ave Vi sakha s s ons treated me

, ,
’
.
”
O son wherefore have t hey don e so

,
The son gav e a full accoun t of t he matter Then s aid .
his father O son as this i s so w e mu st contrive some

,
“
, ,
mean s for making thes e men keep their mouths shut and
”
not complain S o he carefully sought fo r a pretext for
.
calumniating them .
A fter a time th e hill men rebelled against King Pr a

j
se n a i t w ho
,
sent a general agains t t hem but he w as ,
beaten by the rebels and h e turn ed back A f t er the king .
ha d in this way sent ou t the general seven t imes and the ,
general w a s a lw a y s bea t en and obliged to retire th e king

‘
,
determined to take th e field himself with a fourfold army ,
Visakha s sons as they came in t o the city sa w the ki n g

’
, , ,
and asked him whither he was going .
”
To subdue th e hillmen .
0 king stay here ,

We w ill go forth . .
”
Do so .
Th e king le t them go forth w ith the fourfold army and ,
th ey overcame t h e hillmen to o k from them h ostages and ,
t ribute and then came back Then the Pu r o hi ta said,

, .
0 king as t hese me n are of r emarkably gr e at streng th

, ,
reflect that t h ey will accomplish what o u ght to be don e

’
only at th e king s command .
A s kings are afraid of being killed th e ki n g took thi s ,
to h eart and on ce more asked the Pu r o hi t a w h at w as to

,
“
b e don e The Pu r ohi t a said Wh at i s to be d o ne 0
.
, ,
ki n g ? If these men desire it they c a n de p rive you o f ,

your regal po w er and exercise it themselves Th e king .
,
g reatly incensed considered ho w if th at w as going to be

, ,
t he case h e could p ut them to d e a th He wished to

,
.
contrive a m ean s of doi n g so but w as anxious th at t h e

,
secret should not be be t rayed an d so h e resolved t o

,
undertak e t h e a ffair w ithout asking any one about it .
Having come to this con clusion he determined to ,
invite them to his palace an d rid h im self of t hem He .
i nformed Visak ha t h at h er son s would eat with h im on

t he follo wing d ay Vi sakha t ho u ght A s my son s are
.
,
to eat to morro w at their uncle s I will entertain Bhaga

-
’
v ant and th e clergy .
So sh e betook herself to B ha g av a n t and touch ed hi s

feet He gra t ified her w ith discourse regarding t h e doc
.
~
.
t rine When Vi sak ha rose fro m h er seat she i nvited

.
,
Bha g a v a n t and the clergy i nto her house .
’
The king s messe n ger invited h er son s t o come to th e
p alace . No w the king ha d c a u se d a strong p oison to be
'
put i nto the food Wh en t hey were st u p e fie d thereby

.
,
b e o r dered thei r heads to be cut o ff .

VII I .
MAIIA US HA D HA A ND VI S A K HA ‘ .
IN olden times J anaka r u led as king i n t he land o f

Vi de ha He took unto himsel f a beautiful spouse wh o
.
,
b o r e hi m a son to whom as food and drink w ere abundan t

'
, ,
i n th e land the name o f A n n a p an a [

,
F c o d Drink] was -
given When h e had grow n up he proved strong resolute

.
, , ,
and irascible The queen became arrogant on account o f

.
her son a n d n o longer complied wi t h t he ki ng s wishes

,
’
.
This greatly troubled t he king an d b e by t he ad v ice o f , ,
hi s ministers dete rmined to choose ano t her wi fe

,
The .
ministers called his a t tention to the daugh t er o f the king

o f A p a r an t a k a Al t hough h e w as not on friendly te rm s
.
w ith tha t king his ministers gave him encouragement

, ,
and undertook to arrange t he matter

'
Th e king o f .
A p a r an t a k a granted his daughter on the condition t hat ,
i f she gave birth to a son t ha t son was to be recognised ,
as the heir to t h e throne He r loveliness made her very .
agreeable t o the k ing and he promised her t he fulfilmen t,
o f her wishes So she likewise demanded tha t the son

.
who m she expected should enj oy t he succession to the

t hrone To the king t his w as as it w ere a stab in the
.
h ear t and he su ff ered grea t disquiet at the thought o f

,
ho w he should pass over A n n a p an a his bold and comely ,
son the fruit of a marriage wi t h one o f equal bir th

,
.
The minis t ers remarked his anxiety and he informed ,
them o f its cause They s ta t ed that as t he king o f.
A p a r an t a k a had granted his daughter only o n th i s con

K a h- gy ur ,
vol . xi . fo l 5 3 —8 7
. .
1 30 TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR CE S .
heard t hese words and a ft er asking t he Brahman

P u r o hi ta , ,
some ques t ions t ook t he cock and killed i t Then he

, .
said to his wi fe Have t his cock cooked immediately I

, .
w ill eat i t when I come back from t he king s palace ’

.
Then he be took himsel f to th e palace .
While h e was there the boy B a hv a n n a p an a came back

,
from school hungry and could not find his mo ther He

, .
said to himself What has been cooked for us ? w hat

,
sor t o f food ? I n his mo ther s absence he looked abou t

’
and sa w the cock i n a sa u cepan wi t h i t s head uppermost .
So he cut o ff the head and a t e it Hi s mo t her came i n .
presen t ly and said Wh o has ea t e n th e head ?

,
“
The ”
boy replied t hat he had eaten i t His mo t her gave hi m .
some food and sent him to school .
A ft er a time the P u r o hi t a also came and asked for

food Whe n h e s aw t hat t he cock s head had disappeared
’
.
,
h e asked where it was His w i fe said Th e boy has .

,
“
ea t en i t He a t e up the rest o f t he cock but remained

.
,
in doubt as to w hich o f the two w ould become king h e ,
who h ad ea t en the bir d s whole body or he wh o h ad ea t en

’
only a bird incomplete as t o the parts o f i ts body In .
order t o remove t his doub t h e called in for the second time ,
th e Brahman w h o was skilled in omens The Brahman .
asser t ed t ha t h e who had eaten the head w ould become

king bu t t ha t he also wo ul d become king wh o should kill
,
hi m who had ea t en t he head and should eat his head , .
There fore t he P u r o hi ta determined to put the boy to

death But as he saw that he could not do this wi t hou t
.
t he boy s mother r emarking i t he resolved to ta ke h er

’
opinion about t he m atter Wi t h many friendly w ords .
h e addressed her in a caj oling manner : 0 good one is ,
it better t ha t your husband or your son sho uld become

Q uickly recognising t he complicated n a t ure o f
”
king ?
18 6 4, i
2 27 Das g o lde n e Ha hn : gel : M i k l o si c h
l e be r ( l i e Mu n
’
.
vi
. .
,
Ha lt r ie h, D e u t s c he V o lk sm ar c he n
"
do r ten der Z ig e u n er , IV N 0
B li lt
. . .
, .
e r n , 1 856 D e r se sa m e Vo
. D ie Dia me n te n leg en de Hen n a — S .
131
th e situa t ion sh e reflected th at i f sh e said it w ould be

,
be tt er for her son to become k i ng she w ould be a t ,
variance w i t h her husband So she said 1 n accordan ce

.
,
with his view o f th e m a tt er t ha t it woul d be better fo r

,
her h usband t o beco me king Bu t as sh e was very shrewd

.
and in t elligent she perceived tha t h e wished to kill her

,
son on accoun t o f th e e o c k s head and she determined

’
t o save her son at any rate So she told her son th at as

.
,
he had ac t ed w ro n gly in ea t ing th e c o e k s head he must

’
leave t h e country with all speed and be t ake himsel f to ,
his grand fa t her s land w here h e had rela t ives

’
,
The son .
fled t o Vide ha a n d th ere tormen t ed wi t h hunger and

, ,
t hi r s t h e lay down o ne day in order to sleep under a

,
tr e e in a park .
A li tt le be fore that time B fij y ab hi n a n da had been

attacke d by a malady o f which i n spite o f the effor t s o f
,
t he physicians he could not be cured

,
He succumbed .
t o it and thereby w as the reig n ing family brought to an

,
end .
N o w it w as part o f the r oyal statutes t hat until a n e w

king h ad bee n ch ose n th e c o rps e o f t h e la t e king could
no t be honoured w i t h funeral ceremonies A ccor dingly .
th e ministers t h e o t her official s o f t h e court t he Brah

, ,
mans and the interpr e t ers o f signs se t ou t t o l ook for a

, ,
person distinguished by t he force o f his vir t uous meri t s .
U nder a tree ou t side the ci t y a tree t h e sh adow of ,
which never m oved from his body they found an ,
ex t remely h andsom e you t h with a lion like breas t -

.
NVhe n t h e six minis ters h ad loo k ed a t hi m t hey ,
exclaimed i n as t onishment Never h ave we seen any

,
“
one who equalled t his m a n in force o f vir tu ou s meri t .
A s h e is ex t remel y handsome an d i s well provided wi t h

,
signs we w ill invest him with the sovereign t y

,
Ha v .
”
ing thus spoken an d h aving agreed thereupon t hey

, ,
aroused him from his sleep He awok e and aske d

.
,
“
Why must I get up They replied In order to be ,
“
TA LE S FR O M T I B E TA N S O UR C E S .
proclaimed king He said , O u ght a sl u mbering king t o

.
be a w akened in t his manner ? The ministers said Ho w ,
then ough t he t o be awakened ? The you t h replied ,

He o u gh t t o be awakened wi t h song and cymbal s and
O n hearing this t hey came t o the con
”
beat o f drum .
,
e lusion that he truly sprang not fro m an in ferior , but ,
fro m a noble family and t hey as ked him , ,

Who are
you whose noble son are y o u ? Then the you t h rose
up lion like and said ,
- A n n a p an a w as t he son o f
J anaka king o f Vide ha , and I a m A n n a p an a s son Bah
'
’
, ,
v a n n a p an a Thereupon t he six m inis t ers smiled and

.
”
said ,
We have ac t ually ligh t ed upon our own prince .
I n t he mids t o f a grea t mul t i t ude w i t h conj ura t ions , ,
and w ith song and cymbals and bea t o f drum , they

conduc t ed him in t o the ci t y and there they consecra t ed ,
hi m as king A s t he ex t inct royal family w as rene w ed

.
in him , he also received t he name o f Janaka , and his

former n ame o f Ba hv a n n a p an a fell into disuse A ft er .
they h ad t hus inves t ed him with the sovereign t y t hey ,
came to t he conclusio n t hat h e was o f a simple na t ure ,
and they despised him t o su c h a degree tha t he had no

power at all .
King Ba hv a n n a p an a once w ent for t h in order to

i nspec t his realm Whenever he asked t o w hom vil
.
lages towns and hill places belonged h e was always

, ,
-
,
told t ha t t hey belonged to t he six minis t ers Thereupon .
h e perceived t ha t he could command only food and

clothing , bu t t ha t beyond t ha t he had no power When .
h e had plunged into a sea o f t hought trying t o t hink out ,
what he should do a dei t y consoled him , saying t hat he

,
o ught no t to be sorrowful I n his o w n coun t ry , in t h e

.
h ill village P fi r n a k a t sht shha , a son named Ma ha u sha dha

-
w as about to be born t o t he head man , P fi rn a This s o n -

.
he ought t o make his ministe r who would ga i n possessio n ,
o f the realm and r estore it to him , and turn o ut fo r t u

1 34 T A LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
On another occasion t h e father went to the r i v er .
Ganges to ba t he carrying h is son a s befo r e on his ,
shoulder When they had le ft their clo t hes on the

.
shore and had gone in t o the water t hey saw a m etal ba sin ,
floating on t he wa t er wi t h a goose si tting upon i t Then .
said Ma ha u sha dha The river Ganges support s t he ,
m etal basin o n t he metal basin rests a goose

,
L ook 0 .
,
fa t her dear a t the metal basin w i t h t he goose ca rried

,
along by t h e river Ganges .
A no t her t ime when Ma ha u sha dha had gone to the ,
shore to ba t he h e saw ho w a p o t o n which was a w ate r

, ,
hen was borne along by t he curren t of t he river Ganges

, .
Then h e said The river G anges bears along the po t 0 11

,
“
,
t he pot si t s a wa t er he n O nly look fa ther dear a t the - .

, ,
pot wi t h t he w a t er hen and t he G anges -

.
”
A gain o n ano t her occasion he saw a ram ca rried along

, ,
by t he curren t o f t he river Ganges wi th a hero n s t and

ing upon i t and he said The river G anges bears along
, ,
a ram and like wise the heron which s tands upon i t

, .
L ook fa t her dear a t the r a m and t he heron bo rne al ong

, ,
”
by t he river Ganges .
A ft er t his i t happened one day t hat Ma ha u sha dha was

a t pl a y wi t h t he childr en and they chose him as t heir ,
king 1
He named some o f the boys as his minis t ers
.
,
and they went o n playing toge th er There came along .
t he r e a d an old Brahman wi t h his young wi fe o n t heir ,
way to ano t her country The Brahman stepped aside .
for a t ime and during his absence a rogue full o f d esire

, ,
for t he wife came up t o her and said G oo d woman

, ,
“
,
whith er has y our fa t her gone

Who ? said t he wi fe
“ ”
.
He is apparen tly your grand father re plied t he ,
What do you mean ? she s aid .
1 Cf “
Ar ds c hi -B o r d c hi - C ha n i n J ulg
’
s Mon g ol Mdr che n sa mml u n g
b k pp
. .
In n s ru c , 1 86
8, . 1 9 7, et seq — . S .
MA HA US HA D HA A ND VIS A KHA .
He is appare ntly your great grand father said the -

,
r ogue .
“
He is not my fa th er n o r my grand father n or yet
, ,
m y grea t grand father bu t my husband said the wife

”
-
.
, ,
Thereupon t h e rogu e said w ith a smile O foolish ,

“
woma n are yo u no t ash amed to say i n the presence o f

,
your frien ds or any other decorous person that t his m an

is your husband ? Have you not o n t his stately earth
seen men o f divine beauty ?
Such men are no more to be found .
Take m e as your husband and w e will li v e togeth er ,

.
Should t h e old Brahman put in a claim for you th e n ,
‘
say to t he great assembly This man is my husband .
’
A ft er the rogue h ad said t his she w ent o ff with him .
When t he Brah man cam e back h e could n o t see his ,
w i fe He climbed a height and saw h er walking o ff

.
,
w ith another m a n He ran a ft er her and seized o ne

.
.
,
of her hands the rogue holding o n t o the other

, Th e .
Brahman said Why are you taking away my w i fe ?

,
“
She is my w i fe ; do no t t rouble yo u rsel f about her ,
r ep l ied the rogue .
A s th e Brahman persisted i n saying t hat sh e was his

w ife a quarrel arose between the t wo m en o n t he high
,
w ay and t hey pulled th e woman this w ay and t hat w ay

, .
But as th e rogue w as yo u nger and s tronger t han t he

Brahman h e dra gged her a w ay fro m him Being over
, .
come the Brahman called out in tha t lonely place fo r

,
help A t that time Ma ha u sha dha and t he o t her c hildren

.
were at play in the forest and t hey h eard his cries fo r

,
help The children said to Ma ha u sha dha A s you wish

.
,
“
t o be ca lled t he king and that Brah man is sh ou t ing for

,
help w hy do not you save hi m from danger ?

, So he
bade the children bring the par t ies before him and he ,
asked t hem w hat had occu rred Th e Brahman s aid .
t hat t h e other man had forcibly t orn a w ay his wife from

hi m the w eaker of the t w o
, O n the other hand th e
.
,
rog u e declared t hat the Brahman lied and th at the ,
w oman was his own wi fe The w oman herself a ffi rmed .
that t he rogue was her husband Ma ha u sha dha who .

,
perceived t hat the Brahman had not become excite d

wi t hou t due cause determined to apply a t est
,
1
.
Say 0 man w here do you come from along with yo u r

, ,
wi fe
From my father i n replied the rogue -
.
Wha t did you ea t and drink there ?

We had mea t cakes sorrel and wine replied th e
, , , ,
rogue .
Vomit t hen i f that be so said Ma ha u sha dha

, ,
shall see then i f t hat be true or not .

”
The rogue put his finger down his throat and vomi t ed ,
but no such food came to light Then Ma ha u sha dha .
asked t he Brahman whence he had come .
From my father i n replie d t h e Brahman

-
.
Wha t did you eat there

C urdled milk porridge and radishes , ,
.
Hi m likewise Ma ha u s ha dha ordered to bring up what

he had ea t en and t he resul t was t hat h e produced t he
,
food in question A s Ma ha u sha dha n ow perceived

.
t ha t the rogue ha d deluded and carried o ff the Brahman s ’
wi fe h e gave orders t hat he should be chas t ised by

,
blows from s ticks and fis t s and t hat h e should t hen be set ,
fas t up t o t he neck in a hol e a man s s t a t ure in dep th

’
and t ha t t here should be wri t ten o n his forehead with

peacock s gall t hese words
’
He who t hus s t eals a wife hi m does Ma ha u sha dha ,
punish in t his wise He who l ike un t o t h e wi fe s t ealer

.
,
-
,
has s t olen a child an ox a coverle t yarn or the like

, , , , ,
such thieves as this shall be arres t ed up to t he number

o f five hu n dred and sh all be chas t ised
,
by blows from
s t icks and fis t s and shall be set up t o t heir necks in a
,
1
Cf . Su k a sa p t a t e , in t he G kv i
ree e rs on of G l a a n o s, 4t h n igh t p
, . 10 .
— S.
TA L E S FR O M TIB E TA N S O UR C E S .
messenger to the head-man of the hill vil lage P fi r

P arna , -
n a k a t sht shha wi t h an order to send a rope made of sand

,
o n e hundred ells long When the messenger had arrived

.
and communica t ed t he order P fi r n a w as greatly alarmed , .
Fro m his bi r t h upwards h e had never seen or heard o f

s uch a t hing and he would t herefore have to exp ect a
,
reprimand . He became so depressed that Ma ha u sha dha

asked hi m why he w as so ill a t ease The father replied .
t ha t he was no t sure that the king did not mean to

punish hi m the d emand being o f such a n u n he a r d o f
,
t
kind . Ma ha u sha dha asked hi m to send fo r t he messen

ger saying t ha t he w oul d r eply to t h e king Thereupon
, .
he said to t he messenger Make k nown to the ki ng ,

“
t his my request wi t hou t forge tting i t A s th e peop l e

, .
Of our coun t ry are slow witted u nintelligen t and stupid-

, , ,
may i t please t he king t o s end a n ell o f t hat kind o f

rope as a pat t ern li ke unto which we will twine a hun
,
dred nay a t ho u sand ells and will send them to him

, , , .
”
Whe n the messenger had reported this t o the king t h e ,
king asked whe t her it was Pfi r n a or his son who had

given this answer The messenger said t ha t i t was
.
Ma ha u sha dha The king was as t onished and perceived

.
,
tha t t he commands of t he dei t y w ere being execu t ed ,
and that Ma ha usha dha would r e es t ablish his power -

.
A s t he king w ished to pu t Ma ha u sha dha a second t ime

to the t est he sen t t o P fi r n a and ordered hi m t o supply
, ,
s o me rice which had no t been crushed w i t h a pes tle ,
and ye t was no t u ncrushed and which had been cooked ,
n ei t her in t he house nor ou t of the house nei t her wi t h ,
fire nor ye t wi t hou t fire ; sending i t n ei ther along the

road nor yet away from t he road wi thou t i t s being shon e ,
u pon by t he dayligh t but ye t not in t he shade no t t o

, ,
ge t her wi t h a w oman bu t a l so n o t wi t h a man by one

, ,
not riding bu t also no t on foo t The messe n ger came

,
.
to P fir n a k a t sht shha sen t for P ii rn a and aft er holding

’
, , ,
merry convers e w ith him o n various subj ects inf ormed ,

MA HA U S HA DHA A ND VIS A KHA . 139
P fir n a wa s grea tly dis c o m fi t e d

’
hi m of th e king s orders . .
But Ma ha u sha dha having found ou t the cause o f hi s ,
dejection com forted hi m declaring that he w ould manage

, ,
the whole affair himsel f .
Havi ng drie d some ric e i n th e sun h e sent fo r a num ,
b e r o f women and m ad e a man give each o f them a

,
hand ful o f gr a i n s These they shelled wi t h t heir nails

'
.
,
picking out the kernel o f each grain wi t hout breaking i t .
When t he wome n had don e this he threw th e rice into a ,
pot and cooked it on the threshold of t he h ouse A s

,
.
he was to cook i t wi t hou t fire an d yet not w i t hout fire ,
he cooked it in the su n I n order t hat it migh t be con .
v e y e d nei t her along the road nor ye t a w ay from th e road ,
h e ordered the m a n w ho carried i t t o walk wi t h on e foot

on th e road and the o t her foot by th e sid e o f the r e a d .
A s it was to be brought nei t her i n t he sunlight nor in

the shade h e bade t he man fas t e n the pot which h eld i t
,
to the end o f a s t ick and cover i t o ver w i t h a t hin cloth

, .
A s th e be arer w as neither t o ride nor to go afoo t he ,
t old him t o put a shoe on one o f his feet and leave t he

o t h er unshod A n d as t he bearer w as to be neither a
.
m a n nor a woman he sent a hermaphrodi t e ,
When t h e messenger presented himsel f be fore the ki n g ,
and on being ques tioned by King J anaka gave him a

, ,
full accoun t o f t he whol e m atter the kin g was greatly ,
please d and asked if he ha d been sent by P arna or by

,
Ma ha u sha dha The messe n ger replied that he ha d been

.
sent by the latter whereupon t he king sai d Mahau , ,

“
s ha dha is clever resolu t e sharp wi t ted and ingenious

”
-
, , , .
Some time af t er w ard s th e ki n g sent to P arna and ,
ordered him to supply a park wi t h kitchen gardens frui t -

,
trees and t anks When th e m essenger came to P fi r n a

, .
and t old him what were t h e king s orders P fi r n a aga i n ’
fell into very low spiri t s Ma ha u sha dha begged his

'
fa ther n ot to distress himsel f promising to arrange every ,
thing to the king s sa t is fac t ion Then he sent fo r the ’

.
messenger and told him to give the following reply t o

,
t he king
A s no one among the mountains knows anything
“
about a park o f tha t kind and therefore no one can con ,
s t ruct one may it please the king to send hi t her one o f

,
t he parks belonging t o his palace When m y fa th er h as .
seen i t and learnt o f w hat na t ure it is h e w i ll send o n e

, ,
like unto i t .
When the messenger returned with this reply th e king ,
w as highly pleased and whe n he learnt that i t was again

,
Ma ha u sha dha w ho had sent i t he perceived that he w as ,
very intelligent .
Some time l ater the king aga i n sent a messenger to

P fi r n a ordering him to plant a t ree and to s end it to
, ,
hi m at t he end o f a year bearing blossoms an d fruits ,

.
When t h e messenger had execu t ed his co mmission P fi r n a ,
again becam e dej ec t ed bu t Ma ha u sha dha comforted him

, ,
saying that the matter would no t be a difficult one t o

m anage A n d h e sen t a R icinus shrub which a t the end
.
,
of a year bore blossoms and fruits When t he king sa w .
it h e asked w he t her t h e idea was P fir n a s or Mahau

,
’
’
sha dha s Th e messenger named the latter and th e
.
,
king found nothing more to say i n t he matter .
Some time la t er the king sen t five hundred oxen t o

P fir n a These he w as to feed and to milk and he was
.
,
t o send to th e king milk cur dl ed milk bu tt er cream and , , , ,
cheese Wh en t h e messenger came to P fi rn a with t hese

.
orders Purna was grea t ly troubled and said to the

, ,
villagers Surely in t his mat ter t h e king w ishes t o

,
“
punish me seeing t hat he requires m e t o m i lk oxen

, .
”
When Ma ha u sha dha perce ived his dis t ress he comforted ,
him sayi n g t ha t h e would con t rive a reply wi t h which

,
the king would be pleased withou t this thing being

accomplished Then Ma ha u sha dha gave full dir ections
.
to a fa t her an d son ordering t hem t o betake themselves

-
,
He t old the father

’
to th e capital near the king s palace ,
.
m essenger brought t he mule to P fim a and warned hi m ,
t hat he w ould forfei t his life and limbs in case th e mule

escaped When P fi r n a heard t ha t he w a s terrified and
.
,
fell into very lo w spirits as he did not think he w as ,
equal to t he t ask But Ma hau sha dha bade him be of

.
good cheer By day t he mule w as to be allowed to

.
graze at i t s w ill bu t at night i t was t o be guarded by

,
twenty m e n five o f w ho m were to look af t er it during

,
each o f t h e night w a t ches on e of t hem si tt ing o n i t s

-
,
back the o t hers holding a leg apiece

, A fter t his fashio n .
t he twenty men w a t ched i t w i t hou t taking i t under a

roo f
A f t er a time King J anaka sent a m essenger to see
ho w P fir n a w as treating th e mule He repor t ed to t he .
king t he precautions which had been taken The king .
perceived t hat t h e mule could no t escape while i t was

guarded in tha t way so he said that h e w ished one o f t he
,
.
men t o be sen t for The minis t er asked which man w as

.
t o be summoned The king said t hat they were to send

.
for t he man who was si tt ing on the mul e s back For

’
.
while th e o t hers were asleep he could ri de off wi t h t h e '
mule So the king had the wa t cher sen t for w ho sat o n

.
the mule and the man ca me a w ay to ge ther w ith the

,
beast .
When P fi r na w as told next morning that the mule had

gone o ff he saw that his life w as forfeited and h e too k
, ,
t o wailing from fear When Ma ha u sha dha sa w ho w

.
m iserable P fi r n a was he began t o reflec t that hi t herto he

,
had found a means o f escape o n each occasion but t hat ,
this t ime there was none O f t his however he said .

, ,
nothing Al t hough h e w as much alarmed ye t he devised

.
,
a plan and said to his father There is still one expedien t

, ,
left for se tt ling t his business His father asked w ha t it .
w as a n d Ma ha u sha dha replied that h e could manage t he

,
a ffair provi ded Pii r n a could endure being jeer ed a t .
P fi r n a declared that he w as r eady to do anythi n g w hich

MA HA US HA DHA A ND VIS A KHA .
w ould prevent his li fe being taken Thereupon Mahau .
s ha dha cut th e hair o f his fa t her s head so as t o form

’ '
seven strips and h e daubed the he ad itself wi t h red

, ,
black brown w hite and other pain t s

, ,
Then h e a n d his
,
.
father mounted an ass and betook th emselves to the

capital .
W hen they arrived there the n ews spread abroad that ,
Ma ha u sha dha ha d come riding upon an ass and that he ,
ha d cut his father s h air into seven s t rips

’
When th e .
king and the ministers heard this they asked Why , ,

“
has he who has the reputa t io n o f being s o discreet an d

,
intelligent performed s o unbe co ming an action ?

, The
”
king an d the minis t ers w ent out to see i f Ma ha u sha dha

had reall y come in t h e manner alleged or i f the repor t ,
w as false When the king and his follo wers saw t ha t it

.
was really so w i t h him t h e ministers said Where fore

, ,
“
i s Ma ha u sha dha praised for his j udgmen t in t elligenc e , ,
and wisdom ? I n S pi t e o f all that ho w u nbecomingly ,
h e has acted !
Th e king asked Ma ha u sha dha w hy he ha d t hu s dis
honoured his father He replied I h ave not dishonoured
.
,
“
him but h ave h onoured him

,
A s I s t and much higher .
than my father on account of my great kno w ledge I h ave ,

”
shown him honour .
The king asked A r e you t he better o f the two or is

,
“
,
your fa t her t he be t ter ? ”
He replied I am th e better m y fa th er is th e w orse

,
“
, .
Th e king said Never have I se en or heard th at th e

,
“
son is be tt er t han th e father A s i t is t h e fa t her t hrough .
w ho m th e so n becomes kno w n w hile th e mo t her feeds ,
him takes care o f him and brings him up t here fore w e

, , ,
hold t h at t h e fath er is al t ogether t h e be tt er o f th e t wo .
Then said Ma hau sha dha to t he king Tes t th e ma t ter ,

“
thoroughly t o see i f t he father is really s o or no t .

”
A s th e king and t he m iniste r s affirmed that it w as so ,
and not other w ise Ma ha u shadha fell a t t he king s feet

’
,
TA LE S FR O M TIB E TA N S O U R C E S .
and said 0 king t his bein g t he case as t he mule w hich

, , ,
you s ent us t o watch e v e r has run away but as accord ,
ing to t he testimony o f the king and t he ministers the

fa t her is considered better t han t he offspring and the ,
fa ther o f th e mule is t he ass accept this ass as a s e t ,

”
o ff
.
When the king and the ministers had heard his speech ,
and perceived th e cunning contrivance which it carried ou t ,
they were astonish ed Whe t her he had acted becomingly

.
or unbecomingly it was clear t ha t he was clever Ha v

, .
ing thought the mat t er over t he king w as muc h pleased , ,
and he arrayed Ma ha u sha dha i n fine robes o f various

kinds and bes t owed upon him t he po w er o f a minis ter
, ,
and on the fa t her he conferred that village .
A ft er Ma ha u sha dha had been appointed a minister ,
his fame spread abroad throughout the whole ci ty as that

o f a wise and intelligent man .
Now a very learned Brahman had gone abroad in orde r

to increase his proper ty af t er h e and his wife had spen t
,
'
all tha t she h ad brough t along w ith her ; and h e returned

home with five hundred gold pieces o f ancient date .
Before en t ering his house h e w as desirous of disposing o f

his money for none could tell w he t her his w i fe might
,
not have taken up wi t h another m a n during his absence .
Hi s wife w as o f remarkable beauty and t here fore he con ,
si de r e d t ha t she might have found favour in the eyes o f
o t her men during his absence So in the evening twilight .
h e w en t to th e ceme t ery dug a hole under a Ny a gr o dha

,
tree pu t t he money in t o i t and then went to his home

, , .
No w t he wi fe had a lover the Brahman Ma haka r n a ,
( Grea t E a r) The pair had

. about t ha t t ime partaken o f
delicate food and she h ad anointed hersel f w ith fragrant
,
ointment and was reposi n g upon th e couch o f enjoymen t

,
.
J ust then came t he Brahman a n d called t o her to ope n

the door The w oman asked w ho w as there When he
. .
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O URC E S .
cemetery dug up the money and then betook himsel f to

, ,
his own house .
When t he Brahman went to t he ceme t ery t he next

day and found t hat his money was n o lo n ger t here he
, ,
bea t himsel f on the head and breas t and re t urned home , .
Hi s wife his friends his brothers and his relatives asked

, , ,
him wha t had happened and he t old the m every t hing , .
They advised him to have recourse t o Ma ha u sha dha .
Then t he Brahman wen t w ailing to Ma ha u sha dha his ,
face s t reaming wi t h t ears and t old hi m his misfor t une , .
Ma ha u sha dha remained s i lent for a moment Then h e .
asked ,
Brahman a t what spot and a t what t ime did
“
,
you hide the money ? Did any one see i t ? or have you
t alked about i t to any one ? The Brahman gave a
full accoun t o f t he whole a ffair Ma ha u sha dha came t o .
t he conclusio n that the Brahman s wi fe had some o ther ’
m a n as a lover and tha t what had t aken place w as due

,
t o tha t man s contrivance But he spoke words o f com

’
.
fort to the Brahman saying t ha t if t he money w as no t

,
found he would pay i t to him ou t o f his o w n purse Then .
h e asked him if t here was a dog in his house The .
Brahman replied t hat t here was Then said Mahau .
s ha dha ,
Go and invite eight Brahmans t o your house .
Invi t e four o f t hem yourself and let your wife invi t e ,
t he o t her four Tel l her t hat you have made a vow t o

.
t he god S iva t ha t if you should accomplish your return

prosperously you would en t er t ain eigh t Brahmans ”
.
The Brahman followed t hese instructions and whe n ,
t he Brahma n s had b een invited he wen t t o Mahau ,
s ha dha in order to acquain t hi m with t he fac t Then .
said Ma ha u sha dha When you are about to receive

,
“
t he Brahmans into your house call this man o f m i ne , ,
and s t a t ion him at t he door when they en t er A n d .
during t he meal le t him s t and inside w i thout being

”
occupied in any way A n d to his man he said. Take ,
n ote of everything significant When t he Brahmans .

MA HA U S HA DHA A ND VIS A KHA Z
’
come in see which o f the m the dog barks at an d

, ,
b e fo r e w ho m it w a gs its tail ; for such is th e nature o f

'
”
dogs . Moreover h e ordered the Brahman not to s et t he
,
food before his guests with his o w n h ands bu t to le ave ,
tha t to his w i fe He t old his man also to pay heed to

.
t he Brahman s w ife while sh e w as serving th e food , and

’
s ee to whom sh e made a sign at w hom she gazed w ith ,
ou t changing countenance whom sh e addressed w ith a ,
smi le and t o w hom sh e served the best fare and to

, ,
make him acquainted wi t h all t his .
These ins t ructions having been given the Brahman ,
took t he s ervant home wi t h h im and s t a t ioned him at the

door Then h e t old his w ife to summon the guests
.
whom sh e had invited w hile h e summoned those who m ,
he had i nvited A s t h e oth er guests entered t he h ous e

.
on e af t er ano t her the dog barked But when Mah a

, .
karna came i n , t h e dog looked at him , drooped its ears

‘
w agged i t s t ail and followed after him Wh en h e had

, .
en t ered in and called the dog t h e servant learnt that he ,
w as Ma hak a r n a A f t erwards the se rvan t s aw the food

'
dis t ribu t ed and remarked t hat the Brah man s w ife

,
’
while taking part in t he distribution mad e a sign with ,
her eyebrows t o Ma haka r n a smiled slightly fixed her , ,
eyes upon him and supplied him with t h e best o f th e

,
fe e d
. A ll that he sa w h e a ft erwards repor t ed to Mahau
sha dha .
As soon as Ma ha u sha dha h eard thes e t hings h e s ent

for Ma hak a r n a asked himif it was a Brahman s business
,
’
,
t o lay h ands on the proper t y o f o t hers and ordered hi m ,
to restore wha t h e had s t olen Ma k ak a r n a said he .
t hough t t ha t Ma ha u sha dha ou gh t to m ake hims elf easy ,
a s he Ma hak a r n a knew nothing at all abou t t he ma t ter

, , .
Th ereupon Ma ha u sha dha gave orders that t he evil d e e r -
should be thro w n in t o prison an d left there until his ,

?
bones became visible A t this threat Ma hak a r n a was .
so terrified that he begged for mercy w ith a contri t e ;

heart promising to repay all

,
Going home he fetched .
,
the money tied up j ust as it ha d been and handed i t

, ,
over to Ma ha u sha dha w ho gave it to the Brah man The

, .
Brahman rej oiced grea t ly a nd seeing that his having ,
recovered w hat he had lost w as e n t irely due t o Mahau

s ha dha s powerful assistance he w ished to make manifes t
’
hi s grati t ude to him s o he brough t him half o f t he

,
money as a present Ma ha u sha dha accepted t he presen t

.
and t hen returned it to him When the n ews o f a ll t his .
became S pread t hroughout t he ci ty t h e king the minis , ,
ters and the citizen s praised Ma ha u sha dha highly o n a o

,
count o f his w isdom and esteemed t hemselves for t una t e

,
in having such a mi ni st e r .
A f t er a time it happened t ha t a certain man w ho had

gone on business i nto ano t her land came back t o hi s own
country Havi ng come t o t he edge of a tan k he opened
. .
,
his meal pouch t ook out some of t he meal and mixed it

-
, ,
w ith wa t er and p artook thereof A ft er feeding b e t ied .
u
p his pouch and wen t his way Now while he was .
si t ting t here a snake h ad crept into t he pouch one of ,
t hos e snakes which emit poison when disturbed Bu t .
when the man turned t o his pouch af t er his repast h e ,
t ied it up w i thou t examining i t Then he flung it across .
his shoulder and went on to t he capi t al There a sooth .
sayer in formed hi m that he was in imminent danger of

.
losing his life .
Some time after he had received t his in formation he ,
regre tt ed that h e had no t asked the soothsayer on wha t

ground it was based Having thus reflected b e deter
.
,
mined not to go home till h e had consul t ed the minister

Ma ha u sha dha When he had gone t o him and h ad t old
.
him t he whole story Ma ha u sha dha came t o t he conclusion

,
t ha t t he soothsayer must certainly h ave given h im this

p i ece o f in forma t ion becaus e his pouch con t ained one of
the snakes w hich e mit po i son w he n disturbe d There .
TA LE S FR O M TIBE TAN S O UR c ES .
him . Much harm had been done t o t he m by those

ministers w ho had le vied ou t of cove t ousness immodera te
,
rates and taxes I f they w ould ac t in accordance w i t h

.
his ins t ruc t ions he w ould be mind ful t hereo f and would
, ,
fix modera t e t axes set all other things in order and

, ,
help them t o secure their welfare In any case they .

,
ought t o revolt and w he n the king came wi t h t he other

,
ministers they ought to say tha t they would not submi t

,
un t il t he min i s t er Ma ha u sha dha S hould come but t ha t ,
w hen he came th ey would obey him but no one else

, .
When he had given them these instruc t ions and had ,
s t irred up t he people i n all those parts and ins t igated

t hem to rebellion s o that they recalled their allegiance
, ,
the other ministers pe t i t ioned t he king an d King J anaka ,
sen t fort h those S i x ministers together wi t h a gre a t army ;

bu t they did not succeed i n get t ing possession of a singl e
village or hill town So they sen t a messenger to t he
-
.
king with t he statemen t t ha t they could not enforce

submission unless t he king came himsel f ; but t he king
a l s o cou l d no t obtain t he submission o f a single hill t own -
.
So as many men had fallen in battle the king and the

, ,
ministers became dej ec t ed Then said t he inhabitants o f .
t he hill villages-
If the first minis ter Ma ha u sha dha w ere
,
t o come we w ould obey him and submit ourselves t o

,
him . We have not rebelled against King Janaka but ,
w e have behaved as we have done because th e ministers

have wrough t us injury .
Thereupon t h e king sent a messenger to Ma ha u sha dha ,
s aying A s w e canno t reduce t he land to s ubm ission do

, ,
you come hither When Ma ha u sha dha had looked at

.
”
t he king s letter he w ent a t once t o the king When

’
, .
t he people of that land s aw him they all paid reverence ,
t o him and he spoke words o f encouragement to t hem

, ,
and fixed t heir t axes according t o law and succoured the ,
poor and lowly and helpless To t he townspeople and .
the country -fol k he gave presents gr eeting and embracing ,

“
th em as if t hey were hi s parent s brothers and kinsmen , ,

.
The old me n of t he land and the young people and t he ,
women looked upon him as a son or a bro t her

,
To a ll .
o f the m h e gave great satisfaction ; and t hen af t er h e had ,
finall y uni t ed all t he land s t oge t her he went back to t he ,
sea t of royal t y t ogeth er wi t h Kin g J anaka

,
By means .
o f t hes e deeds h e gained an h onoured repu t atio n among

other kings also King J anaka was so highly please d
.
t ha t h e gave his daugh t er i n marriage to Ma ha u sha dha ,
w ho lived wit h her h appily .
A ft er a t ime t h ere came unto King J an aka a king 1
who had los t his possessions A s King J a n a k a did no t .
care for him h e betook himself t o Ma ha u sha dha who

, ,
re c eived hi m wi t h compassion an d supplied him w i t h

mean s o f s u bsis t ence .
Some time aft erwards a Brahman ca m e t o Ma hau sha dha

and asked hi m for a measure o f barley Ma ha u sha dha .
promised i t t o hi m bu t in t rus t ed t he del ivery o f i t to t h e

,
overseer o f t he gran ary who kept pu tt ing the ma tt er o ff

,
fro m day t o da y and gave n o t hing .
No w it came to pass on e day t hat the king was sitting

surrounded by t h e minis t ers and th e t ow n and coun t ry
folk a t a cer t ain spot where m any people paid reverence
t o hi m He asked the minis t ers to wh a t perso n a secre t
.
migh t be in tru sted on whom i t migh t be safe t o rely

,
.
Th e minis t ers began t o con sider O n e o f t hem said th a t .
a man migh t in t rust a secret t o hi s friend ; ano t her t o his ,
wife ; a t hird t o his mo t her ; a fourth to his sis t er ; a fift h

, , ,
to his bro t her When Ma ha u s ha dha was asked by th e

.
king w hy h e did n o t i n his turn express an opinion h e ,
replied O king my opinion i s that a man ough t not t o

, ,
intrust a secret t o any one bu t least of all t o his wi fe ,

.
This will I prove un t o you O king ,

.
Some time af t er this t he king s peacock was missing ’

.
Pr o p ly p ki g
er s ea n a Ks h t iy
a r a , as w i ll be se e n f th
ar e r ou .
—S .
1 5: TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
Ma ha u sha dha found it but hid it a w ay The n h e took .
ano ther which res embled it and said to hi s wi fe Have ,

“
yo u heard that t he king s pe a cock up a t the palace i s

’
mis sing ? She replied t hat she had heard about it .
Then Ma ha u sha dha said t o her Say nothing about i t ,
t o any one but cook it quickly and I will ea t it

,
1
She , .
”
s aid t o hersel f See now this man from the hill vil lage
, ,
-
wants to ea t t h e king s peacock My fa t her places t h e ’

.
u t mos t confidence in him and he ac t s to th e king s ,

’
hur t .
”
Some time af t erwards Ma ha u s ha dha dressed in full ,
array a cour t esan who bore a likeness to one o f t he king s ’
wives and brough t her t o his wi fe A n d h e said to his

, .
wife This is such and such a wife of t he king s A s I

,
“ ’
.
am very in t imate wi t h her and you are dear t o me d o , ,
no t mentio n it t o any one Thinking t hat S he and .
Ma ha u sha dha were living t oge t h er t he king s daughter ,

’
became very angry A n d S he considered t ha t as h e w as .
d i shonouring her fa t her who was qui t e unaware t hereof , ,
i t was no t righ t t o appoin t as firs t minis t er a m a n S pr u ng

from a lowly family in a hill village and t o in t rus t t he -
,
whole o f t he king s a ffairs to hi m t he shameful one

’
So , .
with a Vie w t o seeing tha t he was put back again into

his former p l ace She wen t t o her fa ther and said O , ,
“
father you have unadvisedly appoin t ed t his miscreant

,
first minis t er and you placed reliance upon him i n an

,
unbe coming manner He has sinned against t h e king s .

’
w ife having had to do wi t h such and suc h a wi fe of

,
yours A n d besides i t is he w ho h as e a t en t he king s

.
,
’
peacock Moreover he has received in a friendly ma n ner

.
,
and has supplied wi t h all necessaries men coming from a

foreign l and But you O fa t her have always held him
.
, ,
d earer than all others and no one save hi m has pleased ,
I)
you .
1 As re g a r ds t he ki g p n k ’
s e acoc se e t he Suka sa p t a t i 2 1 8t n ight in
l p 3 4 -S
, , ,
’
G a la n o s s tran s a ti o n , . . .
said so with reference to earlier t imes w hen you had ,
absolutely no influence over vi llages to w ns and ci t ies ? , ,
When t hey had gone somewhat far t her i t was sug ,
gested t o King J anaka t ha t he S hould again ask Mahau

s ha dha wh a t h e had t o se t for t h Then the king called .
t o him and questioned him He replied O king fro m .

, ,
be i ng one who had merely food drink and service you , , ,
h ave by my means become a king ruling the ear th w ith ,
a realm an army and t reasures Bu t you w i t hou t r e

, ,
.
,
cogn i sing wh at I did for you in early days are sending ,
m e to de ath on which account I u tt ered t he words A

, ,
king does not become a friend ‘

I said also A hang .
’
,
’
m a n has no acquaintances This hangman if h e were
.
,
to go wi thout bed and clo t hing to the king in order to

ob t ai n t he means of living fro m t he king when he had ,
dra w n nigh un t o t h e king would not be received by him

,
bu t I h ave bestowed land on the hungry fugi t ive by ,
m eans of which he has by t his t ime become prosperous .
Now he conduc t s me t o my dea t h on which a c count I ,
said A hangma n has n o acquain t ances

,
A s regards t he .
’
‘
words To women ough t no secret to be in t rus t e d I ’
, ,
u tt ered the m for th e followin g reason When you 0 .

,
king sitting one day in t he mids t of your cour t asked

, ,
whom one migh t ven t ure to t rus t and t he ministers ,
replied one s fa t her or mo t her or sis t er or comrades bu t

’
, , , ,
you 0 king said t ha t a m a n should in t rust a secre t to

, ,
his wi fe because a man s wi fe is t h e hal f o f his body

,
’
t hen did I en t ertain th e idea of bringing t he whole

mat t er before t h e eyes o f t he king In order t o provide .
a t es t I hid away t he king s peacock and took another

,
’
peacock which I ate

,
Then I t ook from the chamber of
.
t he women t he ornaments belonging t o a certain woman ,
and hung th em around the neck o f a cer t ain courtesan ,
and led her into my house Be ple a sed 0 king to look

.
, ,
”
upon th at courtesan .
When th e king had placed side by side the courtesan

; MA HA U S HA DHA A ND VIS A KHA .
and the designated inma t e o f his w omen s chamber an d

’
had looked u pon them both and h ad found that there ,
w a s a remarkable S imilari t y in thei r appearan ce figure , ,
behaviour and characteristics so th a t it w a s impossible

, ,
to distinguish one from the other t hen the king after , ,
some considera t ion perceived that Ma ha u sha dha w as,
innocent .
A s t o the w ords [
“ ‘
continued Ma ha u sha dha ] To th e ,
Brahman s w ife At m a v i r a a man ought n ot to admi t t h at

’
’
he possesses a measure o f barley I uttered the m for this ,
reason Whe n you had s en t e n ced me t o death and th e

.
,
execu t ioners were leading m e away she called ou t Give ‘

, ,
m e the meas ure o f barley and o n i t s account seized me

’
by t he skir t of my robe .
”
When all t his w as made clear to t h e eyes of the king ,
h e rej oiced and gave orders th at Ma hau sha dha should

,
be released and h e heaped upon him token s o f honour

, .
Ma ha u sha dha m ade obeis a n ce to the king and t hen sai d , ,
0 king h ave you learnt w hat the s ecrecy o f wives is

,
I h ave no longer any need o f your daughter I w ill .
seek me a wife like unto mysel f in race beauty charac t er , , , ,

”
and wisdom .
Whe n t h e k i ng had gran t ed h im permission he w ent ,
t o th e mou ntain forest Kaksh a in order to fi nd for him

1
,
s el f a maiden He h ad pu t on th e dress o f a Brahman

.
,
and carried a water jug in his right hand his body bein g
-
,
ad orned w i t h the string o f sacrifice and covered with t h e

skin of a gazelle and his face marked with three lines of
,
ointmen t When h e ha d gone half w ay darkness came

.
-
,
on A Brahman asked him wh ence he came .
Fro m t h e Vi de ha land h e replied ,

”
.
Whith er do you inten d to go ?

”
To the Kaksh a forest .
g t h xpl t i
A mo n f [ l
e e an a on s o ca c a f o r e st , a f o re st o f de a d t r e e s, a dr y
h giv i M i W illi m S 8m
'
a a en n on er a s s an w ood
k it Di t i y th i t i
, .
“
s r c ona r f a re e n er or o
Do you know any one in w hose hous e you can find

s h el t er
Ma ha u sha dha said tha t h e did not The n t he Brah .
m a n to ok hi m into his o w n house and enter t ained hi m

i n a becoming manner But Ma ha u sha dha suspec t ed .
t ha t his host s wi fe who loved ano ther man was a wor th

’
, ,
less woman When h e took his departure nex t day t he

.
Brahman said t o him C onsider t his house as your o wn ,
when you come h ere on your j ourneyings t o and fro .

”
“
Tha t will I do replied Ma ha u s ha dha and wen t his
,
”
,
w ay .
A bou t half way there was a barley fi e ld and in i t he

- -
,
saw a very beau t i ful maiden o f hi gh race and o f grea t ,
modes t y .
A S soon as h e saw her a longing a ft er her en t ered

in to his mind .
Good maiden he asked

“
who are you ? Whose
, ,
“
daugh t er are you ? What is your name ?

I a m Vi sak ha she replied
“
, .
Whos e daugh t er are you ?

Hi s who works in wood for all t he village .
Then though t Ma ha u sha dha He r form is fair but I ,

“
,
will n e w t est her in t elligence a li ttl e ”
He w e n t in t o a whea t fi e l d lift ed up his hands an d -

, ,
while he flourished his hands o n high h e t rampled o n ,
t he whea t wi t h his fee t Then said Vi sak ha O P un dit .

,
“
,
as you h ave flourished your h an ds on high so also ough t ,
you t o flourish on high your fee t .
“
This maiden is clever h e t hought Then he said ,
”
.
wi t h a s mile Y o u are very brillian t O maiden see i ng

, , ,
t hat you have earrings and armle t s .

”
The reason is O P undi t t ha t bo t h have li t tle oxen

, , ,
1
s aid Vi Sakha .
1
“
T hi s se e m s to re e r f to t he s till r ema ns i o b scu r e The sa me
hp i g y k b v l
.
”
s a e of t he e a rr n s, sa s P r o r e ma r m a y b e m a de a o u t se er a
fe s s o r Sc hi e fn e r b u t the r e a r t e e p o f V iSa k ha s w se sa
’
n i yi g s.
He set for th C oming to the house of Vi éak ha s

.
’
father h e found t hat her parents w ere not at home

,
So .
he s aid to the village head men If you allow i t I wi ll

“ -
, ,
t ake this woman to be m y w ife .

”
When t he head men o f t he village heard these w ords

-
,
t hey immedia t ely with on e accord began to upbraid him ,
saying You wretched mendi cant Brahman are not you

, ,
ashamed t o want such a maiden as our Viéakha ? Get .
away w i t h you at once from this spot Or mus t we .
hand you over to be devoured by fierce dogs

Driven away by them h e returned t o Vi sakha While , .
he was still a t a distance she bade hi m welcome When , .
he told her of his intervie w with the village head men -

,
who had been on the point of beating him she said , ,
Ho w and in wha t manner did you speak

When he had told her everything Vi sakha said to ,
him 0 Brahman y o u are not exper t in such ma t ters

,
“
, .
Have you behaved in t he way i n which a man ought to

propose fo r a maiden ?
“
Ho w else t hen ought one t o act ?,
asked t he
,
Brahman .
Fi rst o f all replied the maiden ,

the m an must ,
“
draw near Then he must gain favour A n d if t hat

. .
is gran t ed he must offer hospitality and organi se an

,
entertainment after which he may bring forward his

,
”
desire .
He w ent away and acted i n accordance with this

advice en t ertaining t he village head —men at an excell ent
,
banque t Then he arose and as ked for Vi sakha This

. .
t ime t hey gave the i r assent Jus t as this point w as .
reached her parents arrived Then Ma ha u sha dha and .
the village head men asked her paren t s for her The
-
.
parents w e re of opinion tha t t he matte r required con

sidera t ion .
“
Then said th e vil lage head men What is there to -
,
consider about ? He is a young shapely handsome , , ,

MA HA US HA D HA A ND VIS A KHA
'
. . 1 59
l earned Brahman perfectly v ersed i n the Vedas and

,
Ved angas So give him your da u ghter w i t hout further

.
considera t i o n .
”
Thereupon Ma ha u sha dha offered hospitality to th e

Brahman s and he received th e maiden as his wife
,
Th e .
nex t day h e invi t ed his wife s parents paid them h onour ’
, ,
bes t owed upon t hem raiment an d gifts in re t urn for th e

bride and t hen went his w ay to King J an aka in Vi de ha
,
.
O n the way a Brahman enter t ained him at th e festival

of the four t eenth day of t h e hal f moon an d gave him as -
,
!
a presen t a measure o f barley w hi ch h e poured i nto a ,
corner of his robe When h e came t o t he hous e of hi s

.
friend h e knocked a t t h e door

’
The Brahman s wife .
s aid Who is t here ? He replied It is I your hus

“ ” “
, , ,
’
band s friend She replied My husband is no t a t
.
,
home and as there is n o one else h ere I canno t admi t

, ,
any man during his absence Seek for sh elter else .
”
wh ere .
Soon af t erwards while Ma ha u sha dha was considering ,
ho w it was that sh e did no t admi t him he saw ano t her ,
man admi tt e d Then said Ma ha u sha dha There was a

.
,
”
reason for my not being admitted .
Whi le h e was still thinking the ma tt er over the ,
Brahm an himself cam e up fr o m a village and called

aloud at th e door Wh en his w ife heard h er husband s .
’
voice sh e considered wha t sh e should do and with some

, ,
misgivings h id her visitor away in a basket .
A f t er this t he t w o men who were ou t side entered in

and sat down Then said Ma ha u sha dha to the Brahman s
’
.
w i fe Where shall I pu t this barley

,
O n the floor she replied , .
The Brahman said Mice might come and eat i t ,
He looked under the bed and searched all t he ends

a n d corners o f the house but no t hing came t o light A ll ,
.
at once he sa w a baske t laid aside into w hich h e though t ,
t he corn might be pu t .
Into this bas ket will I pour the barley ,

said Mahau
s ha dha .
That baske t con t ains a treasure o f mine said t he ,
Brahman s wife ’
Ho w can barley be put into i t ?
.
“
“
Set aside the treasure in some po t said the husban d ,
”
,
then w e can pour t he barley in here .
Ma ha u sha dha also said In order t hat the mice may

,
no t render th e barley useless i t mus t be poured in h ere , .

"
Then said the Brahman s wife who became t e r rified ’
at the thought of the consequences The baske t is ,
damp ; t he barley will ge t spoil t inside i t .
“
You need not be uneasy replied Ma ha u sha dha to ,
”
t he Brahman s w ife ’
I will take care t hat no damp
.
“
ness remains in it and tha t the barley is not spoil t

,
”
.
Then he s tood up reversed his gazelle skin and t ied

, ,
t he string of sacrifice t wice round his neck Then he .
went ou t t o fetch wood and wa t er w ith t he in t ention of ,
cleansing t he baske t .
The Brahman s w ife experiencing t he pai n of parting

’
,
from her lover and fearin g t ha t he would be k i lled s en t

, ,
a messenger with all speed to his house in order tha t , ,
thi ngs being so some one mi ght come from thence

,
immediately A s soon as his fa t her heard t he ne w s h e

.
,
came t o Ma hau shadha and said I want to purchase th i s ,

“
baske t
”
.
Be of good cheer and take it was the reply , .
O n what terms
O n paymen t o f five hundred gold pieces not o t her w i s e , .
While thus speaking Ma ha u sha dha lighted a lamp close

,
by the basket But the fa t her thi nking t hat it wo u ld not

.
,
be well to let th e matter become known opened the door ,
of the house and had th e basket taken up by a s t rong

,
man and conveyed to his own house .
O n the following day Ma ha u sha dha gave a hundred

gold pieces to the man t o w hom t h e house belonged ,
told hi m w hat his w i fe s character w as li ke and advise d

’
,
w oman and Maha u sha dha are two demons Two great .
demons h ave combined t oge t her A n d he paid her t he .

”
r esidue Then her paren t s came in and he said showing

.
, ,
them t he gold Th e m a n is no Brahman

,
“
He i s t he .
king of Vi de ha s principal minis t er Ma ha u sha dha

’
, .
”
When t he maiden s paren ts and kinsmen heard t ha t

’
they said t ha t they w ere alli ed wi t h a m a n of power ,
t hat they w ere in that respec t very fo r tuna t e and t ha t ,
their family w ould be made famous by means of Mahau

sha dha .
Wh en Ma ha u sha dha arrived in t he city and t he king ,
heard of t hat he and the old mini sters w ere greatly

,
pleased .
Ho w h ave you fared ? asked t he king .
”
I have chosen me a wi fe h e replied , .
Wha t kind of wife ? ”
A very beautiful one replied Ma hau sha dha of

, ,
”
per fect intelligence suitable for me , .
A n d he asked the king if as she w as of such a nature , ,
he m ight n o w marry her .
Excep t me said t he king

,
is there any man equal ,
to you ? A n d why ? Because you are my chief minis t er .
”
Therefore marr y her to my gr eat pleasure .
”
0 ki ng I will do so
. .
Surrounded by the band of ministers Ma ha usha dha ,
invited the Brahman s householders and popul ace to be

, ,
his gues t s C ollecting toge ther t h e rest i n grea t numbers

.
,
t he elephant drivers the horse drivers t he chariot dr ive r s

-
,
-
,
-
,
and the goers on foo t h e wen t t o t he house of his fa t her

,
i n l aw in the moun t ain forest Kaksha

- Havin g arrived .
t here he celebra t ed a grea t wedding feas t and after a

,
-
,
time he re t urn ed to the ci t y with his wife and lived ,
w ith he r there in love s delights ’

.
this there came fro m th e no r th t o Ki n g J anaka

A fter
in Vi de ha five hundred merchan t s w ith goods and horse s .
MA HA U S HA D HA A ND VISA KHA .
I n that ci t y lived many courtesans w ho were wont by , ,
m eans o f t heir wiles t o despoil o f their goods the mer ,

.
chan t s who came t hi t her A s soon a s they h eard th a t .
merchan t s had come from t h e nor th they fas t ened upon ,
t hem B u t t he chie f o f the m erchants was very cautious

. .
Th e mos t a t trac t ive o f t h e women took him in hand but ,
wi t h no success Then she called t he merchan t s toge t her

.
,
and reques t ed the m t o render their chief well disposed

t owards her But al t hough th e merchants and the
.
women t ook great pain s day aft e r da y ye t h e did not ,
yield to en t iceme n t Then t hat courte san w ent to th e .
chie f and joked and laughed .
W hy do you trouble you r sel f said t he chie f You .
w ill n o t en t ice me .
”
What w ill you give me sh e asked i f I do entice , ,

“
you
I will give you five of our best h ors es But i f you .
fail to en t ice me and you h ave n o money then you must

, ,
follo w aft er me .
”
Thus ran t heir talk But in spite of all her effor t s .
sh e could no t attai n h er e n d .
O n e day the merchan t s said to t heir chie f Do as “

,
other people do
I have enj oyed th e w oman by night in a d r eam
“
,
replied t h e chie f 1
.
The merchants repeated this t o th e woman who calle d ,
upon t h e king s men to arres t the merchan t saying A s

’
, ,
y o u h ave enjoyed my love pay me fi ve fi r st ra t e horses

”
-
.
,
You lie disrepu t able female replied t he merchant

, ,
”
.
So they two carr ied up t heir dispu t e t o t h e palace .
The king and his cour t a t tempted to se ttle the ques t ion .
Even i ng came but still th ey did no t succeed

,
Worn and .
fre tt ed by hunger they resolved to postpone t he decision

,
o f th e question and wen t t o their homes , .
C om p B e n fe y , P a n t sc ha t a n
ar e fu r m u n de n
ro gl Lit t iii era u r, 1 4 7,
i Li b h G m i v 53
. . .
’
t ra , . 1 2 7, a n d e r e c t i n J a hr b u c h a n di n P fe ifi e r s er an a, . .
-
S .
When Ma ha u sha dha came home t ha t evening Vi sa ,
k ha said My lord why have you t arrie d s o long

,
“
,
t o day
-
He gave her a full account o f the w hole question which

they ha d not been able t o se t tle .
If a qu es t ion remains unse tt le d by all o f you she

“
,
said aft er being t hus considered and disc u ssed how

, ,
comes it tha t you hold such a position ? ”
Such bei n g t he s t a t e o f affairs said Ma ha u sha dha

“
,
”
,
can you perchance de cide t h e question ?

, ,
I can she replied

“
See ho w grea t is m y j udg
,
.
“
ment ! G o and order t he five good horses t o be placed

at t he edge of a pi e ce o f water Then le t t he king and .
t he minis t ers meet toge th er a t that place and give t heir

opinions on t he matter I f it turns o u t t h a t as the .
,
woman says t he merch ant has really e n j oyed her t hen l e t

, ,
t he five good horses be given t o her Bu t i f it be proved .
t hat h e did so only in a d ream then let her be shown t he ,
image o f t he horses in t he water I f she says th at she .
can nei t her grasp nor use them th en let he r be told t ha t , ,
j ust as it is impossible t o grasp that image so is it als o ,
wi t h the fr ui t ion o f love in a dream .
A ll this was carried ou t A l l were as t onish ed at t his .
decis ion and th e king asked who had been t h e dis coverer
,
of this way o f escape Whereupon Ma ha u sha dha replied .
t hat Vi si k ha had discovered it Then all perceived t hat .
t he carpen t er s dau ghter w as exceedingly clever and h er

’
fame spread abroad t hroughout all lands .
tha t a merchan t from the north made a present

A fter
of t wo mares to t he k ing and said Thes e tw o mares
1
, , ,
0 king are dam and foal but wh ich the dam is and
, ,
w hich the foal nobody knows When in t his case also

,
.
”
the king and his cour t were in difficul t ies the carpenter s
’
daugh t er Visakha se tt led the ques t ion as before saying ,
1 Cf . Su k a sa p ta t i , 3 7t h N ight , i n t he t l i
ra n s at o n of Gl a an os .
—
S .
custo m o f the country tha t every young and handsom e

woman should be caj oled by o t her men He replied tha t .
this took place everywhere for men were greedy aft er a ll ,
w omen and they were instructed by t he women t hem

'
selves ; but tha t i f a woman was prudent she did not ,
give her consent Then said Vi sakha If I w ere to “

.
,
bring a man o f tha t kind to harm or disgrace would any ,
danger arise out o f it ? Ma ha u sha dha said

‘
D o so ,
“
,
and fear no t So sh e told him t hat he w as to feig n an

.
illness and sh e would turn it to go o d account He did

, .
so Then sh e sen t messengers to in form t he ministers

.
,
who had bec ome acquainted wi t h his indisposition that ,
sh e w ould gran t t he m the fulfil ment o f t heir desires .
Havi n g caused an image o f Ma ha u sha dha to be mad e

o f wood she dressed it and laid it in his bed To each
, .
o f t he m i n is t e r s she sent word to come to her a t a cer

'
tain hour wi thout letting t he others know anything about

,
i t She had als o caused six ches t s to be made and had

.
,
distributed them in six o f her rooms Each o f t he minis .
ters on his arrival she hid away in one o f th e chests

, , .
Nex t day she let t he report spread abroad that Mahau

s ha dha w as dead Thereupon t he king and his cou r t as
.
,
well as t he res t o f the people broke forth into lamenta ,
t ion Bu t Vi sakha l ocked t h e ches t s and t ook them t o

.
the king and said ,

Now t ha t Ma ha u sha dha is dead
,
“
,
here are his treasures o f gold silver and precious s t ones , , ,
sealed wi t h his own signe t While the king was g r ie v .
ing that these presen t s should have been m ade to him

o n the very d ay o f their owner s death Ma ha u sha dha ’
came into the palace by another w ay laughing and ,
adorned with flowers Having made obeisance to t h e .

'
king h e s aid
,
Do you mean now t o take possession of
,
my proper t y 0 king al t hough you h ave never shadowed

, ,
me wi t h t he canopy o f your grace ?

I hav e no t t aken i t said the king I t w as brought
,
.
”
here from your own house .
Great king and Ma ha u sha dha said Vi sakha t here , ,
is ano t her world besides t his Thes e are pre cious s t ones .
fro m i t Take the m a s a ple dge

. Great king these are .
,
t he men w ho have dishonoured me th e widow separated ,
fro m her hu sband and have stolen from me my tre asure

,
.
Thereupon Ma ha u sha dha pointed out th e excellent

i ntention s in the min ds o f t he first ministers When th e .
king had looked i n and had seen the six minis t ers w i t h
,
their hair and beards s horn and t heir hands and feet ,
“
drawn together he l aughed and said to Ma ha u sha dha

, ,
Tell m e w hos e c ontrivance is t his ?

,
It is Vi sak ha s contrivance he replied and then he

’
, ,
proceeded to tell the whole story The king m arvelled .
at t he a cuteness and resolutio n shown by Vi sakha and ,
the cleverness o f t he carpenter s daughter Vi sakha o h ’
t a i n e d praise i n all lands .
The king resolved that Ma ha u sha dha should try to fi nd

h im a w i fe o f similar discretion in which case everything ,
would be placed on a good footing both at home and as

regards a ffairs exterior to the palace .
“
Wh ere shall I look for her ? asked Ma hau sha dha ”
.
The king o f P an ch ala has an exceedingly beau t i ful

”
da u ghter called A u sha dhi replied King J anaka ,
She .
is endowed with knowledge and m emory and I h ave ,
heard that in acutenes s she r esembles Vi sakha O btai n .
her for m e as my w i fe .
”
0 king ,
”
said Ma ha u sha dha in this matter must ,
“
som e stra t agem be employ ed for there is en mity be tw een

‘
,
”
yo u and him .
Then King J anaka sent his ministers and his P u r o hi t a

in order t o make p r oposals o f m arriage The king o f .
P anch ala called his m inis t ers toge t her and asked the m
what he sh ould do '
They said A s Ki n g J anaka for
.
,
merly r e fu se d t o listen to your orders we must manage ,
s o th at t hey may fall into our power Tell them th at .
you w ill give your daugh t er and that an appointment ,

must be made for the purpos e of re ceiving her at a cer ,
t a i n hour on such and such a day o f the half moon at

,
-
,
”
such and such a place .
Havin g t hus spoken t hey w ent forth and announced ,
tha t King J anaka was to receive the Princess A u sha dhi .
When and where ? asked th e envoys .
O n such and such a day at an appointed hour was , ,
the reply .
Thereupon the king of P anch ala sent forth invitations

to the weddi ng A n d h e prepared food and drink and.
,
infused into i t divers kin ds o f poisons When a ll was .
ready h e sent out messengers to the people to come

,
for t hwith .
When Ma ha u sha dha h eard th at h e said to King ,
J anaka It is not fi tting tha t w e should ac t hastily

, .
For what reason

This king is a neighbour who has al w ays been o p
posed to us at variance wi t h us We must send a spy
, .
”
i n advance .
Who m shall we send ? said t he king ”

.
0 king said Ma ha u sha dha be at ease

,
I have a , .
parrot called C ha r a k a who is clever and hon est Hi m

’
, .
will I send He will return afte r he has held convers e

.
wi t h all .
”
Do so said the king , .
The parrot fl e w o ff and considered to whom h e shoul d ,
dra w nigh , wi t h whom he should make friends and hold

converse In spi t e o f look i ng around o n all sides he
.
,
could detec t no t hing and h e had to consider how h e ,
should begin t he usual s t yle of business En t ering t he .
2
palace and th ere looki n g about him h e saw a m aina
, ,
si tt in g on some t imber work and flew up t o her , and -

,
the t wo birds took pleasure in each o th er s company ’

.
1 T hi pp
s a e ars to be a c o r r e c t r e st o r a t o n i of t he S a n s k it
r n a me , t h ghou
t he p a r r o t s n a me
'
’
is giv f t h
en ur er on as M ath a r a .
— S .
S dr i kci , r el ig i o sa , P r edig er kr a he —
2
Gr a cu l a . S .
merchant who has succeeded in obtaining gains But to .
the maina he said re ferring t o King S ibi No w mus t I

, ,
“
go , 0 good one i n order to let King S ibi know t ha t I,
have fo und a so ft spoken maina like u n t o m y w ife -

.
”
0 lord said the maina when you have gone away ,
, ,
“
and have informed King Sibi let it be made kn o w n aft er ,
a space of seven days aft er no longer lapse o f t ime L e t , .
Ki n g Si b i know w ha t are my descen t my family and

'
, ,
my means For my sake be not l os t

. .
”
The parrot flew away , and gave a full account o f a ll

these things to Ma ha u sha dha w ho made King Janaka ,
acqu ainted t herewith .
When t he king o f P anch ala sa w tha t J anaka w as not

coming he equipped a complete army and went for t h
, ,
agains t King J anaka and besieged his capi t al The , .
firs t minis t er Ma ha u sha dha perceived that there was n o

, ,
w i ths t anding him in fight so h e considered ho w he ,
could exci t e discord By means o f sending divers pre .
sents t o King Si bi s five hundred minis t ers h e produced ’
dissension When this had been brough t abou t Janaka

.
,
sent envoys to th e king o f Panch ala wi t h a message t o

t he effect tha t al t hough he was in a position to figh t t he
,
king of P an ch ala ye t he wished t o be reconciled wit h ,
him and not t o figh t with him w ho w as his father

,
i n la w
-
The king of Pan ch ala should kno w that i n
.
’
King J anaka s hands lay life and death But though he .
could fight w ith him yet he w ould rather not do so If , .
the king of Panch ala was i n doubt let hi m consider that ,
J anaka had sent such and such prese n ts to such and s uch
m inisters .
The king of Panch ala laid hands on those minis t ers

w ith th e presen t s and th a t same evening he returned ,
home . O n hi s arrival there he ordered t he five hundred ,
minis t ers to be executed a n d made t heir sons minis t ers ,
i n t heir stead and he became reconciled with King ,
J anaka .
MA HA US HA DHA A ND VI SA KHA .
When Ma ha u sha dha learnt that t h e ministers had b een

put to dea t h he rejoiced at h aving brought this abou t
,
.
They bein g de ad h e said t o t h e king,

Now will I go ,
m y sel f t o see i f I can obtain th e princess or no t

”
.
Wh en h e had arrived in the land o f P anch ala t h e ,
king invited him t o en t er t h e city But he replied t ha t

'
’
h e w ou ld stay where h e w as in the p ark or in case h e ,
en t ered the ci t y he would go t o the hou se of a cer t ain

,
minis t er The king of P anch ala w as alarmed at these

.
w ords thinking that Ma ha u sha dha might be wishing

,
a gain to sow dis cord between him and his m inister s so ,
he sent to tell him that he migh t stay where h e w as i f

h e w ished i t .
Now the m inisters reflected tha t Ma ha u sha dha had

deprived their fa thers o f life and they t hought r e , ,
m e m b e r i n g the old grudge that if t hey brough t th e ,
m atter energetically be fore t h e king Ma ha u sha dha would ,
n ever return h ome So aft er they ha d m e t t ogether

.
,
t he y sa i d to t h e king
.
I t is Ma ha u sha dha i n who m
,
King J anaka has such a source o f mental power When .
he is a t home by t h e king s side n o on e can i n j ure t h e

’
king but while he is here w e migh t w ell go for t h a gain

, ,
”
to attack King J anak a .
The king consen t ed thereto and they set ou t for King ,
J a n a k a s capi t al with a full y equipped army

’
King .
J an aka also made h imsel f ready No w Ma ha u sha dha .
l e arnt t hat th e king o f Pa n c hal a had invaded King .
A ft er r e
’
J anaka s country by such and such a road .
m aining a little l onger w here h e w a s h e l earn t t ha t ,
th e treasures o f th e king o f Panch ala w ere kept in a

’
certain place and that the king s daughter A u sha dhi by
, ,
n ame lived there also

,
So h e wen t t hith er wi t h a small
.
troop o f trusty adherents and surrounded t he treasury .
En t ering t herein he emptied it o f its conten t s a n d carried

,
o ff t he princess along wi t h the gold and precious things .
Then he got his army ready and en t ered K ng J anaka s ’

'
,
countr y from a different side Thereat K ing J anaka .
rej oiced and so did the minis t ers the villagers and t he
, , ,
rest of the people saying that he had accomplished a ,
great work and they made him many demonstrations o f

,
honour
When t he king o f Pa n chala s ministers heard tha t ’
Ma ha u sha dha had arrived w i t h the m aiden and t he trea

sure they abandoned t he siege o f t he capital and re t urned
,
t o their own coun try ; and King J anaka having obtained ,
t he maiden as his wi fe lived w i t h her in hap piness and ,
love .
A fter a w hile th e king o f P anch ala sent a messenge r ,
t o his daughter and asked for informatio n as to who i t ,
w a s by whos e coming the matter had been found out and ,
who i t was who had brought about t he dissensions She .

.
sent word back t hat it w as Maha u sha dha s parrot n amed ’
Gharaka w hich being endowed wi t h human speech had

, , ,
spied the ma t ter out Then the king of Panch ala desired .
t hat i t should at any ra t e be delivered up to him So .
with grea t diffi cul t y she contrived to ca t ch i t in a ne t ,
and she sen t i t t o her fa t her The king flew into a .
passion upbraided the bir d i n div ers ways and t hen

, ,
ordered i t t o be killed The parrot Gharaka fel l at t h e .
king s fee t and besought him to allo w i t to die as i t s

’
fa t her and gr and father had died The king gave his con
sent an d asked in what manner its fa t her and grand
,
fa ther had been put t o dea t h Wh en its t ail had been .
w rapped i n co t ton a n d drenched w ith mus t ard oil and -

,
when all this ha d been set on fire and the bird was let go ,
t o fly up in t o t he air i t s et the w hole o f t he royal palace ,
i n a blaze and t hen dived under w ater

1
,
When i t had .
re t urned home and King J anaka and Ma ha u sha dha asked ,
1
Cf b t B t B il d d i b i g f L k a i t h Ram ay
Pa s un e er, . u rn n o an n e a n a,
G hi h t i Eh t l d t t m pt t p i h th
.
, .
e sc c den t th n s an s, ue o e a e o un s e
R v ] 85 6 i dM h dt mo k g l H m t by t t i g ’
e a 4 1 1 an an n ar s n ey - en e ra anu a se n
hi t il
, ,
.
,
i h My t h f
”
G e r i n a n sc h g fi e en o r sc un en , s a on re .
B li 8 58 p 39 S A l t h
er n ,
1 , . .
— . so e
ha d grow n again it became capable o f flying and fel t a

, ,
desire t o t ake to fligh t Then it said Y o u 0 king .

,
“
, ,
t oge ther wi t h the commander of the army t he queen the , ,
prince and the minis t ers must appear before m e wi t h

, ,
b e a ds shorn as smoo t h as pes t les I f ye do so t hen will .

,
”
I vouchsafe forgiveness .
The king t ook th is t o heart and beh aved accordingly ,
and the w hole party wi t h b e a ds shorn like pes t les pro

, ,
c e e de d to the abode of the dei t y fell a t i t s fee t and ,
begged fo r pardon The n t he parrot flew alo ft u t tering

.
,
thi s verse
The doer o f the deed is requited See how t h e plucker .
i n his turn i s plucked ! Now h e who by himsel f was

plucked has t horoughly w ell plucked t he enemy and all
the res t .
Having t hus spoken Gharaka fle w away to Mahau ,
sha dha who asked i t w hence it came as he had not

, ,
seen i t for so lo n g a time It gave a full accoun t o f w ha t .
kind of t rick i t had played Ma ha u sha dha was deligh t ed .
t herewith and h e repor t ed it t o King J anaka who like

, ,
w ise rej oiced greatly and con sidered himsel f fortunate

,
in having so intelligent a minis ter .
At another t ime the king in o r der to see w hich of his ,
ministers was the cleveres t took it into hi s h ead to ,
summon t hem and to give to each o f the m a dog with

, ,
directio ns to train i t to speak with a human voice wi t hin

a given time The minis t ers to ok the dogs home with
.
t hem and man aged to rear t hem properly but not to

, ,
te ach them t o speak .
Ma ha u s ha dha t ook his d og home and gave i t a place ,
at a li t tle distance from t he table fas t ening i t t o a ,
peg. The dog was accustome d to see various ki nds o f

meats drinks and soups prepared for Ma ha u sha dha but
, , ,
could not ge t at t h em By means of giving i t li tt le food

.
and t ha t bad Ma ha u sha dha brought i t about that t h e

,
MA HA U S HA DHA A ND VIS A KHA .
dog was nei t her dead n or alive and w as lean and gaunt ,
with exhaustion .
A fter a t ime th e king ordered the dogs to be brough t ,
w heth er instruc t ed or not instructed The other minis .
t ers w h o were not versed in th e scien ces had no t bee n

, ,
able to teach their dogs to speak Then the king ordered .
Ma ha u sha dha to bring the dog which h ad been h anded

over to him When the gaunt famished dog appeared
.
,
before th e king he asked w hy it w as s o thin Mahau

, .
sha dha repli ed 0 king I h ave given i t the same

,
“
,
kind of food that I ate mys elf But t he dog exclaimed .

,
0 king t hat is not t rue

,
I am all b u t de ad wi t h h un .
ger. Thereupon Ma ha u sha dha said A ft er t his fashion ,

“
”
h ave I taught the dog to speak Wh ereat the king was .
highly pleased .
A no t her t ime w hen the king w ished to m ake a simi

,
l a r t r i al he ordered each o f t he ministers to feed and

,
w ater a sheep in such a manner that t h e sheep should

become strong w ithout w axing fat 1
Fi ve hundred o f .
th e ministers were unaware ho w to s et ab out t h is matter .
They reared their sheep but th e sheep became fat Bu t

, .
Ma ha u sha dha while h e placed delica t e food before his

,
sheep set up in front o f i t a wooden wol f which h e h ad

,
provided for the purpose The sight o f t h e w olf frightened .
t he sheep s o much that it grew u p strong w i thou t b e

coming fa t When t h e king sa w that the sheep of th e other
.
m inisters were flourishing and very fat but t hat Mahau ,
sh a dha s sheep had become strong w ithout gro w ing fa t

'
he highly commended his wisdom .
O n ano t her o cc a sion the king was again desirous o f

finding out w h o w as possessed o f wisdom The five .
hundred son s of th e ministers were holding a feast in

the park A s they sa t there eating and drinking t hey
.
,
t ook to describing m arvellous things each one being ,
called u pon to s t ate w ha t ever wondrous t hing he ha d

C f L e s A da t a d p a S ta n J li P i s 1 8 59
1 “ ”
48 S
. va n a s, r r u en ar n -
. . , . .
, ,
TA L E S F R O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
either himsel f experienced or had heard described w hil e

t arrying a t home Then out of friendship t hey told one
.
ano t her t he marvels they ha d w i t nessed at home and

elsewhere A long wi t h t he rest Ma ha u sha dha s so n was
.
’
called upon by t he young me n t o relate some t hing He .
said tha t t here w as a s t one i n his father s hous e which ’
al t hough it formed t he base o f a column w ould yet if , ,
thrown into w ater s w im t o and fro and lend itself t o

, ,
rubbing and kneading an d so fort h Th e youths ex , .
pressed their O pinio n t ha t no such marvel existed i n any

of t heir houses A s h e w ould no t g ive way and they
.
,
doub t ed his w ord h e said t hat h e would stake upon i t

,
five hundred pieces o f gold He t old this to his fa t h er .

,
who said Son do not show them t h e stone

,
“
,
So w hen .
”
the youths came h e did not show t hem the ston e and
, ,
his five hundred gold pieces w ere forfeited .
A fter a time Ma ha u sha dha took some monkeys and

gave t hem a musical t raining Then he s aid t o his son .
,
G o t o your comrades and tell them i n reference to

.
,
your former under t aking abou t marvels seen at home ,
t hat y o u are willing to stake t wice as much money as

be fore on the fac t t hat you can sho w in your hous e
musical monkeys capable o f dancing and singing and
,
playing on th e drum In a ccordance wi t h t hes e ins t ruo

.
”
tions t he young man after speaking of other t hings , ,
passed on to that subjec t and said tha t h e had s een such ,
crea t ures . They declared tha t they h ad n ever eith er

see n or h eard o f monkeys which performed musically .
”
“
What will you give me if I sho w you some ? h e said .
They replied You have already lost five hundred pieces

,
of gold and n o w you w il l lose a t housand i f you canno t

, .
sho w us t hese monkeys but have been talking nonsense ,
as before But if you do show t hem to us then we wil l pay

.
, .
you that sum When they had set tled t his wager the
.
,
monkeys were brought in t o t he royal palace where they ,
p l ayed and sa n g and dance d be fore t he king So the .

i t and th e w oman tormented by h unger begged to have

, , ,
some too Then Vir ii p a took a handfu l o f meal and

'
partook of it by himself .
“
A s I al so am sorely tormented by hunger said ,
Udu m b a r i ka I would fain partake of that w a ter

, .
A s th e early Ris hi s and law teachers have forbidden -
women to par t ake o f such w ater I will not gi ve you ,

”
any replied Vi r fi p a
,
.
W hile t hey were suffering from hunger in a desert

during a time o f dr ought Vi r ii p a found some dog s flesh ,
’
which h e roas t ed and ate Wh en Udu m b a r i k a wanted .
some too h e w ould not give her any because t he Rishis

, ,
had forbidden women to partake of such food There .
upon she gave w ay to all kinds o f wailing lamenting ,
t ha t she unhappy one that she w as should be tormented

, ,
by t he pangs o f hunger and asking wherefore on accoun t , ,
o f wh a t faul t of h ers had her p aren t s wedded her t o

,
such a man .
They p roceeded far ther and saw a ripe Udu m b a r a tree , .
Vi r fip a climbed it and feasted on i t s fru it U du m b ar ik a .
said he ought not to ea t i t all himsel f but ough t to give ,
some to her also He ate the ripe fruit and t hrew down
.
t o her onl y what w as unripe She t old him h e ough t .
not to fling her t he unripe frui t only bu t ought to give ,
her t he ripe fruit also He replied I f you wan t ripe

.
,
“
frui t climb the t ree yours el f and pluck and eat

,
.
”
Tormen t ed by hunger sh e climbed up in t o t he tree ,
with di fficul t y and t here ate s ome frui t Bu t Vi rfi p a

,
.
t hough t What can such a wre t ch ed man as I am do

,
“
w i t h such a wi fe — I who can scarcely support myself ?

,
She will not so much as look a t me .
C omin g down from the t ree he surrounded it wi t h ,
thorns and t he n w en t his way .
No w it happened that jus t at that time King J anaka

wen t out hun t i ng and he heard in t he forest t h e w ail
,
i n g of U du m b a r i ka deserted by her husband Fol lo wi ng .

MA HA US HA DHA A ND VISA KHA .
th e sound he caught sight o f the bright e y e d o n e w ho

'
-
, ,
see med to him like a goddess o f th e forest When she .
had come down fro m the tree h e reposed by her side I

,
and then set her in his chariot conveyed her to th e c i ty , ,
and gave himself u p to pleasure with her .
Meanwhile Vi r up a as h e w alked along by himsel f , ,
repen t ed o f having deserted his w i fe So h e returned .
to the U du m b a r a tree but found that his w ife w as not ,
th ere and learnt that King J anaka had taken her a w ay

,
w i t h him and had made her on e o f his wives Thereat

,
.
h e w as sorely grieved .
He w ent to the gate o f the palace but he w as not ,
admitted within Then h e sa w that th ere were m e n at

.
work in the courtyard o f the palace a n d he resolved to ,
carry stone along with them By this means h e gained .
access to th e palace w here he saw his w ife and the king

,
i n loving converse He hi t upon a plan o f sp eaking

.
w ith his wife and he and she dis coursed in verse as

,
follows
He . is t he corner s t one Dos t thou rej o i c e in blam

G olden -
.
i n g ? Fair one loves t t ho u me no t ? T ake 0 c a r

, ,
'
p e n te r the s t one 1
,
”
S he “
.A t t ha t spo t di d I be s ee c h thee In my memory dwell .
.
‘
the wor ds To wome n mea t is forbid den Me dids t k ’
, .
t hou forsake .
He Bes i de the U du m b a r a t r e e 0 fai r one has t thou asked

.
“
, ,
me born besi de the r i ver G ang es T ake 0 c arpen te r

,
.
, ,
t he s tone .
S iz e “
.When I a ske d for meal a n dwa t er thu s was I answered ,
I t is no t righ t th a t a woman should par t ake thereof .

’
T here fore have I hi ther c ome

”
.
He .
“
Much has the learne d mo u th spoken Speak o f the .
c oun tless g olden g li tt er Fair one loves t t hou me .

,
no t ? Take 0 mas t er the s t on e ?

,
”
,
She .U nripe was wha t t hou di ds t g ive me The ri p e di d s t .

'
tho u eat thyse lf Mindfu l of ha rsh spee ch do I n o w

.
si t dallyin g here .
TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR CE S .
He .
“
Down from the moun t ai n wi ll I dash po i son also wil l ,
I dri nk 0 Brahman wo m an Wa i l i n g for t hee a m I

,
.
here Take 0 c arpen t er the s t one !

.
,
”
,
S he .
“
Dash thyself down from the moun tain drink thy ,
poison O Brahman ! In love s t i me thou didst n o t

,
’
love A t ho m e mus t dallian c e t ake plac e

.
”
.
While they two t hus h eld converse the king became ,
suspicious and said 0 queen as I do not unders ta nd

, ,
“
,
what ye are saying to each o t her speak to me wi t hou t ,
fear that I may hearken t o your words

,
A s t he king .
”
was completely under her influence she gave him a ful l ,
account of every th i ng The king asked her i f she wished .
t o go away w i t h her husband She did not like t o say .
openly tha t her husband w as repulsive to her for she ,
was afraid tha t he as he was a Brahman might bri ng a , ,
curse upon her by means of evil spells Then the king .
asked Ma ha u sha dha what w as t o be done Ma ha u sha dha .
promis ed to arrange so t ha t t he king would not have to

par t with her .
Ho w so asked t he king .
A s t his Brahman replied Ma ha u sha dha i s a man , ,

“
o f very small mean s but t hese women are exceedingly ,
grand I will speak t o him aft er s uch and such a fashio n

, .
I f I sugges t it t o him he w ill look for his wife among ,
your w omen wi t hou t ide ntifying her

The Brahman was su m
.
,
moned and was asked wha t he ,
was looking for and why he had entered the p alace He , .
replied tha t he was looking for his wife w hom t he king ,
had brought there .
Shall you be able t o identify your wi fe ? asked

Ma ha u sha dha .
”
“
Yes repli ed Vi r up a
,
.
I will bring t he five hundred w omen be fore you ,
said Ma ha u s ha dha I f you pick out from among the m .
one who does not belong to you your bo dy shall be o u t ,
to pieces w i t h w eapons
”
.
it had been carried off to th e top o f a tree by a female

monkey .
The king ordered his men to hasten to t he forest and

c
bring back the necklace They w ent there but they did .
,
not find it No w a beggar had gone there in search of

.
t h e remnants of th e food o f w hich oth er men had made a

meal A s he came forth from the forest after par t aking
.
’
o f such food the king s men arrested him A s no one
, .
else was to be seen t here th ey call ed on him to render ,
up the necklace A l though h e protested tha t h e had

.
not taken it had n o t even s een it yet he w as beaten

, ,
with fists and st a kes and t hen t hro w n into prison , .
Tormented by hunger h e reflec t ed tha t unless h e , ,
contrived s ome cunning way o f escape he w ould die ,
there of s t arvation So he said to the j ail er that he had

. .
it w a s true taken the pearl necklace but tha t he had

, ,
given it to such and such a young merchant Hi m also .
t h e king s men summone d and the two men were set

’
fast connec t ed by w ooden fetters .
The merchant used to receive from home dainty food .
While he w as partaking o f i t the beggar asked him for .
s ome . But t he merchant reviled him sayin g I t is a l l , ,
very well for you to accuse m e o f t he ft in o rder that I

may nourish you w ith my food I wi ll give you non e .
o f it
.
”
A n d having t hus spoken h e ate i t all u p ,
.
A fter this when t he merchant wished to change his

,
”
place and said
,
Le t u s stand up and move
,
“
th e ,
beggar replied I will n o t listen t o your w ords ; I shal l

,
n o t get up Then said the mer c h an t Hence forward

.
”
,
“
w ill I behave so t ha t you will be co n tented ”

Thus .
w ith friendly w ords and wi t h an o ath h e w on over the

'
beggar and w as able to do as h e wished

,
.
The n ext day the merch ant sen t home orders to pro
vide in future food enough for two person s Thereat the .
beggar was high l y pleased and b e reflected t ha t in ,
fo r mer times he used to wander about the whole ci t y

without being able to find the mean s o f filling his belly ,
bu t n o w food and dr i n k i n plen t y were at hand and i t ,
would be well to call in a courtesan A ccordi ngly h e .

,
’
accused one o f a share in th e theft and the king s me n ,
set her also in the prison Whe n the beggar w as sitting

.
in company with these two prisoners and enj oying food

and drink h e said Good is it i f we ge t fre e fro m here
, ,
aft er t he space o f a dozen years .
While they so enj oyed themselves a further de sire

arose within t hem They t hough t t hat i n order to have
.
still more pleasure they mus t call in a lute player So -

.
th e b eggar accused a lu t e player also of having t aken the

-
’
string o f pearls Then th e king s men cast him also
.
into the prison .
A fter some time the others besought the beggar to

fi n d some mean s whereby they might become fre e s aying ,
that in that cas e h e should w ant for nothing He pro .
m i se d to do s o and be t hought himsel f th at n o o n e could

,
be o f use e xcept Ma ha u sha dha So he t old th e king s .

’
men that Ma ha u sha dha s son h ad like w ise taken par t in

’
the a ffair and they s en t for him also

,
.
Whe n Ma ha u sha dha h eard that his son had been

i mpr i soned h e felt that he m ust certainly go to the
,
palace for if h e did not do so hi s so n w ould fre t

,
himsel f O n arriving th ere h e aske d th e king w ha t

.
,
o ffence his son had commi tt ed The king replied t hat h e .
had been imprisoned on th e tes t imony of t h e beggar

w ith respect to t h e stolen pearl necklace When .
Maha u sha dha h ad become fully acquainted wi t h the con

t r iv a n c e o f th e captives he said to th e ki n g
,
Th e th e ft ,
has not been committed by any o f thes e people L e t .
them all go free on my word ”

So they w ere released
. .
A fter this h e went out to the park and came to t h e ,
spot to the very tree where they ha d been be fore

, , .
Whe n h e looked closely at t he tree he perceived a ,
femal e monkey sitting at the top o f it Then he fe l t .

sure t hat this animal had take n the string o f pearls and ,
t hat it must be enticed to come dow n by some artifice .
So he asked t h e king to go t here w ith his wife and when ,
t here to h ang a necklace round her neck Whe n that

,
.
was done the monkey as it sat on t he tree t Op hung

, ,
-
,
t he pearl necklace round its neck Then Ma ha u sha dha .
t old the ki n g s wi fe t o dance When sh e did so t he

’
.
,
monkey on t h e tree t op also began to dance ; b u t s t ill

-
t he s t ri n g o f pearls did not fall from o ff its n eck In .
order t o bring t hat about Ma ha u sha dha asked the king ,
t o make his wife as she danced hang down her hea d

, , .
Then the monkey also began to dance abou t with i t s

head hang i ng down whereupon the s t ring o f pearls fell
,
do w n from o ff i t s neck Full of j oy t he king embraced

.
,
Ma ha u sha dha and bestowed much property upon him .
A ft er a t ime the six ministers assembled toge t her and

h eld couns el as t o what was to be done seein g th a t ,
whereas they had formerly been esteemed honoure d and , ,
exal t ed by the king they had now los t their c redi t on a o

,
count of a hal f—starved gross wi t ted upstart Then some

,
-
.
of them said Inasmuch as w e h ave hi ther t o been a t

,
variance one with ano ther therefore have w e become ,
des t itute o f power No w le t us go into th e park and

.
,
when we have gone there let us t ake an oa t h and bind ,
ourselves by a vow By that means shall we once more

.
”
recover our power .
Ma ha u sha dha saw them going thi t her and reflected ,
t hat as they had gone somewhere as if by common con

,
sent they probably had in hand something never seen

,
before Having suspected this he sent t he parrot

.
,
M at hara after the m i n order that i t might find out

1
,
w ha t th ey were abou t wha t they said and did

, .
When t hey had reached the park and there met to

g e t her t hey
,
b e ga n to communicate to each o t her their
1
Se e n o te o n p . 1 68 .
MA HA K A S YA P A A N D B HA D R A .
1
WHILE Bha g a v a n t w as dwelling in the region o f Tu shit a ,
t here l ived in t he city o f N y a gr o dhik a a highly respect

able Brahman named Ny a gr o dha whose means were so ,
great that he rivalled Va i ér a v a n a in weal t h He pos .
sessed sixteen slave villages thir t y agricultural villages , ,
sixty vegetable garden vil lages nine hundred and nine ty

-
,
nine pair of plough oxen six hundred millions o f gold ,
pieces and eigh t y golden earrings capable o f vying w ith

,
t hos e o f King Ma hap a dm a He had married a wi fe o f .
bir t h like un t o his own but their u nion remained child

,
less. In order t o obtain offspring he appealed to all the

gods but w i t hout resul t
,
.
A s he sa t one day sorro w ing his mother advi sed him ,
t o go to the par k and have recourse t o th e deity of th e

t hick foliaged Nya gr o dha tree from which the city t ook
-
i t s n ame a tree provided w i t h wide -spreading bran ches

,
an d a splendid crown .
Your fa t her also remained childless [ she said] a l ,
though h e had appealed for offspring t o many hundreds

o f thousands o f gods A t length he betook himself to
.
that Ny a gr o dha tree and after he had implored its aid

,
y o u were born and for that reason w as the name o f

,
Ny a g r o dha bestowed upon you .
So Ny a gr o dha al so betook himself to t hat tree and ,
caused t he ground aro u n d it to be sprinkled cleansed , ,
and adorned He t hen filled the space with per fumes

.
,
flo w ers and in cense and set up fl ags and s t andards

, , .
1
Ka h -
gy u r , v o l. ix pp
. . 2 6 - 42 .
MA HA KA S YA P A A ND B HA DRA .
Then after having entertained eight hundred Brahmans

,
an d besto w ed u pon t hem materials for robes h e prayed ,
thu s to the tree haunting dei t y -
“
Be pleased to bestow upo n m e a son If a son is .
born u nto me I w ill pay t hee boundless honour a ft er thi s

,
fashion for th e space o f a year Bu t if no son is born .
un t o me the n w ill I cleave th ee down to t h e l evel o f

,
beard grass an d S plit th ee in t o chips Thes e will I burn

-
1
.
,
w hen t hey h ave been dried by t h e wind and the sun an d ,
t heir ashes will I s catter to t he storm w ind or cast into -
the rolling stream .
Th e deity w ho w as one of but small po w er w as w el l

, ,
pleased w i t h the prayer and moreover w as afraid o f being

,
possibly driven away from t hat h aunt So being in favour .

,
wi t h th e four Mah ar aj as th e deity w ent to the Mah ar aj a

'
Rasht r a p ala and besough t him to fulfil Ny a g r o dha s

’
request Rasht r a p al a considered that he could no t do

.
t his i n asmuch as the birth o f sons and daughters takes

,
place only in consequence o f former actions So h e .
betook himsel f alo n g wi t h t he deity o f th e tree to

, ,
Vir i i dha k a to Vi r t i p ak sha and to Va i ér a v a n a Bu t t hey

' '
.
, ,
likewise declared t heir incompetency Then the four .
Mah ar aj as betook t hemselves to S akra th e prince o f t h e ,
O Ka u éik a a deity belongi n g to our

“
gods and said
, , ,
company is in danger o f bei n g driven fro m home B e .
please d o n t hat account to besto w a son on Nya g r o dha ,
t he respected Brah man o f t he ci ty Ny a gr o dha .

”
S akra replied that it did n ot lie i n his power to besto w

a son or daughter seeing that sons and da u gh t ers are
,
born as a result o f their o w n [ previous] meri t s Jus t .
then th e court of the gods w as illumin a t ed by a grea t

radi a nce at th e sight of w hich S akra begged t h e four
,
Mah araj as not to go a w ay yet for Ma hab r a hm a w as ,
doubtless about t o appear Then appeared Ma hab r a hm a .
i n youth ful perfection and took hi s place o n S akra s

’
1 A n dr o pg o on mu r i c a tu s —
. S
.
bosom He i t is who fulfils all t hings which s hall be

.
accomplished Then S akra t he prin ce o f t he gods laid

.
, ,
the palms of his hands t oge t her and thus prayed t o ,
Ma hab r a hm a
O Ma hab r a hm a ar t thou not Brahma Ma hab r a hm a
, , ,
t he ruler t he worker t he bestower the spell wielder t he

, , ,
-
,
lord the most hi gh and as father o f t he w orlds the

, , , ,
crea t or of all beings ? Lo a deity belonging t o our cour t , ,
a dweller upon t he ear th is in danger o f being driven ,
away from a t ree habi t a t ion Be ple ased therefore t o

-
.
, ,
bes t o w a son upon t he respected Brahman N ya gr o dha o f

the ci t y o f Ny a g r o dhika .
”
Ma hab r a hm a reflected that he really could no t con fer

on any one a so n or a daughter bu t t ha t i f he s ta t ed , ,
tha t he could no t do so then all the designa t ions would

,
be discredited which it was cus t omary to apply t o him ,
such as Brahma Ma hab r a hm a the ruler the worker th e

, , , ,
bes t ower and t he spe l l wielder In case he should say

,
-
.
t ha t he would bes t o w a son or daughter i n as much as he ,
h ad no power to do so it would be requisi t e for him t o

,
t ake heed as to ho w he shoul d accomplish that bestowing .
Wi t h th at end he said privately to S akra the prin ce o f ,
t he gods O Ka u éi k a nei t her has t he world made me

, , ,
”
nor I th e world .
S akra replied O Ma hab ra hm a since this is s o i n

,
“
, ,
spect t hy region and if a being i s found t here in the

,
ac t of being subj ected to the l a w o f death induce i t ,
t o en t er into the womb in t he house o f the respected -
”
Brahman .
Brahma asked him why he did not inspect hi s own

region . S akra replied In t he region o f Brahma the
,
“
gods are known to be powerful but t hose o f this region ,
are considered powerless and on account of their feeble ,
ness t hey would no t venture to make their en t ry .

”
XVhe n Brahma had given his consent and had returned ,
i n t o his own regio n he perceived that the life o f a cer

,
’
Thereupon the god s son gave his consent and entered
the womb o f Ny a g r o dha s w ife A ft er th e lapse o f eight
’
.
or nine months a fi ne boy w as born and his birth feast -
was solemnised In t he city of Ny a g r o dha all stones

.
,
gravel and rubbish were swept aside sandal water w as

, ,
-
sprinkled flowers of all sor t s were stre w n incense w as

, ,
burnt in censers filled wi t h per fumes s t andards flags , , ,
s ilken ribbons and s treamers were hu n g out markets for ,
goods w ere provided gifts were bestowed and benefits ,
con ferred at the four gates and the cross ways inside the -
ci ty food being bestowed upon those w ho w anted food

, ,
drink upon those who desired drink clothes upon those ,
w ho needed clothes and garlands per fumes and ointments

, , ,
upon thos e by w hom garlands perfumes and ointments , ,
w ere required .
A fter many gift s had been given and benefits con

ferred in this w ay during the space o f thrice seven ,
conse quently o f twen ty one days the kinsmen assembled -

,
t ogether and bes towed upo n t he b o y the n ame o f Ny a

,
r o dha a in as much as he had been ob t ained in co n se

g j ,
q u e n ce o f the prayer addressed to t he Ny a g r o dha tree ;

bu t the Brahmans named hi m K asyapa as his father w as ,
o f the K asyapa race '
When he had grown up and had partaken o f instruo ,
t ion in all Brahman learning his fa t her intrusted him ,
w ith th e instruction o f five hundred Brahmans sons ’

.
A ft erwards his father refle cted that i t w as the custom for

Brahmans to live for forty eight years in chasti t y and -
,
o nly in ad v anced li fe to enj oy their w ives But he .
wished t o choose a w i fe for his son betimes in order ,
t hat th e great and rich race might be t rans mitted So .
he said to his son 0 son as this is the la w o f the

,
“
,
w orld a w ife must be t a ken for th e maintenance of the

,
race .
“
0 father repli ed the son
, w hat shall I do wi th a ,
“
w ife ? I w ill go into the forest o f penitence .

MA HA KA S YA PA A ND B HA DR A . 1 91
Ho w ever as his fa t her repeatedly m aintained that t he

,
race must be t ransmi tt ed K asyap a hit u pon a mean s ,

'
wh ereby h e w ould seem not to be opposing the demands

o f his parents and yet would avoid consorting w i t h his
,
w ife He said to his fa t her O father order gold from

.
“
, ,
t he river J ambu to be given to me

1
Hi s fa t her sen t .
for the t reasurer and ordered him t o give his son Nya ,
g r o dhaj a as much J ambu river gold as b e required The -

.
t reasurer promised t o act i n accordance with this com

mand Thereupo n Ny a gr o dhaj a called in an experienced
.
s mi t h and ordered him t o make out o f this gold the

,
likenes s o f a woman Then he gave this image to his .
father and said O fa t her if a maide n can be found

, ,
“
,
resembling this image sh e shall become my w ife No ,

.
other can I take as m y w i fe ”

.
A s his fa t h er sat sorro w fully reflec t ing that it would

be hard to fi nd a maiden whose appearance w as like t hat .
o f even ordinary gold t he young Brahmans saw him , ,
and asked w ha t w as the cause of his d epression He .
explained to them tha t i t arose in cons equence o f his

’
son s desire one which his parents ha d never anticipated
,
.
They bade him be of good ch eer A man t hus disposed .
must be trea t ed by similarly framed w ise measures As .
h e had caused an image o f th a t k ind to be prepared his ,
father ought to have three others prepared in addition .
With these four im a ges they ough t t o be sen t out i nto

t he four quarter s of the w orld There could be no doubt .
t hat they w o ul d discover the maiden .
The Brahman followed their advice and ca u sed three ,
additional images t o b e prepared The young Brahmans .
t ook the four images and began w andering through ,
v il l ages mark et to w ns cities a n d othe r places and in

,
-
, , ,
them as they w ent they played u pon divers mu sical
1 J am b u :
“
Na m e of a fb
a ul o u s of t he f it f
ru s o an im m e n se Ja m b u
r iv e r , sa id t o fl ow f ro m t he m o u n t a i n tr e e on th t m
a oun t ia n.
”
Me r u , an d to b e f o rm e d by t h j i e u ce
T A LE S F R O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
instrumen t s The Brahman N y a g r o dha had given t hem

.
dir ections no t to choos e a l ikeness t o t he image out of

an inferior caste and famil y A s they considered i t .
would be impossible for them to go from house to house ,
t hey de t ermined t o find o u t some o t her way o f proceeding .
I n t he villages marke t towns cities and other pla ces a t

,
-
, ,
whi c h they arrived t hey always set up t he image in the

,
cen t ral point and paid i t reverence o ffering up incense

, , ,
perfu mes flowers and s o for th and let t in g music r e

, , ,
sound and they gave notice t ha t i t was th e Goddes s of

,
Virgins who had arrived To virgins w ho paid her .
ho nour would she grant five w ishes : bir t h in an exal t ed

race marriage into an exalted race residence in a ful ly
, ,
provided ho use s ubmission o n the par t o f t he husband

, ,
and the possession o f children When t hese words o f .
t heirs had become known cro w ds o f maidens arrived and

, ,
wi th sacrifices and tes t imonies o f honour they addressed

t heir prayers t o the image .
A ft er some time the you ng Brahmans who had gone

,
towards t he eas t the n or t h and the south came back

, ,
withou t having met wi t h any success When t he Brah

"
man Ny a g r o dha saw them return h e remain ed si t ting ,
where he was absorbed in thought But hi s son Nya .
g r o dhaj a was exceedingly j oyful and said It is good “

,
t ha t ye have found no th ing .

”
Meanwhile the young Brahmans w ho had t ravelled

wes t w ar ds w ent on w andering t hrough villages t o w ns , ,
lands and capitals t ill at leng t h t hey came to t he ci ty o f

, ,
Kapila situated in the land o f Kap i la I n i t lived a

,
.
very rich Brahman name d Kapila to whom there had ,
been born after he had m arried in his own degree an

, ,
extremely beautiful daughter To her in accordance with .

,
t he custom prevailin g i n Ma dhya de sa the name of Bhadr a

. ,
was given on account o f her beau t y ; and so as her ,
father s name w as Kapila she w as called Ka p i la bha dr a

’
, .
S he had gr o w n up by t he tim e when those young Brah

1 94 TA L E S F R O M T I B E TA N SO UR CE S .
colour o f m alu t a flo w ers oil gra p es pomegranates and , , , ,
tamarinds No w it is t he custom in Ma dhy a de sa for gif t s

.
from a fa t her s house t o be distri bu t ed by his d augh ters

’
.
This is done because people suppose t hat t hey ob t ai n

wha t is cos tlies t by mean s o f t he gift fro m t he fa t her s ’
house . So Ka p i la b ha dr a came wi t h t he gift s to the s p o t

where t he young Brahmans were beggin g and o ffered ,
t hem the gifts But th e y oung Brahmans refu sed t o

.
accept t hem Hearing this t he Brahman Kapila as ked

.
,
t he young Brahmans what i t was t hey desired They .
replied Y o u should give u s your d augh ter ; w e do no t

,
“
w an t the gi ft of meal Then t he Brahman Kapila a n ”

.
r
g y il told t hose young Brahmans that he would not give
t hem his daugh t er The y explained t hat it was no t for .
themselves t h a t t hey ha d reques t ed the besto wal o f his

daughter Thereupon t he Brahman Kapila declared t hat
.
h e could not unders t an d the mat t er Then t he y oung .
Brahmans asked him i f he had never heard o f t he

ex t remely rich and respected Brahman Ny a g r o dha and ,
his exceedingl y handsome and in t elligent son versed i n ,
all sciences and said t ha t i t was in t ha t son s b e hal f th a t

’
they had asked for t he daugh t er s hand Kapila replied

’
.
t ha t h e had in trut h heard a full account of t he vir tues

and a tt ributes o f t he respec t ed Brahman bu t t hat h e did ,
no t see ho w an alliance could be en t ered in t o a t such a

distance The young Brahmans said i n reply t o t his
.
,
Honoured sir have you never heard what men are won t
,
‘
to say Fire wind a horse a poison t ha t runs a l ong t he
, , , ,
veins and a Brahman of fi r m resolution do not allo w

, ,
themsel v es t o be stopped That Brahman is very ri c h .

’
and you t oo are t he same You bo t h have m en and .
beas t s for coming and going Moreover enduring is t he .

,
friendship which is con t rac t ed a far o ff .

”
When t he Brahman you t hs had succeeded i n render

ing t he Brahman Kapila w ell disposed t owards t he Brah
man Nya gr o dha he besto w ed upon a ll o f t hem t o w e l s b r i cks
, ,
MA HA KA S YA P A A ND B HA D RA . 1 95
p owder sesamum
,
oil combs -
and other
,
things used
,
in bath
i ng. Th e you t hs se t o u t w i t h these thi n gs for the bathing
pools outside t he ci t y of Kapil a .
While they w ere ba thing the Brahman Kapila b e ,
thought himsel f o f taking counsel with his friends and

r ela t ions So h e went back in t o his house and told t hese
.
t hings to his wi fe and his kinsmen They said This .

,
“
Brahman is highly dis t inguished and th erefore w e should ,
be ready t o t ake great pains in order to give hi m the

daughter even i f he had no desire to ob t ain her
,
A ll .
the more unreservedly t here fore ought she to be give n

, ,
to him n o w tha t h e himself asks for her If he en t ers .
into an allian ce wi t h us and becomes h er husband the ,
daugh t er also will be fortunate .
Thereupon th e parents betrothed their daughter to th e

Brahman youth Ny a gr o dhaj a ha v i n g previously bathed and ,
put on w hite garments and t he prayers for good fortun e

,
and happy results h aving been uttered by the Brah mans .
The Brahman you th s t hen informed t he maiden s paren t s ’
o f the m onth day hour and constellatio n at which th e

, , ,
you t h would appear and then h aving complete ly attained ,
t heir end t hey joyfully s et o ut for N y a g r o dhik a

,
.
When t hey arrived t here the Brahman youth Ny a g r o d ,
haj a who h ad descried th e m from a far perceiving that

, ,
t hey w ere joy ful said to himsel f t ha t they had doub t

,
les s fo und j ust such a maiden as h e h ad t hough t of The .
young Brahmans be t ook t hemselves to t he Brah m an Nya

g r o dha paid hi m reverence and sat d own
, He welcomed
,
.
t hem and asked Have ye O Brahm an you ths obtained

, , ,
tha t which we proposed an d hoped ? ”
O Pandi t they joy fully replied

,
be of good cheer ; ,
“
w e have ob t ained w hat is fa r more excellen t than w ha t

you imagined Yo u ins t ruc t ed us t o p ay attention not
.
,
to the maiden s caste family and descent but to her

’
, , ,
beauty . We have obtained o ne who is endo w ed w it h

beau t y cas t e family descent and p roperty
, , ,
”
, .
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N SO U R CE S .
The Brah m an youth s then gave a full account o f a ll

th e questions which h ad arisen and o f ho w t h e name , ,
da y hour and cons t ella ti on had been s ettled adding

, , , ,
A s w e 0 P an di t have accomp lish ed every t hing and

, , ,
have returned back now kno w 0 P andi t that t he t ime , , ,
ha s a r r i v e c When t he Brahman Nya g r o dha ha d heard

.
”
this repor t he rejoiced grea tly and bestowed upon t he

, ,
Brahman you ths food drink clo thes and ornaments of , , ,
t he very bes t k ind .
But w hen th e Brahman youth Ny a gr o dhaj a heard o f

the beau ty and great brilliance o f this maiden he was ,
greatly disturbe d an d he re fl ec t ed t hat i f her beau t y

,
w as so great great also n o doubt w ou ld be her passions

, .
So h e resolved to go and inspect her be forehand He .
said to his parents O my parents I wi ll bathe first

, ,
a t a ba thing place and will ge t married af t erw ards

-
, .
”
His paren t s gave t heir consent Thereupon Nya g r o d .
)
haja accompanied by one young Brah m an set ou t from
, ,
t he ci ty of Ny a gr o dhi k a for t he ci t y o f Ka pila .
When h e had arrived t here and had recovered from the ,
exer t io n s o f the journ ey he took t he leaf o f a t ree and , ,
began collecting alms t hroughout the ci t y G oing fro m .
house to house he came to t he door o f t he Brahman

,
’ ’
Kapil a s house Thereupon Kapila s daughter Bhadra
.
c ame for t h wi t h a gi ft an d t h e Brah man you t h Nya g r o d ,
h aj a l ooked upon her an d guessed that i t was she ,

.
Whose dau g h t er are you ? h e said to t he maiden ”

.
’ ”
I am Kapila s daughter she replied ,
.
A r e you be t rothed to any one ?

I have heard sh e replie d t hat m y paren t s h ave
,
”
,
“
given m e i n m arriage to t he son Ny a gr o dhaj a by name , ,
o f the respec t ed Brahman Ny a g r o dha w ho dwells i n th e ,
city of Ny a g r o dhi k a .
O Bhadr a said Ny a g r o dhaj a

,
wh at need h ave you ,
o f such a husband ? Know t hat sh e w hose h usband h e

w ill be w ill be j ust as i f sh e had no husband .
son a son wi t h his mo t her

, Whe n the Brahman an d .
his w ife heard this he said That is our faul t n ot t he , , ,
faul t of those two Why did we provide them wi t h t wo .
beds ? Then h e gave orders t ha t only on e be d a n d

one s t ool should be provided N y a g r o dhaj a saw tha t his .
paren t s had t aken this step which w a s antago n is tic to ,
t he vow that h ad been t aken and Kapila s daugh te r ,

’
Bhadra perceived t he in t ention of t he parents Then she .
said t o Ny a gr o dhaj a 0 lord on our account have the se , ,
s t eps been t a ken ; bu t be mindful o f t he previously

t aken vow He replied ”
Be o f good cheer and h ave
.
, ,
n o fea r Then during t he firs t par t o f t he night

.
”
,
Kapila s daughter Bhadra slept in t he bed and Ny a gr o d

’
haj a sa t on the stool During the second nigh t w atch .

,
Ny a gr o dhaj a slept w hile Bhadr a occupied the seat In .
t he las t wa t ch Bhadra again slep t but Nya gr o dhaj a r e ,
mained awake si t ting on t he stool .
The old people next t ook aw ay th e s t ool too Th en .
Kapila s da u gh t er Bhadra again admonished Ny a g r o dhaj a

’
as before He replied Be wi t hou t fear or care and

.
,
“
,
remain mindful o f the v o w Thereupon Bha dr a slep t .

”
during t he first night -watch but Ny a gr o dhaj a walked u p ,
a n d down During th e midd l e wa t ch Ny a g r o dhaj a slep t

.
,
b u t Bhadr a walked u p and down ; and in t he l as t wa t ch

Bhadra again slep t but Ny a gr o dhaj a walked up and ,
down .
Thus for t h e space o f twelve years they occupied the

same single bedded room wi t hou t an amorous tho u ght
-
ever arising in t heir minds Then t he king of the gods .

,
S akra thought A s i t is a very wonderful thing t o see

, ,
such a freedom from passion I will put these two to th e ,
t est . Wi t h t his purpose h e assumed t he form of a

”
snake which glided in t o t heir bedroom and coiled itsel f

,
u nder the bed When N a g r o dhaj a caugh t sight o f

u
p y .
th e black snake with terrible poison fa n gs un der the b e d ,
he feared that i t m ight do some harm Now in her sleep .

MA HA KA S YA P A A ND B HA DRA . 1 99
Bhadr a h ad let one of her hands h ang down Nya g r o d .
haj a considered wh at could be done and lif t ed up h er hand ,
wi t h t h e j ewelled handle o f t he fl y fl a p p e r A w akened -

.
and alarm ed by t h e t ouch of t he handle Bh adr a cried out ,
in displeasure My l ord wh at means this t ouch

,
“
,
Surel y
you h ave no t t ou ched me wi t h amorous intent l
O h n o Bha dr a !
,
h e replie d but becau se I feared
,
t ha t t his poisonous snake migh t bite yo u did I lif t u p

your hand
With wh at di d you d o so ? sh e asked .
Wi t h t he j ewelled fl y fl a pp e r s handle h e replied

-
’
,
”
.
”
My lord sh e said better woul d it have been that
, ,
“
th e snak e sh ould have bit t en m e t han tha t you should

have t ouched m e wi t h the jewelled fl y fl a pp e r s handle
’ ”
-
.
”
Why so ? h e asked .
A s a fair tree clasped by the m aluta creeper perish es ,
sh e replied so do men go t o ruin from a w oman s touch

,
“ ’
.
Therefore is i t be t ter t hat on e should be swif tly bi t ten

by t he sn ake of deat h t han that th e h and of a m a n
should touch an honourable woman In con sequence of .
t he contac t o f t he k ing s d aughter s body was t he grea t

’ ’
ascetic Bishy a ér in g a l ong ago deprived o f t h e power h e

had gained by penan c e O n th e path o f t he s t orm wind
.
-
did h e approach th e king s palace He went back to th e

’
.
”
forest on foot .
A f t er t he yo u ng coup l e h ad gone on l i v m g for some

time in t his fashion t he two old people died Then t h e
, .
Brahman you th N y a gr o dhaj a thought So long as my ,
parents w ere alive we h ad no cares but n o w t ha t they ,
are dead we mus t m anage t he affairs o f t h e household

ourselves . S o he t old Bhadr a t h a t sh e mus t t ake h eed
t o t h e indoor a ffairs but tha t h e would go and look after
,
t h e fields.
Now when h e re garded th e work do n e afield h e sa w ,
ho w th e nin e hundred and nin e ty nin e pair of plou gh -
oxen were t ormente d by small insec t s ho w t he oxen had ,

t heir no strils bored through t heir shoulders w orn t heir , ,
loins t orn by t he iron and ho w t h e labourers long haired , ,

-
and long bearded a ttired in garments o f hemp had wales

-
, ,
0 11 t heir hands and fee t and w i t h bodies covered wi t h dus t , , ,
were like unto burn t ou t t ree stumps and how looking - -

, ,
like Pi sachas t hey abused and s t ruck one ano ther for t he
,
sake o f a plough or a ploughshare on accoun t o f t he use ,
o f t he oxen or t he goad So he w en t up t o the m and .
asked t hem t o whom they belonged They replied t ha t .
t hey w ere the labourers o f the Brahman you t h N y a gr o d

haja He asked by whom t hey had been t aken in t o
.
service They replied t ha t they ha d been engaged no t

.
,
by him bu t by his fa t her for t h e cul t iva t ion o f his

, ,
es t a t e The n said Ny a g r o dhaj a to th ese labourers

. O ,
“
sirs i f ye were engaged by Nya g r o dhaj a s fa t her for the

,
’
cul t ivation o f his es t a t e w herefore do ye labour wi t h ,
blo w s and abuse ? l f ye c e i n m it such misdeeds w i t h

your bodies and your speech are ye n o t afraid o f s u fl e r ,
i n g in a round o f long pains t hrough the ma t uring o f

such conduc t
Then Ny a gr o dhaj a resolved tha t he sinning neithe r ,
w i t h t h e body nor in speech or though t would acquire ,
m eri t So whe n h e had returned home he said t o

.
,
Bhadr a O Bhadr a m anage the household wi t h care

, ,
.
0 lord wha t a r e you going to do ?

,
sh e replied .
I am goi n g in t o t he fores t of pen ance he s aid ,

”
.
Then he added t he following verse

“
A smal l measure of cooked rice a l on ely couch , ,
ensures bliss A co tt on double garment is t o be worn

. .
A ll else is t inged wi t h gloom .
For some t ime Bhadra t ook charge of t he household .
Seeing t he slave women wi t h w ales on t heir h a nds and

-
fee t clad in hempen garmen t s wi t h dishe velled hair

, , ,
s t riking each o t her with pes tles o n accoun t of morta 1s ,
pes tles cooking pi t s and t he like she a sked t hem to

,
-
, ,
w hom they belonged They replied To Kapila s daughter .

,
’
,
TA L E S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
ge ther A ft er t hey had j ourneyed fo r a short time together

.
,
t he husband said t o the wi fe 0 Bhadr a go and live , ,
i n whatever w ay pleases you

”
.
A t t ha t time t here lived in Rajagrih a the Ni r gr a n t ha

P arana who asser t ed t h a t he knew a ll t ha t is unknown
, ,
1
and who was surrounded by m any Ni r gr a n t ha s and
N i rg r a n t ha s tudents To hi m Bhadra be t ook h erself .
and said R everend sir I wish t o be received by you

,
“
,
in t o t he clerical order He received her and sh e entered .

”
,
amo n g th e Ni r g r a n t ha s When the Ni r g r a n t ha s s a w .
Bha dr a s exquisi t e beauty t h ey said t o each o t her

’
A ll , ,
we who have entered t he clerical order have don e

so by reason of the fi ve powers o f divine love Now .
’
Kapi la s daughter Bhadra looks like unto a divine being ,
bu t we kno w not whe ther sh e has acquired t he powers

o f divine love or n o t So we desire t o enjoy t he company .
o f Kapila s daugh t er Bh adr a Be t aking t he m selve s t o

’
.
the N ir gr a n tha Pfir a n a they explained t he whole matter ,
t o him and asked for Kapila s daugh t er Bhadra A s a

,
’
.
favour to his pupils he granted her t o them Thereupon .
t h e five hundred Ni r gr a n t ha s i n consequence o f former ,
actions enj oyed her company every day Disquieted sh e

, .
,
consul t ed Parana He said Whom th e lot be t okens w i t h

.
, ,
him have t o do .
”
that time B ha g a v a n t after enjoyi n g himself in

At ,
love as t h e B o di sa t for twen t y nine ye ars and t hen -

,
gazi n g u pon age d i sease and dea th had risen up at t he

. , ,
midnigh t hour and betaken himsel f on t he good s t eed

,
K a n t ha k a t o t he fores t a n d aft er enduring for six , ,
ye ars a penance o f no avail ba t hing in t he river ,
Na i r a nj a n a partaking o f t he milk food six t een t imes

,
-
purified by Nand a and Na n da b a l a had been p raised in ,
verse by th e N agar aj a K ala had received t he Svas t ika ,
1
N ir g r a n t ha ,
“
Fr e e d f ro m a ll v o te e , w ho ha s w ith d ra w n f ro m t he
t i es or hi n dr a n c e s ; a i
sa n t, a de w or ld ,
MA HA KA S YA PA A ND B HA D R A .
grass from t h e gras s seller had be t aken himsel f to t he -

,
Bo dhi t re e wi thou t allowi n g hi m sel f t o be di s t urbed an d ,
ha d withou t fear s t rew ed t h e li tt er t ak i n g hi s sea t w i t h ,
c ross ed l egs as t he s l eepi n g N agar aj a coils himself t o
ge ther and t here had remained i n this posi t ion t il l

,
purifi ca t ion was a tt ained and h ad u tt ered words s t irring ,
hi s sou l A ft er he had t here over c om e M ara and a hos t

.
o f t hir t y six t ens o f mi llions of demons he a tt ained t o

-
,
t he most comp lete insigh t a n d became t h e per fect ,

.
Buddha A dmonish ed by Brahma h e betook himsel f

.
,
t o V arana si a n d a ft er he had se t in m ovement t he

,
wheel o f fa i th he confirmed Aj n an a Ka u n di n y a and

,
eigh t y thousand gods in t h e tru t h al so h e conver t ed t he ,
t roop o f t he Five and the followers of the Five and, ,
fi ft y village you t hs Having reach ed t h e co tt on tree

.
-
fores t h e conver t ed the six t y B ha dr a v a r g iy a s ; h aving

,
reached Sen an i he confirmed in the tru t h t h e t wo

,
maidens Nand a an d Na n da b a l a ; h aving reached Ur u

vilv a h e conver t ed Ur u v i lv a K asyapa and five hundred
’
-
,
o thers by mean s o f t he eigh t een magic t r a n sfigu r a t i o n s

h aving reached G ay a h e conver t ed Na di kzt éy a p a and a
‘
t ho u sand wearers o f m atted hair by m eans o f three

m e t amorph oses ; h aving reached t h e Y a sht i forest h e ,
con v er t ed King Bimbis ara wi t h his son and his cour t ,
eigh t y t housand gods and m any hundreds o f t housands ,
o f Brahman s and householders o f Ma g a dha From .
Ve n u v a n a Bha g a v a n t betook himsel f a t t hat time t o

B a hu p u t r a cha i t y a There K asyapa saw Bha g a v a n t under
'
a t ree and w a s received by him

,
K asyapa gave him t he .
c os t ly cot t o n robe and received t h e Buddh a s robe in ’
return .
A t t he time of t h e festival of t he m ee t in g of t he
Nag a r aja s Gi r ik a and Sundara m any Nir g r a n t ha s ca m e ,
t o R aj agr iha Wh en K asyapa perceived Kapila s dau gh t e r

.
’
Bhadr a as h e remarked t ha t h er appe aran c e was al t ere d

, ,
h e asked he r wh e t her she h ad preserved her chas t i t y .

TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C ES .
A f t ershe had informed him of w hat had taken place ;

he invited her to t urn her mind t owards t he t eaching of
Bha g a v a n t A s she hes ita t ed he assured her tha t t his
.
,
teaching contained i n i t no t hing sinf u l for i t s followers ,
experience no desire for the lo ve of gods no t to speak of ,
that of men He sent her t o Ma hap r aj ap a ti wh o re ceived

.
,
her .
When she nex t me t him as sh e w as collec t ing alms ,
she complained t ha t like a fat sheep sh e at t rac t ed uni

, ,
versal a tt ention on accoun t of her beau t y Thereupon he .
told her that she need no t go out collec t ing alms in future ;
he would give her every day h alf of wha t he himself
C ollected Thereat t he Six scoffed A t length Bhadr a
. .
became a n A r ha n t i n and Ma hakaSya p a gave her bac k,
her liber ty to collect alms for herself .
Now w hen Aj at a sa t r u had killed his fa t her and nothing

, ,
suffi ced t o rouse him from his sorro w an evil minis t er , ,
w ho remarked t he beau t y of Bhadra conceived t he idea ,
tha t she might be able t o gladden his heart So he .
caused her to b e se ized while she was ou t i n ques t of

a l m s and had h er washe d i n one of t he royal ba t h ho uses
,
-
,
and provided wi t h royal perfumes flower C haple t s raimen t , , ,
and brillian t ornamen t s Then he conduc t ed her t o the

.
king who fell passionately in love wi t h her as soon as

,
h e sa w her and enjoyed himself w i t h her

,
.
A s Bhadr a w a s not presen t a t t he fi f t een t h U p a v a

sa t ha Ma hap r aj ap a t i ordered U t p a la v a r n a t o see af t er
1
,
her . U t p a l a v a r n a i ntroduced hersel f into the palace

through a window by means of magic and ins t ruc t ed ,
Bhadra i n m agic Then Bhadra be t ook herself adorned

.
,
wi t h all her ornamen t s to the summer residence of t he ,
B hik shu n i s where t he Twelve mocked at t his m a gnificen t

,
array Ma hapr aj ap a t i or dered her to give t he ornamen t s

.
back to the king and t o pu t on again t he brown cleric a l

1 “
A f a s t -da y , da y of p p re i
a rat on fo r t he S o m a sa c r ifi ce , &c
( 20 6 )
U TP A L A VA R IVA .
1
T HERE lived i n Ta k sha éila a very rich householder to ,
w ho m his w i fe bore a daughter o f great beauty A s the .
child s eyes were like bl u e lot u s blossoms a n d as she

’
exhaled a lotus like fragrance while the colour o f her

-
,
body resembled t hat of the lo t us s t amen her rela t ions ,
gave her t he name o f U t p a la v a r n a 2

A s her fa t her h ad no .
son he determined t ha t whe n his daugh t er was grown up

, , ,
he would give her in marriage only to o ne who on b e co m ,
ing his son i n law would t ake up his abode wi t h him

- -
,
.
There was also i n Ta k sha sil a ano ther householder who ,
died leaving a son behind him This son w h ile wander .

,
i n g abou t a ft er th e dea t h o f his paren t s en t ered t he ,
house o f U t p a l a v a r n a s father who proposed to hi m that

’
he should t ake up his residence wi t h hi m as his son i n -
l a w where t o he consen t ed
, .
A ft er t he dea t h o f U t p a la v a r n a s father her mo t her

’
, ,
who had food and clo t hing i n plen t y experienced amorous ,
desires Bu t she had scruples about invi t ing a s t ranger

.
i nto the house so she de t ermined t o allure her own son

,
i n law
-
U nders t anding t he hin t s she gave hi m he com
.
,
plied wi t h her desires .
Being j ust on the point of being confined U t p a la v a r n a ,
told her maid t o cal l her mo t her Bu t whe n the maid .
’
came to the mother s chamber she found h er and her ,
son i n law alone together s o she determined to wai t

- -
,
1
Ka h- gy ur, v ol viii pp . 2 1 6 —2 7 3
t h bl lt l
. . .
1
Fr o m u tp a la , e ue o u s, c a r aa , co o u r , &c .
U TPA L A VA R NA
awhile . When t he mother came forth from t he chamber ,
t he maid t ol d her t ha t U t p a la v a r n a had ordered her t o

be cal led Wh en th e maid got back sh e found t hat h er
.
,
mis t res s had given birth t o a daugh t er and she was ,
asked wha t had de t ained her The ma id replied May .

,
“
”
your mot her and your husban d r emain well Being '
asked wha t sh e m eant by that the maid related wha t had ,
t aken place U t p a l a v a r n a im a gined t ha t th e maid calum

.
n iat e d her husband and her mo t her ; but the maid s aid
t ha t as she was n o t believed she would make th e matter

, ,
m anifest t o her ; s o when the mother and her son i n l a w - -
were a lone toge t her the maid cal led in U tp a l a v a r n a Whe n

, .
U t pal a v a r n a saw t hose t wo together she t hough t Ha s t his

“
,
wre t ched woman s een no other man i n Ta ksha éila t ha t ,
she keeps company with her son i n law ? A n d has t his - -
wre t ched man s een no o t her woman i n Ta k sha éi l a t ha t ,
h e keeps company w i t h his m o t her i h la w Ful l o f - -
wrath she cried aloud t o h er husban d Wre t ched man

, ,
“
,
hencefor t h do wha t y o u please w i t h h er ! With t hes e ”
w ords she flung her ne w born daughter to h er husband -

.
’
The babe glanced off from th e father s body and fell on
t he threshold whereby i t s head w a s w ounded
,
Bu t .
U t p a l a v a r n a veiled h ersel f and l ef t the hous e .
Seeing a caravan s tart ing fo r Ma th ur a sh e j oined it , .
The caravan leader becoming a rdently enamoured o f her

-
,
o n accoun t o f her beauty asked her t o who m she b e ,
longed She replied that sh e belonged t o hi m who gave

.
her food and clo t hing So h e took h er t o wife and whe n

.
,
t hey a t leng t h came to Ma t hur a h e le ft her t here ,

.
When he had sold hi s goods and had re t urned t o ,
Ta k sha sil a wi t h the money the other merchan t s ex ,
changed hospi t able invi t ation s and en t er t ained one

ano t her A s t he caravan leader offered no such enter
.
-
t a i n m e n t the mer c hants asked him why h e d id no t d o

,
s o He replied
. Ye who have your house w ives with
,
“
you are indeed able to entertain but as I have no one ,

TA L E S FRO M T I B E TA N S O UR CE S .
who could undertake t h e t rouble fo r me I do not kno w ,
ho w I can en t er t ain Th e m erch an t s were o f opinion

.
t ha t under t hese circums t ances h e ough t t o look out for

, ,
a damsel He replied If I can fi n d a damsel like my

.
,
“
wi fe I will marry her

,
They begged him t o describe
.
’
his wife s a p pearance He did so and t hey perceived
.
,
t hat he had a j ewel o f a wife but t hey said tha t they ,
would bes t ir themselves t o discover one like her Pe r .
c e i v i n g t ha t U t p a l a v a r n a s own daugh t er answered t o tha t

’
descri p t ion t hey asked for t he m aiden s h and on behal f

’
of t he c a r a v a n le a de r He r rela t ives said

~
. Honoured ,
sirs we are ready t o give h er ; bu t in case he discovered

,
any t hing to find faul t wi t h in her aft er you ha v e received

her from us he migh t send he r back and go away
,
Th e .
”
merchan t s gave an assurance t ha t t his w ould not be t h e

case and t hen the girl w as made over t o t hem and t he
, ,
c aravan leader marrie d her

-
.
Having disposed o f hi s goods he set o ff with t he ,
proceeds for Ma thura C oming to a cer tain rock no t far

.
from th e city he left h is goods t here t oge t her wi t h t h e

, ,
girl saying t ha t h e w as obliged t o go for a shor t t ime to

,
Ma thura .
There U t p a l a v a r n a gree t ed him and a sked af t er his

wel fare He began to complain t ha t h e ha d been robbed
. .
She w as delighted t ha t he himself had arrived in safe t y ,
and said t ha t t he god of we al t h would assis t hi m l a t er

on A f t er some time he sa id 0 fair one I mu st go t o
.
, ,
look for t he goods o f which I have been r obbe d She .
gave her co n sen t Scarce l y ha d he gone w h en one o f

.
t he friends of his yo u t h a rrived a n d asked U t p a la v a r n a

where he ha d gone She t ol d him t ha t h e had gone t o
.
l ook for t h e goods w hich ha d been s t ole n fro m hi m .
Thereupon he i nformed her t hat her husband ha d n ever

comp l e t ed a j ourney wi t h such freedom f r om loss as on ,
t his occasion and t ha t h e had deceived her Moreo v er

,
.
,
he related t o her ho w her husband had brought with hi m

Then U t p al a v a r na tho u ght A s there I was mother,

“
and join t w i fe and h ere m y daughter is joint -wi fe I

-
, ,
must anyhow depart So she veiled her head and wen t

.
away from t he house .
Seeing t ha t a caravan w as starting for Va i sali sh e

at t ached herself t o i t entered in t o in t imate rela t ion s
,
wi t h the merchants and arrived a t Va isali toge t her wi t h

,
them When t he courtesans residing in Va i sali aske d

.
why t he merchants from Mathur a had no t hing t o d o

wi th t hem one o f their num b er said Is i t no t because
, ,
they have brough t wi t h t h em a Gandh ara woman of

such beau t y t ha t we are no t wor t hy to wash her feet ? ”
Then t hey a ll assembled and betook t hemselves t o U t pa

l a v a r n a and invi t ed her a her vocation was t he same
,
as theirs t o en t er among t hem U t p a l a v a r n a laid aside

, .
her head dres s and s t raigh t way wen t unto them

-
.
A s t hey sat one day a t t he drinking board t hey dis -
coursed abou t t he various merchan t s whom t hey had

relieved o f divers sums Now there lived in Va isali .
a young grocer named A n is ht a pr ap t a whom none of ,
t he m had as ye t been able to allure They said Who .

,
ever amongs t us succe ed s in alluri n g t he young grocer ,
he r will we s t yle a capable woman

”
U t p a l a v a r n a asked
.
whe t her in case she succeeded in alluring him t hey ,
would recognise her as their mis t ress They rep lied .
t hat they would ; in return for w hich she promised t ha t

i f she failed she would pay six t y Kar shap a n a s .
Having hired an apartmen t near the grocer s dwelling

’
,
sh e gave her maid instruc t ions to buy p er fumes from him

every day In case he asked her for who m she bough t
.
t hem she was t o reply t hat a young man o f good family

,
ha d come t o U t p a l a v a r n a s house and that it was for him

’
t ha t they were in t ended Th e maid ac t ed in accordan ce

.
wi t h t hese ins t ruc t ions A ft er a t ime U t p a l a v a r n a t old

.
,
he r maid to procure from t he same young man bi tt er , ,
acid and tart drugs

,
If he a sked for w hom t h ey were
.
U TP A L A VA R NA .
intended she w as to say that th e you ng man o f good

,
fam ily was ill and t hat she had bough t t he drugs for him
,
.
If h e asked whose money it w a s t h at was paid she was ,
to say t hat U t p a l a v a r n a paid it The maid did as she .
ordered When t he grocer sa w t ha t U t p a la v a r n a was

. .
providi n g for the invalid out o f her own means b e con ,
c e i v e d a liking for her and told her maid t o le t h er k no w

,
t h at h e wished to pay her a v isi t She execu t ed t he .
commission but U t p a la v a r n a told her to sa y t o hi m t ha t

,
the young m a n of good fa m ily was not ye t cured .
A s t he g rocer repea t e dly inquired o n w hat da y h e

migh t come U t p a l a v a r n a perceived that he had conce ived
,
a s t r ong passion for her and sh e resolved to carry ou t an,
elabora t e piece o f decei t She m ade a m an s figure o f

’
.
grass a n d ha d it taken t o the cemetery and th ere burn t

, .
Th en she w ent wailing and wi t h dishevelled locks close

, ,
by t he shop o f t hat grocer where h e w a s able t o see her , .
A ccording to th e w or ds o f B ha g a v a n t women en ch ai n ,
m e n i n eight w ay s ; by dancing singi n g play i ng laughing , , , ,
weeping and by t heir appearance t h eir t ouch and t heir

, , ,
qu es t ions Exci t ed by s t rong passion t he g r o c e r sa i d t o

.
,
the maid O m aiden n o w w ill I go

,
“
The m aid asked
, .
”
h er mistress who repli e d Go m aiden and say t o him

, , , , ,
‘The young man o f good f a mily died to da and t h e -

y ,
mourning is no t yet over Ho w the n can y o u pay me a .
visit
Whe n t h e m aid had execu t ed her commission the ,
’
young man s longing to see U t p a la v a r n a increased Th en .
sh e sen t to t ell him he w as no t t o V1 s1 t her in her house .
But sh e made an appointment w i t h him a t a spot i n t he

park The gro cer wen t t o t he park taking w ith hi m
.
,
quantities o f foo d drink raiment and garlands A f t er

, , ,
.
he ha d eaten and drunk for a whil e wi t h U t p a l a v a r n a ,
and was no longer mas t er o f his senses b eing overco m e ,
by the power o f wine she de t ermined that sh e wou ld ,
let him be seen by the public So sh e set a wrea t h o n .

his head threw her arms round his neck and convoyed
, ,
him home When t he cour t esans sa w this they w ere

.
,
astonished and said This Gandh ara woman has

,
sp lendi dly beguiled the young grocer and they named ,
h er t heir mis tress .
A fter having for so me time led a li fe o f pleasure in

th e company of the o ther courtesans she became in t h e ,
family way No w there w ere two gate keepers a t Va i sali

.
-
,
one for t he east gate the o t her for the west gate A s
, .
they were on very friendly t erms wi t h each o ther and ,
they wished t his state o f th ings t o be continued as much

as possible eve n after t heir dea t h they agreed t hat their
, ,
children shou l d be united in marriage When a t t he .
end o f nine month s U tp a la v a r n a had given bir t h t o a

son sh e reflec t ed that w omen w ho ha d y o ung children
,
w ere avoided by men So she s aid to her mai d G o

.
,
“
,
maiden take this chil d and a lamp and deposi t them

, ,
bo t h a t a certain spo t by t h e roadside and t hen wait t ill ,
some one takes up t he child The maid took t he child

.
”
,
and laid it down at a spot near the abode of the eastern

w arder Then she placed t he lamp beside the child and
.
,
remained o n the watch When the eastern w arder saw

.
t he lamp he suspec t ed what had taken place and betook

, ,
himsel f t o th e spot Seeing t he child he t ook i t up i n

.
,
his arms and carried i t to his wi fe sayi n g G ood w ife

, , ,
“
,
t here is a son for you Thereat she was grea tly pl eased
. .
When the morning came and found sounds of rej oicing

,
s t ill continuing the neighbours asked one another why

,
there was such re j oicing in the eas t ern warder s house ’

.
Some s aid that a child had been born therein others ,
asked where t he child could h ave come from seeing tha t ,
his wife had certainly not been in the family way When .
the western warder heard o f it he reflected that i f a , ,
daughter should be bor n t o him t he eastern w arder s son ,

’
would become his daughter s husband ; so he sen t a

’
p resent o f raiment and ornaments A s for the boy he .

,
TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N S O UR CE S .
being assured to him was no longer alarmed and m ade , ,
U t p a l a v a r n a his wife .
His fa t her a ft erwards said t o the wester n warder 0 ,
friend give your daughter t o my s o n as his wife ” The

,
.
other replie d Wha t does your son wan t wi t h another

,
“
wi fe seeing t hat h e i s already married

,
The easter n .
”
warder answered Inasmuch as we have already agreed ,
t here t o gi v e your daugh t er to him A s I have suffi cien t

, .
me a ns I w ill set t he hous e o f my son s wife 0 11 an

,
’
e xcellen t foo t ing So t he wes t e r n w arder in accordan ce

.
”
,
wi t h the agreemen t gave his daugh t er t o t he easter n ,
warder s son as his wife A bout that t ime A y u shma n t

’
.
Ma u dg a ly aya n a came t o the eas t ern warder s house

1 ’
.
A n d when he saw the warder s daugh t er i n law he cried

’
- -
, ,
O daughter your fello w wife is your mother

,
Your -
.
h usband is your brother But be no t over t roubled an d .

,
en t er t ain no though t s about hell .

”
When U t p a l a v a r n a had lived some time with her

husban d t here was born un t o her a son
,
The daugh t er .
[o f t he western warder] used to set the babe i n sport ,
before t he door o f t he house There came along the .
road a Brahm an who af t er looking at her asked her i n , ,
verse how th e boy was related to her

,
She answere d .
him also in verse

,
O Brahman he is my bro ther t he son of my brother

, , ,
my so n step son ] and m y bro ther i h law His

-
,
- -
.
fa t her is my fa t her step father] m y bro t her and -

, ,
no w my husband .
O verhearing this U t p a l a v a r na a sked th e m aidservant

,
w hat t hose two w ere saying The maid replied What .

,
“
those t wo are saying i s t he t ru t h and no lie .
What then is t he t ruth ,

ask ed U t p a l a v a r n a .
Your son replied t he m aid whom I exposed at the

,
”
,
“
eas t ga t e is now your husband Your daugh t er who m .

,
I exposed at t he wes t gate is n o w your fello w wife ,

- .
”
Thereupon U t p a l a v a r n a reflec t ed tha t formerly she

1 Ma u dg a ly ay a n a w as t he n a m e o f a p pil
u of Saky a - mu n i .
"
U TP A LA VA R NA . 21 5
ha d bee n mo t her and fello w w i fe and her da u ghter had -

,
be en her fello w wi fe and t hat her son was n o w her

-
,
husband w herefore sh e must at any rate depart So

, ,
.
she veiled h er head and left t h e hous e ,

.
A s a caravan w as j us t se tt ing ou t for Raj agriha she a t ,
t a c he dherself to i t and travelled along wi t h i t t o Raj agrih a

, ,
where sh e lived as before as a cour t esan A n associa t io n .
of five hundred you t hs who w ere going t o a p ark one day

, ,
i nvi t ed t he G andh ara woman t o go t here w ith them o n ,
t h e paymen t of five hundred k a r shap an a s There t hey .
ate and dran k and enjoyed t hemselves wi t h her .
Now A y u shm a n t Ma u dg a ly aya n a k ne w t ha t the tim e

for U t p a l a v a r n a to be conver t ed w as a t hand and h e ,
w andered u p and down a t a li ttl e dis t an ce fro m t hos e

young men Then said the young men This wor t hy
.
,
“
Ma u dg a ly aya n a is freed from t he bonds of sin but w e ,
are sunk in t he slo u gh o f passion .

”
”
“
In Va i sali said U t p a l a v a r n a I beguiled the young
, ,
grocer A n i sht a p r ap t a .
Will you beguile this man also ? asked the youths .
Sh e asked ho w much t hey would pay he r i n case sh e

beguiled him They promised her fi ve hundred karsh a
.
p anas A n d in return sh e bou nd hersel f to become the

.
concubine o f one of the members o f th e association i f she

failed . A l l this w as agreed to Then U t p a la v a r n a he .
took hersel f to t he spo t where Ma ham a u dga ly ay a n a was ,
and employed all kinds o f feminine tricks and a r t i fic e s .
But Ma ham a u dg a ly ay a n a s senses remained unbeguiled

’
.
Then she reflected t hat a wom a n s touch i s of t he nature ’
o f poison so she determined t o embrace him and thereby

, ,
t o bring hi m i n t o her power Bu t when sh e t ried t o do .
so Ma ham a u dg a lyaya n a soared alof t w i t h ou t s t re t ched

,
wings l i ke a fl a m i n g o king A n d by th e words w hich -

.
h e spoke w a s U t p a l a v a r n a so affected tha t she besought

him to ins t ruct her i n t he doctrine He did so and she .
,
r ecognise d the four truths .

( 2 16 )
KR IS A G A U TA MI 1 .
A RIC Hhous eholder o f Varanasi n amed Gautama w ho ,
t ravelled with goods to Ta k sha éila contracted a friend ,
ship t here w ith another householder and t he tw o me n ,
made an agr eement t hat their children should marry each

other To Gau t ama was born a daughter w ho received
.
,
t he name o f Kri sa G a u ta m i A fter she had been t aught .
to read she had t o apply hersel f to learning such wor k

,
as women do No w her father had been in t he habit o f

.
associa t ing wi t h cour t esans s o he entrusted his daughter s ,

’
ins t ruc t ion to a woman of that class The daugh t er began .
t o study w it h her A ft er sh e had done so for some time .
she said A s I have acquired what w as t o be learn t I

, ,
will go away Bu t th e w oman obj ected t hat sh e mus t

.
first complete her s t udies properly ; it w a s t oo soon for

he r to go away yet The girl replied that she had already .
s t udied enough and t hat she would go away Then the ,

.
woman took a paint box and said t hat sh e would give -
hersel f a broken head if t he girl was determined t o go

away The girl begged her not t o do that and promised
.
,
to remain Then said the woman Kri sa you believed

'
.
, ,
t ha t you had learn t everything a n d ye t o u did n o t

y
"
1
xi p p
K a hgy u r , 3 Th C pt i R g f m t h B m 1 2 2— 1 0 e a a n o e rs ro e ur e se
p i ip l t h m f t hi t l t h t itl
. . .
,
d
’
r nc a e i e o f B ddh g h
s a e o ccu r s n un er e e o u a os a s
5 t h h pt bl ( L d pp 9 8 ”
th e 2 f th D
c a gl P er o 87 e sa n un, ara es on on 1 0
ff d d bj t f
. , .
,
b t t h B hi k h ni U t p l
u e a i s u dh a a v ar n s an as a or e a su ec or
th eh i f th
ero n e t y Kri sio mp i eit h t i p i t i
s or t co a r so n s w ce r a n o n s n
m g th G k t l t P f R hd (
.
Gau t m i ( Ki g t m i
a sa o a a on e re e a es o ro o e se e
S th B ddhi t ) h b m d Z it h ift f d Gy m i l
.
ou e rn u s s as e en a e e sc r ur as na s a w esen ,
kno wn by t h k t l t d by 8 76 F h p
e w or — S ra n s a e 1 ,
e .
,
. .
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O URCE S .
came to Ma dhy a de sa wi t h merchandise I n the presence .
o f these t raders t he merchan t constan tly spoke against
w omen Those t raders had previously consorted wi t h t he

.
court esans of th a t place Bu t t h e courtesans no w found

.
that t hey and their leader only sco ffed a t women and ,
visited no courtesan s house So they held counsel t ogether

’
.
,
s aying t ha t whereas t h e t raders who formerly came fro m

Ta ksha éil a u sed t o have convers e wi t h t hem they were ,
now entirely de v oid of all passion A n d so n o man con .
sor t ed wi t h t he women Some of the cour t esans said tha t

.
t hey h ad heard t ha t t he merchan t who knew ho w t o ,
repress passion blamed w omen severely and t hat t he

, ,
t raders who were devo t ed to him had therefore discon

, ,
tinned all conv erse wi t h them O n e o f their number an .

,
old woman asked If I by mean s o f my daughter effect

, , , ,
a change in him w il l ye make me your superior

,
An d ,
i n case she did no t succeed she promised to pay a penal t y ,
o f fi v e hundred k ar shap a n a s .
Thereupon the old w oman hired a house i n the

neighbourhood o f the t raders and provided i t wi t h a ,
great quan t i t y o f domes t ic implemen t s The merchant s .

’
servants us ed t o go t here and borro w some of t hose

“
i mplements She said to them : Who are ye young
.
,
men
They replied : We serve the merchant from Taksha
”
Sil a
.
She said : O youth s my son also is a merchan t and , ,
he has t ravelled into ano t her land w ith merchandise .
A s I suppose t hat hi s s ervan t s like yourselves are , ,
borrowing implemen t s fro m o t her people ye are a t ,
liberty to use all the utensils w hich are in t his house ,
j us t as if they were your own

”
.
So t h e servan t s made daily use o f t hose u te nsils and ,
when the merchan t had asked t hem whence t hey obtain ed

them and they had repea t ed t o him t he old woman s
’
w ords a friendly feeling w as e xcited within him and he

, ,
KR IS A GA U TA MI .
said : A s she ha s shown you kindness sh e shall be

“
,
my mo t her They told t h e old woman t ha t their

.
m aster prized her kindness highly and regar ded her as ,
his mother Thereupon sh e s aid t hat it would be de

.
sirable for her to be come acquain t ed wi t h him and she ,
asked t hem to invite th e merchan t to her h ouse There .
sh e received him w ith friendly w ords saying t hat she ,
found t hat he was like her so n in appearance and th a t ,
he a l so bore the same n ame as her son s o t ha t there ,
w as no difference b e t ween t h e two A ft er w ards sh e .
t old th e wi fe o f th e master o f the hous e to se n d for her

daughter whom s he ord ered to m anifes t her respect for
,
her [ adopted ] brother When t he maiden appeared and

. .
,
the merchan t perceived h er beauty h e desired to obtai n ,
her as his wi fe The old w oman said that there w a s

.
only this drawback that as he was not regularly know n ,
to her h e migh t if he married h er daugh t er leave her i n

, , ,
the lurch A n d so for h er securi t y she d emanded that

.
, ,
h e should bring all his goods in t o her h o use A greeing .
to t his h e brough t his goods in t o her house But t h e old

,
.
woman immediately too k t he m out o f it by a n o t her d oor .
When this was done sh e promised t o give him h er daugh t er

, .
O n the appointed day an d at t he appointed hour sh e

, ,
invited t he courtesans adorned w ith all kinds of orna

,
m ents t o th e wedding feast during w hich th e y w andered

, ,
to and fro The merchan t said : Mo t her d e ar are there

.
,
only w omen here and no t a singl e man ?

,
Sh e yawned .
O n e of t he others secre t l y whispere d into his ear : 0

“
merch ant do you not perceive w h a t is going on here ?

,
A ll t hese women are courtesans Ho w should t here be .
”
any man present ? Then he perceived that he ha d
really taken a courte san t o w i fe and consequently t hat ,
h e h ad been duped Moreover t he girl d e m anded pay

.
men t from him for her society But h e replied t ha t t he .
whole o f his proper t y ha d been taken away and that he ,
had no money besides .

When he had gone fast asleep the old woman wrapped ,
him u p i n a mat and deposited hi m in t he middl e o f t he

marke t place Wh e n th e dayligh t arrive d and m any of
~
.
,
th e people who dwelt in the ci t y began to come and go ,
he awoke and seeing how h e had bee n trea t ed he gave

, , ,
way to despair Wi th eyes filled wi t h tears he wandered

.
,
t hrough the squares t he streets and t he roads o f , ,
V ar anasi and plagued by hunger in order to obtain food

, , , ,
h e went to t he S pot where t he day labourers be t ook -
t hemselves At that t i m e t he householder Gau t ama w as

.
building himsel f a house A s h e w as looking for day .
labourers t he young merchan t was brough t up t o him

,
by one of th e o t hers But the youth seemed to hi m too .
young and too li tt le accustomed to w ork o f that kind ,
so he ordered another m a n to be sough t for But t he .
youth looked G autama in the face wi t h tearful eyes .
Then Gautama as k ed hi m w h o h e w as and whence he ,
came Full o f grie f at his pitiful condition wi t h tearful

.
,
eyes and choking voice h e slo wly said : O fa t her as ,

“
,
t h e result of former deeds did I prosperous l y arrive here

fro m the nor t hwards lying city of Ta k sha sil a Bu t now .
I kno w no t whi t her I shall go nor do I know ho w I ,
sh all ge t back there When t he householder G autama .
perceived ho w cast do w n h e was and understood w hat ,
h e said h e fel t kindly disposed towards him and asked

, ,
‘
him if h e kne w m any persons in Ta k sha éil a Receiving .
an affirmative reply h e asked him if he kn ew such and

'
,
such a hous eholder O father I know him for h e is.

, , .
my own fa t her an swered the merchan t The house

,
”
.
h older Gau t ama was greatly pleased and t old t h e you t h ,
t hat he must no t mourn or weep adding A s you shall , ,
be my son i n law this house sha ll bel o ng t o you

- -
,
Then .
”
t he youth took courage and gave up being mourn ful , .
G au t ama con ferred upon hi m food drink clo th es and

“
, , ,
ornaments a dwelling house and a s t orehouse and friendly

,
-
,
w ords A n d he said to his wi fe 0 good one your

.
,
“
,
goods which h e had brought with him A ft er that the .
merchan t w ith very grea t j oy t ook Kri sa G a u t a mi t o

, ,
w ife .
The householder Gautama poss essed some arable land

i n a hill district a n d he bade his son i n -law go t hi t her
,
-
wi t h his wi fe Whe n t he time came for t he w ife t o

.
expec t her confinement her husband allowed her a t her , ,
request t o go to her paren t s house in order t ha t she

,
’
migh t there be cared for by her mother A f t er her .
confinement and t he naming o f her boy she returned ,
wi t h him t o h er husband .
Wh en t he time o f her second con finement drew near ,
she agai n expressed a desire t o go t o her parents house

’
.
He r husband se t o ff wi t h he r and t he boy in a waggon ,
bu t when t hey had gone h al f way she gave bir t h t o a -
boy When her husband sa w t ha t t his was abou t t o

.
take place h e got out of the w aggo n sa t down under a

, ,
t ree and fel l asleep While h e was comple t ely overcome

, .
by slumber a snake hi t hi m and he died When his

, , .
wi fe in he r t ur n alighted from t he w aggon and wen t ,
up to the tree i n order to bring her husband t h e joyful

,
t idings that a so n was born unto him he as he h ad , ,
give n up the ghost made no reply She seized him by ,

.
t he hand and found tha t h e was dead Then she began

,
.
t o we ep Mean t ime a thief carried o ff th e oxen

. .
A f t er weeping for a long time and becoming very ~
mournf u l she looked around on every side pressed t he

, ,
newborn babe to her bosom took the elder child by th e ,
h and and se t out on her w ay A s a h eavy rai n h ad

,
.
u nexpec t edly fallen and a l l lakes ponds and springs, , ,
were full o f wa t er and the road was flooded by t h e

,
river she reflected tha t i f sh e were to cross t he wa t er

,
wi t h bo t h t he children at once she and t hey might mee t ,
wi t h a disaster and t h ere for e the children had be tt er be

,
taken over separately So sh e seated th e elder boy on

.
th e bank o f the river and took the younger one in her ,

KRIS A G A U TA MI .
arms walked across to the o t h er side a n d laid hi m down

, ,
upon t he ban k Then she wen t back for t he elder boy

. .
But w hile she was in t h e middle o f t he river t h e ,
younger boy was carried o ff by a j ackal S t anding in .
t he middle of th e river the mo th er waved her hands

, ,
t rying to scare away the j ackal Th e elder boy th ought .
that his mo t her was call ing hi m and sprang into t he ,
water The bank was very steep so h e fell down a n d

.
,
w as killed The mother has t ened a fter the j ackal w hich

.
,
l e t t he child drop and ran o ff When t h e looked a t i t

, .
,
she found t ha t it was dead So aft er she h ad wep t over

.
i t she t hre w it in t o the water Wh en sh e saw t ha t her

, .
elder son was b e i n g c a r r i e d along by t he s t ream sh e

‘
,
became s t ill more distressed She has t ened a ft er hi m

.
,
and found th at h e als o w as dead Beref t o f bo t h .
husband and children sh e gave w ay to despair and sat

, ,
down alone on the bank wi t h only t h e lower part o f her

,
bo dy covered There she listen ed t o th e howling o f t h e

.
wind the roaring o f the forest and o f t h e waves as wel l

, ,
as t he singi n g of various kinds o f birds Then w andering .
to and fro wi t h sobs and t ears o f woe she lamented t h e

, ,
loss o f her h u sband and the t wo children .
A s every action by gradual steps approaches m aturity ,
so it came t o pass tha t at that time he r parents along ,
wi t h their numerous domes t ics w ere destroyed by a ,
hurrican e only one man escap ing wi t h his li fe “The n

, .
she weeping and wailing suddenly came upon t ha t m a n

, , ,
and sa w him all aghas t she asked w ha t Wa s t he ma t ter

, .
He smote his breas t before he r a n d sobbing and weeping , , ,
t old her w ha t had happened WVhe n sh e had heard th a t .

,
she again began to weep an d wai l and ask ed wh at sin ,
sh e had commit t ed in her earlier exis t ence t ha t sh e ,
should h ave lost all a t on ce her husband and her children

‘
a s well as all her rela t ives A n d she cam e t o t he con

.
c l u si o n that she ought n o t to l ive any longer at home ,
seeing t hat he r misery would on l y become greater there .

So she w andered about till sh e came to a hill vill ag e ,
where she took up her abode wi t h a n old w oman w ho

span co tton A n d aft er recovering fro m her fa t igue she
.
took to spinning along wi t h her .
There was i n t hat village a young weaver w h o li ved

by his craf t and w ho w as i n the habi t from time to
, ,
time o f buying cotto n yarn from that old woman

, On e .
d ay when sh e had s erved him wi t h fi n e y a r n h e asked

, ,
her whence t hat came seeing that she formerly span hi m

,
on l y coarse yarn She told him about t he woman w ho

.
was living i n her house ; thereupon he expressed a w ish

t o t ak e t ha t wo man as his w i fe and to provid e her wi t h ,
food and clothing and o t her n ecessaries o f li fe The old .
woman aft er having received from him the money for

,
t he yarn and food bade him wai t for a n answer ; then

, ,
perfumed and adorned w i t h fl owers she wen t t o Kri sa

, ,
G a u t a m i and told her the whole s t ory praising t he ,
quali ties of t he weaver saying tha t he as ked her to be his

,
wi fe and advising her to accep t his proposal A l t hough

,
.
a t fi rst sh e opposed the idea ye t at las t she gave in an d , ,
t he marriage took place No w the w eaver was a rough

.
,
passionate man who used constan tly t o bea t her w i t h his

,
fist a n d w i t h a s t ick ; so sh e told t he old woman tha t

sh e had married her to a R akshasa and t hat she did ,
no t know what she should do for he bea t her every day ,
wi t h his h and and wi t h a stick The old woman com .
for t ed her and said t ha t he would bea t her only so long

,
as no son was born t o him but t ha t la ter on she and her ,
son w ould hold t heir own Whe n sh e was in the family .
way t he weaver began to treat h er kindly bu t she t rea t ed ,
him wi t h con t emp t : w i t h t ha t however he put up , , .
O n e day th e weaver w hom his friends had liberally

,
t reated wi t h i ntoxicating beverages came home daze d ,
wi t h drink He fo u nd the door closed : his wife was j us t

.
on the poin t of being confined and w hen he called ou t t o ,
her to open the door h er p ains prevented her from being

,
TA LE S FRO M T I B E TA N S O UR C E S .
was transferr ed to the king s zenana T he kin g die d, and

’
,
’
s he w as buried a live i n hi s to mb aft er h aving had great ,
honour shown h er by th e w omen t he princes the mini , ,
st e r s and a vast concourse of people

,
Some men from .
the no r th country who w ere w ont t o r o b graves broke

, ,
into this one also The d u st they raised entered in t o

.
Kris a G a u t a m i s nostr il s and made her sneeze

’ ’
,
The .
gr ave robb e rs we re terrified thinking tha t she w as a

-
,
Ve t ala and they fled ; but Kri sa G a u ta mi escaped from

,
the grave t hrough the open i ng w hich t hey had made .
C onscious o f all her troubles and a ff ected by the absence

,
o f provisions j ust as a viol ent storm arose she went ou t

, ,
o f her mind C overed w ith merely her underclothin g

.
,
her hands and feet foul and rough w ith long locks and ,
pallid complexion she wandered about until she reached

,
Sr a v a sti .
There a t the sight o f B ha g a v a n t she recovered her

, ,
intellec t Bha g a v a n t or dered A nanda to give her an

.
over robe and h e taught her the doctrine and admitted

, ,
her into the ecclesiastical body and h e appointed her t he ,
chi ef of the Bhikshu n i s who had embraced discipline .

‘
2 27
S U S R O IVI .
A MERC HA NT who had married in Varanasi d etermined to

go to sea again with merchandis e Hi s wi fe refused t o .
stay behin d While t hey w ere on th e voyage t h eir ship

.
w as u pset by a s ea monster The husband perish ed bu t - .

,
the wi fe escaped o n a plank and w as driven by th e wind ,
t o Ka ée r u dv i p a w here d w elt th e bird king Su p a r n a who

,
-
,
made her his wife Sh e bare him first a very beautiful .
boy and then a young bird Su p a r n a who af t er his fa t her s

, , ,
’
dea t h was installed king o f the birds

,
Hi s mother i n .
s i sted on his installing his elder b r o the r a s king in Var a '
n asi so he carried o ff King B r a hm a da tt a in his claws

, ,
and flung hi m into the sea then h e set o n the throne in

his place his o w n bro t h er arrayed in all splendour and , ,
he w arned the ministers that he w o uld treat exactly like

B r a hm a da tt a any on e of them w h o did th e leas t t hing
wrong The n ame o f B r a hm a da tt a was given like w is e to
.
t he ne w k i ng who begged his brother to assist him from

,
t i me to time .
A fter some t ime it happened that t he king s elephan t

’
w hich w as parturient w as un able to bring for t h its young , .
The m i nisters advis ed that it should be led into th e

zenana in order that it might be relieved o f its pains by
,
1
K a h- gy
xi 9 3 99 W h f g u r, hi h xh al d f m h -
en ra r a n ce w c e e ro e r,
pp d i t h f m t h B ddh l t d t hi t l i t h
. .
U tp l a
a a varn a eare n e or e u a re a e s a e, w
of C k v t i t t h B ddh
a a ra f ar t th f t th t U d yi
n o e u a r e e r e n ce o e ac a a n
Saky m m hi f m t h h d l dy g i d h
.
a - t u on s p
re u rn ro e a a rea r e co n se e r 1 11 a re
h
re a f t h T hi ty t h
n o Gd d e xi t by t h t f g
r - re e o s, a n Vi o u s e s e n ce a ra r a n ce .
U d yi a g i d h by t h l t
n r e co S n se er e o us .
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TAN S O UR CE S .
t he assevera t ion s o f the king s wives Bu t al though t he ’

.
eleph an t was i n t roduced t here and t he wives pronounced ,
t he ir assevera tion s the pains did no t come t o an end and

, ,
t h e elep hant ut t ered the mos t fearful cries Th ey w ere .
heard by a woman w ho w as looking after some oxen near

t h e palace and w ho declared th at by means o f her asse
,
vera t ion t he pains would be brought t o an end W hen .
t he m inis t ers h ad tol d t his t o the king and h e ha d ordered ,
her t o be brought i n t o t he zenana she said If i t is t rue , ,

“
t ha t one husband is su fl i c i e n t for me and I have no t t wo ,
husbands t hen as t he resul t o f this t ru t h le t t he elephan t

,
be eased o f i t s pains Immediately aft er t his u tt erance

.
t he elephan t brough t for t h When the king w as informed

.
of t his h e declared tha t all his w ives were o f vicious

,
habits and ordered t he herdswoman t o be summoned

, .
When she had replied in t he affirma t i e to his ques t ion v
as to wh e ther the elephan t had been relieved o f i t s pa i ns

in consequence o f her asseveration th e king came to the ,
conclusio n t ha t she mus t have a daugh t er like unto h er

sel f This daughter named S u sr o n i he t ook as his w ife ;
.
, ,
bu t fearing tha t if h e left her in t h e company o f t h e

,
o t her women o f his cour t she would undoub t edly con ,
t rac t bad habi t s he begged t he bird king S u p a r n a t o

,
-
convey her every day t o Ka se r u dv i p a but t o bring her

.
,
back t o him every nigh t S u p a r n a a greed to this and

.
,
sen t him every day wrea t hs o f the odorous flo w er Timira ,
which gre w a t Ka se r u dv i p a .
A Brahman you t h who had gone in t o t h e fores t for

fuel was see n there by a K i nnari who hid him away i n ,
a rocky gro t where she used to enjoy his company

, .
Whenever he lef t t he cave in order to fe t ch flowers and ,
fruits she clos e d its en t rance w ith a grea t b lo ck o f stone

'
, ,
which the Brahman you t h was unable t o remove She .
bore him a son w ho was called Asu g a ( Swi ftfoo t ) because

, ,
h e ran every w here so swiftly .

go t o his mother for she w as weeping and waili ng
'
n ot , .
He said th at he cou l d not hold converse wi t h his mo t her

.
for she was so hot tempere d Thereupon they gave him-
th e lute by m eans o f w hich h e would be able t o keep

,
him self alive But t hey told him that in order tha t
.
,
no misfor t un e migh t arise h e w as no t to t ouch i t s upper ,
mos t s t ring Aéu g a took the lu t e t o w here t he Brahman

.
you t h s were When h e had played and sung to th em

.
there always wi t hout touching th e top s t ring th ey

, ,
as ked him why h e did no t touch it When h e had told .
them the reason and in spi t e o f that they touched th e

,
top string they all began t o skip and dance A s this

, .
dancing mad e th em la t e i t was only in the evening t hat ,
t hey returned to their Pandi t wh o asked th em why they ,
had remained out s o long When th e youths had t old .
th e whole s t ory the Ba ndi t asked th e young Aéu g a if h e

really unders t ood how t o play the lu t e and to sing .
When he said that he did he was thereupo n obliged t o ,
play A n d when at the ins t igation of the P an dit h e

.
touched t he t op string the Brahman and h is w i fe began ,
t o skip and dan ce ; moreover the whole house skipped ,
wi t h a crash and all the pots and crockery were brok en

,
t o pieces The Brahman i n a rage seized the youth

.
Aéu g a by t he ne ck and turn ed him out o f t he house .
Af t er th at Asu ga go t his living by lute pl aying and -
singing Five hundred merchan t s wh o were pu t ting to

.
sea took him on board wi t h them as a musicia n When .
he was playing on board ship on e day b e touched the

t op s t ring at the request o f th e merchants whereupon ,
t h e ship began to bound i n t he air and capsized w hereby ,
t he w hole of th e merchants lost their lives But Aéu ga .

,
w ho got hold o f a plank w a s driven by a storm t o ,
Ka se r u dv i p a .
Th ere h e took up hi s abode in a park where th ere

w ere no o t her men A n d there h aving s een S u ér o n i he
.
, ,
held dallian ce wi t h her In t his fashion she was at t he .

"
S US R O N I .
o f Asu g a b y day and o f King Br a hm a da tt a by

‘
di S p o sal -
night No w Asu g a besought her to tak e him w ith her

.
t o Var anasi She acceded t o his request asked him

.
,
his n ame and told him h er own Every day af t er th at

, .
sh e carried wi t h her when m ounted upon Su p a r n a more

, ,
and more ston es unt i l sh e had brought their w eight to

,
that o f a man s body Then she and Asa ga got o n

’
.
S u p a r n a s back t ogether Sh e told Aéu g a to shut his

’
.
eyes s aying that i f h e op ened them a misfortun e would

,
occur Bu t when they dre w near to V ar anasi and

.
,
Asu g a h eard th e voice s and cla m our o f many people ,
h e t hought tha t he h ad reached t h e journey s end So ’

.
he opened hi s eyes ; w hereupon he immediately became

blind . Su sr o ni left hi m i n th e park and betoo k h er ,
se l f to Ki n g B r a hm a da tta s zenana ’
.
No w whe n th e king had come and t h e trees w ere ,
putting forth th eir leaves in the thick forest a n d the ,
voices were heard o f geese cran es peacocks parrots , , , ,
m a in a s k o kil a s a n d pheasants King B r a hm a da t ta sur

, , , ,
rounded by his w omen betook h imsel f wi t h Su sr o n i to,
t he park There t h e Brahman youth A su g a scenting

.
,
t he odour of t he Timira flower w as chanting a song after ,
t his fashion
“
Set in movement by th e win d th e odour o f th e
Timira is perceptible This is Ka se r u dv i p a w h ere
.
,
S u sr o n i d w ells
”
.
Hearing these w ords the king ordered his w omen to

find o u t who had sung them A fter Asu g a ha d been .
discovered and bro u ght be fore th e king and h ad been ,
obliged to repeat his song the king asked him ho w far ,
o ff Ka se r u d v i a w as
p He replied in a sloka.
Th e w aters o f th e ocean stretch well nigh a hundred

yojanas from here to wh ere lies Ka se r u dv i p a wherein ,
S u ér o n i dw ells
”
.
The king an s w ered l ikewise in a sloka

’
If it be sai d tha t thou h ast looked in sinful fashion .

on my dear Su sr o ni say then w hat mar ks her body
,
”
bears .
A su g a replied in a sloka
O n her thigh is the svastika He r breas t is S piral . .
O ver her spread w reaths o f Timira blossoms .
Wh en i n this way th e king had become aware that

S u sr o n i ha d sinned he w as of opinio n that she w as not
,
necessary to him and that he w ould give her to th e blind

,
man . In his a n ger he uttered this sloka

S u ér o n i is giv e n to you arraye d in all splendour , .
L e t her mount on an ass and get ye gon e s w iftly exiled , ,
from this ci t y .
The n he ordere d S u sr o n i and the blind man to be .
dri v e n o u t o f t h e city riding upon the same a ss

,
.
A fter w andering hither and thi t her they came a t

sunset to a hill town and there they took up their ,
quarters in an empty te mple That same evening th ere

.
came five hundred robbers in order to plunder t he town .
But its inh abitants perceived this and overcame the ,
r obbers The r obber chie f on who m they failed t o la y

.
,
h ands escaped in to that s a me temple

,
The townsmen .
s urrounded it but the c hief close d the door

,
Wh en the .
to w nsmen asked who w as d welling there Asu g a replied ,
t hat some travellers were there Th e townspeople .
threatened to make an e n d o f hi m if h e did not give up

th e robber The robber chie f s aid to S u sr o n i
. Why ,
“
should you h ave to do w ith a blind man ? We will turn

him out and then live toge t her She agreed to t his .
”
.
Th e robber chief flung the blind man down from the

wall and the townspeople struck o ff his head
, .
Next day S u sr o n i and the robber chi e f reached the

river Karada and found no boat in w hich to cross i t
,
1
.
The robber chief bade her lay aside her finery saying ,
that she must swim acros s th e river an d he would bring ,
he r things after her Sh e handed over to him all her

.
1 C m p a re P iv 7 — S
ncha ta t
o a n ra , . . .
2 34 T A LE S FR O M TI B E TAN S O UR CE S .
fled Where fore gr i e v e st thou not yogini that thou ar t

.
.
, ,
”
bereft o f both ?
S u ér o n i replied Whe n I have returned home I wil l
,
“
t ake unto me an excellent husband Whe n I have .
ob t ained a h usband I shall not dishonour the house , .
Th e j ackal ans w ered When the G anges flows u p ,

“
w ards whe n the raven h as t he colour of curdled milk

, ,
then shalt thou be virtuous Wh en th e sn ake and the .
ichneumon dwell in the same hole and put up w i t h each ,
o t her t hen shal t t hou be virtuous Wh en a man making

, .
,
clo t hes out o f th e hair o f a tortoise shall be able to pro ,
v ide himself thereby with a winter garment then shalt ,
thou be virtuo u s Whe n one sh all h ave made a ladder

.
out o f th e fee t o f flies and climbed up i t into h eaven , ,
then shalt thou be virtuous When a bridge shall have .
been m ade out of th e stalk o f t he j essamine an d an ,
eleph ant shall have walked across it t hen s halt thou be ,
virtuous When fi r e shall burst forth in the middle o f

.
t he sea and men shall enter t herein then shalt thou be

, ,
virtuous O S u sr o n i ! n ow th at I have s coffed at t hee

.
e nough I ask thee what reward w il t t hou give m e i f I

,
1
restore thee to thy former position
She replied U ncle if thou w ilt do that I will give
, , ,
t hee a piece o f meat every day ”

.
I will do it s ee i f I do n ot G o into the water

,
.
,
immerse thyself i n it up to t hy n eck and remain there ,
with t hy face turned towards th e eas t I will go and .
peti tion t he king .

”
So the jackal dre w near to th e royal palace and made ,
his request to the king saying that it w ould be meet and ,
fitting to send for S u sr o n i a t once seeing th at sh e was ,
piously and righ t eously performing penance King .
B r a hm a da t t a understood th e language of th e jackal an d ,
1 Cp om i t h t hi
are w s t he v i t M h » II p
ar an s a r c er , 2 4 2, e s e c a l p i ly t h e
hi h R i h l d K hi pp li d B lg i
. .
p
,
w c e n o o er ha s su e u ar a n o n . 24 5 .
— S .
to L au r a G o n z e n b a ch
’
s S i ci lia n is che
S US R O NI .
h e or dered his m inis t ers to sen d for Su sr o n i at once .
The m inis t ers m a de t h eir appearance wi t h clothes and

orn aments an d t he king restored he r to her former posi
,
tion. Every da y sh e gave t he jackal a piece o f m eat .
This she di d for some long t ime But at length sh e gave

.
u
p doing so .Then th e jackal came close to the royal
palace and threa t en ed that if she fail ed to br i ng t h e gi ft
, ,
i t w ould lay h old o f he r and set her back again in t he

,
place sh e occupied before .She w as alarme d and con

,
tinned to give it a piece o f meat every d ay .

XIII .
THE 0 VE R -R E A C HE D A C T O R .
1
THE Buddh a B ha g a v a n t w as abiding in Raj agriha i n

Ve n u v a n a in Ka l a n da k a n i v asa I n Raj agrih a lived the
.
tw o Nag a r aj a s G i r ik a a n d Sundara through w hose i n fl u ,
ence t he five hundred war m springs in Raj agrih a th e ,
rivers lakes and pools received from t h e deity from time

, , ,
to time a rich copiousness o f wa t ers whereby the grain

, ,
t hrived i n t he most excellent manner A s Bhag a v a n t .
ha d brought under his influence the t wo Nag a r aj a s ,
Nanda and Up a n a n da t hey used to come t o t h e slopes o f

,
S u m e r u and mani fes t t heir respect to B ha g a v a n t on t he

eighth four t een t h and fif t eenth days o f t he month
, ,
.
Thereupon t he t w o Nag a r aj a s G ir ika and Su n dara con , ,
s i de r e d t hat as the tw o N ag a r aj a s Nanda and U p a n a nda

, ,
.
visi t e d t he Su m e r u slopes on the eighth fourteen t h and , ,
fi fteenth o f the mon t h in order to sho w their respec t for

B ha g a v a n t t hey themselves who dwelt on th e spot ough t t o
,
t estify their respect for Bha g a v a n t So they went t o Bhaga .
vant paid honour wi t h their heads to his fee t and seated

, ,
t hemselves on th e ground Then B ha ga v a n t confirmed .
th e m in re fuge seeking and in the basis of doc t rine

-
,
whereby they fel t themselves very much elevated There .
upon t hey formed the intention o f betaking themsel v es

t o the ocean So they went t o Bhag a v a n t paid him
.
,
honour and spoke to him t hus : O worthy o f reverence

, ,
inasmuch as B ha ga v a n t has led us t o th e search af t er

refuge and the principles of the doctrine , w e have become
1
Ka h- gy
ur vu . fl . 22 1 - 229 .
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N SO UR C E S .
Not by hi m w ho is b e si de hi m se l f who is excited by '
passion can the excellent doctrine taught by th e per

,
fe c t e d Buddha b e compreh ended B ut h e who represses .
t he commencemen t o f sins w ho lays a side anger and , ,
who has give n up passion he ca n comprehend t he ex ,
c e ll e n t w ords
”
.
The king thought that Bha ga v a n t t ook the side o f the

t w o householders and t here fo r e w ould not teach him the
,
doctrin e ; so he w ent away t hen ce When h e had de .
parted from Ve n u v a n a he said to his se r vants So soon

, ,
as t hose two householders go away fro m B ha ga v a n t tell ,
them in t he name of the king t hat they mus t not remai n

in the country Having receiv e d this order fro m the
.
”
king the s ervants remained there and communicated the

, ,
king s order to t he tw o N aga r aj a s when they made t heir

’
appearance The t w o N ag a r aj a s p erceived t ha t their

.
long fostered wish was goi ng to be fulfi lled So they .
produced o n t he spot a mighty j e t o f water and betook ,
t hemselves in t o s mall canals and from t he small canals ,
into great canals , and fro m the grea t can al s in t o small

rivers and from t he s mall rivers i nto grea t rivers and
‘
, ,
from the great rivers into the ocean When they two .
reached t he o cean , they w ere far more eleva t ed t han

be fore .
A t that same time the five h undred w ar m springs i n

R aj agriha the rivers lakes and pools inasmuch as the
, , , ,
deity n o longer sent them fro m time to t ime a fulnes s o f

wa t er began to dry up and the crops began to perish
, , .
Then the king reflec t ed that by the po w er of the Nagara

j as th e water courses used t o be kept constantly full and
-
, ,
as this w as n o longer t he case he considered that those t w o ,
N aga r aj as were perhap s dead or had been carried o ff or shut ,
up by a snake charmer He determined the n to obtain .
information o n this point fro m the omniscient B ha g a v a n t .
Bha g a v a n t replied tha t the t w o N ag a r aj a s had not been

destroyed nor had they died and that they had not
, ,
THE 0 VER -R EA C H E D A C T O R . .
taken thems elves away s ecr etly n o r h ad they been i m ,
prisoned by a snake charmer but t hat t he y ha d bee n ,
banished from the country by the king himself .
Venerable sir so far as I can remember I h ave never

, ,
s een much less exiled the two Nag a r aj a s G i r ik a and

, ,
”
Sundara .
0 great king I wil l recall th e fact to your memory

,
.
Thereupon B ha g a v a n t in formed him that thos e t w o

householders w hom h e had sent out o f the country were
precisely those two Nag a r aj a s and recommended him in , ,
order to ob t ai n h elp for his land to ask for their for ,
g i v e n e ss. The king observed that he w as not in a

posi t ion to do this as they had departed in t o the ocean
,
.
Then B ha g a v a n t in formed him that they were accus t omed

to come in order to sho w hi m honour on the eighth
, , ,
fourteenth and fi fteenth days o f the month A n d tha t

, .
when h e was teaching them the doctrine the king migh t ,
a s k their forgiveness .
Venerable sir ho w should that be done ? O ught I to

,
t ou ch the feet of them t wain !

N 0 great king that is w ha t me n of inferior degree
, ,
do w ho touch th e h and o f t heir superiors

,
B u t you .
should stretch out your righ t h and and say to the t w o ,

’
N ag a r aj a s : Forgive me !
S Q w hen th e king met t he t w o Nag a r aj a s in t h e
presence o f Bha g a v a n t h e followed his instructions and
, ,
r eceived the par don he asked for .
O N ag a r aj a s having accorded m e
“
Then h e said : ,
forgiveness re tur n back to my country

, They replied .
”
that they w ould do so then only w hen he had erected

t w o temples t he one for G i r ik a and t he o t her for
,
S u ndara and had provided them w ith the n ecessary

,
attendants and had founded a festival to be held every

,
six months at which t hey w ould appear in person and

,
accept hospitality The king obeyed t hese orders

. He .
bui lt the t w o templ e s the one for Gi r ik a and the other

, ,
for Sundara and h e founded a festival t o be held ev ery

,
six months When this festival t ook place vast multi

.
,
'
t u des of men came together from the six great ci t ies .
On e day there came an actor fro m the south w ith the ,
intention o f discovering some t hing w hereby he might

i m u se the company and obtain a large reward for him
,
s el f He hoped t o attain both ends i f he glorified th e

.
most excellent of me n Inasmuch t hen as th e multi .
t udes w ere f u ll of faith in B hag a v a n t he w ished t o take ,
him a s the subject o f glorifica t ion s o h e be t ook himself ,
t o Nanda and said

“
Venerable sir w he n B ha g a v a n t dwel ling as t he
,
B o dis a t in th e Tu shi ta region had arranged the five

considera t ions respecting caste race country time and , , ,
wife and had let the si x K am avachara gods three times

,
.
perfo r m t he rites of purification and in t he form o f a n ,
elephant ha d consciously entered the mother s w omb at ’
tha t t ime t he great ear t h quaked violen t ly and those ,
regions o f th e w orld w hich enj oy the light nei t her o f the

sun nor of the moo n and therefore are filled wi t h utter
,
darkness were i llumined wi t h the greatest brillia nce ;

,
so that when t he beings w hich otherwise could not see ,
t heir own hands wh en they stretched them out saw each ,
other by means o f this ligh t they cried : Honoured ,
sirs there are other beings besides ourselves born here

, .
Wh en after t h e lapse o f ten months B ha ga v a n t the

B o di sa t w as born leaving the moth er s w omb then
’
, ,
like wis e did the great ear t h quake and the bright ,
radiance ensued O n the day on which Bha g av a n t the

.
B o di sa t w as born on tha t same day were born also sons

,
o f four great kings In Sr av a sti t ruly to King A r a n e mi

.
’
B r a hm a da tt a the r e w as born a son w hom he called

Pr a se n aj i t because th e w ho l e w orld w as filled w ith
,
radiance at his birth In Raj agriha there w as born to

.
King Ma hap a dm a a son w ho m h e called B imbis ara ,

TALE S FR O M T I B E TA N S O UR CE S .
heard thereo f they reflec t ed that i f t hey exalted t he

,
prince they would gai n t hereby and t hat if they honoured

, ,
King S u ddho da n a t he prince w ould t hereby be honoured ;

,
so t hey began t o pay honour to King S u ddho da n a and ,
t o send him in due season e nvoys and caske t s o f

j ewels A s King S u ddho da n a reflec t ed t ha t all t hings
.
had a t tained t heir ends in consequence of th e bir t h o f

his son t ha t son ought to receive t he n a me o f S a r v ar t ha
,
siddha a n d he called him by th a t name accordingly

, .
When the prin ce had been taken t o pay reverence t o t he

S akya god th e Yaksha Saky a v a r dha bu t was received
-
, ,
w i t h reverence by him the S akya Migh t y O n e h e received

,
- -
,
t he names of S akyamuni and God of gods ( De v ati de v a ) .
When Bha ga v a n t t he B o di sa t had a t tained perfec t ion

in all sciences and ha d enjoyed himself in you t h bu t
, ,
t hen had looked upon old age sickness and dea th and , , ,
his mind had bee n agi t a t ed t hereby he re t ired into the ,
fores t and devoted himself for six years t o penance A t .
t hat time were t w o hundred and fi fty men sen t every

day who made kno w n the words o f King S u ddho da n a
,
and of S u p r a b u ddha and daily carried the w ords spoken

,
by B ha g a v a n t the B o di sa t .
When B ha ga v a n t t he Bo di sa t had prac t ised penan ce

for the space o f six years and had attained t o t he know ,
ledge tha t i t was all of n o avail h e desired to res t ore ,
himsel f comple t ely So he took rice soup and warm

.
,
food in abundance anoin t ed his body with oil and

,
melted bu tt er and ba t hed it w i t h warm wa t er A n d

, .
w hen h e came to t h e village o f Sen ani the village ,
maidens Nand a and Na n da ba la gave him six t een times

purified milk mixed with honey and t he Nagaraj a ,
K alika ex t olled him From t he Svas t ika grass dealers

.
-
he received gold coloured grass When he arrived at .
B o dhi m a n d a aft er he had prepared himself a couch o f

'
indes t ruc t ible grass and h ad t aken up hi s seat upon i t

,
w ith cr ossed legs and had made s traight his body and
, ,
— ‘
THE 0 VE R -REA CHED A C T O R .
s t reng t hened hi s m emory he s aid with emotion U nti l , ,

“
I shall have a tt ained sinlessness w ill I n ot change my

si tt ing pos it ion Ho w then B ha g a v a n t th e Bo di sa t a fter
.
,
h e had at t he m idnigh t hour by mean s o f the W heel o f

,
mildness overcome M ar a and th e host of three hundred

and six t y millions of demons attained to t he supreme ,
p erfec t ion o f insight — all this he pleased to relate to me

”
in f u ll
.
Nanda aske d What do you w ant i t for ?

,
“
The
actor replied Venerable sir I w ish t o compos e a
,
“
,
dram a . Nanda said Wretched man do you W i sh u s , ,
to portray the Teacher for you ? Begone for I will t ell ,
you n othing Then the ac t or betook himself to Up a :

.
nanda but received from him t he same answer and t he

, ,
resul t w as the same w h en h e h ad recours e to A su g a ,
R a v a t a Oh b anda and U da y i n
,
Thereupon th e ac t or
, .
betook himsel f to w here th e company of T w elve Bhi ks

hu n i s w as First of all h e had recourse to S thfi l a n a n da
. .
When she had inquired w hat h e w anted t h e information

for and h e had replied t hat it w as for a dra m a she
, ,
asked whe t her h e w ould g ive her a recompense for her

trouble He promised that he would
. Then as S thii la .
n and a w as very learned a n d kne w the Tripi t aka

thoroughly she related every t hing to hi min full o u t o f
,
the Ab hi n ishk r a m a n a S atra how B ha g a v a n t t h e B o di sa t

-
, ,
while d w elling i n the Tu shit a region appointed the five ,
medita t ions w ith respect to cas t e race coun t ry time , , , ,
and wife and having appointed thes e considerations and

, ,
having allowed t he si x K am avachara gods t o receive

’
p urifica t ion three times h e consciously entered th e ,

’
mother s womb transformed i nto the shape o f a n
,
elephant Whereupon t h e great earth quaked grea t ly

.
,
and the intervals o f t he world i n which t he sun and

moon are looked upon as great w onders and t he dark ,
n ess is exceedingly great i n asmuch as n o ligh t is e m ,
j oyed the r e w ere p rofusely illumined ane w s o that

, ,
TA LE S FRO M TI B E TA N SO UR C E S .
the beings born therein which had n o t been able to see

,
t heir ow n hands when t hey s t retched t he m out looking ,
upon on e ano ther by means o f t his light exclaime d , ,
“
Honoured sirs o t her beings also have been born h ere
, .
”
Then she rela t ed to h im a l l t ha t h ad t aken place up t o

t he t ime when a t midnight Bha g a v a n t the B o disa t over
,
came M ara and t he at t ending t hree hundred and six t y

millions of demons by the force of mi ldness and a t tained ,
to supreme insigh t .
The ac t or t hen composed his drama and as he knew , ,
t ha t by means o f i t he could exalt t he fai t h s till higher ,
amid the masses of believers he considered ho w h e ,
might create faith also among unbelievers A n d as h e .

,
bore a gr udge agains t t he Six Bhikshus and desired t o ,
find a cause o f reproach against them he be t ook himsel f ,
to t hem No w Ay u shm a n t C hha n da had j us t prepared

.
some food bu t let it stand over Wi t h t he hope how

, .
,
ever of par t aking o f sweet food in case he me t wi t h any , ,
he had washed his hands Wi t h such food Ay u shm a n t

.
U da y i n had supplied himsel f so C hha n da sa t down ,
before him wi t h crossed legs and begged him t o t hink o f

him saying
, ,
I th e Bhikshu C hha n da had prepared
, ,
food but I le t it s t and over as I was fully satisfied

, , .
B u t no w t hat I have fo u nd food I desire t o e a t and I

beg you t o leave m
,
e some thing A f t er t aking t wo or ,
three morsels of t he food U da yi n said Take and go, , .

”
When t he actor heard tha t h e t hought t hat he might ,
thereby convert even unbeli evers to t he fai th So he .
pi t ched a boo t h in Raj agriha on t he da y when t he fes t i

val of th e N aga r aj a s G i r ik a and Sundara was celebra t ed ,
and so u n de d a drum A n d when a grea t crowd ha d

'
collected he exhibi t ed in a drama t he above men t ioned

,
-
even t s in t he li fe o f Bha g a v a n t i n harmo n y wi t h t h e ,
A bhi n i shk r a m a n a satr a Thereby t he performers and t he

.
assembled crowds were confirmed in the fai th A n d t hey .
u ttered sounds of approval and h e made a large profi t ,

.
TA LE S FRO M TIB E TA N S O UR C E S .
When th e Six went a w ay aft er finishing the per form

,
ance and changing their clo t h es t he ac t or follo w ed a ft er

,
them in order t o find out who they were wai ting for
, ,
them a t t he door as they went out When U da y i n cam e

.
forth w hos e e ars seemed to be smeared as t hough w i t h

,
orpiment t he ac t or asked him if he had been performing

,
i n the play .U da y i n replied t hat they had wished to

do him a hur t in t hat way saying You w re t ch w ho
, , ,
live by our art ! as you h ave brought us on to t he stage ,
we w ill go to every place where you perform and w e ,
w ill annoy you We h ave no need t o provide ourselves

.
w ith drums and s trange properties .
The actor begged for pardon for h e got his living by

,
his performances U da y i n demanded in return for t his

.
t hat th e ac t or should give up to him the w hole o f his

rece 1 pts To which demand th e actor yielded fro m fear
.
,
o f farther inter ference .

T HE D UMB CR IP P L E .
1
IN lo ng p a st days King B r a hm a da t t a lived i n the city

,
o f V ar anasi Hi s wife s name was B r a hm a v a ti an d a

.
’
l ake also bore the same n ame No w the king was child .
l ess a n d l onged to have a s on

, With t ha t in t en t he .
implored t he gods i n all man ner o f w ays A t leng t h .
hi s e n t rea t ies w ere heard and a being o f firm resolve

, ,
d epar t ing from hell entered in t o t he queen s womb

’
.
,
A t h er desire th e kin g ordered presen t s t o be given a t

all th e ga t es of th e city La t e r on h e had t o go wi t h
.
h er in t o t he penance f o res t and i n t h e t hird place t o

,
e mbark wi t h h er on board a ship w hich was cons t ruc t ed ,
a t her request and placed in t he above n amed lake

,
-
.
There sh e gave bir t h to a fine boy wh o was endowed ,
wi t h recollec t ion o f his previous exis t en ce A s he was .
born on t he water the n ame o f A bja ( water born ) was

,
-
given t o him .
A s he rapidly grew up u nder t he care of n urses and

femal e a tt endan t s b e reflected t hat i f h e were t o be i n
, ,
ves t ed wi th s overeign power t his would no t be a good ,
thi n g seeing t ha t i n consequence o f a six t y years reign

,
w hich he had accomplished in a previou s s t a t e o f exis t

ence he had bee n born again in h ell and t ha t he now
, ,
ran t he ri sk o f going t o hell a second t ime So h e deter .
mined t o evade the sovereign t y by m ean s o f a n artifice ,
a n d h e pre t ended t o be a cripple A s t he five hundred .
ministers son s w ho were hi s playfello w s h aving all bee n

’
1
g
Ka h- y u r , vi . fo l 8 9 - 9 9
. .
’
TA L E S FR O M TIB E TA N S O U R C E S .
born at the same t ime wi t h him were in th e habit of run ,
ning and j umping King B r a hm a da t t a reflected that his son

, ,
i f he w ere not a cripple would take par t in t hose exer c ises

,
.
However h e determined t o invest him wi t h t he sovereign

,
power al t hough h e w as a cripple

, When P rince A bj a .
heard o f t his h e though t that i t was very unkind o f his

,
fat her to do him such an inj ury and h e de t ermined t o ,
pre t end he was dumb So he was commonly called .
”
The Dumb C ripple .
Whe n his father heard the five hundred sons of

m inis t ers speak w hile his son remained d umb he
, ,
became exceedi n gly sad When t he minis t ers remarked.

_
this sad ness o f hi s he explained to th e m th a t i t was his

,
son s d umbness which was t roubling him

’
The ministers .
consulted the doc t or who declared t ha t t he prince was in

,
perfect health and was t roubled by no complaint and

, ,
that h e m us t be acted upon by t hreats So King .
B r a hm a da t t a sen t for t he execu t ioners and let t he m ,
know privately t hat he w as going t o hand over t he

prin ce t o the m in t he presence o f a grea t assemblage ,
bu t tha t they were no t to put hi m to d ea th In .
obedience to the king s commands t he executioners put

’
t he prince i n a cart and took him out o f th e ci t y When

,
.
the prince saw th e ex t ent and the w eal t h of V aranasi ,
he asked : Is t his ci t y o f V ar anasi deserted or inha

“
bited ? The execu t ioners took th e prince back to his

”
fa t her to whom t hey repor t ed t h e w ords he had u tt ered

, .
King Br a hm a da t ta threw his arms around his son and said

to him : 0 youth who m oug ht one to kill ? Whom
“
,
o u gh t on e to order to be k illed ? Fro m w hom ough t life

to be taken To w hom ough t a gi ft t o be granted and ,
w ha t sort of a gift ? To t hese ques tions his son made

n o reply but remai ned dumb Then King Br a hm a da t t a
, .
S pake a gai n to the execu t ioners s ay i ng I deliver un t o “

, ,
you t his prince do ye carry him away

,
The executioners .
”
’
again in obedience to the king s commands set the princ e
, ,
2 50 TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
all that h ad occurred The king said . I f t he prince ,

“
wishes for the sovereignty t ha t also will I yield t o him , .
J o y fu lly did he give orders to t he min i s t ers to clear t he

city wi t h all speed of s t ones and to provide incense , ,
p erfumes flags s t andards and flowers of all kinds The

, , , .
’
ministers carried out the king s commands and many ,
hundreds of thousands of people cro w ded toge ther in

order to wi t ness the entry o f t he prin ce and to hear him ,
speak The prince entered the ci t y on foo t and w hen

.
,
he came to where t he king w as he sho w ed him reverence , ,
and said in Slokas

I a m n either du mb n or crippled I am neither dull ,
nor senseless Wi t h clear words am I able t o speak 0

.
,
prince o f men I am neither dumb n or crippled I am

.
,
n ei t her dul l nor sen seless Sound and clear and brigh t .
”
is my mind 0 prince of m e n !
,
When the king asked him w hy h e had not spoken

be fore and w hy h e h ad not used his legs he replied
, ,
Hearken unto me 0 king ! In a former li fe I ,
reign ed as a king for six t y years and t h en fo r six t y ,
t housand years I su ffered incessan t t orture s in hell .
Remembering t hos e t erribl e pangs I d o no t w ish to reign ,
again and t herefore I beseech y o u O my father t o allo w

, , ,
me t o renounce t he w orld .
”
The father replied But m y son i t is for t he sake of

,
“
, ,
suprem acy that t he Rishis under t ake penan ce and o ffer

s acrifice . Wherefore will you my son give up t hat , ,
w hich is in your hands and renounce th e world ? ,

”
The prince rep l ied t ha t h e did no t w ish t o live in

enjoymen t which is provoca t ive o f discord and contes t
, ,
and that he pre ferred a life o f penance ; the former

rese mb l ed the Kimp aka frui t t h e la tt er possessed t he ,
A mri t a flavour The king o bserved t ha t t he royal power

.
guaran t eed t he enjoyment o f all good t hings and asked ,
why he wished t o give up t he t hrone and t ake to the ,
asce t ic li fe The son r eplied that w e ough t to consider

.
TH E D U MB C RIPP L E . 25i
th at as tru e pleasure from which pain ensues and shoul d ,
in like manner esteem that as pain from whi ch pleasure

e nsues and tha t his father ought to allow him to go
,
in t o t he forest of penance The king represented to hi m .
all the comfor t s o f life in t he palace w i t h incense an d , ,
odorous powders and flowers wi t h repose fre e fro m all , ,
perils o n a soft couch wi t h awaking t o the soun d of

, ,
music w i t h so ft clo t hing and savoury food and drink

, , .
O n t h e oth er hand he brought be fore his eyes the li fe o f

,
penance in t he fores t th e resting on leaves spread u nder

,
a t ree amid all sor t s o f dangers among w ild gazelles the

, , ,
a w aking to the sound o f t h e j ackal s how ] t he raiment o f ’

,
bark the nourishment composed o f roo t s and fru it s an d

, ,
the t epid t urbid w a t er The son replied t ha t i t would

,
.
be be tt er to live in t h e forest with raiment o f bark and ,
roo t s and fr u its for food and w ild gazelle s as companions

, ,
tha t th e wise pre fer all t his to a sovereign ty t h e charac ,
t e r i st i c s o f which are killing binding and s mi t ing and , , ,
w hich is accompanied by d anger w i t h respect to t he li fe

to come ; and t hat his father ought t herefore to allo w
hi m t o go in t o t he forest o f p enance The king said .
,
O son ! a n swer th ese t hree question s of min e Then .
yo u may renounce t he w orld When you s aw t he wealth .
and t he exten t of V aranasi you asked I s V ar anasi , ,
d eser t e d or is t he city inhabited

,
For w hat reason di d
y o u s ay t his ?
Hear 0 king w h erefore I said t hat It was because
, , .
,
when yo u h ad condemned me to death wi t h o u t any cause ,
n o one ventured t o pu t th e direct question as to ho w t hat

”
came about .
O s o n you w ere right

, But wh en you s a w a corpse.
being carried along you asked wh e th er it was t he body o f

,
a living or a dead p erson For w h a t re ason ( lid you ask

.
”
that ?
“
Hear 0 king t h e reason w hy I s aid that becau se
, , .
t he corpse of him w ho has commi t t ed a crime is t he corpse

o f one who is dead Bu t the corpse of him who has aecom

.
p li s h e d a good a c t ion is t he corpse o f one who is alive .

”
O son you were right

,
But w hen yo u s a w t he heap
.
o f grain you s aid I f t his heap of grain were no t con t inu

,
ally consumed a t its base it w ould w ax g r ea t Wherefore

, .
’
d id you t hen say that ? ”
Hear 0 king t he reason why I said t h at be caus e

, , .
th e t illers of t he soil af t er t hey have borrowed corn and

, ,
have used i t are obliged t o give a large heap of corn to

,
t he faithful af t er th e l abours of t he field s o soo n as the ,
corn is ripe and t herefore d o t hey consume it a t i t s b ase

, .
In like manner whe n m an h as reached t he p a t h o f the t e n

,
w orks of virtue but continues o n it no fur t her t he roots

, ,
o f his earlier vir t ue are severed and whe n t hey are ,
s evered he passes from the path o f bliss into perdi t ion

, .
For th at reaso n have I thus spoken .
Wh en t he ki n g h eard t hese words of his son h e e m

braced him with t earful eye s and n o t only bade hi m ,
beh ave according to his wish bu t also allowed him t o take ,
all hi s you ng companions w i t h him into t he fores t There .
h e who had hi t her t o bee n called the D u mb C ripple r e

c e i v e d t he name of t he D umb Teach er O n t h e dea t h of .
the Rishi under wh om he had taken t he vows he succeeded

t o his privileges and he was able to ma n age so that his
,
disciples who had too grea t a quan t i t y o f mats clothes

, , ,
and utensils at last follo wed his example and conten t ed

, ,
themselves with t hat onl y w hich w as most ne cessary .

hermi t age from all m anner of regions you must fro m love ,
to me welcome t h em wi t h t h e cus t omary gree t ing receive ,
the m i n a friendly m anner invi t e t hem t o repose on the ,
couch and set before t he m roots and fruits according t o

,
”
your means .
Then according a s it is said th at th e en d of collec t ion

,
is di ffusion th e end o f the high is t o fall the en d of

, ,
coming together is s epara t ion an d th e en d o f life is ,
de a t h s o he disch a rged his obligatio ns to t his law The

, .
you t h burn t the R ishi s corpse in the us ual manner an d ’
then as h e mo urned being depressed by grief a t t h e loss

, ,
of his father he becam e possessed o f t he five kinds o f

,
insigh t .
O n e d ay when h e h ad gone to fetch w ater in a pitcher

, ,
the deity began to le t rain fall A s he walked along with .
t h e pi t ch er which was quite full o f w ater he le t i t fall

, , ,
so tha t i t broke R ishis are very quic k ly moved t o w ra t h

. .
So spilling t he little water there w as le ft he reproached ,
the dei t y saying A s my full wa t er pi t cher has been

, ,
broken i n con sequen ce o f your bad behaviour you shall ,
n o t let rain fall for t welve ye ars from this day

”
On .
accoun t of this curse the dei ty le t n o rain fall A grea t .
famin e consequen t ly arose in Varanasi and i t s inhabi t an t s ,
emigra t ed in all direc t ions The king sen t for th e diviners .
and said to th em Honoured sirs t o whos e p ower is i t

,
“
d ue t h a t th e deity sends no rain ? They replied To a ,
Rishi s anger
’
I f h e can be disturbed in his penances t he
.
deity will again send rain O therwis e it is no t possible . .

”
The king s a t absorbed i n t hough t Hi s wive s t h e princes .

, ,
and t he minis t ers asked him Wherefore 0 king are you ,

“
, ,
disple ased He replied O n account of a R ishi s anger ,

’
t he d ei t y sends no rain The diviners h ave declared that .
if t he Rishi can be d isturbed i n hi s penan ces th e dei t y

’
w ill send rain again bu t t hat o t herwise it is impossible

, .
O n e of th e king s daughters S ant a by name said

’
0 , , ,
king if th at be t he case be not dis t urbed I w ill con t rive

, , .
so t hat t h e Rishi shall be completely dis t rac t ed from t his

R S H YA SRIN GA .
p enance The
. k i n
g s aid By what me an s 7 S he re
‘
,
“
plied L e t me and other w o m en be taught mys t ic lore

,
by the Br a hma n s A n d le t a hermi t age p r o vi de d w i t h

.
, l
flowers fruits and w a t e r he prepared o n a ferry boat

, , ,
-
.
The king allo w ed her and other wo men t o be t aught

mys t ic lore by t he Brah mans and a h ermitage to be con ,
s t ruc t ed on a ferry boat Then sh e gave o rders for the -

.
prepara t ion o f temp t ing obj ects a n d frui t s filled w i t h ,
wine and o th er very brigh t fruits of various kinds A n d

, .
she made h e rself look lik e a Rish i dressed h erself in bark ,
and grass and be t ook hers elf t o t h at Rishi s h ermi t age

,
’
at t ended by the w o men to whom th e Brahmans had

taught mys t ic lore His pupils s aid t o t he Rishi . 0 ,
teach er many R ish is h ave come to the h ermi t age

, He .
”
r eplied I t is w ell th at Rishis should h ave come bring

,
t he m i n When they h ad come i n and he had looked

'
at t h em h e s aid i n vers e A las ! a R ishi s appearan ce

, ,
“ ’
w as n ever like this of old — a loos ely flowing step a fa ce ,
free from beard a rising and fal ling breast ,

Hi s m ind .
”
a prey to doubt h e o ffered his visi t ors roots an d frui t

, .
They partook of t hem and said to t he Rishi Your frui t s , ,

“
are h arsh and a cid The frui t s which are to be found i n

.
our hermi t age on t h e w a t er are A m ri t a like Therefore -

.
do w e invi t e yo u to our h ermitage .

”
He accepted th eir invita t ion and wen t w ith them to

the pleasure ground on board t he ferry boat There they
- -
.
S pread before him s t upefying subs t ances cocoa nuts filled ,

-
w i t h w ine and other frui t s

,
Wh en h e h ad becom e i n t o x i .
c a t e d with w ine and sed uced by t h e alluring subs t ances

, ,
h e gave himself up to pleasure wi t h th e w omen and h is ,
m a gic power vanished The dei t y rejoicing in rain called .
the cloud s together from every sid e and go t the better

of t h e R ishi S ant a said No w d o you kno w w ha t t he
.
,
“
,
power is ? Having fettered th e Rishi w i t h amorou s

”
bonds she brought h im to th e ki n g an d s aid 0 king , ,
t his is the man ”

.
A s the deity n o w began t o send rain a good harves t

B E TAN
TA LE S FR O M TI S O U R CE S .
nsued Th e king gave S an t a to the Rishi as his wife

“
e .
,
t oge ther with h er a tt endan t s But when the Rishi

.
,
deser t ing her began to indulge i n love wi t h other wo men

, ,
she also began to treat h im with small respec t her good ,
humour being destroyed by j ealous y O n e d ay wh en

.
,
‘
during a wrangle with him sh e hit him a blow o n the
,
head wi t h a shoe he s aid to himself

,
I wh o used not to allo w power to th e thu nder o f the

,
cloud mu s t now being fe t tered by love bonds allow m y

, , ,
self t o be set a t nough t by a w oman ! ”
Thereupon he again dev o t ed h imsel f to asce t ic e x e r g

tion and once more became posses sed of the five kinds
,
o f insight .
2 58 TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
h ad grown up and learnt wri ting cou n ting a n d h and , ,
reckoning h e applied himsel f t o all t he ar t s and a cc o m

,
p li shm e n t s which b e fi t on e of th e Ksha t riya class wh o

h as been consecrated t o be a king a ruler provided wi t h ,
riches might a n d h eroism a subduer o f the whole orb

, , , .
Such a r e riding on eleph ants and h orses driving in a car , ,
h andling of a s word and bow advancing and retrea t ing , ,
flinging an iron hook slinging shoo t ing missiles s t riking

, , , ,
cut t ing s t abbing seizing marching an d t he five me thods

, , , ,
of shoo t ing The young Vi év a n t a r a in who m dwel t pure

.
,
faith and virtuou s feelings was consi dera t e as t o his own ,
wel fare and that of o t hers compassionate and addicted ,
t o magnanimi t y kin dl y t o wards m en of a y ielding and

, ,
generous n a t ure bes t owing presen t s freely and qui t e dis

,
p assion ately ,and assiduous in giving a w ay When men .
heard of t his excessive generosi t y o n his par t numberles s ,
cro w ds came t o beg o f him whom h e se n t away wi t h t heir ,
expec t a t ion s comple t ely fulfilled .
O n e d ay t he B o di sa t Vi SVa n t a r a drove out o f t he excel

len t c i t y to t he p a rk in a S plendid chariot gleaming wi t h
, ,
j ewels gold silver s t eel coral lapis l azuli t urquois es

, , , , ,
-
, ,
rubies and sapphires con s t ruc t ed of san dalwo od covered

, , ,
wi t h sk ins of l ions t igers and bears i t s four horses rush

, , ,
i n g along wi t h t he swif t ne ss of th e wind resonant wi t h ,
bells of gold and silver Some Brahmans versed in the .
Vedas me t hi m and said O Kshatriya you t h may you , ,
b e vic t orious ! ”
A n d th ey ad ded t here t o Through t he ,
whole world are you renowned as on e wh o gives all

thi n gs aw a y Therefore i t is m eet t h a t y o u should confer
.
t his chario t as a gift on the Brahmans Wh en t hey had .
t hus spoken t he B o di s a t Vi év a n t a r a swif t ly alighted from

,
t he ch ario t and w hile with j oyful heart he gave the

, ,
chariot to the Brahman s he sa i d A s I h ave given away , ,
t he chario t wit h t he grea t es t pleasure so may I giving , ,
away t h e t hree worlds become possessed of the grea t est ,
sigh t ! ”
A nother time h e w as riding o n th e elephant Rajya

VIS VA N TA RA .
v a r dha n a ,
‘which in whiteness
equalled j asmine blossoms ,
whi t e lo t uses s n ow silver an d the clouds which was of

, , ,
a remarkable size and prov i ded w ith w ell formed feet and -
t runk and w hich strode along li ke th e elephant A i r av a na

, ,
marked wi t h the signs o f dis t inguish ed gifts and remark ,
able for i t s capaci t y O n i t followed by the troop of very .

,
devoted slaves friends and s ervan t s like un t o th e moon

, , ,
surrounded by th e starry host he rod e as the spring was , ,
c ome t o the forest park wh erein th e t r e e s and the flo w ers

, ,
were blooming and th e fl a m i n g o e s cranes peaco cks par

, , , ,
rots m a i n a s cuck oos and ph eas ants w ere call ing There
, , , , .
came up hastily un t o P rin ce Vi év a n t a r a certain Brah mans ,
who were engaged in discussio n and said to him Ksha , ,
t r iy a p r i n c e m a y you be victorious ! A n dthey added t here

”
,
t o I n the world wi t h beings d ivine and not divine you

,
are ren own ed as an A ll giver Th erefore i t is mee t t h a t -

.
you should give u s t his splendid eleph an t Whe n t hey .
h ad said this the B o di sa t swif tly alighted from the sple n

,
did eleph ant and h aving pr esented th at most spl endid

,
eleph an t to t hem with th e u t most good humour he said , ,
A s I h ave give n the eleph ant to the Brahman s with the

grea t est pleasure so may I af t er I have give n away the , ,
”
t hr e e w o r lds become possessed of perfect insight !
o
When it became know n th at King Viév am i tr a s son ’
Vi év a n t a r a h ad given the sple ndid eleph ant Raj y a v a r

, ,
dhan a to t he Brahmans w ho w ere e n gaged i n discussion

,
,
and King Vi Sv ami t r a h eard the n ews h e became angry , ,
and he sen t for Prince Vi Sv a n t a r a and ordered h im to qui t ,
th e coun t ry Discarded by his fa t her Vi év a n t a r a reflec t ed

.
,
t h a t h e s t riving af t er completes t insight clo t hed w i t h

, ,
the armour of virtue out o f good w i ll t o wards t he whole

w orld had given a w ay eve n his eleph an t ; t hat so long
,
as he d w el t a t ho me h e had besto w ed gif t s according t o his
1
In t he r e ce n s o n i giv by H dy
en ar n dg a ca u se d a c h i ti
a r a c te r s c of t he
l ph t i di t d i t h t h g t t ib ht
,
t he e e an s a c cr e e w e Na as to be a r u t e d in t a ca se
p o w er f p d
o ro uc n i g i H ra n . t as n o t o t he e e l ph an t — S .
t he d bl
ou m e e an n i g f th
o d e w or
I
means ; that dwelling i n the penan ce forest he ha d to -
strive intensely ; th a t as he w as n o t capable of ref u sing

requ ests h e w ould rather quit his home an d go into t he
,
penance forest Thereupon th e B o di s a t afte r having pro

-
.
,
n o u n c e d a st ro n
g v o
.
w w ent to his wife Madr i and t old , , ,
h er eve r ything A s soon as she had heard his w ords she

.
j oined the palms of her h ands and with heart fearful of , ,
being parted from t he loved one sh e said to th e B o di s a t , ,
0 lord if this be so I too w ill go into th e pen ance forest

, ,
-
.
P arted from you 0 lord I am not capable o f living a , ,

-
single instan t longe r A n d w hy ? A s the sky when it is .
deprived of t h e moon as the e arth w hen i t is deprived of ,
water s o is the w ife w ho is deprived of her husband

, .
”
The B o di sa t said “
There is n o doubt th at w e must
,
ul t imately be parted for such is t he w ay of th e world ,

.
You are accustomed to e xc ellent foo d and drink clothes ,
and couch es and therefore yo u are of a very delicate con

,
s ti tu t i o n In t he penance fores t it is necessary to sleep

.
on gr as s and leaves to feed o n r o ots, flowers and f r u its

, .
, ,
and to w alk o n a ground whic h is covered wi t h millet an d

thorns and splinters to keep cons t antly t o one kind o f ,
food t o practise magn animi t y t owards all beings and to

, ,
o ffer hospi t ali t y to those w ho appear u nexpectedly A s .
eve n there I sh all u ndoubtedly besto w gif t s according to

my mean s you mu s t feel absolutely no regret on t hat
,
account Therefore you ought to think this o ver well for

.
a nma
Madri replied 0 lord s o lo n g as I am able I will
“
, , ,
follow after you Th e B o di sa t said I f this be so be

.
,
“
,
”
mindful of your vow .
Then t he B o di sa t went to h is father paid him reveren ce ,
with his he ad and said O father be pleased to forgive

, , ,
me my fault th e giving away of t he elephan t A s I a m

,
.
no w going forth from th e ci t y into the fores t your trea ,
sury 0 king w ill not beco me empty

, ,
The king losi n g .
”
,
his brea t h fro m grief at the par t in said w ith tremulous g

0 ,
”
voice O son give up m aking presents an d remain here
, ,
.
h eart Does no pity aris e with in him w hen he sees t he

.
prince falle n fro m his royal splendour ? The B o disa t

said Find no fault with t he Brahman
, .
”
Why no t
Madri if t h ere were no people o f that kind wh o long
,
af t er rich es there wo u ld also be no giving and i n that case ,
h o w could w e inhabitan t s of th e earth become possessed

, ,
of insigh t ? A s giving and t he o t her Par a m i t as (or virtues

ess ential to a B uddh aship) rightly comprise th e highes t
vir t ue t he B o di sa t s con s t antly attai n to the highest i n
,
”
sight .
Thereupon the B o disa t besto w ed the ch ario t and h orses

on that Brahman w i t h exceeding great j oy and said O , ,
Brahman by means of this gift of the chariot a present

, ,
free fro m th e blemish of grudging may I be enabled t o ,
direct the car of th e sinless law directed by t he mos t ex

c e ll e n t Rishi When Vi év a n t a r a h ad w i th exceeding
gr eat joy besto w ed on th e Brah man the S plendid ch ario t
h e took Prince Krishn a on his shoulder and Madri took ,
P rin cess J al i n i 1
Th ey went forth into th e forest and at
.
,
length arrived at the forest of penance .
I n that penance forest Vi év a n t a r a d w elt after he had

-
,
t ak en t he vow which pleased his h eart O n e day w hen .

,
Madri had gone t 6 collect roo t s and fruits in the penance

‘
fores t a Brah m an came to ViSv a n t a r a and s aid O prince

, , ,
of Kshatriya ra c e may you be victorious ,

A s I have no
sl ave and w ander about alon e wi t h my sta ff t herefore is
, ,
i t meet t hat you sh ould give me your two children As .

”
the B o di sa t Vi év a nt a r a af t er h earing t h ese w ords hesi

, , ,
t a t e d a little about giving h is beloved children the Brah ,
man said to the B o di sa t

O prince of Ksh a t riya race as I h ave heard th at y o u ,
are the giver of all things therefore do I ask w hy you s t ill ,
ponder over this reques t of mine You are renowned all .
over t h e earth as the possessor of a compassion w hich

1
y
In Ha r d s S o u t
’
h e rn i
R e ce n s o n , t he b o y i s l
ca l e d J a liy a a n d t he gi l
r
Kr i shn ay in a ( Ma n u a l p
, . I — S .
VI S VA N TA R A .
gives away all t h ings you are bound to act constantly in

conformi t y with t his ren own .
A f t er hearing t h ese words t he B o di sa t said to th e Brah e
man O great Brahman if I h ad t o give a w ay my own

,
“
,
life I should not hesitate fo r a single moment Ho w .

,
t hen should I t hin k differently i f I had to give away my

,
children 0 gre at Brah man u nder t h ese c ircums t ance s I,
h ave be t h ought me as to h ow the children when given by ,
me if I do give away these t wo children who h ave g row n

,
up in t he fores t will live full of sorro w o n accou nt of t heir

,
separa t io n from their mother A n d inasmu ch as m any .
will blame me i n t hat w ith excessive merciles sness I h ave

,
g iven away the children and no t mys elf t h erefore is it ,
be t ter tha t you O Brahman should take me

, ,
.
The n said th e Brah man to Vi év a n t a r a O prince of ,
Ksha t riya race de scended from a great kingl y family as

, ,
I have perceived h o w all over t his earth your virtue is

e x t olled your goodness which takes pi t y o n all beings
,
the presents th e h ospitali t y and th e h onour w i t h which

, ,
yo u welcome Sr a m a n a s Brahmans and s t rangers and ful

, , ,
fi l all t he expecta t ions of t he poor and needy t h e helpless ,
and the hungry — i t is not right t hat I aft er having come ,
t o you should remain without a presen t and deprived of

,
t he frui t of my j ourney and t ha t wi th the kno wledge t h at

, ,
I h ave n o t ob t ained i t all the hopes which my mind had

,
cherish ed should b e brough t t o nough t Therefore is i t .
mee t th a t you fulfilling my hopes sh ould give me t he

, ,
children A n d why ? O n e wh o gave away the e ar t h

.
,
clo th ed with t he ocean as w ith a garmen t posses sing the ,
corn fi e lds as i t s incomparable eyes t h e mighty hills as

-
,
t he upper par t s of i t s body wi t h breas t s and suppor ting ,
town s and villages would no t be equal i n might t o you

, .
”
When the B o di sa t Viév a n t a r a h ad heard t hese words

of the Brahman he laid aside t h e longing which clung
,
t o th e children sayin g to himself I f I g ive th e t w o

, ,
“
c hildren t o the Brahman Madr i and I will feel t he pai n ,
o f parti n g with the chi ldren B u t if I do not g ive them.

B E TA N
-
2 64 TA L E S FR O M TI S O UR C E S .
to him then I sh all prove fai thless to my vow and th e

, ,
Brah man dis appointed in h is hopes will go away as h e

, ,
came If h e receives t hem despairing grief fo r the loss

.
,
of my children will b e my lot upo n earth If I act other .
w ise I break my promise and my vo w disappears

, .
”
Then the B o di sa t Viév a n t a r a de t ermined to give u p

his beloved children and he s aid Well t hen this takes
, , , ,
place in order that b y mean s o f a hu ndred kinds o f pen

,
ance I like a pillared transit bridge resembling t h e ful l

, ,
moon w ith spo t les s vis age may save fro m t h e sea of ,
t roubles con t aining manifold terrors those who sink into

, ,
i t s bottomless depths A f t er h e had uttered t hese wo r ds

.
”
wi t h an untrouble d countenan ce his eyes filled w ith tears , ,
and he gave his two childre n to th e Brahman and said , ,
A s I am t o ob t ain a very great recompense in return for

t he gif t of t he children I shal l s ave t he w o r ld from th e ,
o cean of revolution .
I mmedia t ely af t er t he surrender of t h e children th e ,
e ar t h quaked in a sixfold m ann er When the as cetics .
who d w elt in the fores t terr i fied by the ear t hquake aske d , ,
o ne another by w hose power the e ar t h h ad been shaken

in so intolerable a manner a n d wishe d to kn o w w ho i t ,
w as wh o possessed such power an old ascetic of the Va é ,
i sht ha race who w as vers ed in t he meanings o f signs

, ,
m ade the m a tt er kno wn to t hem saying The ear t h has , ,

“
doubtless been se t in movemen t because Vi év a n t a r a in ,
order t hat he may completely redeem men reduced t o

d espair by tro uble has given up his t wo brigh t eyed
,
-
,
beloved chil dren who dwel t in the penance fores t p ar

,
-
,
taki n g o f frui t a n d w ater .

”
No w when the two children s a w th a t t heir father w as

,
abo u t to give t hem away they t ouched Vi év a n t a r a s fee t ,

’
uttering mournful cries and j oining t he palms of their ,
h ands and s aying O fa ther will yo u give u s away in

, ,
“
,
t he absence of our mother ? Be conten t to give us up

af t er we h ave seen her ”
Then th e B o di sa t gave w a y under
.
t he grief w hich h ad laid h old o f his mind an d his face ,

T A LE S FR O M TI B ETA N S O URC E S .
render w hich th e B o di s a t proposed to make for the s alva

t ion of the w orld assumed t h e form of a lioness and
, ,
barred her w ay Then Madri said t o t his wi fe of t he

.
King of t h e Beasts O w ife of the King of the Beas t s

, ,
full of wan t on ness wh erefore d o yo u bar my w ay ? I n

,
order t hat I m a y remain t ruly irreproach able make way ,
for me t hat I m ay pas s swif t ly on Moreover y o u are t he .

,
wife of t he King of the Beasts and I am t he spouse o f t he ,
L ion of P rinces so th at we are of similar ran k Therefore

, .
,
0 Q u een of the Beas t s leave the road clear for me

, .
When Madri had thus spoken the deity who h ad , ,
assumed t he form of the lioness turned aside fro m t he ,
w ay. Madri reflec t ed for a moment recognising i n ,
auspicious o mens for the air resounde d w i t h wailing

,
n otes and the beings inhabiting the fore st gave for t h

,
sorro w ful s ounds and sh e came to t h e conclusion that

,
some disas t er h ad c ertainly take n place in th e h ermi t age ,
and said A s my e y e twi t ch es as the birds u tt er cries

,
“
, ,
as fe ar comes upon me bo t h my ch ildren have cer t ainly

,
been given a w ay ; as the ear t h quakes as my heart ,
t rembles as my bo o y g r ows weak my two children h ave

‘
, ,
cer t ainly been given a w ay .

”
Wi t h a hundred t housand s imilar t houghts of woe she

hastened t owards t h e hermitage En t ering therein she .
looked mournf u lly around and n ot s eeing t he children , , ,
she sadly with trembling hear t fo l l e w e d t h e traces lef t

o n t he ground of t he hermitage Here the b o y Krishn a .
and his sister were w ont t o play wi t h th e young gazelles ;

here is th e house which they t w ain made out of earth ;
t hese are t h e playthings o f t he t w o children A s they .
are not to be seen it is possible th a t t hey m ay have gone

,
unseen by me in t o the hu t of foliage and may be sleeping

t here Thus t hinking and hO p i n g t o see the children
.
”
,
she laid aside t he r oo t s and frui t s and w ith tearful eyes ,
0 l ord whi t her

’
embraced her husband s feet asking ,
'
,
“
,
h ave th e boy and girl gone ? Vi SVa n t a r a replied A ,

“
Brahman c ame t o me full of hope To him h ave I give n .

-
VIS VAN TA R A
the two children Thereat rejoice When h e had spoke n

. .
these words Madri fell to th e ground like a gazelle pierced

,
by a poisoned arrow and struggled lik e a fish t ak en ou t ,
of t he w ater L ike a crane robbed of h er young ones sh e

.
uttered sad cries Like a cow whose calf has died she .
, ,
gave forth many a sound of w ailing Then sh e said .

,
Shaped like young lo t uses wi t h h ands w hose flesh is as ,
tender as a young lotus leaf 1 my t wo childre n are ,
su fferi n g are undergoing pain wh erever t h ey h ave gone

, , .
Slender as v oung gazelles gazelle eyed deligh t ing in th e ,

-
,
lairs o f t h e gazelles wh a t s u ff erings are my children n o w ,
undergoing i n t he p ower o f strangers ? Wit h tearfu l

eyes and sad sobbing enduring cruel su fferings n o w that , ,
t hey are n o longer seen by me they live downtrodden ,
among n eedy men They who were nourished at my .
breas t wh o u sed t o eat roots flowers and frui t s t h ey wh o

, , , , ,
ex perien cing indulgen ce were ever wont t o enj oy t hem ,
selve s to the full t hose two children of mine n o w undergo

,
great su fferings Severed fro m t h eir mo t h er and t h eir

.
family deserted by th e cruel t y of t h eir rela t ives t hrown

, ,
together with sinful m en my two children are now un der ,
going grea t suffering C on s t antly tormented by hunger .
and thirst m ade slaves by those into whose power t hey

,
h ave fallen t hey will doubtless experien ce the pangs of

,
despair Surely I h ave committed s ome terrible sin in a

.
previous existence in s evering hundreds o f beings fro m ,
t heir dearest ones Therefore do I now lamen t like a c o w .
w hich has lost i t s calf If t here exists any exorcism by .

,
which I can gain over all beings s o shall my two children , ,
af t er h aving been made slaves be by it rendered free ,

.
”
Then Madri looking upon th e t hick foliaged trees w hich

,
-
the childre n had pl anted and tended embraced t hem ,
t enderly a n d said Th e childre n fe t ch ed w a ter in small

, ,
pitch ers and dropped water on the leaves You 0 tr ees

, .
, ,
di d the children suckle as though ye had been possessed ,
1
Pr o p ly l t
er o u s -a r r o w i g
A c c o r dn t o Ma x im o w icz , t he y oun gl o tu s
v d lik lik pp
.
lea es are r e e - e o r ar r o w - e in a e a r a n ce — S .
of soul s Further on when she saw th e young gazelle s

.
,
with which t he children used to play s t anding in the ,
h ermitage sh e s adly said gently w ailing

,
Wi t h th e , ,
“
desire of seeing their playfello w s do t he young gazelles

visi t the spot searching among t h e plants offering com
, ,
p a n i o n shi p wi t h my never ending woe

”
A fterwards -
.
,
when t he foo t prints o n th e road along w hich the children

h ad gone became in t errupted and she s aw t hat t heir foot ,
prints did not lie i n a s traight line but in all sor t s of ,
direc t ions sh e w as seized by bi tt er anguish and cried

, , ,
A s t he foo t p rin t s poin t to dragging along and so me o f

them to swif t ness o f pace y o u must surely h ave driven ,
the m on w i t h blo w s 0 most merciless Brahman Ho w ,

.
h ave my children fared with t end er feet t heir t hro ats ,
brea t hing wi t h di ffi cul t y th eir voices reduc e d to weak,
ness their pret t y lower lips t rembling like gazelles

, ,
”
timidly looking around ?
O bserving how sh e bore herself and u t tered complaints ,
the B o di sa t exerted himself to exhort his wife wi t h a

series of such an d such words abou t instability and said ,
Not for the s ake of re no w n nor out of anger h ave I , ,
given aw ay yo ur tw o ch ildren ; for the s alvatio n o f all

beings h ave I given t he children whom i t w as h ard to ,
give By giving up the o bj ects which i t is h ardest to give

.
up children and wife may one like t h e grea t souls attain

, , , ,
t o the comple t es t insight O Madri as I cling closely to .

,
giving I have g i ven for th e redemp t ion of t he world t he

,
children whom i t w as h ard t o give My p urpose is to .
sacrifice all t hings to give myself my w ife my children

, , , ,
”
and m y treasures .
When af t er a t ime Madri had recovered her strength of

mind she s aid to th e B o di sa t : I w ill in no thing be a
,
“
hindrance to you L e t your mind be constant I f y o u

. .
wish t o give me too give me wi t hout h esita t ion A s soon

,
.
as O courageou s o ne you have at t ained t o t h at for th e

, , ,
s ake of whic h you give up t h at wh ic h is connec t ed w i t h

d ifficul ty save all beings from revolu t ion
,
.
2 70 TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N SO UR C E S .
absolutel y gi ven away Madri too sh e sh all by no mean s ,
b e recal led
”
Then h e took Madri by th e hand and said
.
,
to that Brahman : Receive 0 most ex cellent Brahman , ,
this my dear wife loving of heart obedient to ord ers , , ,
charming in speech demeaning herself as one of lofty ,

’
r a ce f
When in orde r t o a t t a i n to supreme in sigh t h e had

'
, ,
given away his beautiful wife th e earth quaked six times ,
t o i t s extremities like a boat on th e w ater A n d when .
Madri h ad passed into th e power o f th e Brahman over ,
come by pain at bei ng severed from her husband he r son , ,
and h er daugh t er wi t h faltering brea t h and in a voice

,
which hu skin ess de t ained w i t hi n h er throa t she spoke ,
t hus : What crime h ave I commit t ed i n my previous

“
e x i st e n ce t ha t now
'
like a co w whose calf is dead I am, ,
lamenting in an uninh abi t ed forest ? Then t h e King of ”
t he Gods S akra laid aside his Brahman s form assumed

, ,
’
his proper sh ape an d said to Madri : O fortun ate one I

, ,
am not a Brah man n o r am I a man a t all I a m t he King , .
o f the G ods S akra th e subduer of th e A suras A s I a m

, , .
pleased tha t you have m anifes t ed t he mos t excellent

morality say wha t desire you would now wish to h ave
,
”
s atisfied by m e .
R endered h appy by th ese words Madri prostrated her ,
self before S akra and said : O thou of the thousand eyes

, ,
m ay t he lord of the three and thir t y set my children free

from thral dom and let t hem find t heir way t o their grand
A f t er t hes e words had been spoken t h e P rince
”
fath er .
of th e Gods entered the hermi t age and address ed t he

B o di sa t Taking Madri by t he lef t h and he t hus spake to
.
,
t he Bo di sa t : I give you Madri for your service You

“
.
mus t no t give her to any one If you give away wha t . .
h as bee n en t rus t ed t o you faul t will be found w i t h you ,

.
A f t erwards the King o f the G ods S ak r a deluded the , ,
Brahman who h ad carried o ff the boy and girl so tha t ,
u nder the impression tha t it was ano t her city he en t e red ,
t he s elfsame city from which th ey had departed and there ,

VIS VA N TA RA .
se t to work to sell th e ch ildre n Wh en th e ministers sa w .
t his t hey t old the king saying 0 king your grand , ,

“
,
chil dren Krishna and Jal i n i h ave bee n brough t in t o this

, ,
good city in or der to be sold by an extrem ely wor thles s ,
Brahman When th e king h eard these w ords h e said

.
”
,
indignan tly Bring th e children here forthwi t h

, ,
.
”
Wh en t his command ha d been attended t o by th e

minis t ers and t he townspeople h ad h astened to appear
,
before t h e king one o f t h e ministers brought the chil

,
dren before him Whe n th e king s a w hi s grandchildren

.
brought be fore him desti t ute of clo t hi n g an d wi t h foul

bodies h e fell from his t hron e to th e ground and th e
, ,
assembly of m inister s and t he women and all wh o were , ,
prese n t began t o weep The n th e king said to th e .
minis t ers : L e t t he bright eyed on e w ho eve n wh en

“ -
, ,
dwelling in th e fore st delights in giving be summoned , ,
h ither at o nce t ogeth er w ith his wife

,
.
”
A fter this t he King of t he G ods S akra h aving paid , ,
reverence to th e B o di sa t returned to his o wn h abitation , .
No w whe n King Vi év am i tr a w a s dead t h e Brahman s

, , ,
th e ministers t he to w n s people and th e coun t ry p eople

,
-
, ,
w ent to t h e hermi t age and wi t h entreaties invi t ed t h e

B o di s a t to com e to t h e city There t hey ins t alled him a s .
king Th ereaf t er King Vi év a n t a r a w a s known by t he

.
n am e of Vi év a ty ag a ( all giver ) A n d af t er h e had m ade

-
.
pre sen t s of various kinds to t he S r a m a n a s Brahmans the , ,
poor and needy his friends and rela t ions his acquain t
, ,
a n c e s and servants he u tt ered t h ese Slokas

, In order t o
ob t ain suprem e insi g h t h ave I fearlessly bestowed gif t s o n
Kshatriyas Brahmans Vai sy as Sii dr a s C ha n da la s and
, , , , ,
P u k k a s a s with gold and silver oxe n and horses j ewelled

, , ,
e arrings and labouri n g slaves For giving i s t he mos t

, .
excellen t of vir t ues Wi t h a he art free fro m passion h ave

.
I given a w ay my w ife and children and ob t ained thereby ,
power over m en in t his and the other world .

”
A s Ki ng Vi év am i t r a h ad for Viév a n t a r a s s ake be

’
, ,
272
s t owed great treasures o n th e Brahman Ju j a k a w ho

,
t here by a ttained t o grea t weal t h Ju j a k a s friends

,
’
relation s and t ho se who were dear to him came to him

, ,
and said : Your property a n d wealth and high for t une

“
all depend upo n ViSVa n t a r a

.
”
He r e plied : What h ave
I to do w ith P rince Viév a nt ar a ? A s I w as born in the
first caste I h ave o btained t he recompense of the w orl d
, ,
and t herefore h ave I become so w ealthy .

”
274 TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
fell ill and when his illness could no t be cured although

, ,
remedies o f all kinds were applied h e reflected af t er he , ,
had learn t th e state of his body t hat it would be n e c e s ,
sary to take precau t ions in order that S fi r y a n e m i after ,
becoming king o n his decease should not cause Dha rm ika ,
t o be put to death So h e determine d to entrus t her t o

.
his minister G o sht hi l a who m h e h ad supplied w i t h valu

, ,
able proper t y Having sent for him h e said to h im

.
,
“
D ha r m ik a is my firs t w ife you are my first minis t er , .
A s I a m aware of my po sition and I am undoub t edly ,
about to los e my life y o u must out of love for me take

,
care that S fi r y a n e m i do es not pu t D ha r mi k a to death ”

.
The minis t er gave h im a con soling promise Whe n .
S a rj a r a si n had died and his body h ad been burned wi t h

all pomp Sfi r y a n e mi was consecra t ed as king He gav e
, .
orders to his ministers to put D ha r m ik a to death Gosh .
“
thila remonstrated against thi s saying 0 kin is i t
,
or
0 ,
j ust to p ut her to dea t h r a shly ? W ho can t ell whe t her

sh e w ill bear a son or a d augh t er ? If a son i s born h e ,
sh al l be put to dea t h King S ur y a n e m i ordered him t o

.
”
ac t in accor dance w i th this saying an d to keep w a t ch ,
over the queen So G o sht hi l a t ook her t o his o wn house

.
,
w here af t er eight or nin e days sh e gave birth to a son

, , .
That s ame day a fi she r m a n s w ife gave bir t h to a girl ’

.
Immediately after th e confinement G o shthi l a w h o had ,
gained over t h e fi she r m a n s w ife wi t h money exchanged

’
the children a n d told the king th at Dha r m ik a had been

,
delivered of a girl The boy w as suckled and brought up

.
by the fi she r w o m a n When h e had grown up h e learnt

.
reading and w ri t ing and as h e t ook to making verses he

, ,
w as called the verse wri t ing fi she r lad - -

.
G o sht hi l a informed Dha r m i k a that sh e h ad a son who

was a poe t and she felt a desire to see h im The minis t er
,
.
tried t o dissuade her from tha t but sh e could no t o v er ,
come her longing G o shthil a s a w how dangerous the

.
ma t ter w as and perceive d t hat some precautio n must be

,
taken and h e sent the lad t o th e queen w i t h a fish

,
.
THE F UL FIL L E lj PR O P HE C Y .
When t he youth en t ered t he palace th e king be c ame

aware that t his poetic fishe r lad was he of w hom of t he -
diviners had predic t ed that h e would take the king s life ’
place th e diadem on his own h ead and usurp t he regal ,
power So h e ordere d th e minis t ers to lay hands on hi m

.
in order that h e might no t escape The you t h h eard of .
t his as t h e order pass ed from mou t h to mo u t h s o h e ran ,
this w ay and that w ay u ntil h e c am e t o t he hous e of a n

old wom an who hi d h im away From thence af t er his .
,
body ha d been an ointed wi t h oil of mus t ard and sesame ,
and laid upon a bier as i f i t h ad been a corpse he was ,
carried ou t to th e ceme t ery a n d deposite d t h ere A man .
who w as looking for fruits and flo wers t here s a w him g e t

up and run away Th e men who were sent in pursui t o f
.
him asked t his man if he h ad see n a p erson of s uch and

such a height and such and such an appearance going
, ,
t h a t way He told them in wh at direction t h e youth had

.
gone and they followed after him

,
.
The youth reached a hill to wn entered into th e hous e -

,
of a dyer an d told h im his story S O w hen his pursuers

,
.
began to search th e town th e dyer placed t he youth i n a ,
clo t hes chest w hich h e s et upo n an ass an d so took him

, ,
out of th e town to a bath house where h e lef t him The -

, .
you t h stood up looked around on all four sides and wen t

,
away But there als o h e was seen by a man who dis

.
,
closed t h e fact to his pursuers and sh owed t h e m t h e road ,
which he had t aken The youth came to ano t her village

.
,
and entered the house of a shoemaker to w ho m he told

his story and w ho m h e asked to make hi m a pair of shoes
, ,
the toes of which should be where the heels generally are .
The shoemaker declared he had n eve r made shoes of t hat

kind Th e you t h replied in verse
.
Manifold is th e mind nu merous are gifts They ,

.
cannot be weighed in the s a me scale So make me O . ,
shoemaker what I h ave ordered w ith the heels in fron t

, ,
.
A ccord i ng to these instr ucti o ns the sh oemaker mad e ,
hi m shoes of that kind A s the town was surrounde d

.
T A L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
by a wall t h e you t h pu t on th e shoes crept out through

, ,
a cis t ern and go t away Hi s pur suers following th e

, .
,
t races lef t by his shoes w ere led back by t hem t o th e

,
v illage and t h ey perceived th at h e had escaped He

,
.
took t o t h e wate r and w as conveyed by the N agas to

,
t heir residence .
A s the news o f this p assed from mou t h to mou t h King ,
S fi r y a n e m i learnt t h at the N agas had received the you t h

in t o t heir dwelling place Thereupon h e ordered his
-
.
mini s t ers to sum m on in t o his presence all t he snak e

charmers wh o lived in his realm When they ha d done
.
t hi s, the king said to t he sn a k e c ha r m e r s Honoured sirs a

,
“
,
go and qu estio n th e Nagas in such and such a Naga resi

dence .
”
In compliance with t he king s orders t he snake ’
charmers all be t ook t hemselves t hi t her .
Now a Yaksh a named P ingala wh o lived upon flesh ,
and blood dwel t in a certain w ilderness A s t h e w ild

,
.
b easts not t o speak of human beings h ad deser t ed t his

, ,
wilderness fro m fear o f him it was called th e Pingala ,
w ilderness Wh en the snake ch armers m ade t heir prepa

.
-
rations for t h e purpose of endangering the Nagas by sp e lls ,
the you t h became frigh t ened and knowing no o t her way , ,
of esc ape fled into t he Pi n g a l a w ilde r n e ss The N agas

,
a
.
took counsel togeth er and decided th at i t would no t be

,
right if t hey were no t t o save t he youth from the Pingala

wilderness and tha t it would do them a hur t if he w ere
,
to be killed by Pin g ala ; bu t t hey did no t know w hat to

do However t he N ag a king told them to give informa
.
,
t ion to t he sn ake charmers The N agas said to them

-
. .
,
Honoured one s he on whos e accoun t ye have t roubled

,
u s has been put t o death by our co n t rivance for h e h as ,
fl ed in t o t he Pin g ala wildernes s The snake charmers

-
.
”
-
repor t ed the ma tt er t o the king, w ho gave orders to con

tinne t he search af t er the youth Meanwhile t he youth .
t ook t o wandering about in t he P ingala wilderness -

.
The Yaksh a P ing a la was si t ting at a cert ain spot sur

r ounded by his dogs When he and h is dogs saw the
.
A ft er a while a deity w ho d w el t in the Rish i grove ,Said

,
-
t o t h at Rish i D o no t you take any interest t h en in your

,
“
, ,
nephew w h o is r e duced t o despair subjecte d t o intolerable

, ,
woes Th e R ishi replied I f I keep him i n mind no ,
m ore may I die Up o n t he spot !

,
Th e Rish i was in pos
sessio n o f spells and m agic formulas and kne w one spell ,
by which a man might be turned into a woman and back

again into a man This spell he taught to h i s neph ew
.
,
and said to him No w go away and be fearless and free

, , ,
from anxie t y The you t h by mean s of the spell assumed

.
”
, ,
t he form of an incomparably beautiful w oman and betook ,
himself to V aran asi While abiding in t h e king s park he

’
was seen by t he keeper w ho was astounded an d se t o ff

, ,
ins t an tly and informed King S fi r y a n e m i saying O king , , ,
a woman o f supre me beau t y and youth is dwelling in

t he park The king ordered him t o fetch t h e woman
. .
By t he po w erful dispensa t ion of for t un e th e woman

was brought t o t h e palace and King S ar y a n e m i became,
violen t ly enamoure d of her B u t when an O ppor t uni t y .
occurred t he you t h pu t th e king t o death in a soli t ary

,
spot Th e n h e reversed the spell a n d became a man again

. .
A f t erwards he set th e crown o n his h ead and after m ak , ,
ing the minis t er G o sht hila acquainted wi t h t he ma tt er ,
assume d t h e regal po wer A dei t y said in a Sloka He .

,
whose h ead h as no t been cut o ff h e is n o t dead He gets up , .
again and comple t es hi s w o r k L ike un t o t he poe t when .

,
”
he found his opportunity and slew the son of S a rj a r a si n .
XVIII .
TH E T WO B R O T HE R S .
1
IN long past times a king came to t he thron e i n t h e palace

,
o f a co un t ry well provided w ith rich es prosperity good , ,
h arves t s and n umerous inhabitants So me t ime af t er

, .
wards his wife be cam e wi t h child and af t er the lapse o f , ,
eight or nine m onth s gave bir t h t o a very h an dsom e bov ,
complete i n limbs and joints whos e skin w as th e colour ,
of gold whose h ead s t ood ou t like a canopy and who h ad

, ,
long arms a broad foreh e ad i n t erlacing eyebrows and a

, , ,
high -arched nose A t his birth t here occurre d m any t hou

.
sands o f h appy events When h is birth fe ast w as h eld .

-
,
and t he ques t ion arose as t o giving him a name the mini ,
s t e r s s aid 0 king as m any thousands of happy even t s

, ,
h ave t aken place a t his bir t h l e t him be called Kshe m a n ,

’
kar a 2 This name w as given t o him a n d h e was en t rus t ed

.
,
t o eigh t nurses t wo to carry him two t o suckle him t w o

, , ,
t o cleanse him and two to pl ay w i t h hi m Thes e nurses

,
.
.
brough t him up o n various mil k products and o t her ex cel

len t forms of nourishment s o th at he sho t up like a lo t u s ,
i n a pool .
Th e king s w ife again became w i t h child and after the

’
lapse of eight or nine mon t hs a boy w as born at whose ,
bir t h m any thous ands of unfortun ate events took place o n ,
which ac cou n t t here was given to him th e n ame o f Papan '
k ara .
3
He also t hrived apace and gre w u p .
1
gy
K a h- u r , fi iv . . 1 8 6—1 8 9 .
2
K she m a n ka r a , ' “
p ro mo t i g n w e ll b i g
- e n , ca u s n i gp e ace an d se c u r ity ,
The o pp i t os e o f K she m a n ka r a , '
f m p ap
ro a, ba d .
The you n g Kshe m a n k a r a who w as of a friendly and ,
merciful n a t ure and compassion ate towards al l living

,
creatures lo ve d t o give t aking his delight in bestowing

, , ,
and conferred gif t s upon th e Sr a m a n a s and Brahmans the ,
poor and t h e needy who begge d o f him Hi s father said .
t o him O son do not be constantly making presen t s If

, ,
.
you give a w ay so freely where are w e to fin d th e n e ce s

,
sary riches
Now i n accordan ce w i t h th e nature o f things many
, ,
men t ake deligh t in gifts and giving and w hen they thus ,
delight th emselves th eir fame is ex t olled i n words and

verses and celebrated i n all p arts of the world The king
, .
of another country who had h eard of the great virtues of

,
the prince wished to give hi m his daughter The prince s

, .
’
fa ther was highly pleased and wanted to go to meet her , .
But Kshe m a n k a r a s aid U ntil I have acquired weal t h I

,
will no t marry Al low me O father to go t o sea

. He , , .
”
replied D o s o
,
“
When h e se t forth for t h e sea with his
.
merch andise his b rother Pap a n k a r a said to himself

, ,
°
“
A s he is n o w liked and loved by many men he w ill ,
be still more like d an d lo ved by m any m en when h e s hall

h ave equipped a sea ship and h ave re t urned home A n d
-
.
as there will be an opportuni t y of his being inves t ed wi t h

the regal power during our fa t her s lifetime therefore I ’
, ,
t oo i ns t ead of remaining here to see whos e turn w ill come

, ,
will go to s ea along wi t h him and will t ak e away his life ,
ou t th ere and then I shall be inves t ed with th e heirship

,
even against my father s will Wi t h these t houghts in

’
.
”
his mind h e went t o his fa ther and s aid to him O fath er , , ,
as Kshe m a n k a r a is going t o sea I will go wi t h him His .
fa t her said Do so
”
.
,
Now Kshe m a n k a r a ordered proclama t ion to be m ade

'
t hroughout the land as follows : Lis t en 0 honourable “

,
merchants inhabiting t he ci t y A s Prin ce Kshe m a n k a r a .
is going to sea wi t h merch andise and as h e a m ong y o u ,
who is inclined to go to sea under P ri n ce Kshe m a n k a r a s '

’
g uidance will b e freed from tolls taxes and freigh t , ,

girdle and thought : O ught I to return with emp ty han ds

,
w hile h e comes back w ith s uch j ewels ?

.
”
Then he took
away the j ewels from his soundly sleeping broth er pu t ,
bo th his eyes out with a thorn and lef t him sightless on ,
th e ocea n shore .
By a for t un ate chan ce some o x he r ds w ho were t ending

their cattle came t o t h at spot Wh en they s aw th e prince .
,
t h ey said Ho friend w ho are you ?

,
“
He t old them
, ,
”
e ver y thing th at h ad occurred Wh en they ha d heard his .
story th ey w ere filled wi th compassion and they led hi m ,
t o the house of the chief herdsman There h e took t o .
playing on th e lu t e The chief herdsman s wife w ho was .

’
charmed by his youth and beauty heard th e sound of his ,
l u t e and tried to allure him Bu t he thinking o f a course .

,
of l ife acqu ired by good deeds closed his ears and did no t ,
s t ir A s there is n othing which th ey may no t do w ho are

.
seized by desire she s aid t o h er husband : This blind man

,
i s t rying to t emp t m e w il l y o u put up w ith such people 7

”
,
The prince reflected that of all kind s of anger t h e wors t is , ,
t he anger of a wife and perceived th at there was no thing ,
lef t for him in order no t t o be smitten thereby but to go

, ,
a w ay S O he left t he house and along all manner of s tree t s

.
, ,
m arke t places an d b y roads he gained him self a l i v i n g by

,
-
,
hi s music .
O n th e death o f his father his broth er Pap a n k a r a came ,

'
t o the thron e A n d after a time h e himself arrived at the

.
town of tha t neighbouring king who h ad formerly wished

t o give him his daugh t er in marriage She h ad by this .
time gro w n u p bu t w hen there came to w oo h er th e sons

,
of kings ministers and p u r o hi t a s dwelling in many lands

, , , ,
her fa t her s aid : O daughter Prince Kshe m a n k a r a for , ,
whom I h ad intended you w ent to s ea and t here died in ,
consequence of a mis fortune A s suitors h ave no w arrived .

,
and as those w ho do not obtain y o u will be discon t ented ,
t he ques t ion arises w hat is to be done ? She replied

,
O fa ther if this be th e case let or ders be given to have

“
, ,
the ci t y swept and garnished ; I will choose a husband

”
for myself .
THE T W O B R O THE R S .
Then the ki n g ordered pro clamation to be made in t he

di fferent l ands and cities t h a t his daughter was g oing to
c hoose h erself a husband He als o gave orders t ha t his
.
own ci t y should be cleared o f s t ones potsh erd s and , ,
rubble s p rinkled w i t h sandalwood w a t er and perfumed

, ,
wi t h odours and t h at canopies standards and flags

, , , ,
should be se t up and numerous sil ken h a n gings displayed

, ,
t oge ther wi t h flower s of m any kind s giving th e appear ,
a nce o f a grove of t he gods and t ha t joy inspirin g r o cl a -

, p
m ation should be m ade t o t his effe ct : 0 honourable “
d wellers in town and coun t ry and crowds o f m en as ,
sembled from vario u s l ands give ear ! To morro w t he ,

-
king s daugh t er w ill choo se herself a husband So do

’
.
y e assemble as is fi t ti n g .
N ex t morning th e king s daugh t er adorned wi th many

’
orn amen t s and surrou nd ed by numerous m aidens came ,
t o a grove mad e brigh t with flowers by the dei t y of t he

grove rendere d ex t reme ly beautiful by th e dispensatio n
,
of great good for t un e A n d wh en s everal th ousand men

.
h ad assembl ed in th e midst of th e city sh e came in t o t h e ,
as s embly in order to choose h erself a husband Some .
wh at re moved sa t K she m a n k a r a playing on th e lu t e '
A s men by their deeds are reciprocally con nec t ed and ,
t he force of e ffec t is cons train ed by t he great power of

cause so i t came t o pass th a t the king s daughter when
,
’
,
her feelings were moved by t h e sound of t h e lute b e ,
c ame closely attached t o Kshe m a n k a r a s pl aying an d '

’
,
sh e t hrew hi m th e crown of fl owers cryi n g This man , ,

“
”
is my husband .
The assembled people were disconten t ed and some o f ,
t he m in bit t erness o f h ear t began t o find faul t wi t h her ,
s aying What sen se is th ere in this t h a t the roy a l prin

, .
cess who h as s o much beauty and wh o is so supremely

, ,
young and accomplished should slight the sons o f ki n gs

, ,
m inis t ers and p u r o hi t a s w ho h ave come from m any lands

, , ,
besides ex cell ent householders and sho uld choose a bli n d ,
m a n to be her hu sband
Wi t h reluctance and discon t ent did th e officials convey

the tidings to th e king s aying 0 king the princess has , , ,
”
completed th e ch oice of a husband Th e king s aid .
,
What m a n ner of man has sh e ch osen ? They replied ,
O king a blin d man

,
The king also was displeased .
when h e he ard t his and h e sen t for his daughter and said
, ,
O daughter wh erefore h ave yo u chosen su c h a man as

,
your husband in spi t e of there being ex tremely young

, ,
rich an d handsome sons of kings proprie t ors mer c hants , , ,
”
caravan leaders ministers and p u r o hi t a s ?
,
She replied , ,
O fa t her this is the man I wan t

,
The king said O .
,
daughter if t h at be so th en go to him Wherefore do

, , .
yo u delay She wen t to him and said I have chosen ,
you as my hu sband He replied Therein you h ave no t

.
”
,
‘
acted well P erhaps you h ave t hough t as such is th e
.
,
case and this man is blind I can give myself to an other , .

’
She replied I am not on e who does such things

,
“
He .
said Wha t proof is t here o f this ?

,
Sh e replied com ”
,
m e n c i n g an asseveration
If i t be true and my ass everation is righ t eous t h a t I
, ,
h ave been in love only wi t h P rince K she m a n k a r a and '
wi t h you but with none else the n through t he power of

, ,
t his truth an d my asseveration shall one of your t wo eyes

”
become sound as before .
So soon as t his asseveration was u tt ered one of his eye s ,
came again j us t as it was before Then h e said I am .

,
“
Kshe m a n k a r a My bro t h er Pap a n k a r a reduce d m e t o the

.
°
s t a t e I was i n Sh e said What proof is there t h a t you

.
,
are P rince Kshe m a n k a r a ? Then he too began t o asse

'
‘
v e r a t e saying
,
“
I f i t be t rue and my assevera t ion righ t eou s th at
, ,
al t hough Pap a n k a r a p ut out my eyes I do no t in t he

°
least bear him m alic e then in consequence o f t he t ruth ,
and affirm ation may my other eye be c om e sound as

before .
So soo n as he h ad pronounced this a sseveration his ,
o t h e r eye also became as i t had been o r ig i n a llv The n .

( 2 86 )
THE P UN I S HM E N T O F A VA R ] C E .
1
IN long past times a hu n t er wounded an elephant with a

poisoned arro w Perceiving that he had hit it he followed
.
,
af t er th e arrow and killed th e elephan t Five h undred .
robbers who had plundered a h ill town were led by an evi l -
star t o th at spo t where t hey perceived the el ephan t A s

, .
i t was j ust then a time of hunger wi t h t h em t hey s aid , ,
Now t hat w e h ave found thi s mea t le t two hundred and ,
fifty of u s o u t the flesh o ff t he elephant and roast it whil e ,
two h und red and fi f t y go t o fe t ch wa t er .

”
Then t hose among t hem w h o had cu t t he flesh o ff th e

eleph ant and cooked it said among themselves Honoured , ,
sirs now th a t w e h ave accomplished such a task and

,
collec t ed so much stolen pr oper ty wherefore should we ,
give away part of it to th e others L e t us eat as much of

t he mea t as w e please and then poison the rest The , .
o t hers will e a t the poison ed meat and die and t hen th e ,

”
stolen goods will be ours .
S o after th ey had eate n their fill of the mea t t hey ,
poisoned w hat remained o ver Those who had gone t o .
fetch water lik ewise when they had drunk as much

, ,
wa t er as they wanted poisoned what was left So when ,

.
they came back and t hose w ho h ad e a t en th e flesh drank

,
t h e water and those w ho had drunk the water ate the flesh
, ,
t hey all of the m died .
Now there cam e to that spot a j ackal fettered by the ties ,
1
Ka h -
gy iii f 3 Th
ur 10 e en do f w e ll k
- n ow n hm t e e. Se e Li b
e re c t h
hi mp d ith P v gift t
. . .
“
t s ma y b e co are w a n c ka on Die er e en G e fahr t e n in
ta n tr a , ii 3 Th b gi i g
. . e e nn n is a '
0 r ie n t an d Occi den t, i .6 56 — S
. .
THE P U NIS HMEN T OF A VA R IC E .
of time an d it sa w all those dead bodies With a joy th a t

, .
S prang from greediness i t thought ,

A s an extremely large
amount of boo t y has accrued t o me I w ill take each par t
,
of it in i t s turn .So it seized th e b o w with its j aws and ,
began to kna w at the knots of the bowstring The string .
snapped and t h e end of the bow s t ruck th e jackal in t he

,
roof o f the mouth so h ard th at it died

,
The j ackal
.
uttere d this sloka

“
I t is good to accumulate bu t no t to accumulate
,
immoderately See ho w the j ackal in fatu at ed by greed

.
,
after the ac cumulated w as kille d by the bo w

, .
”
2 88
T HE M A G I C IA N S P UP IL
’ I
IN long past times King Br a hm a da tt a lived in V aran asi, .
There also a C ha nd ala 2

lived w ho was versed in spe lls ,
and magic lore and w ho employing the G andh ara Man t ra

, ,
-
,
was w ont to ob t ain by S pells from th e G a n dha m ada n a

moun t ain such fruits and flo w ers as w ere not in season
3
,
and to present them to king Br a hm a da t t a The King who .
was highly pleased th ereby made hi m presents No w , .
t here w as a Brah man youth who longed after a knowledge

o f spells A n d i n his search after them in accordance
.
,
w ith what h e heard spoke n thereof h e came from his ow n ,
country to V aran asi A fter he had recovered from the .
fa t igues of his j ourney he betook himself t o t he Brahman ,
who was versed in spells and m a gic lore A n d w hen h e .
came before him h e said ,
I w ish to serve the Pand i t .
Why
For the sake o f learning magic .
The C hand ala repli ed in verse Magic lore is com ,

“
m u n i c a t e d t o no man It dies wi th i t s poss essor O r i t . .
i s vouchsafed to him w ho has kno w ledge and means and

”
renders service .
The youth said O Band 1 t if s uch is t he case and I , , ,
1
Ka h ur,gy
iv f 7
-
ith f g 1 1 N m
. f w ra r a n ce a e o a
g i m f p t i l m t i f m i g th
. . .
2 “
C a ndci la , t he en er c n a e or ar cu a r ou n a n, or n e
a. m f th l
an o t dm t d
e divi i
ow es bt Ila v i t
an d os e s on e w een - r a an
sp i d fset h m
o ix d t ib b
e f em B h d as r t the s, t f M o rn ro a r va, or o e e as o eru,
S d u f th
ra d B ah m
a er anm th r df it f g t f
an t o er
”
ren ow n e or s ra r an ores s
”
i t xi t i g
. .
3 “
G dh mdd an a a na ,
n o ca n
There is a Brahman you t h h ere from a dist ant coun

try He it is wh o gave them to me A s h e is extremely
. .
well versed i n spells and magic lo re and as th e Brah man,
i s of a bette r n ature than t he C han dala who is d espised ,
by t h e whole world th e question arises of what i s to be

,
done w i t h th e C han dala Be pleas ed t o t ake away his

.
employmen t from the C han dala and to c onfer it upon the

,
”
Brahm an yo u th .
Th e king r eplied D O so
,
A ccordingly the C h an d
. ala
w as deprived of his employment by the p u r o hi t a who ,
conferred i t u pon the Brah man youth But i n couse .
u e n ce of the youth s ingra t i t ude his magic p o w er de

’
q
se r t e d him
.
xx r .
H0 W A W OM A N RE Q UI TE S L O VE .
1
IN lost past times in a palace i n a land every way blest t here

, ,
reigned a king t o who m h i s wife bore fo ur sons name d ,
S akh a Gulma A n u gu lm a and Visakha A f t er having a l l

, , , .
grow n up and t aken t o t he m s elves as w ives kings da u g h

,
’
t ers fro m o ther lands they began to behave disre spec t fully
,
to t he king The king ban ished t hem and t hey depar t ed

.
, ,
along wi t h t h eir w ives and came t o a desert place where

, ,
t heir means of s ustenance ran short So t hey made an .
agreemen t among t hem selve s to pu t t heir wives t o dea t h

one after another and by feeding on th eir fl esh to make
,
th eir own w ay through the deser t Vi sakha however w as .

, ,
o f O pinion that it w oul d be be t ter to sacrifice h is own life

t han t o take away ano t her s an d instead of wai ting t o see
‘ ’
w ho w as to die h e de t ermined t o escape along wi t h his

w ife So h e fl e d away w i t h h er Bu t af t er a t ime she
. .
said being exh aus t ed by the wan t o f food and drink

,
and by t h e fa t igue of the j ourney 0 lord I a m dying , ,

.
Vi sakha though t that i t would be sad if she were t o die

no w af t er he had saved her from t he hands of t h e Rak
,
s ha sa s ( or cann ibals
) So h e slice d some flesh off his h ams
.
and gave i t to h er to eat and the n h e opened th e veins o f,
both his arms and gave her t he blood t o drink In t his .
way they mad e t heir way t o a mo untain on which they ,
suppor t ed themselve s wi t h roots and berries .
A t the foo t of this moun t ain ran a river into which a ,
‘
K h gy a - ur , v ol . iv ff
. . 1 83- 1 9 1 . S e e B e n fe y, P a n cha ta n t r a , i .
4 3 6, &c .
S
ma n h appened t o fall whose hands and feet h ad been

,
c u t o ff C arried away by the s t ream he ut t ered cries o f

.
despair Vi sakha w ho w a s ga thering roo t s and berries

.
,
somewhere th ereabou t s heard his cries for help Hi s mind

, .
being stirred w i t h compassion he climbed t h e moun t ain a n d ,
began looking abou t o n all sides A s soon as he saw t h e .
m an being swept away by t h e waters h e ran swif tly d ow n ,
from the mountain sprang i n t o t he river seized t he man

, , ,
and conveyed him ashore A ffec t ed by the sigh t of his .
misery h e said t o him 0 son w hence do yo u com e ?

,
“
,
”
Whe n the m a n h ad t old him t he w hole story Vi sak ha ,
spoke words o f solace t o him satisfied his hunger w ith ,
roo t s and berries a n d the n handed him o ver to his wife

, ,
th anks t o W hose care h e recovered e n t irely Wi t h this .
c are t here w as associa t e d ple asure which induced her t o ,
p ay him frequen t visi t s passing t he t ime i n varied talk

, .
I t is par t of the n a t ure of th ings t ha t B o di sa t s are not

remarkably addic t ed t o th e passio n of love an d so i t ,
h appened t ha t Vi sak ha indulged only from t ime t o t ime

’
i n amorou s pleasure A s i n consequence of th e B o di sa t s

.
,
’
power trees roo t s an d berries possessed a special force

, , , ,
living upon t hem exci t ed the desires of the w ife and she ,
began t o allure t he man who h ad no hands or fee t The .
cripple was unwilling t o respon d t o her advan ces pointing ,
ou t tha t h e when as good a s dead had been saved and

, ,
res t ored t o life by her h usband ; and t ha t if h e were to

behave in such a w ay he w ould be pu tt ing himself in t o a
posi t ion like u n t o t ha t o f a murderer But as sh e r e .
p e a t e dly t emp t ed him and i t w a s hard for him to master

,
pas sion h e finally acceded to her reques t

, .
A lthough in t he fruition of love passion increased yet ,
he reflec t ed t ha t as sh e was now s o possessed by passion

, ,
and as of all enmi t ies th a t o f t he w oman is t he w ors t h e ,
w as going to ruin In accordance wi t h t hese ideas he

.
,
began t o take counsel w i t h her saying If your husband , ,
finds out t hat w e h ave lived toge ther h e will undoubtedly ,
do you s ome inj ury and pu t me t o death She w as of .

provided wi t h the m arks o f so vereignty they be t ook ,
t hemselves t o the ministers f u ll of j oy and bliss and t old , ,
them th at t hey had found in t h eir researches a being pro

v ide d with much vir t uous merit who m the s overeign t y ,
w ould b e fi t Thereupon the ministers caused t he road

.
and th e ci t y t o be cleansed and prosperously conducted ,
him in t o t he ci ty and ins t alled him as king on t h e fi t ting

,
day at t h e fi t ting hour unde r t he fit t ing constell a t ion

, , .
A s h e had no wife the minis t ers t he p u r o hi t a s and the

, , ,
kings of o ther l ands as well as o t her people proprie tors

, , ,
merchants an d caravan leaders all brough t t heir daugh t ers

, ,
t o tha t ci t y adorned wi th all sor t s of ornamen t s in order

, ,
t hat they migh t be received into the palace B ut t he .
king who h ad been so sh amefully trea t ed b y his wife did

, ,
no t consent t o that The minis t ers said 0 king it is

.
,
“
,
not cus t omar y for kings t o b e wi t hout wives princes , ,
ministers and inhabi t an t s o f to w n and coun t ry ; so b e

,
pleased t o nomina t e a spouse Kings and grandees living .
in a l l manner o f dis t ric t s and grandees fro m foreig n ,
lands h ave t h eir daughters in readiness t o be exhibited

,
t o you Bu t h e was no t t o be i n dii c e d t o consent t here t o

.
,
and he reviled women withou t ceasing .
No w as all t hings good for frui t io n derive t heir force

and comple t eness fro m t h e power o f t he vir t uo u s meri t s
of beings i t came t o pas s t ha t af t er the B o di sa t was
, ,
thrown down from the moun t ain t hrough t he misdeed of

h is wife the roo t s and be rr ies of t hat moun t ain shrivelled
,
and los t t heir power“ Thereupon t he woman fearing t o ,
perish in t he hour of hu n ger having t aken t he cri pple o n ,
her back betook herself t o t he villages and asked for a lm s

, ,
i n t he stree t s marke t places cross roads and b y roads

,
-
,
-
,
-
.
When she w as ques t ioned she always replied My hus ,
band has n ever found faul t wi t h me A n d a s a w ife .

,
wi t h whom her husband has never found faul t is w on t t o ,
be highly respe c t e d in t he world she ob t ained alms whe t ,
ever she wen t When she arrived a t t he capi t al and t he

.
,
inhabi t ants heard of her t hey were seized w ith astonish ,

W O MA N
i
HO W A R E Q UI TE S L O VE .
me nt . Some of t hem went forth full o f w onder to see her .
A n d the d w ellers in th e city took to asking if that king ,
w ho al w ays had something t o say against all w omen ough t ,
n o t to look upon this excellent female wanderer w hose ,
husband h ad n ever foun d fault wi t h h er and w h o carried ,
on her back the h andless and footless cripple Whe n th e .
u r o hi t a h ad m ade th e king ac quainted w i t h these sayings

p
th e king t hought the ma t ter over and gave orders t ha t ,
this w oman should be summoned as he w ished to see her , .
When sh e h ad been sent for and h e ha d seen her he, ,
l aughingly u t tered this verse

“
Thou w ho hast eaten th e flesh of my loins w h o h as t ,
drunk my blood an d h ast taken the cripple on t hy back

, ,
w ilt thou not no w be blamed by thy husband ?

’
“
A fter h aving for th e sake o f wo l f s milk flu n g m e
,
-
,
do w n th e precipice after h aving taken the cripple on thy

,
back wilt thou not now be blame d by thy h usband ?

,
She s t oo d still wi t h drooping coun t en ance and heart full

o f sh ame When the ministers h ad asked the king abo u t
.
this m atter and h e h ad give n them a full account of all

,
that had taken place they drov e th e w oman out of the

,
city w ith contumely .

( 2 96
)
XXII .
THE FL I G H T O F THE B E A S TS .
‘
AT a long distant pe r iod there stood o n th e shore of a lake
a vilva fore st In t his forest dwelt six hares 3 Now a
2
. .
vilva tree in t hat fores t fell into the lake thereby produc ,
ing a grea t noise When th e six h ares heard t his n oise

.
,
t hey began as they h ad but small bodies t o run away full

, ,
of fe ar Th e j ackals s aw th em running and asked 0

.
, ,
“
honoured ones w h erefore d o ye run ,

The hares replied ,
There w as a gre at noise Thereupon th e j ackals also .

”
t ook t o fligh t When t h e monkeys s aw t he m running

.
t hey asked O h onoured ones wherefore do ye run ?

, ,
”
Th e j ackal s replied There was a great noise There

,
“
.
u pon t h e monkeys also t oo k t o fligh t When the gazelles .
saw them running t hey asked O honoured ones w here , ,

”
fore do ye run ? The monkeys replied There was a ,
“
grea t noise Thereupon t he gazelles also took to flight

.
”
.
When t h e boars s aw t he m running t hey asked O h on ,
o u r e d one s wh erefore do ye run

,
The gazelles replied ,
There w as a noise Thereupon th e boars also took .

”
t o fligh t When the buffaloes saw t h em running they

.
asked , O honoured ones wherefore do y e run The ,

”
boars replied There w as a n oise ,
Thereupo n the buf .
fa l o e s also t ook to fligh t When th e rhinoceroses saw .
t he m running t hey asked O h onoured ones wherefore do , ,

” ”
ye run ? The bu ffaloes replied There was a noise ,
“
.
1
Ka h gy
- u r, v n 1 94
3 Th e nu m b er si x is c h o se n , be
f g p
. .
Vil v a , th
“
e t r e e d yle Ma r mdo s c a u se i t ha s r e e r e n ce t o t he r ou
( co m m o n ly ll ca e dB e l o f Bhik h s us . know n as t he S i x .
— S .
298 TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O UR C E S .
rhinoce oses Who w as it t old you ?

r
,
“
The rhinoceroses
replied The buffaloes
,
“
I t asked the bu ffaloes Who .
”
,
“
was i t t old you ? ”

The bu ffaloes replied The boars ,
“
.
”
I t asked t he boars Who w as i t told you , The b oa r s

replied The gazelles
,
It asked t h e gazell es W ho was
.
”
,
i t t old you The gazelles replied The monkeys It , .

”
asked the monkeys Wh o w as it t old you ? , Th e mon ”
keys replied The j ackals ,

I t asked t he jackals Who .
”
,
“
was it t old you The j ackals replied The h ares It , .

”
asked t he hares Who w as it t old you ?

,
Th e h are s
replied We s aw the terrible thing wi t h our own e y es
,
“
.
C ome w e will sho w you wh ence t he noise came

”
, So .
t hey gui ded th e lion an d sh owed i t the vilva fores t sa y

, ,
ing That is where t h e noise came from

,
“
Inasmuch as .
”
t he noise was caused by the fall of a vilva tree ou t of t ha t

forest in t o th e l ake the lion said : O h onoured ones be
, ,
n ot afraid for that w as only an empty sound

”
,
C o n se .
~
quen t ly t hey were all tranquillised A n d a dei t y u t tered .
t his verse : L e t not me n believe in w ords They ough t .
to see everything for t hemselves O bse r ve ho w t hrough .

,
”
t he fall of a vilva th e forest lost beasts
,
.
95
2 99
XXII I .
THE FI VE L O VE R S .
1
A MERCHANT had a w ife w ith w ho m four of the city s ti p e n

diaries and their superior officer fell i n love and they all ,
sen t g o be t weens t o he r She listened t o wh at t hey said

-
.
,
and appoin t ed a time for a mee t ing B u t when t hey asked .
where t he mee t ing place was t o be sh e direc t ed t hem t o

-
,
a fi g tre e whic h s t ood no t far fro m the ci t y t he head of

-
,
w hich soared alo ft t ow ards the sky th e branches o f whic h ,
w ere w idespread and t he foliage o f w hic h was t hick U p

, .
t his tree t he y were to climb an d t here t o a w ai t her S he

, .
h erself awai t ed an oppor t uni t y of going ou t of t h e house .
B u t h er husband be cam e suspicious bea t her and bound , ,
her to a pillar She h ad told on e o f the four lovers

.
th at he was t o clim b o n t o a branch o n t h e eas t ern side

o f t he t ree and sh e w o uld com e by d aybreak He did so
, .
j oyf ully The second o ne likewise by her ins t ruction

.
, ,
climbed o n t o a bran ch on t he sou t h side of the t ree the ,
t hird moun t ed on the wes t er n s ide an d t he four t h on t he ,
n or t h side and the s uperior officer clambered o n t o a

,
branch in t h e middle of t h e t re e They spen t t he w hole .
n i gh t o n t he t r ee i n expe c t a t ion terrified by t he wind all , ,
by themselves For t he woman did no t come al t hough

.
t he day d awned Then h e w ho w as waiting on th e eas t ern

.
branch utt ered t his vers e : The sun has risen fro m the ,
village comes t he ploughman Th e fig tree mus t learn

.
-
”
tha t the false d o n o t come .
He who w as w ai t ing on the southern bra nch said : The

1
Ka h -
g y u r, ix . if 6 7— 6 9
. .
woman w ho was t o come i s truly false This sun f u ll o f

'
S plendour i s n ow abo ut t o rise

”
.
He wh o w as o n th e eastern side said : Wil t thou come “

,
excellent on e Being asked t h is she replied Yes , , .

’
Then h e wh o sat on th e western branch ut t ered this

verse : A s the s un h as risen on th e right h and the ,
plough ers go forth from the village A s I kne w n o t t h e .
appointed time I h ave not closed my eyes during t h e,
nigh t .
”
A fter a wh i le h e w h o sa t on the northern bran ch said

The w ind h as sh aken me t he whole n ight long He .
who goes after stra n ge women su ffers t hu s and in o ther

”
ways .
Then said th e superior officer : I f t h e wind h as sh aken “
you well I shall not compl ain The fig tree in n ough t to

,
.
-
,
”
blame complain s that i t s br a nch es are broken
,
.
Th e deity wh o dwel t in t h e t ree seeing th at they were ,
t ri cked said : You will compl ain and the four o t hers
"
, ,
t oo Whe n th e Va isakha month comes the tree w hich

.
1
,
”
m e n have m aimed recovers .
Having given up their hopes wi t h respect to t he woman ,
the men came down from th e t ree and wen t homewards .
B ut t he wom an had been released by her husband a n d ,
she be t ook herself secre t ly to tha t tree When th ey sa w .
h er they asked h er w hy sh e ha d deceived them Sh e told .
t hem t h e whole s t ory They said So y o u are n o w come .

,
t o light ! A s sh e reflected t h a t sh e could no t h ave t o

do with five men af t er t h e fashion o f dogs she said t h at ,
she would yield h ersel f to him a mong t hem who should

bring h er t h e most beautiful flowers Now t h ere was i n .
t he royal cas t le a keeper of t he king s lo t uses wh ose nose

’
and ears had been cut o ff To hi m t hey betook t hemselves . .
Bu t they t hought t ha t th ey would certainly ge t nothing

fro m hi m by w ay of purch ase t hough t hey might if t hey ,
fla tt ered him So one o f t hem s aid : A s t h e bulrush

.
“
1 “
The fi r st o f t he t w e lv e mo n th s co n s tit t i g u n t he Hi n du l y
so a r ear
( a n sw e r i n g to A p ilr
XX IV .
T HE VIR T U O US A N IMA L S 1
IN th e long past ti m es t here lived in a dense forest four

animals a p ar t ridge a hare a monkey and an eleph ant
2
, , , .
A s t hey h ad become attach ed to each o t her t hey lived ,
together in harmony and full content and spen t t heir ,
t ime j oyfully wi t hout fe ar or s t rife But after some time

,
.
it occurred to the m t h a t al tho u gh actuated by a reciprocal ,
at t achment they lived without s t rife in full conten t yet

, ,
as they did not know which of t heir number t hey ought

mos t to esteem honour and revere t hey mus t for t hat , , ,
purpose inves t iga t e their several ages S o t hey began .
t o t ake counsel with one another in order t o find out ,
which o f t hem w as the oldes t Then t he par t ridge poin t ed .
o u t a fi g tree and said : O honoured ones at w ha t periods

-
, ,
of its growth has each of us seen this fig tree ? T he -
elephant sai d: Wh e n I came t his w ay wi t h our h erd I

”
s aw this tree of the size o f my body Th e monkey said .
Whe n I came this w ay wi t h our t roop I saw tha t its size ,
was t h e s ame as my o w n Then said t he animals : Y o u .

”
are older than the eleph ant The hare said When the .
“
t ree h ad only t w o leaves I licked the dew drops off t he m ,

-
1
gy iii ff 89 9 3
Ka h- u r,t Th m i th i 1 1 . no o c cu r . e sa e s e ca s e n
h v t h T i t t i Jat k t h C hi
. .
H ere w e a e i i L A e ra a a, e n e se r e ce n s o n n es va
w hi h i l p i t d i F b oll da t d p S t i l J li
c s a so r n e n au s
’
s nas ra ar an s as u en ,
”
J at k ( L d p 8 [S ii p 7 S
.
,
a a on on 21 ee 1 —
B ddhi t B i t h S t i
. . .
I th G m v i t h bi d
. . .
,
u s T r or es ran
2
n e er an ers o n e r
l t d by T W R hy D vi d L
s a e i ll d H lh h F th
s- a s on s ca e a a se u n
”
or e
p 3 N
.
k f v i m giv
. . .
d on 88 1 0 I th 10, th o n e sa e o co n e n e n ce , e na e en
l tt ly t h p t i dg t h m J at k h b
. .
, ,
“ ”
a er on i th e T i tt i ar r e, e on n e ra a a as een
k y e d th l ph t t k p t i d pt d h
an e e e an a e ar n a o e ere
th q ti
.
,
e t
ues g th h ond as o a e, e are oes
THE VIR T UO US A NIMA L S .
w ith my tong u e T hen th e a n i m als s aid : You are “
old er t han bo t h t h e others The par t ridge said : S o

.
ye h ave seen t he fig tree w h en it was of a cert a i n S i ze

-
They s aid t h at they h ad Bu t I it continued having

.
,
”
,
e a t en seed let fall th a t fro m which this t ree h as sprung

, .
”
Th e animals said : If th a t is s o you are the oldes t among ,
u s
.
”
Thereupon t h e eleph ant began to pay h onour t o all
the others an d t h e monkey t o t h e h are and the par tridge
, ,
and the h are t o the par t ridge I n t his w ay they sho w ed .
e ach oth er reverence according to their respective ages .
I n the dense fores t th ey w ere wont to w ander to and

fro and when t hey came t o open spaces and broken
‘
ground th e monkey u sed to ride on t h e el ephant and th e

, ,
h are on th e mo n key and th e part r idge on t he h are Now

, .
wh en t h eir feelings of mutual a t tach ment and reverence

h ad still more in creased t here occurred to them t hi s ,
though t th a t as their attach ment and reveren ce h ad

,
increased th ey ough t t o strive a li tt le after other vir t ues

,
as well In reply t o t h e question as to w hat was to be

.
done t h e p ar t ridge said O n e should abs t ain from pu t

, ,
“
t ing living creatures to dea t h ”

Th e other said What .
,
“
like are t hos e among u s w ho pu t l iving creatures to

death
The p artr idge r eplied Th ere are leaves fl o w ers and
,
“
, ,
fruits w hich are endo w ed w i t h life as well as t hos e w hich

, ,
are devoid of it I n fu t ure w e will e n j oy t hose which are

.
lifeless giving up those which possess life

,
So th ey t ook .
t o giving up wh at possessed life an d partaking o f what ,
w as lifeless Then they thought

. Since w e h ave r e ,
n o u n c e d t he p u tt ing to death o f w h a t is living but not as ,
yet t he acquisition of th e unbesto w ed t herefore w ill w e ,
also renounce t he acquisition of the unobtained Wh at .

” “
like are those among u s w ho acquire the unbestowed ? ”
s aid t h e others The par t ridge said There are i n our

.
,
“
possession roots leaves flowers and fruits but there ar e

, , , , ,
also such as are unpossessed ; t herefore w ill w e in fu t ure

gi ve up those w hich w e posse ss and feed only on t he ,
unpossessed So they t ook to giving up what w as pos

.
sessed and feeding on t he previously unpossessed

, .
Then they t hought We have now renounce d t h e

,
“
acquisi tion of the u nbes t owed but n o t as ye t illici t in t er ,
”
course . I n wh a t does our illicit intercourse consist
The partridge said A s w e e n t er in t o allowable unions
,
“
and also unallowable we must hencefor t h en t er in t o ,
allowable unions a lone and not un allowable So they ,

.
followed the lawful pa t h s and gave up t hose which were

unlawful Then they t hought We h ave no w renounced
.
,
u nlawf u l love bu t no t a s y et falsehood

,
Well we will .
,
also renounce falsehood Wherein t he n consis t s our .

” “
fals ehood ? asked t he others

”
The partridge said .
,
“
Whereas w e h ave been i n th e h abit o f speaking all a t
random we will i n fu t ure speak at rando m no more bu t
, ,
w i ll u t ter only w ell considered words at t he right t ime

-
.
”
So they n o longer spoke at random but uttered merely ,
well considered words at the righ t t ime

-
The n t hey .
t hough t We have reno unced falsehood but no t as ye t

,
“
,
sh ameless intoxicatio n by means of in t oxica t ing drinks ,

.
Well w e will also renounce shameless intoxicatio n by

,
m e a n s o f intoxic at ing dri n ks Wh at like are t ho se

‘ ” “
.
among u s who shamelessly intoxic at e th emselves with

intoxica t ing drinks Th e par t ridge said A s t here are ,
fruits w h i ch in t oxica t e and also such as do no t w e w ill

, ,
in fu t ure giving up t he intoxicating frui t s par t ake of

, ,
t hose only w hich are not in t oxicating So t hey began .
to partake of only th e non intoxica t ing fruits giving up -

,
those w hich in t oxica t e .
Now when t hey were duly set fas t in the five vows the ,
par t ridge said O honoured ones as w e are n o w duly

,
“
,
se t fas t i n t he five vows w e will confir m o t hers also in ,
t he five vows ”
The others said We will do so But
.
,
“
.
w ho m shall each of us confirm in them 7 Th e monkey

s aid I will confirm all monkeys t h erein
,
“
Then said .
t he h are I will confirm therein all hares and furry

,
“
beas t s . The elephan t said This being t he case I w ill

”
,
“
,
B E TA N
'
TA L E S FR O M TI S O UR CE S .
The B ishi replied 0 great king it is not your pow er , ,
w hich has b r ought this abou t nor ye t t ha t o f your wives , ,
princes minis t ers warriors t o w n s people o r country -folk

, , ,
-
,
.
But t h ere are four living creatures in your re alm w hose

po w er h as done so The king said If this be so I w ill.
.
, ,
go t o see t hem The Rishi said Wherefore d o you wish

.
,
t o see the m Rathe r adopt the course of life which they

h ave adop t e d and live according t o i t ”
’
.
,
“
Wha t course o f life h ave th ey adopted
Tha t of the five vows .
”
O grea t Rishi w h a t is the n ature o f t hese five vo w s ?

,
0 grea t king they are t hese : Not to take th e life o f

,
any living crea t ure ; no t t o s t eal th e proper t y of o t hers ;

no t t o ente r into unla w ful unions ; no t t o lie ; not to drink
into xica t ing liquors .
0 grea t Rishi s aid t h e king if t his be so I also

“ ”
, , ,
w ill observe thes e five vows and live i n accordance wi t h ,
them .
”
Thereupon th e king began to observe t hose five vows ,
and t o beh ave accordingly A s t he king obser v ed the five .
vows and li ved in accordance wi t h t hem his wives did

, ,
t he same and t he princes minis t ers w arriors to w ns

, , , ,
p eople and ,
country folk accepted t he five vows and
-
took , ,
t o beh aving in conformi t y w i t h t hem When the tribu .
t a ry kings heard th a t King B r ahm a da t t a together w i th ,
his wives princes minis t ers warriors towns people and

, , , ,
-
,
country folk had undertake n t h e five vows an d w ere

-
, ,
living in conformi t y with t hem they also along with their , ,
wives prin ces mi n isters warriors towns people and

, , , , ,
coun t ry folk accepted th e five vows and observed them

-
, .
The grea t er par t of t he inhabi t an t s of J a m b u dv i p a accep t ed

t he five vows and began to observe t hem Whosoever
, .
then died in J a m b u dv i p a af t er his body perished w a sborn , ,
again in t h e Tu shi t a region of t he thirty t hree gods -

.
Wh en t h e king of t h e gods S akra s a w t he circle o f th e , ,
g ods so enlarged he ut t ered t his verse ,

’
The partridge s discipl es dwelling in the penance ,

VIR T U O US A NIMA L S .
30 7
,
forest esteem and reverence h ave instr u cted the

,
world in the doc t rine .

”
said O Bhikshu s
Bha g a v a n t ,
“
,
think ye ? I m y
self w as the p artridge o f that p erio d th e h are of th a t
,
period w as Sar ip u t r a the m onkey Mau dgaly ay a n a an d

,
the elephant A n an da .
( 3 0 8 )
X X V .
THE l C H IVE UM O IV, T H E M O US E A N D TH E

’
A VER Y long time ago i t once rained unseasonably seven

,
days long and an ichneumon t ook refuge in a mouse hole

,
-
.
In t o the same hole came after w andering t o and fro a , ,
snake alarmed by th e rain Now the ichneumon was

, .
preparing to kill t h e mouse but th e snake s aid O hon , ,
o u r e d ones as we h ave all su fl e r e d from t he agony o f

,
i n t olerable w o e t herefore w e ought to remain h ere wi t h

,
o ut exposing each o t her to d anger and free from dis t urb

”
ance . The snake was named Na n da se n a the ichneumon ,
Nanda and the mouse G a n g ada t t a

, .
Na n da se n a and Nanda said t o G a ng ada t t a Go s t eal ,
t hil y and t ry t o find some food for us

”
,
A s the mouse .
w as h o nes t and well disposed it zealously began t o look

-
,
for food for those t wo bu t could not find any Nanda , .
said t o Na n da se n a I f G a ng ada t t a comes back wi thou t

,
“
food I shall ea t G a n g ada tt a

,
But Na n da se n a though t .
”
,
Eve n during the anguish of intolerable woe did t his

ichneumon in t end t o kill that mouse ; there is no need t o
s ay t hen what w ill happen if th e mouse re t urns w ithou t
, ,
bringing fo od I had be tt er give i t notice beforeh and

. .
”
So t h e snake informed the mouse s aying Nanda h as , ,
spok en thus : If G a n gada t t a comes back w ithout b r ing

ing food I will e a t G a n gada t t a
, G a n gada t ta who .
, ,
af t er s e eking for food ha d found none though t Without

, , ,
doubt he will devour me and said to Na n da se n a A s , ,

“
one who is w eakened an d oppressed by hunger becomes

merciless therefore say to the u ngra t eful creatur e that
G a ngada t t a will return no more .
1 Ka h gy
- u r, iv . ff . 2 1 3, 2 1 4 .
J
TA LE S FR O M TI B ETA N S O U R CE S .
an d touched his feet and gave hi m the gazelle A t , .
another t ime King B r a hm a da t t a h ad gone into the park

wi t h his S pouse and af t er enjoying hims elf there had
, , ,
lain down to sleep Left at their ease the w omen took.

,
o ff t heir clothes and expos ed t hem to the air A n d they .
laid aside their ornamen t s in divers place s and roamed

about or sat reposed and slept in t h e grove When o n e
, , , .
of t h e wives h ad laid aside her ornaments at a certain

spo t and h ad gone to sleep th e falco n carried them o ff
, , ,
and gratefully presen t e d them to th e hunter When th e .
king awoke from his S leep he wen t s wif t ly to Varanasi .
A n d away went quickly also the wives princes ministers , , ,
t o w ns people and country folk The wife who looked for

-
,
-
.
,
her orn aments but could not fi nd them said to t he king .

, ,
0 king my orn aments are lost in the park

,
The king .
gave orders to hi s minis t ers saying 0 honoured ones as , , ,
the ornamen t s are los t find out who has carried them o ff ,
.
”
\Vhen they began t o m ake inquiries th e black h eaded ,

-
man w ho h ad visited th e hu nter from time to time and

,
kn ew th at h e w as in possession of t he ornamen t s came ,
w ith ungrateful h eart and t old t h e king Then the king was .
very angry A n d the king s men summoned t h e hun t er

.
’
,
and said to him Ho friend you stole t h e ornamen t s ou t

, , ,
o f t h e park The hun t er was terrified and related w ha t

”
.
ha d taken place The ornamen t s were restored to t h e

.
king Bu t t he h unter w as bound and cast in t o prison

. .
Then t he mous e wen t to the snake and said By the ,
contrivance of the black -headed sinner has our benefactor

”
been bound and cast into prison The snake said O .
,
“
h unter I will bite t h e king to da y Then do you h eal

,
-
.
him wi t h th is spell and this remedy I f t hat is done n o .

,
doub t t he king w ill set yo u a t liber t y and w ill confer upo n ,
you gif t s and good t hings The h un t er said Good so .

”
, , ,
be it ! ”
The s nake bi t t he king an d the hun t er came and ,
h ealed him w ith th e S pell and t he remedy Then the king .
joyfully released him from the prison and bes t o w ed upon ,
him gif t s and good things .

X X VI I .
TH E UN G R A TE FU L L I O IV .
1
IN long pas t times t h e B o dis a t his accumulations as yet ,

2
i n comple t e was born again among bird s as a w oodpe cker

, ,
d welling in a villageless soli t ude in a h ill distric t rich i n ,
mountain stre ams fruits an d flowers I n th e same dis , ,

.
t r i c t there lived a king of t h e be asts a lion which w as , ,
i n the habit o f killing an d devourin g gazelles a t i t s

pleasure O n e day it had been eating meat ; a bon e
.
s t u ck fas t be t we en i t s teeth and th e lion w hich h ad , ,
ne ver known fear or anxiety n o w t ha t toothach e was ,
plaguing i t s body was qui t e prostrated an d could e at ,
nothing .
By good fortune a woodpe cker which w as won t to fly ,
fro m on e t ree t op to another cam e to the place w here

-
,
t he king of t h e beas t s was When i t saw th e lio n so .
t ormented by pain i t said U ncle wh ere fore are yo u , ,

“
,
cas t dow n The lion replied Nephe w I am t ortured , ,
by pain What sor t of p ain ? aske d t he woodpecker

.
” ”
.
Wh en th e lio n had t old t h e whole s t ory th e w oodpecker ,
said ,
“
U ncle I w ill t reat your c as e
,
A s you are t h e .
lion and the king of all four footed beasts and can be o f -
,
service therefore you m u s t from t ime to t ime be o f service

,
to m e . Th e lion replied I will a c t in accordance wi t h

”
,
”
y our words .
Th e w oodpecker t hought I will m an age so th a t th e ,

“
lion S h all no t perceive what I am doing to i t and shall ,
1
Ka h - gy iv f ur . 181 re p r e se n t e d t he ma ss of t he m e r i ts
C hil d bt i by m li
. .
A n i ya ta r déi Se e ers on o a ne d ean s o f ea r er de e ds

hi
. .
t he w o r dr dai By t s
. w o r d may be S
- .
fi nd it out only after recovering A nxious to as sist the

.
lion the w oodpecker remain ed there observing its way

,
of going on The violence of th e pain h aving aba t ed the

.
,
king of the beasts passed into a h appier mood and w ent to ,
sleep with i t s j aws apart on a grea t broad flat rock Th e , ,

.
woodpecker drew near to th e king of the beas t s and ,
t hought t hat as it found th e lion in so convenient a

,
posi t ion t his was the proper moment for t rea t ing i t
, .
A fter m aking a careful ex amination the woodpecker , ,
by mean s of a continued fl u t tering of i t s wings extracte d ,
the bon e w hich h ad s tuck between t h e lion s t eeth A n d ’

.
t he lion sa t u p w i t h eyes opening af ter surmounte d

,
slumber . Then the w oodpecker k no w ing t hat th e ,
king of th e beasts was freed from pain and discomfor t ,
came up to i t i n high glee and said ,h ere ,
i s the bone w h ich caused t h e p ain The king of t he .

”
be asts was greatly astonish ed and said O n eph ew as ,

“
,
I wish to re compen se you for this service come t o m e ,
from t ime to t ime in order that I m ay be of use to you .

”
”
The woodpecker replied Good I will do so and fl e w ,
“
, ,
away .
A t an oth er time while th e king o f th e beasts was

,
devouring flesh t h e woodpecker w hich ha d been seized

, ,
by a falcon and h ad o nly j ust escaped from death appeared

, ,
before the king o f the beasts in a s t a t e of su ffering from

h unger Hav ing described its need it s aid t o the lion
.
, ,
0 uncle I am t ormented with hunger so give me a

, ,
”
piece of flesh The lio n replied i n a verse
.
“
Having torn to pieces a living creature I am n ow ,
savage and a misdoer A r e not you who passed betw een

.
,
my t eeth th ankful for remaining alive ?

,
”
The woodpecker answered likewis e in verse

P r o fi tl e ss are forms seen i n dreams and accum u lation s
flung into t h e ocean Pr o fi tl e ss are in t ercourse wi t h a
.
bad man an d benefits con ferred on t h e ungrateful

,
.
”
3 14
X XIX .
TH E W O L F A ND THE S HE E P .
1
IN long past t imes there lived a householder in a certai n

hill-village Hi s sh epherd went afield to tend his flocks
. .
A s the shepherd re t urned to th e village at sunset from

t endin g them an old ew e which lagged somewha t behind
,
was seized by a wolf .
A unt au n t said t he wolf is it we ll wi t h you ?

” “
, , ,
A un t aunt do you seem to find yourself comfor t able a l l

, ,
alone in th e fores t ? ”
Moreover t he wolf said Do you t hink 0 sheep who m ,

“
, ,
I h ave addresse d by t h e name of aunt th a t y o u will ,
escape after h aving pinched my t ail and also plucked ,
h airs out of my t ail ?

The sh eep replied Ho w could I pin ch your t ail seeing
, ,
t ha t it is behin d you and I h ave bee n going in fro nt of

,
‘
you ?
Bu t th e wolf said Wh ich w a v then did yo u come
,
“
,
seeing th a t my t ail spreads all over t he four part s o f t he

world together wi th t he ocean and the hill villages ?
,
-
The shee p rej oined : A s I had heard beforeh and fro m“
my k insmen t h a t your t ail 0 bes t one spreads everywhere , , ,
I came through t h e air ”
The wolf replied 0 mo t her if you came t hrough the

, ,
air you must have scared a w ay the h erd o f gazelles which

,
I mean t to feed upon

”
.
Having thus S poken t he malefactor m ad e a spring tore

, ,
o ff t h e shee s head and h aving k illed t he sheep devoure d

’
p , ,
i t s flesh .
1
Ka h- gy u r, N . f . 2 87 .
( 315 )
XXX .
OX EN AS WI TN E S S E S .
1
IN a certain h il l dis trict th ere lived a househ older t o ,
whom after his m arriage a dau ghter was born He w as

, , .
a till er of th e s oil and ploughed his corn fie l d himself

,
-
.
The orph an son of a householder w ho w a s bringing a ,
lo ad o f wood from th e fores t h appened to draw near t o ,
t hat corn fi e l d o ne day A n d h e t hrew down th e wood h e

-
.
was carrying res t ed awhile an d t hen said O u ncle why

, , , ,
9do you plough yourself

—
You must certainly h ave village
a ff airs éf Why t hen do you work like a , ,
forester in t he fores t ? ”
O neph e w I h ave n eith er son s nor broth ers

,
.
O uncle give m e th e plo u gh

,
Do you t ake rest an d .
,
I will plough for you .
With th es e words h e began t o pl ough .
A f t er a t im e t h e household er came bringing rice soup -

,
and i n vi t ed hi m to eat W hen th e meal w as finished the

.
’
hous eholder s son said O u ncle I do not kno w your
,
“
,
hou se Go a w ay n o w and I w ill co n t inu e ploughing ; but

.
,
come to meet m e in t h e evening .

”
The householder went away an d th e you t h wen t o n ,
ploughing for a t ime The n h e turned ou t t h e t w o oxe n

.
to graze by th e side of th e corn fi e ld I n t h e evening h e -

.
took a load of grass and set o ff to go to th e village Th e

,
.
househ older came to me e t him and brought hi m to h is ,
house The you t h t ook t h e oxen to their s t all shook

.
,
down straw and placed grass before them The house

,
.
holde r thought th at t he youth would be useful to him and ,
1
Ka h -gy r, vi . if . 2 2 8 —2 3 1 .
3 16 T A LE S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
that h e would give hi m his d aughter to w ife So h e said .
t o him O nephe w do everything sa t isfactorily and I will

, , ,
give you my daughter to wi fe .

”
He began to build a house there O n e of his oxen ran .
into a rice fi e l d an d he could not drive it out so h e reviled

-
, ,
i t and th en flung a log at it w hereby on e o f its horns was

, ,
broken o ff I n consequence o f this the ox received the

.
,
n ame of Ho r n b r e a k .
A nother time the ox ran again in t o the field and he could

, ,
not drive it back so h e revi led it and t h en flung a sickle

, ,
at i t whereby its tail was cut o ff on account of w hich i t

received the n a me o f S t u mp t a il
,
These two names were .
afterwards contracted into that of Br e a k s t u m p .
A fter some time the you t h said t o th e householder ,
”
U ncle fulfil what you h ave promised
,
The householder .
s aid to his wife Good wife mak e all th e preparations for

, ,
a w edding I am going to give my daugh t er in marriage

. .
”
The wife sai d 0 lord as o ur daugh t er has n ot been pro

, ,
m i s e d to any on e how can she be given in marriage ?

,
He replied I sh all give h er in marriage

”
.
,
To whom ?
’
To this househ older s son .
Th e w ife said Shall I give my daughter in marriage

,
t o this fortuneless one forsoo th w ho h as gro w n up like , ,
white peppe r ? I shall marry h er there wh ere I find food

a n d clothing .
The h usband rejoined Good wife t h e y outh has done , ,
me excellen t service I f he goes away I shall be obliged .

,
to plough my land myself .
The w ife replied I cannot give my daughter to this

,
“
pal t ry fellow ”
.
Then t he h ouseholder said to himself I f I tell t h e ,

“
youth th a t I am n ot going to give him my d aughter he ,
will go away this very day and I sh all be reduced t o grea t ,
s t rai t s
. So he tried pu tt ing him o ff from t ime to time
”
.
When t h e yo u th again called upon hi m t o fulfil his pro

mise he replied O neph e w first o f all make an end of
, ,
Ye h ave no t wronged me i n the least ,but yo ur maste r ‘
”
h as wronged m e .
I n w hat w ay ?
He promise d me his daughte r but h e has not give n ,
”
h er to m e .
Why do n o t you go t o t he palac e of t h e king ?

I h ave n o witnesse s .
You j us t go ; w e will be witnesses

Will ye S peak wi t h t he lan uage of m e n ? g
No B u t this is ho w y o u must make your assevera

.
t io n Y o u must t ie us up in our stalls for seven d ays an d

. .
give us neither grass nor water ; and o n t h e s even t h day

you mus t let us go free to a spo t where grass and w a t er
a r e plentiful A n d y o u mu st appear before the king and
.
,
s ay t o him I f I am speaking t he t ruth may these oxen

, ,
neither eat grass n or drink wa t er .

’
The householder s son w en t t o t h e palace of the king

’
and said 0 king t ha t proprie t or has pro mised me hi s

, ,
daughter b u t h e h as no t ye t given h er to me t o w ife

”
.
,
The king s ai d Have y o u any witnesses ?

Yes 0 king , .
A r e they human beings or no t ?

N 0 they are no t h uman beings but oxe n
, ,
.
C a n t hey speak t h e language o f men

No bu t my words w ill in t his w ay be pro ved to be
,
true I w ill tie up t hese ox en in their stalls during seven

.
d ays and le ave t hem withou t gras s or w a t er But o n the

, .
seventh day I w ill let them go free t o a place where grass

and wa t er are plen t i ful Then the oxen in order to prove.
,
t he t ru t h of my w ords w ill nei t her ea t grass nor drink ,
w a t er so long as the king refuses to believe me .

”
The king s aid to his ministers O honoured ones let ,

“
,
t h e ma t ter be so arranged .
”
The ministers ordered th e ox en t o be t ied up in their

s t all s B r e a k stu m p asked Does t h e sun rise in t he Wes t
.
,
why are not w e se t free ? ”
’
The others said We have p r o mi sed the householder s
,
“
OX EN AS WITNE S S E S .
son th at if he ke eps u s t i e dup in our stall for seven

’
'
, ,
days wi t hout giving u s grass and w ater an d le t s us go ,
free on t h e seven t h d ay in a spot which is rich in grass

and w ater and if h e m akes asse veration before th e ki n g
,
t hat if he speaks the truth t hes e oxen will n either ea t

gr ass n or drink w ater then w e w i ll n ei t her eat grass nor
,
drink wa t er so long as t he king refuses t o believe him .

”
B r e a k st u m p said I f I were set free I should eat eve n

,
stones no t t o sp eak of grass

, .
”
‘ ’
The oxen s ai d The householder s son h as al w ays acted
,
to wards u s like a father and a m o t her So do n o t behave .
in t hat mann er .
”
B r e a k s t u m p s aid I t is indeed true t h at h e has behaved

,
“
towards us like a father and a mother ; still as h e has given ,
me t he n ame of Br e a k s t u m p I w ill no t consent but would , ,
mu ch rather tha t his belly should burs t .

”
The householder s s on visited t h e o xen from t ime t o

’
time and asked

,
O oxen ho w do ye fare ?
, ,
They
replied We fare w ell bu t yo u do not
,
“
, .
”
Why not ?
B r e a k st u m p here has d eclared th at if h e be let loose
h e will devour t he very s ton es n ot to speak of grass , .
”
The n ought I t o give in ? ”
Do not do that but bore B r e a k st u m p s nose Then

,
’
.
,
w hen h e wan t s to ea t grass or drink w ater w e will seize ,
his nose w i t h our horns and hold it up in t he a i r A t .
‘
th e same t ime you must s ay They are pointing t o t he ,
sun becaus e t he y w ish to sh ow that the sun as t h e fi f t h

, ,
guardian o f t h e world is a witne ss , .
So th e yout h se t to work t o bore t h e nose of t h e ox .
B r e a k st u m p s aid Hono ured ones see h ow scandalously

, ,
he is trea t ing me !
”
They replied Hold your peace h e ,
“
,
”
w ishes to embellish you .
O n th e seventh day the king after calling his ministers ,
t ogether h ad these ox en driven to a spot rich in grass

,
a n d water B r e a k st u m p w as about t o pluck a mou t hful

.
o f grass w hen t he oth er oxen s eized hi s nose w i t h t heir

,
3 20 TA L E S FR O M TI B E TA N S O U R CE S .
horns and looked up towards the sun The king asked .
hi s minis t ers O honoured ones w herefore l ook these

“
, ,
oxen towards the sun ? ”

Then o ne o f the ministers s ai d ,
“
That is don e be caus e they wish to S ho w that not they
alone are witnesses but th e sun the fifth guardian of t h e
, ,
world is also a w itness

,
The ki ng w ondered and s aid
.
t o th e minis t ers O honoured on es as th e be asts have

,
“
,
t hu s borne wi t ness do ye take care th at the h ouseholder

,
gives his daugh t er to this young man .
O vercome by t he ho use ho lde r 4 so n the householder

,
besto w ed upon him his d aughter .

chants be a t them and l acera t ed them w ith t h orny rod s ,
and yoked t he m dripping w i t h blood t o t he waggons .
But th e others submi t ted to th e yoke wi th out resisting ,
so n o harm came t o them Thereupon a dei ty u t tered

.
this Sloka
“
See how t h e steers which t he ox misguided bleeding ,
and wou n ded su ffer hu n ger and t hirs t See

,
.
which t he o x rightly advis e d af t er leavi n g th e

,
quaff cooling water .

( 2
3 3 )
XXXI I .
T HE A S S A S A S IN G E R .
1
W HEN in long past t imes th e B o di sa t i n consequence of

-
,
h is aggregatio n of merits remaining incomplete h ad been ,
bo rn in a herd of ho rned ca t tle as a bull he use d to go ,
out of th e ci t y in the evenings to a bean fi e l d belo n ging -
to t he king and there take his food But by d ay h e lived

, .
i n the ci t y There an as s j oined him It said one day

. .
,
O uncle your flesh and your bloo d and your hide thrive
, ,
and ye t I have n ever seen you change your abode .

”
The bull ans w ered 0 nephe w I feed a t eventide in ,

“
,
th e king s be an -fie ld ’
.
The ass said Un cle I will go with you too , ,

.
The bull objected O nephe w as you are wont to let , ,

”
'
you r voice resound we m i ght r u n a risk ,

.
The ass replied O u ncle let u s go I will not raise my , , ,
voice .
A f t er th ey t w o h ad broke n t hrough th e enclosure o f th e

be a n fie ldand reach ed th e interior the ass u tt ered no sound
-
,
u n t il i t had ea t en its fill The n i t said U ncle shall n o t . , ,
I sing a li ttle ? ”
The bull replied Wait an ins t an t un t il I h ave gone ,

“
,
”
away Then do j ust as you please
. .
Th e hu l l ran o ff and th e ass lifte d u p its voice A s , .
s oo n as the king s people h eard t h at t hey seized th e ass

’
, ,
and i n order t o pu nish i t as in their O pinion i t had devoured ,
t he whole produce o f t he king s be an -fi e ld t hey cut o ff its

’
ears fastened a pestle to its neck and t he n set it free

, , .
1
Ka h -gy iv f 9 3
u r, . 2 C f P a n cha ta nt r a , v 7, an d Be n fe y s r e ma r
’
k s
g i 4 94 — S
. . .
p
.
on t he a ss a e , . . .
As it wandered to an d fro t he b ull saw it and pronounced

, ,
this verse
Excellently h ast tho u sung forsooth an d theref ore ,
obtained thy recompense I n consequence of thy song I

.
also well nigh lost my ears

-
.
He who knows no t ho w t o keep his word to him may ,
e asily happe n some such thi n g as this ; t o wander to and

fro adorned wi t h a club and des t itute o f e ars
,
.
”
The ass als o gave utterance to a verse Keep silence ,

“
tho u w ith broken tee t h be silen t the n 0 old bull ; for

, ,
three men are searching for the e w i t h clubs in their

”
hand s .
beas t s w as follo wed about by an old very greedy

, , ,
remainder devouring j ackal Whe n the lion had killed

- .
gazelles and having d evoured t heir good flesh and drunk

,
their good blood t ranquilly rested none o f th e res t of t he

, ,
small er beas t s dared t o draw nigh O nly t he old j ackal .
used to approach in order t o enj o y wh a t remained over

,
o f the good flesh a n d blood thanks t o which his hide his , ,
flesh an d his bloo d all t hrived

, .
O n e day w h en t he lion h ad ea t en th e good flesh o f

,
g a zelles and drunk their good blood h e h as t ened t o his ,
lair where he played w i t h t h e bull In t he mean time

, .
th e smaller beas t s devoure d t he remains The jackal .
though t Firs t I will go to see w hi t her th e lion h as

“
,
Havi n g followed af t er t h e lion t he j ackal s a w

”
gone .
,
him playing t oge t her with the bu l l a n d came t o t he con ,
c l u si o n t ha t t he bull was th e adversary of his m a w and ,
t ha t therefore he mus t se t t hose t wo comrades at variance .
So wi t h droopi n g ears he appeared before t he bull The .
”
bull said O uncle ha s any hot wind arise n ?
, ,
Th e j ackal replied O nephe w a very glowing w ind has , ,
arisen .
What is i t then t hat ha s h appen ed

The lion h as asked W hi t her has gon e th e bull w hich ,
belongs to my store s of flesh ? I f I find n o o t her flesh I ,
s hall devour t hat bull .

’
Th e bull replied O u n cle our d y ing m o t her said to

, ,
u s twain
‘0 children a s y e have bo t h sucked t he sam e
, ,
dugs be bro t hers The world is f u ll of evil calumnia t ors

,
. .
Take heed t hat ye li s t en t o non e of them af t er my de ath .

’
A s sh e has lef t be hind he r such a legacy as t his do n ot ,
talk in t h a t w a y .
The j ackal said O nephew a s you will not listen t o

, ,
my well meant w or ds you w ill go to perdi t ion

-
, .
”
The bull asked O u ncle w hat the n w ill be t h e course

, ,
o f even t s
The jackal replied O n eph e w t h e lion w ill come , ,
forth from his lair a n d w ill s t retch himself a n d a ft er he

, ,
T HE } A GR A L AS CA L UMNIA TO R .
3 27
ha s stretch ed himself h e will y awn and af t er he h as ,
y awned he will look round o n all four s ides an d af t er ,
he has looked round o n all four sides h e will roar three ,
times and w hen h e has come t o where you are h e will

, ,
t hink This c r eature w ill k ill me b e sure o f tha t

,
.
”
A ft erwards t he j ackal be t ook himself wi t h drooping ears

t o t h e lion The lion asked U ncle has a hot wind arise n ?
.
,
“
,
”
The jackal replied O nephe w a very glowing wind has

, ,
arise n .
“
What has h appened t hen
The bull has s aid Whi t her has my lion gras s gone ,
-
A s his mo t her killed my mother I will sli t u p his belly , .
Th e lion said O uncle our mo t her before sh e died

,
“
, , ,
t hus spoke t o us twain A s ye two h ave s ucked t he sam e ,
d ugs be brothers Th e world is ful l o f evil calumnia t ors

,
.
.
Take h eed t h a t ye do not liste n t o any of t hem A s sh e .

’
h as lef t such a legacy behind do n o t speak in such a ,
m an ner .
The j ackal replied O nephe w if you do not no w lis t e n

, ,
t o my well -meant words yo u w ill go to perdi t ion , .

”
The lion said O u n cle what will take p l ace ?

, ,
The j ackal replied O neph e w t he bul l will come forth

, ,
fro m t h e meado w and will s t re t ch h imself and whe n he ha s

, ,
s t re t ched himself h e will bellow and when h e has bel ,
lo w ed h e will tear up t h e ground an d w he n h e has t orn ,
u
p the ground h e will come snor t ing in t o your presence
and w ill t hink This one will kill me k no w all t his
, .
”
A l t h ough those t w o animals w ere cons t an t ly i n t he

h abi t of ac t ing in this w ay according t o t hei r n a t ures ,
t hey had never t ake n any no t ice of the fac t S o whe n one .
da y af t er t his th e lion t he king o f beas t s came for t h fro m

, ,
hi s lair after stretching and yawning and looking around o n

,
a ll four sides and roaring t hree t imes he appeared in pre

, ,
sence o f t he bull Likewise t he bull h ad come o u t from

.
th e pen and had s t re t ched himself and bellowed and

, , ,
t orn u p t he ground and snor t ed a n d t he n i t appeared i n ,
presence o f t he lio n A lthough t hey had bo t h bee n

.
accustomed t o act i n this way according to their n atures ,
they had n ever t aken any n otice o f th e fact But the y .
n oticed it n o w t ha t th e seed of discord w as sown The .
hu l l t hough t He w ill kill me and th e lion thought

,
“
,
j ust t he same The lion seized t h e bull s breast wi t h his

.
’
cl aws the bull sli t u p t h e lion s belly wi t h his horns

,
’
.
A n d so t hey both perished .
A d eity u t t ered t he following verse : Me n w ho pay

regard to w h a t i s good ought no t t o h old converse wi t h
,
bad men See h o w the jackal s et at var iance th e lion

.
and the bull w ho h ad been friends .
B .
I n long past times there lived in a forest a liones s with

-
h e r cub a n d a tigres s wi t h h er cub While t h e liones s .
w as absen t on e da y her cub while w andering abou t came

, , ,
i nto t h e n eighbourh ood of t h e tigres s Wh en t he t igress .
s aw i t she was going t o kill i t but she ch an g ed he r mind

, , ,
seeing th at t he you n g lion migh t be a p l ayfello w for her

o w n cub a n d so sh e bega n to give it suck
,
Th e lion ess .
,
on he r return fro m h er ou t ing no t finding he r young one , ,
se t t o work t o look for i t an d at leng t h sa w t he tigres s

,
s u ckli n g it When th e t igress perceived t h e lioness she

.
,
was frightened and began t o r un away Bu t t h e lioness .
c ried out t o th e t igress O sis t er run no t away

, Le t us , .
dwell toge th er so t hat w hen I go ou t you can t ake care

, , ,
of my you n g one and when you go o u t I will t ake care

, ,
of yours . S o they t ook t o dwelli n g t oge t her and t hey

”
,
called t he lion cub S u da n sht hr a and t he t iger cub S u b ahu , .
A n d the two cubs grew up .
A f t er a t ime t h e lioness and t h e t igress fell ill and when ,
the t ime for their depar t ure c a m e t he y s aid t o t h e two young ,
beas t s 0 children as ye have both sucked th e same du s

, ,
e
,
be ye brothers Th e world is full of evil calumnia t ors t ak e

.
,
heed after our death n ot t o lis t en to a n y of them .

”
TA LE S FRO M T I B E TA N S O UR C E S .
The j ackal said A s you will not lis t en to my well

,
“
mean t words you w ill come to r u in

, .
”
The lion said O uncle wha t w ill be the course of

,
“
,
events
The j ackal replied O nephe w t he tiger will come , ,
for t h from his l air and will s t retch himself and af ter
, ,
s t retching he wil l yawn and af t er yawning he wi ll look ,
roun d o n all four sides and af t er looking round on a l l ,
four sides h e w ill roar t hree times and the n come in t o ,
‘
yo ur presence and t hink He will kill me Be sure o f .
’
this.
A f t erwards t h e jackal went wi t h drooping ears to the

tiger The t iger asked
. O uncle has some hot wind , ,
arisen
The jackal replied O nephe w a very scorching w ind , ,
h as arisen .
Wha t has happened t hen

‘
This lion has said Where has my t iger grass gone -
,
’
I will assuredly kill him .
The t iger sai d O uncle our two mothers said to us

, , ,
j us t before t hey died 0 children as ye have sucked t he

, ,
same breas t be bro t hers The w orld is full of e vi l calum

, .
n ia t o r s Take heed t h a t ye d o not l isten t o any o f them

. .
A s t he v have lef t us t his le g a c v do no t vo u speak i n tha t

w ay .
”
The j ackal replied O neph ew a s you w ill n o t liste n

, ,
to my well -mean t words v o u will go to ruin

”
.
,
O uncle w h a t th en w 1 ll be t he course of even t s

,
O neph ew t his lion w ill come for t h from his la i r and

,
will s t re t ch himself and aft er s t re t ching h e will yawn

, ,
and after yawning he will l ook round on all four sides ,
a n d af t er looking round on all four sides he w ill roar t hree ,
t imes a n d th en com e in t o y our presen ce and think He

, , ,
’ ”
wi ll kill m e Be sure of a ll t his
. .
No w al t ho u gh bo t h of t hem were in t he h abi t of a c t ing

in this way a ccording to t h eir n atures t hey h ad never
, ,
t aken any n otice o f th a t Bu t one day th e lion t he ki n g .

,
T HE j A GR A L A S C A L U MNIA T O R .
331
o ,
came forth fro m his lair and stre t ched himself
f b e a sts , ,
and yawned and looked round o n all four sides and

, ,
roared t hree times and then wen t in t o t he presence o f ,
t he t iger The t iger also came for t h from hi s lair and

.
,
stretched himself and yawned and looked round o n a l l ,
four sides and t he n w en t in t o t h e presence of t h e lion

,
.
Al t hough both of them h ad alway s be en in t he h abi t o f

doing all this yet t hey h ad n ever t aken any n o t ice of th e
,
fac t But n o w th a t t he seed o f dis cord was sow n t hey

.
,
di d no t ice i t J us t as t h e lio n t hought th a t t he t ige r

.
w anted to kill h im so also t he t iger tho u ght t hat t he lio n

,
w anted t o kill him But t he n t he lion t hough t I a m .

,
s t rong but th e t iger is not A s h e c a nnot t hen mas t er

, .
m e I will investiga t e the m at t er further

,
So he u t tered .
”
t h is Sloka
O S u b ahu t o strive with S u da n sht hr a possessor o f
“
, ,
complete excellence agi l i ty and force is no t righ t , , , .
The tiger also replied i n a Sloka O S u da n sht hr a to , ,
strive w ith S u b ahu posse ss or of complete excellence , ,
a gili t y and force is n ot righ t

”
, .
,
Th e lion asked Who S poke t o you abou t t his ? ,
The tiger replied The jackal , .
The n t he t iger asked Who S poke t o y o u about th is ,
The lio n replied Th e jacka l , .
The n th e lion t h ought Thi s crea t ure w an t ed to s et us ,

“
tw o a t variance and s t ruck t h e j ackal dead w i t h a slap

,
in t h e face Then a dei t y u tt ered t his Slok a

.
Friends ought not to be abandon ed o n account of th e

words of o t hers but t he words o f o th ers ough t t o be
,
t ested No reliance ough t to be placed upon calumniators

.
,
wh o seek oppor t unities for sowing discord See ho w th e .
j ackal wh o desired t o set frien ds a t variance by means o f

,
lie s w a s put to dea t h as a calum nia t or w h ile the frien ds

.
,
w ere h appy and rej oice d .

332
XXXIV .
TH E T PVO O T TE R S A N D THE j A CK A L .
1
IN long p ast times there lived o n th e bank of a river t w o

-
o tt ers which from t ime to t ime used to enter the w ater

,
and bring fish ashore Bu t while th e o tt ers w ere on t he

.
dry l and th e fish u sed to get back into t h e wa t er

, .
Finding t here was no t hing lef t th e otters t ook counsel ,
toge ther one day and determined t h at in future one o f

,
them should go into t h e wa t er w hile the o ther remained

o n land a n d that th ey should sh are t he spoil in common
, .
S o one of t hem w ent into the wa t er while th e o t her

remained on l an d Th e on e which w en t in t o t he wa t e r
.
frigh t ened t he fish and drove th em ashore while t he one

, ,
which remained o n land killed th em ; th e fish also which

remained in t he wa t er were killed by t h e o tt er which
had gone into th e wa t er .
No w when th e heap of fish had become great o n e of ,
the ot t ers said Divide th e heap

, .
”
The o t her replied I will no t divide i t

, .
W hy not ?
I should no t like to make a mis t ake
,
.
Then t he o t her said For the m atter of tha t I too

,
“
,
m igh t m ake a mistake .
While t hey s t oo d t here absorbed in t hought t h e j ackal ,
Mu kha r a came up t o t hem and said O neph ews why ,

“
,
a r e you so a b S O 1 b e d 1 n t hough t
O uncle w e h ave caugh t some fish

,
.
Why d o not y o u divide them

O uncl e for fear of ac t i n g unrighteously
,
.
1
Ka h gyu r : fi
'
'
95 °
So Mu kha ra divided the heap into t hree parts o n e

’
containing the h eads o f the fi sh and ano ther t heir t ails

, ,
and th e third th e rest of their bodies A n d he u tt ered .
t his verse
The goer on land receive s t he tails and t he goer into ,
t he depth s th e heads ; h e who i s conversant wi t h the l a w

r eceives th e middle par t s
”
.
Moreover Mu kha r a s aid to h imself Having deluded

, ,
these two I will secure t h e boo t y

,
So h e seized t he .
”
middle part of a large fish and went o ff t o his mo ther

, .
She j oyfully addressed him in a Sloka ,
“
Mu kha r a whence dost thou come t ha t t h ou h ast
,
brought a l arge fi sh w i t hout head or tail ? whence dost

th ou come so highly blessed ?
’
Eve n as th e king s cat h e replied that knows
“ “
, ,
n ei t her right nor w rong i n th a t fools s t rive w ith on e

,
an other gains thereby so sh all we obtain food in

, ,
”
plenty .
The mother also uttered this Sloka O Mu k ha r a fine , ,
and fair exceedi n gly art t hou w h o hast been too much
for t he o tt ers They twain are content and tho u hast
.
,
secured a rich booty .

( 33 5 )
x xxv .
T HE j A GR A L S A VE S THE L I O N .
1
IN lost past times when t he B o di sa t r emained in an

,
i ncomple t e s t ate o f meri t accumul ation h e lived in a

-
,
cer t ain h i ll dis t rict as a lion king of t h e beas t s I n ,

.
th e n eighbourhood of t he hill t h ere dwel t five hundred

j ackals which followed after him and devoured wh at h e
,
left When the lion h ad kille d any anim al and h ad ea te n

.
,
of i t s good flesh and drunk of its good blood h e u sed to ,
leave i t lying o n t he ground an d go aw ay This s t a t e o f .
things las t ed a long time .
O nce w he n t h e lion king o f beas t s was hunting beas t s

, ,
a t night h e fell in to a well and all th e five hundred

, ,
j ackals w i t h on e excep t ion dispersed in divers directio n s

, , .
O nly on e o f t he j ackals paid any a tt en t ion t o t he lion ,
si tt ing by t h e edge of t h e w ell and t hinking in wha t way,
h e could draw the lio n out W hile running to and fro i n.
th e n eighbourh ood o f t h e w ell h e s a w a small lake a t n o ,
grea t di stance Having observed i t h e dug a canal on

.
,
one side and filled t h e w ell wi t h w a t er from t he lake s o

, ,
th a t the lion was able to get out A deity utt ered t his .
v erse
The mighty as well as th e r est must make th emselves

frien ds See ho w th e j ackal r escued t he lion from out of
.
a n old w ell
”
.
1
Ka h yg u r ,
- iv f . .
THE B L UE j A C KA L .
I
IN times long past there was a very greedy j ackal w hic h ,
used to roam in t he forest and even in places uninhabi t ed ,
by men A t leng t h h e made his w ay in t o t h e h ouse o f a

.
dyer an d fell i nto an indigo va t A fter h e h ad escaped

, .
h e lay do w n to sleep o n a n eighbouring dunghi ll Having .
tossed abou t thereon so th a t his body became ever so u n ,
shapely h e j umped into the water When he had come

, .
out and had been exposed to t h e rays of t h e sun he

, ,
acquired th e colour of cyani t e .
Wh en t he o t her j ackals sa w h im they dispersed an d ,
stood afar o ff and asked Who are you ? w here do y o u

, ,
“
come from ?
He replie d My name is Sa t a g a and I h ave bee n a p
,
“
,
pointed king of the fourfooted beasts by S akra th e king ,
of t h e gods .
”
Th e jackals considered that as his body w a s of a colour ,
never before seen t his must be t rue and t hey m ade all , ,
the fourfooted beas t s acquain t ed wi t h t h e fac t The lions .
thought If some on e is exal t ed abo ve us and m ade t he

,
king of the beasts w e must go an d carry t h is n ews to the

,
chief of o u r band So they t old th e news t o t he maned

.
chief of t heir band w ho d w el t in a cer t ain hill dis t rict He

, .
ordered t he o t her beas t s t o go for t h and find out whe t her

any animal h ad seen this chieftain of t he fourfoo t ed So .
t hey be t ook t hemselves to where th e jackal w as and made ,
1 Ka hgy - u r, iv f 5 5 C f P
2 an p éa ,
a de iii b
7 ; A W e e r , In dische
i iii
. . . . . .
’
c ha a n
t t ra , 10, d B f y
an en e s te S t u di c n, , 3 49, 3 6 6 — S
k th pp 4 5 ; Hit
. . . .
m ar s e r e o n, . 22 — o
3 38
h is voice t he eleph an t perceived t ha t it was a j a ck a l that

,
was riding on his back so he flung hi m o ff and trampled

,
him under foo t A dei ty ut t ered t his verse

.
He w ho keeps a t a distance t hose who shoul d be n ear ,
and brings near those who should be a t a distance w ill ,
be cast do w n as the jackal w as by the elephant

, .
”
‘
3 39
X X XVI I .
T HE j A CK A L HA N G E D B Y T HE 020
IN long past t imes t here lived i n a cer t ain h ill town

-
,
-
a hou seholder w ho poss essed an ox marked wi t h signs

, .
Sr a m a n a s Brahmans kins men t he poor t h e helpless th e

, , , , ,
ne edy an d t he sick provided i t wi t h s us t en ance and i t

, ,
co uld w ander abou t at i t s pleasure O n e day a s it w as .

,
roami n g ab out i t go t in t o a cer t ain swamp Towards sun

, .
s et came t he householder wh o h ad heard of t his and w as , ,
looking for i t A s he could n ot ge t i t ou t a t t he mo men t

.
,
h e de t ermined t o do so nex t morning Bu t t he ox said .

,
Fling me a noo se and t h en go away If a j ack al comes

,
.
,
I will pick up the noose wi t h my h orn s and t hrow i t over

him The h ous eholder flung a noose i n front of t h e ox
.
and wen t away .
I n t he course of th e nigh t u p c am e a j ackal and said , ,
Who is it t h at is tearing up t hes e lotus roo t s and whi t e

lo t uses
Th e ox replied I t is I He re I am stuck fast in t he
, .
,
s w amp
”
.
The j ackal tho ugh t i t had fo un d a feas t and prepared ,
t o do t he o x an inj ury Th e ox said Get away fro m .

,
“
”
here harm and disgrace migh t come upon you But a s .
t here was no driving away t h e j ackal and h e was s t il l ,
ben t upon inj uring as before t he ox u tt ered t his vers e ,
No lotus roots do I te ar u p nor w hi t e lo t uses either , .
If t ho u w i she st for food mount upon my back t here w il t ,
tho u fin d food .
1
Ka li -gym , i v . f . 2 93 .
TA LE S FR O M TI B E TA N SO UR CE S .
Full of glu tt ony t he j ackal go t o n t he back of t he ox

, .
Bu t the ox flung the noose wi t h i t s horn caugh t t he j ackal ,
round the neck and let him h ang i n t h e air The o x

, .
u t tered t his verse

A r t thou J akara t he dancing m aster or ar t t hou one
-
,
who is learning t o da n ce In th e fore st are no fees p aid ;

a r t s are t augh t in ci t ies
”
.
The jackal also u tt ered a v e r se i n reply

No t t h e danc i ng mas t er J akara a m I nor one w ho is
-
,
learning to dan ce A s S akara h as provided a ladder I

.
,
be t ake myself t o Brahma s world ’

.
”
The o x rej oined likewis e in vers e

Sakara has not provided a l adder ; s t ill less i s t here
any ques t ion abou t going t o Brahma s world A s t hou has t
’
.
been laid in t h e fet t ers of con t rivan ce t hou wil t never see
,
th y s elf saved.
XXXIX .
TH E G U IL T Y D O G S l
.
IN l ong - p ast t imes King

cam e to th e thron e
,
B r a hm a da t t a
in Varan asi at a p eriod wh en th e l and w as bles se d wi t h
,
riches profusion prosp erity and crops an d had a large

, , , ,
population No w there were t wo dogs Gan da and U p a

.
,
n
an da by n a m e w hich u sed t o gnaw th e king s horse gear
,
’
-
.
O nce wh en Ki n g B r a hm a da t t a was goi n g t o t ake t h e field

again st the Li ééha v i s h e ordered his minis t ers t o inspect
,
th e horse gear Wh en th ey h ad done this and found t ha t

-
.
,
it w as all tor n and t attered th ey said to th e king 0 , ,

“
ki n g th e dogs h ave gn awe d t he horse gear to pieces

,
-
.
”
The king said Hono ure d sirs if thi s is t h e case I give

, , ,
up t he dogs altogether .
”
Thereupon some of t h em were kill ed and oth ers ran

away A dog which came from ano t h er country seei n g
.
, ,
t hem run ning o ff ask ed th em wh a t had fri ghtened them so

,
much Th ey gave a full account o f all th at h ad o ccurred

. .
I t said Why d o n o t you implore th e king ?

,
”
They replied We wh o ar e running a w ay h ave no

,
power of imploring the king and t he others have been ,

”
ren dered mute .
It said Wait awhil e I will implore t h e king in your

,
”
beh alf .
Encouraged by him they turned back ; and after they

h ad m ade a halt they expre ssed t heir prayer in a verse ,
uttered at a distance from which th ey could b e heard ,
saying
1 Kah - gyur ,
iv f
. . 212 .
T H E G UI L TY D O GS .
These two d ogs Gan da and U p a g a nda full o f force

, ,
and health li ving in th e king s stronghold ought t o be pu t

,
’
to death We are not deserving of death 0 ki ng i t is not

. .
, ,
right to let th e innocen t be put to death .
Having he ard this t h e king said next d ay to h is minis

,
ters,
Honoured sirs fi nd out t hose wh o implored me
“
,
”
yesterday in verse .
Th e minist ers gave orders to th e body guards s ayi n g -

, ,
Find ou t thos e who implored t h e king yes t erday in

v erse .
Th e guards s aid I t was t he dogs of t h e land that

,
“
did so .
Th e king said Honoured sirs find ou t whe t h er t he

, ,
horse gear was devoured by Gan da and Up ag an da or by

-
,
”
othe r dogs .
The minis t ers assembled an d began to take counsel ,
toge t her s aying Honoured sirs t h e king has ordered u s

, , ,
to find out about t he dogs Ho w sh all we m anage i t ? .

”
Then some of t hem s aid There is only one w ay of ,

“
finding out Wha t need is t here to seek ou t others ?

.
Th e dogs must b e give n a h air pelle t and made t o vomi t -

.
When t h e pelle t of h air h ad been given to th e dogs ,
and they h ad been m ade to vomi t G an da and U p a g a nda ,
brought u p fragm ents of lea t her Whe n the king had .
been informed of this h e delivered those dogs over to ,
dea t h But h e rendered t he o t hers free from fear

. .
THE H YP O C R I TI C A L C A T .
1
IN long past times t here w as a chieftain of a company of

-
m ice w ho h ad a retinue of five h undred mice A n d there .
was also a cat n amed A guij a I n his you t h he had been .
wont to kill all th e mice in th e neighbourhood o f his

d w elling place But af t erwards wh en he h ad grown old
-
.
, ,
and n o longer had t h e po w er of ca t ching mice he t hought ,
In former t imes w hen I was young I w as able t o cat ch

, ,
mice by force Bu t now tha t I can do so no more I mus t

.
,
use some trick in order t o make a meal o ff them So he .
began to wa t ch t he mice by stealth By means of such .
w atching h e found out t hat there w ere five hundred mice

i n th e troop .
A t a spot not far distant from t h e mouse hole h e took -

,
to performing ficti t ious acts of penance an d the mice as , ,
th ey ran t o and fro s a w him s t an ding t h ere w ith pious

,
mien So t hey cried o u t to him fro m a dis t ance U ncle

.
, ,
w h at are you doing

The cat replied A s in my youth I h ave perpe t rated
,
“
many vicious ac t ions I am n o w doing pen ance in order t o

,
”
m ake up for th em .
The mice fancied t h at he h ad given up his sinful life ,
an d there grew up within t hem con fidence nourished by

faith.
No w as they returned in t o th eir hole every day after

making their rounds t he cat always se ized on and devoured
,
t h e mouse w hich came last Seei n g tha t th e t roop w as .
constantly d w indling th e chief t h ough t : There m u s t be

‘
1 Ka h -
gy u r, 1v . ff . 2 4 7 , 24 8 .
( 3 46 )
TH E G A Z E L L E A N D TH E H UN TE R .
1
IN long past times w hen th e Bo di sa t w as in a state o f

-
,
indefinite meri t aggregation h e w as th e prince of a band

-
,
of five hundred gazelles No w a h unter h ad prepared a .
great many traps ne t s and springs for the purpos e o f

, , ,
ca t ching gazelles A s the gazelle prin ce carelessly enjoyed

.
life w andering abou t t he fores t with a troop of five hu ndred

,
gazelles h e w as caught in a net one day while h eading

,
the t roop of gazelles When t he o ther gazelles s aw him

.
caugh t in t he n e t t hey all fled away except one do c w hich

, ,
remained beside t h e prin ce A l t hough the gazelle prince .
struggled h ard h e w as not able t o t ear t h e n et Wh en

, .
the doe s aw t h at as she ran t o and fro she said A S t he

, , ,
h unter h as prepared this n e t exer t thyself O bles sed one , , ,

”
exer t thyself O h ead of the gazelles
, .
He replied A l t hough I press my hoofs firmly agains t

,
“
t he ground yet as t he n e t which binds me is strong and

, ,
my feet are sorely wounded I canno t t ear the n et What , .
t hen is to be done ? ”
Presently came the hun t er t owards th at S po t dressed ,
in brow n clo thes and bearing a b o w an d arrows Th e doe .
saw th e hun t er draw nigh i n order to kill t h e gazelle

prince Having see n him she hurriedly exclaimed in
.
,
verse
A s this is the hunter who prep ared t his net e xert ,
t hyself 0 highly blessed gazelle prince exert thyself

,
”
, .
He replied also in verse

,
A ltho u gh I set my hoofs h ard against the ground ye t ,
1
Ka h gy
-
u r, iv ff . . 2 44
*—
24 5
’
T HE G A Z EL LE A N D TH E H UN T E R .
as the net wh ich bind s m e is s t rong and my feet ,

are
‘
sorely w ounded I am n o t abl e to tear t he net Wh at
,
.
,
”
then is to b e done ?
,
Then th e doe approach ed th e hunter w i th cou r ageou s

h eart and coming up t o him u t tered t his Sloka
,
O hu n t er dra w th y sw ord and firs t kill me and th en

, ,
k ill t h e gazell e prince .
Whe n t he h u n t er aske d h er wi t h astonishmen t wh at

she had to do with th e gazell e prince sh e replied He , ,
“
i s my husband The hun ter replied in a verse

.
“
I will kil l nei th er t hee nor t he gazelle prin ce Thou .
shal t k eep company wi t h t hy beloved spous e .

”
She an swered likewise in a verse ,
A s I O hu nter take pleasure in my dear spouse so

, , ,
mays t t h ou O hun ter e n joy t hyself wi t h all t hat belongs

, ,
t o t hee .
The hunter whos e astonish ment becam e still gre ater

, ,
went away together wi t h t h e gazelles w h om h e lef t a t

,
l ibert y .
X LI I .
T HE M O N KE YS S A VE D FR O M D E A THZ1
IN long past t imes th ere lived in a h i ll place a t roop o f

- -
five hundred monkeys w hich w h en t h e cor n was ripe , , ,
devoured t he crop s The me n w ho lived in that place .
assembled and began to take counsel t ogether s aying ,
Hono u red S irs what sh all we do seeing t h a t t he

“
, ,
”
monkeys endanger th e corn ?
Some of t he m held tha t t he monkeys mus t be killed .
B u t how w ere they t o set abou t doing th at ? A ll t he t rees

which s t ood around th e place must b e cu t do w n one ,
T i n du k a tree only being all owed t o stand A n d a hedge

2
.
o f th orn s m us t be drawn around and t he monkeys must ,
be killed inside th e enclosure whe n t hey climbed t he tre e ,
i n search of food A ccordingly all t he t rees growing

.
around tha t place w ere cut down only one Ti n du k a ,
t ree being allowe d to stand ; and t hat t ree w as sur

rounded by a h edge of t horn s and a wa t ch man w as se t ,
there w i t h orders to give no t ice as soo n as t h e monkeys

,
assembled .
No w one day w hen t he Ti n du k a tree had pu t for t h

flowers a n d fruits and these h ad grown ripe t he monkeys
, ,
said t o t heir chief

O chief as the Ti n du k a t ree is ripe let us go t o i t and
, ,
ea t .
Thereupon the chief wi t h a troop o f five hundred ,
monkeys ; climbed th e Ti n du k a t ree and they began t o ,
devour t he fruit The watchman brough t word to th e

.
1
K a h- gy ff 5
u r , 11 1 1 — 1 16 T s hi 1 8 5 3, p un de r t he il
t t e of
y giv i S p y J at k
. . . .
st o r is en n e n ce Ha r d s’ “
T he T in du k a a S
a .
— .
“
Ma n u a l f B ddhi m
o u s
”
L
( o n do n , D i py
os ro s e m b r y o p t e r is .
— S .
X LII I .
IN GR E D UL I T Y P UN I S HE D ‘ .
IN long-past t imes in a S pot w ell provided w ith flo w ers

,
and fruits in the neighbourhood of a hill town t here

,
-
,
lived t wo chiefs of monkey troops each of which was ,
compos ed of five hundred monkeys O n e of t he t w o .
chiefs dreamed on e nigh t th at he w as place d alive in a

caldron together with a re t inue o f five hundred monkeys
,
.
A t thi s he w as greatly alarmed and he gave w ay to ,
lamen t ation B efore th e break of day h e arose and called

.
the monkeys together an d bega n t o relate to th em his

,
dreams .
Honoured sirs las t night I dreamed an evil dream i n

, ,
consequence w hereof we will leave this place .

”
Th e monkeys s aid L e t us do so and set for th

, .
A s B o di s a t s have dreams which are full of si g n i fi

cance th e august being s aid to t he chief of t he other band
,
of monkeys A s I h ave dreamed s uch a dream i t is t o be

, ,
hoped th a t yo u w ill move some w here else .

”
The o t her chief ans w ered incred u lo u sly “ Do dream s ,
then turn ou t true ? If you w an t t o go i n that case ,
go But as I posses s a widely ex t ended domain I shal l

. ,
”
not go .
Wh e n the first monkey chief sa w th at the other did -
not believe in h im he himself t ogethe r w i th his band

, , ,
w ent away .
O n e day after this as a s ervant-maid w as roas t ing barley

,
o n t he ea r th in one of th e houses o f the hill town a -

,
1
Ka h-gy u r , i v . 246 .
’
IN C R E D UL IT Y P UN IS HEI) .
w and ering sheep came by bad luck t h a t way and bega n ,
to eat th e grain The maid s t ruck t he sheep w i t h a fi r e

.
bra n d a n d t he s heep ran blazing in t o t h e k i ng s eleph ant

’
s tabl e
. Fro m its fl ames the eleph ant s t able caught fire ,
and many elephants w ere scorched The king sent for .
the doctor and ask ed ho w t he elephan t s w hich had been

,
scorche d by th e fire ough t t o be t reated Th e doctor .
pres cribed monkeys cooked in barley meal A cco r dingly -

.
orders w e r e gi v e n to the h un t ers who caught all the

,
monkeys residing in the n eighbour hood These monkeys .

,
whose fles h had increased i n th e co u r se of time th e ,
do ctor thre w into the caldron alive .
A dei t y ut t ered th i s verse It is not go o d to dwell i n

a to w n or a v i llage i n w hich di s cord e xists On accoun t .
of discord b et w ee n t he sheep and the servant maid the -

,
”
monkeys perish ed .
X L IV .
TH E WI S E A ND T HE F O O L IS H M O N KE Y
C H IE FS .
1
IN long past times there lived in a certain country t wo

-
monkey chiefs each ruling over a band of five hundred

,
monkeys A s one of t hem w andered abou t wi t h his band

.
h e gradually came to a h ill village A kimp aka tree - .
grew t here the branches of which were bowed down to

,
t he ground by t h e fruit so t h e monkeys said t o the chief

,
of t h eir band : O chief as t he t ree is very rich in frui t

, ,
and t h e frui t weigh s its branches d own t o t he grou nd le t ,
us after o ur fa t igue s enjoy t he fruit .

”
A f t er looking a t th e t ree t he chief of t he band said in

,
a verse : A l t hough t h e t ree s t ands near the vill age ye t

“
,
have t he children no t par t aken of t h e frui t From t ha t .
i t may be concluded t ha t the fru i t o f this t ree is not con

du c i v e t o enjoymen t .
A f t er he h ad t hus spoken they wen t away , .
Following after him t h e leader of t he other band also

,
gradual ly drew near t o th at village A n d when the .
monkeys saw t he kimp aka t ree th ey said t o t h e leader of ,
t he i r band O leader as t here is frui t o n t his t ree and

, ,
w e are fa t igued we would like to enj oy t he fruit and gain

,
s t reng th
.
”
He replied Good do so
, .
The monkeys par t ook of t he fruit and unfo r tunately ,
suffered agonies in conse quence .
1
Ka h gy
-
u r, iv f . . 24 7 .
X LVI .
THE P E A C O C K A S B R ID E G R O O IV .
l
IN long past t imes li v ed t h e fl a m i n g o king Rasht r a p ala

- -
, .
The birds which d w elt i n t he differen t coun t ries having ,
heard that his daugh t er was going to choose herself a

husband assembled t hemselves t oge t her eac h hoping t h a t
, ,
he would be her spouse .
When she h ad looked a t the peacock sh e said He , ,

“
sh all be my husband .
There upon t he o t her birds tol d hi m tha t she had chosen

him as her spouse He expanded his tail and began t o
.
dance .
B asht r a p al a saw him and asked Why does h e

, ,
d a n ce ?
Th e o t hers rep l ied “
It is because he is to be your
,
’ ”
daughter s hu sband .
He said To him I w ill not gi v e my d aughter for h e

, ,
is shameles s and bold .
When t he p eacock heard of this h e w en t t o B asht r a ,
Wherefore dos t t ho u ref u se t o

’
p ala and asked i n a s loka

,
give me thy daugh t er although I h ave a lovely voice a

, ,
beau t iful colo u r wings se t w i t h eyes and a neck like un t o

, ,
lapis lazuli ?
Rasht r a p al a replied A lthough thou hast a lovely
,
voice a beau t iful colour wings se t w i t h eyes and a ne ck

, , ,
l i ke un t o lapis laz u li ye t I will not give her to thee for

, ,
t hou ar t affl ic t e d wi t h impudence .

”
1 Ka h gy
- u r, iii f
. .
90 .
( 35 5 )
X LVI I .
THE C R O W WI TH T HE G OL D E N
IT happened long ago t hat a cro w ut t ered agre eable

,
sounds in t h e presence o f a w oman w hose husband had ,
undertaken a long journey .
Th e woman said Ho there 0 cro w ! if my hus band

,
“
,
returns home safe and sound I w ill give you a golde n ,

”
cap .
A f t er a time h er husband re t urned home safe and

sound whe n t he crow appeared before her wi t h an eye
,
t o the golden cap and uttered a gree able sounds She

,
.
gave it a golde n cap .
Th e crow put i t on and fled hi t her and thi t her

, .
Bu t on account o f th e golden cap a falcon to re o ff the

cro w s head
’
.
A dei t y u tt ere d t his verse : A possession whic h has

“
,
no necessary cause will be t aken away The gold o n t he

, .
cro w s head w as looked af t er by a robber

’
.
1
Ka h- gy u r, iv f. . 22 1 .
X LVII I .
THE R E VE N G E F UL C R O W
’
.
1
IN lo n g p ast times th e men of Raj agrih a and th eir king

-
determine d on account of some occurrence or o t her to

, ,
e stablish tw o cem eteries and t o bury men in one of them

,
and women in th e other I t h appene d once th at a her .
m a p hr o di t e died and could find room nei t her in t he on e

cemetery nor in the o th er In a cer t ain locality in Raja .
griha there was a park full o f roots frui t s splendid , ,
flowers and various singi n g birds There a Rishi d w el t

,
-
.
with sh ave n he ad who fed upon roots fruits and water

, , , ,
and w as clothed in a hide and the bark of t rees A .
ricinus shrub grew there in a three cornered fi eld and -

,
t here t h e body of t h e h ermaphrodite w a s lef t P erceiving .
t he smell o f the bo dy a j ackal came and began to devour

,
i t s flesh No w a cro w h ad buil t her n est on the t op o f

.
t h e ricinus t ree and w as nestling i n i t It o ccurred t o

, .
her to flat t er the j ackal in order that h e might give her

,
t he remains of the feast so sh e began t o sing hi s praises

,
i n a verse : A s I testify my reverence for thee who ar t ,
provided with t he neck of a lion and t he back of a bull ,
s o deign to be gracious t o me for the benefit of t he

”
asker .
The jackal looked up and said likewise i n verse : 0 ,

“
most excellen t of birds wanderer t hrough th e air lighter

, ,
u
p o f all pl aces no w like un
,
t o a ge m d w elling upon the
su mmit of a S plen did tree .
The crow continued A s I h ave descended in order to

,
1 Ka h - gy ur, iv f
. . 23 1 .
X LIX .
THE UN I TE D P HE A S A N TS .
1
IN lo n g past time there lived on the se a coas t two phea

- -
s ants n amed D ha r m i ka and A dha r m ik a whose bodies

, ,
were united in their grow t h O nce whil e A dha r m i k a .
wa s asleep D ha r mi k a kept awake and s aw an amri t a

, ,
fruit driven ashore by t h e wa t ers He took i t ou t and .
consid ered wh e t her h e should wake t he o t h er or eat t he

fruit by himself Reflec t ing tha t if h e a t e i t t h e b o dv
.
,
they shared in common w ould be nourished t hereby h e ,
did not w ake t h e other .
When the oth er awoke of his own accord and perceived ,
t h at Dhar m ik a s breath smel t of amrita frui t h e sa i d W ha t

’
, ,
“
is it your breath smells o f ?

A mri t a frui t replied D ha r m i k a
“
.
,
Where did you ge t i t ? asked A dha r mi k a ”

.
D ha r m i k a replied I found an amri t a frui t while y o u

,
“
were asleep and I ate i t wi t hou t waki n g you because I

, ,
considered t hat our common body w ould be n ourished

t hereby .
”
A dha r m ik a s aid A s you have not acted righ t ly t he 1 e i n

“
, ,
I a l so will bide my t ime .

”
O n anoth er occasion when D ha r m i k a ha d gone t o sleep

,
and A dha r m ik a was awake t he la tt er perceived a poisonou s ,
fruit which the w aves had brough t ashore He ate it and .

,
both of th e birds became i nsensible A ffected by t he .
poisonous frui t A dha r m i k a sai d Wh erever I may be

, ,
“
3 6o .
— S
TH E UNI TE D P HE A S A N TS .
3 59
b Or nagain there may I be t hy antagonist O enemy an d

, ,
slayer
D ha r m ik a s aid Wh erever I m ay be born again may , ,
I S how y o u kindness
1
T hi
v i t f th f
s is a ar an o e ou r of t h em ( t he J i v at m a n ) e n j y th
o s e
teen t h t y f t h fif t h b
s or k f th o e oo o e sw e e t f ifig
r u t o f t he (o r f it f
ru o
P h t t
anc i hi h fi g
a a n ra bi d n w c ure s a r t ) th
ac s th l k e it
o er oo s on as a. w
h vi g b dy lli g
, ,
na m dBh e d a ran a, a n one o n e ss D th w em t n on e sa e re e
b k Th fi t b k d v ( it h t h p m l th d l
.
b tt
u w o ea s e rs ea e ou rs w e su re e so u ), e e u
mb i lik f i t hi h i t d d ( i divi d l ) l imm d (i

.
an a ros a - e ru w c te e n ua so u e r se n
f h it h it m p i ldl y l t i ) i g i v d by t h
, ,
u se s t o s are w s co an on w or re a ons s r e e e
gg i v d b k t f pi t f p h it p
.
,
Th e a r e e ea ou o s e, w an t o; b t ow er u w en er
pi f it d t h bi d R l p t (f m
,
ea t s a o so n o u s ru an e r ce i vesth e u er, se ara e ro
di es W i t h t hi m y b mp d s a e co are w or l dly l t i ) d hi gl y re a on s an s or
t h f ll i g p g q t df m th gif Wh
.
,
e o o w n a ss a e, uo e ro en it s thr e c e a se s en e
M d k U p i h d by P f b h ld g ld l d
.
th e un a a an s a ro e o th
er se e s e o en -c o o ur e
M i W illi m I di m k l d) t h l d t h
.
on er \Vi d m a s ( n an s o a ( f th
er o e w or e or e
p b i d ( t h P ma t l th f B hm a t h
, , ,
“
T w o r s e ara so u e so u r c e o ra en
p m d h vi g b m i h ki g ff
.
, , ,
m an an d J i at m v an or su re e an a n e co e w se , s a n o
i divi d l l ) l y i t d f it d vi ith t t i t f
,
n ua so u s a w a s un e o v r ue an ce, w ou a n o
py t h m y ki d h bt i t h high t
, ,
th e m sam e n a e, o c cu e sa e an n e o a ns e es
tree ( bi d i t ha m b dy )
e nO e sa e o . ne id tity
en .
THR E E TA L E S AB O UT A R TI S TS .
1
1 . THE I VO RY C A RVER A ND THE PA INTER .

2
THERE lived an i v ory carver i n Ma dhy a de éa who af ter he ,
had carve d a fe w grains o f rice made of ivory travelled ,
wi t h the m to the Y a v a n a land and there t ook up his abode ,
in the ho use of a painter In t h e absence o f the husband .

,
h e s aid t o th e wife Wife of my friend cook t his rice and

,
“
,
serve i t u p to m e .
The woman began to cook th e rice but he r store of ,
wood came to an end and yet th e rice remained uncooked , .
When the pain t er came home he asked Goo d wife w ha t , , ,
is th e meaning of tha t 7
She told him t he whole story The m a n looked at th e .
r ice perceived th at t he separate grains were carved o u t o f

,
ivory an d said t o his wife while setting her right

, ,
G ood wife t h e wa t er is salt ,

He mus t bring us fresh .
water ; the rice will t hen get cooked .
1
In S B l ea
’
s
“
Ro m a n t d i Lg
i t h i d t ll t l m f ll
c e en sm n or er o co ec a s, a s
ky h pp l v i t h t h m i t h d gh t
.
” — 6 it i s
o f Sa a B u dd a
. i
93 9 , n o e w e s
’
s au e r,
l b t l th t h f t h ill giv
.
,
r e a t e d ho w t he s o n o f a m a n o f u ea rn s a er a er w e
q li y
ua t i t th t m
i n V a r a n a s , i n o r de r t o
h ly h q l er o a an on w o ca n e ua
b i
o t a n t he h an d of abl k i h a c sm t p hi m i t Th B h
’
s or su r a ss n ar e ra
gh ppli hi lf ki g m y t h ppli d hi m lf t t h
.
da u te r , a ed m se t o m a n an ou a e se o e
l hp g
fi n e n e e d e s, a n d m a de su c t f m ki g
r o r e ss dl d th ar o a n n ee e s, an en
h i l g m t t h m it h h
i n t he a r t t a t he n c u de d, a m o n d ca e o e s
’
s o u se , an
l hi h
t he n e e d e s w c h O ff d hi m
he s o w e d t o t he dl f l Al l ere n ee es or sa e
ih hi h l fl v dl hi h h p d d
.
sm t , o n e w c c o u d o a t o n t he
th e se en n ee es w c e ro u ce
f
su r a c e o f w a t e r hi l T s t a e o c cu r st t f hi kill f h as a es o s s a re o su c a
h iff h p th t t h y fl t p
.
i n a so m e w a t d e r e n t s a e i n t t na u re a e oa u on w a e r,
v th l g t m g t h m t
t he Ma k a n dik a v a da n a i n t he D i v e en e ar es a on e no
p
y a v a da n a , b i g x pt d — S
2 3 9 o f t he S t P e t e r s e n e ce e
b g h K h gy f 83
. . .
ur M S A B r a m a n s so n i n a
’
.
2
a - u r , 11 2 .
hill pl i g h
. . .
- a ce, e n te r n t he o u se o f a
t hat th e artificial had collapsed and t urned into a

m aiden
heap o f chips Th ereupon h e fancied th a t t h e pain t e r
.
ha d h a n ged himsel f ou t of vex a t ion a t h avi n g been m ade

a fool of .
Now i t was t h e c u s t om in t he Y a v a n a l and t ha t when ,
ever any one died sudd enly in a n y house t h e funeral ,
could n ot take place u n t il informa t ion t hereof had been

given t o t he ki n g So t he mech anician wen t t o t he ki n g
.
and t old him t hat a pain t er from Ma dhy a de Sa ha d pu t u p

at his hous e and t ha t he h ad sen t a n ar t ificial mai den t o
,
wai t upon him and t h a t t h e pain t er h ad seized he r by

,
t h e h and and t ried to d ra w her t owards him whereupon ,
sh e had t urn ed in t o a heap of chips ; and t ha t t h e pain ter ,
out of vexa t ion a t being made a fool of ha d h anged ,
himself A n d h e besought t he king to h a ve t he corps e

.
inspecte d in order tha t he might be abl e t o bur y it

,
.
The kin g ordered his official s t o under t ak e t he i n sp e c

tion Wh e n t h e o ffi c ials reached t h e spot and began to
.
,
c onsider how t h ey should get t h e hanged m an down ,
som e of t he m recommended th at t he rope should be cu t ,
and accordingly an axe w a s fe t ched Bu t wh en t h ey .
w ere about t o cu t t he rope t h ey perceived th a t wh a t was ,
be fore t hem was only a door and t h a t th e mechanician ,
ha d be e n made a fool o f Then t he painter came for t h

.
from his hi ding place and said O in mate of t his house

-
, ,
yo u ma de a fool o f m e i n priva t e But I h ave made a .
fool of you i n th e midst of the royal re tinue .
1
3 . T HE C O MPETITION B ETW EEN T HE TW O ARTIS TS .
I n olden t imes a dispu t e arose be t ween two painters in

a hill place each of t he t wo affirming t ha t h e was superior
-
,
i n ar t t o t h e o t her Th ey wen t before th e king an d fell

.
,
a t hi s fe e t Then each of t hem explained ho w he was

.
a be tt er a r t ist t han t h e o t her A s th e king could no t .
s ettle th eir dispu t e he poin t ed to t he entrance h all and

, ,
1
Kat h gy
- u r, ii f . . 28 3 .
T HR EE TA L ES A BO UT A R TIS TS .
Ordered e ach of th e m to paint one o f i t s w alls Wh en .
t h eir work w a s finish ed h e w o uld be i n a posi tion t o

,
de cide w h ich o f the m w as th e be tt er artis t .
They set to work divided f r om on e ano t her by a cur

,
tain O n e o f t he m p ainted a pic t u re and c omple t ed it in

.
,
s i x mon t h s Bu t t he oth er i n six mo n t h s covered t he

.
surface of his wall wi t h mosaic work Having finished .
hi s picture th e first ar t is t c ame before t h e king and s aid

, ,
0 king my pic t ure is finish ed may i t please you t o set

, ,
eyes u pon i t .
”
When t h e king at t ended by his ministers h ad p assed

, ,
t hrough th e doorw ay and gazed u pon t h e pic t ure h e was ,
well pleased and s aid The p ain t ing is ex cellen t

,
”
The n .
th e o t h er ar tis t fell at his feet and said Now vou ch safe ,
t o look a t my pic t ure Whe n h e ha d drawn t he curtain

.
aside and t h e king saw s evera l figures s t anding well ou t

, ,
h e marvelled grea t ly and sai d O f t he tw o painti n gs this

,
is th e most ex cellent Th en th e ar t is t dre w th e curtain

.
”
once more in fron t o f his work a n d fell a t t he king s fee t,

’
and said O king t his is n o pain t i n g I h ave decora t ed

, , .
th e wal l i n mos aic .
Th ereu pon th e ki n g s astonishmen t waxed s till greater

’
and h e said This is t h e on e w ho is th e best ar t is t

, .
”
3 66 IND E X .
h i g
D a n a , K n , 4 4, 5 1 , 6 0 J A K A L d li
C t y f th 335
an on s or o e,
h j J kl l m i t t y f th
,
D a r m a -r a a , 6 6 ac a as ca u n a or, s o r o e,
i v li g
D se as e -r e e a n g e m , 1 0 0 3 5 2
i ig i v
D o g , n t r u e d sc o e r e d by 4 7 ; 1 J k l h g d by
ac a t y f th
an e o x, s o r o e,
gh t t p k 7 5
,
t au o s ea 1 3 39
D m ti p f m J k l i l ph t f t p i t
,
6
'
ra a c 4 er or a n ce 2 0- ac a n e e an s oo r n s,
j y di t y f th
,
D rea m m w o 63 an e n o e n a, 1 s or
34 o e, 1
D p y p ifi d J m b R iv 9
,
ro s e r so n e 10 1 a u e r, 1 1
J k ki g f Vid ha 1 8
,
D sa ngl th 9
un, e 2 an a a, n o e 2
D mb ippl t y f t h 4 7 5 t h Nag
, ,
u cr e s or o e, 2 -
2 Jan m hi t ac 46 5 ra , e a - 0
a g J l t mg
, ,
D e w e -s r e w
'
ii r v 3 r a ss , 0 1 2
Ji k P i bi t h 9 1 ; b m
,
va a, r n ce , r e co es
L h ll 3 7 phy i i 9 3 ; hi i t llig
,
E A R -S P IT TING s e 2 2 a s c an , s n e e n ce ,
E ig m
, ,
38 1 9 5 8 ; his
-
c u r e s, 1 0 0 —
n a s,
9
Egg t hi t y t
s, pi b f m
r - w o r n ce s o rn ro
5
12 KA H G Y UR , t he ,
- xxv - xx x u
E uro p f l k t l xxxvi lxv
ea n o -
a e s, -
h f
Ka k s a o r e s t , 1 5 5
Ka p i t t ha t r e e 6 8
b ty d ib d 5 5 Kh di gi p
,
F M
E ALE eau e sc r e a ra w o o d, ma c o w e r o f, 48
Fiv l v y f t h 99 l t i l y m ph
, ,
e o e r s, st o r o e, 2 Ki n n a r i s a s c e e s a n s, 54
Fiv l pl b i g 66
e s ee e ss e n s, Ko dr a v a r a n , 1 0 6 g i
Fligh t f t h b o y f th e e as t s , s t o r o e, Ko t , 7 i
962 i
Kr sa G a u t a m i a d e n v t ur es o f, 2 16
F lk t l p xxxvi lxv
,
o E
- a es u ro ean — 2 26
F l fi ll d p ph y t y f t h
,
P i bli by
,
u e ro 73 ec s or o e 2 Kshe m a n k a r a , '
r n ce , n de d
b th d by v
, ,
ro e r; 2 82 cu re a ss e e ra
G N H MA N m
A D A t i 88
DA A oun a n 2 ti o n s, 2 84
G z ll d h t t y f t h i gl i
,
a e e an un er, s or o e, Ku sa , P r n ce , hi s u n e ss , 2 2-3 ;
3 47 his ad e n v t u r e s, 2 4- 8
G z ll H b y m d 5 3
a e e- o rn o na e 2
t h Nag aj
, ,
G i ik r a
36e ar a, 2 L réés a v rs, o f Va i éa li , 76 — 80 , 8 2 ,
G dd f vi gi
,
o e ss o 93 r n s, 1 213
G d t h di h b i g g l d
o s, e s - ear n ar an Lif f g d d ti f
e o o s, ura on o 20
i g d v l vtd
, ,
w e ar n an e e r -e e a e 12
i t y f t h t hi t y t h MA I
, ,
3 th
1 e c o e r - ree DR f 6 9so r r o w s o 2 2—
ith A M gi 88 m gi l t
, ,
4 1 6 ; - 1 w ar 7; w s u r as, 1 a c, 2 9 3 a c u e 22 - 0
ti f lif M gi i p pil t y f t h 88
,
’
d u ra o n o e, 20 a c an s u s or o e 2
G pa l f S k l h i i t ig
, ,
o a, so n 75 78 9 o a a a, — M hak
a ar n a, 44 7 s n r ue 1 -
M h k i éy p hi bi t h 9
, , ,
8 892, a a a a, s r 1 0 co n
G t f l im l t y f t h 3 9 ; pi
,
ra e u an a s, s o r o e, 0 ti 97
n e n ce l if 1 3 4
- 20 1 ou s e , 20 -
G ilt y d g t y f t h 3 4
,
u o s, s o r o e, 2 M ha p
a h ur us a, 1
M h a aj
a th f r 87a s, e our, 1
HA S T INQ PU R A , 44 Mh a dh bi h f 3 3 hi
a u s ha a, rt o 1 s
Ho dgs o n Br i a n H xxiii xxv i d m 3 3 54 5 9 6 8 74 6

,
- w s o - 1 1 1 -
i g 55 6
, ,
Hu m a n fl e s h e a t i n g 8 4
, .
, , , ,
8 1 84—6 ; h m
0, 1 is a rr a e, 1 — 2
Hu s b a n d f r e e ly c h o se n by p r i n c e ss
,
Mh ga
45
o ra as, 2
i g tit d f 3 9
,
283 M an, n ra u e o 0
Hyp o c r i t i c a l y Ki g hi bi t h ; hi
,
c a t, s t o r o f t he , 3 44 Ma dhat n a r, n s r s
W i hi g p
,
—
4 6 ; hi
—
s n o w ers s co n
k q t 7 4 liv i t h g d 6
,
IC HNEUMO N, m o u se , a n d s n a e s , u e s s, -
1 es w o s, 1
s to r y
o f t he ,
30 8 q
co n A 7 ill
u ers d s u r a s, 1 n e ss an
li y p i h
In c r e du t y
u n s e d, s t o r o f, 3 5 0 d th 8-
ea 1 20
M h a t h Ki pt d by
,
i by
In dr a , Ku sa a de d 2 3, 28 an o ar i e n nar ca u re
h t 54 ; t t h v
,
igh ki
, ,
In s t , t he fi v e n ds o f, 3 a un e r, re u rns o ea en,
v y pi t
I o r c a r v e r a n d a n e r , s to r of y 6 ; 2v d by h h b d reco e re er us an
,
t he , 3 60 6 3- 74
IND E X .
mm 243 v t
S e e n r e a s u r e s , t he , 3
Ma r r i ag e p p p p i g i
,
,
ro e r w ay o f ro os n ,
S c h ie fn e r , F A Vo n , m e mo r o f, . .
1 s8 x xx m
Ma udg a ly ay a n a co n v t Utp l
er s a a g
S he m y a ka s j u d m e n t , s t o r o f, x l i y
h ih v
,
v a r nzi 215 S o e s w t r e e r se d to e s, 2 75
Me c h a n i c i a n i t t y f k l p i g p i
,
and pa n e r, s or o S u l -o e n n , o e r a t o n o f, 9 8, 1 0 0
t he , 36 1 j g
$ o lo m o n s u d m e n t ,
’
121 xliii
Me di c i n e s c i e n ce o f 9 3 1 0 9
,
-
Sra m a n a s , 44
Mildn ess w h e e l o f 2 4 3
, ,
S ri v a r t ha n a 1 2 2
Mo n k e y c hi e f s s t o r y o f 3 2
,
bb illi g x y
, ,
S tu orn a nd w n o e n , sto r
Mo n k e y s t he i n c r e du l o u s s to r y
, ,
o f, o f, 3 2 1
iy g
, ,
3i 0 S u da r sa n a , t he c t o f t he o ds ,
Mo r k e y s and mo o n, s o r t y o f, 3 5 3 1 4- 1 6
Mo n k e y s s a v f
e d r o m de a t h st o r y o r, h
S u d a o r n e c t a r , 69
i l
,
348 S u dha n a , P r n c e , o se s a n d re
Mrig a dha r a Mi n i s t e r o f K i g
n l
’
ra co e rs v hi s s u e r n a t u r a l w e p if
Ma n o h a r a 5 2 — 7 3
,
s e n aj i t 1 1 0 —1 2 5
i g pl
,
Mu s i c m a g i c 2 30
,
S u dha r m a, t he m e e t n - a ce o f t he
gd
, ,
o s, 14
Na o a s 1 2 , 4 6— 50 2 3 6 —9 244 , 2 7 6 i id
S u c e , K u s a s n t e n de d, 2 8 i
f
, , ,
Ny a gr o dha n a m e d a t e r a t r e e , 1 86 S u m e r u , Mo u n t, 1 1
fif h g i l
,
Sun , as t u a r d a n o f t h e w o r d,
O TT ERS a n d a c a , s t o r j kl y o f t he , 3 3 2 3 20
x
O e n a s w t n e s s e s, s t o r i y o f t he , 3 1 5 S un d Nag aj
ara,
36 ar a 2
bi d ki g 7 3
,
S p
u arn a, a r - n 22 —
1
ki g m i Ki g
,
PA NC B X L A , n s of No r t h a n d Su y r ane 73 8 n 2 —
dv
, ,
’
S o u th , 44 S i
u sr o n t , f
a 8 35 en u res o 22 -
2
i
,
P a p a n ka r a , P r n c e , 2 79- 8 5
'
S y m
va a 83
v a r a , a, 2
i l v ip i
Pas s o n o f o e , de s c r t o n o f, 5 6 S w an m id - l ma e n s, x v
k bi g y
P e a co c a s r de r o o m , s t o r o f t he ,
3 54 TH L
R EE- EG G ED h t y 38 a re s o r
l f m t tm t Tib t th iti xxxv

,
P ear o w o e n, re a en o f a, e , au or es o n,
77 8 6 T d k t
in u
348 a re e,
Pi g l t h d m
,
n a a, 2 76 e e o n, Tit ti J at k 3 3
ra a a, 0
P p l
o t l
u ar xxxvi lxv a e s, — T r e a su r e s ,th v 3 e se en
j i t Ki g hip l i ii 8 5 86 9
,
P r as e n a 7 n 1 10 12 T re e -w o rs 1 — 0
i hm t f g d t y T i k d l ph y f 3 3
, , , , , ,
P un s e n o re e s or o f, 2 8 6 r c e t t
e e an s or o 1
f th hild b f m
, , ,
P n
ur M h h dh
a, a aus a a s
’
a er, 1 33 T m
u o u r, c orn ro a, 1
P u r o hi t a , 5 6 T w o b th ro t y f 79 e rs , s o r o , 2
R a r a c m n a , 7 6 , 80 U DA Y IN b h vi f 44 6e a o ur o 2 —
i g
,
dv t
,
R a j y ab hi n a n da , K n , 1 2 9 , 131 Ud m b i ka
u ar f 77 a en u re s o 1
lg
, ,
l ha m p s i n i t u s , t r e a su r y e en d, 3 7 81 1
i hi
R s s , 3 , 1 1 , 8 4 , 2 54 — 6 U g t f l if
n ra e t y f u 9 w e, s or o an 2 1
hi U g t f l li y f th 3
,
Ro n i, 6 7 n ra e u on sto r o e 1 1
U i t d ph t y f th
, ,
n e t 3 58
e as a n s, s o r o e
S A KALA dv
,
mm ,
co a n de r a t Va i sa li , 7 5 Ut p l fi
a a v a rn t f 6 . a e n ure s o , 20
79 21 5
S k
a t h d i ty
ra
, e e p i
h is e r o do f e, lif U t p h dh Ki g
os a a, n 1-2
; Ki g Ma i
,
20 n n dhat a r t r es t o de
t hr o n e hi m , 18 ; a ppli
e d t o fo r V sé
u m xn a th 3 o n 00
p bli f 76 ; d ip t i
,
1 87 t e s t s Vi sv a n ta r a s V iéa li
’
a so n , a re u c o e sc r o n
h ity 69 7 i t y 7 7 ; h p bli
, ,
c ar 2 — 1 o f th e c t e u c as
Ki g b t
, ,
Sar j
ar as i n , n 2 73 se mb l 78 ; i e s,t m cus o s a ou
p t h m g tt k
,
Se r en -
c ar e r, a Na a a ac ed w o m 86 en
t h Y k h k i g 58
,
V is
a n ra v a a, e a s a n ,
36 8
Vilv a, or Be l t r e e , 68 , 2 96 W s s sa n r a a a Jata k a 2 5 7
'
W ife t he u n gr a te f u l , s t o r y o f the ,
, ,
Vi ran a ,
30 1
Vi t im l t y
,
r uous an a s, s or of t he , 29 1
30 2 W i s hi n g -t r e e s 9
v W o lf a n d s h e e p , st o r y o f t he , 3 1 4
,
Vi r u p a , a d e n t u r e s o f 1 7 7—8 1
h b W o lf s m ilk , 2 93
,
Vi siakha , u s a n d o f V i éakha, 1 1 0
' ’
h b us and of f l if an un g ra t e u w e, Wo o dp e c k e r c u r e s li o n s t o o t h a c h e ,
’
— 3 12
29 5 1
d gh t h W o ma n i n gr a t i t u de y
’
Vi éakha B l m i t a a ra s au er : er 8 sto r o f, 29 1
4 ; b il d
,
idm
,
w s o m
1 1 1- 1 2 u s a o
d p d gg 1 5 YA K HA i g i
,
t y
n a s er an ro u ce s e s, 2 S st a t u e r n s to c s n, 8 1 , 8 2,
Vi sak ha t h p t d gh t e ca r en er s
’
au er 88
Wi d m itPi
,
h er 55
s 8 6
o 6 —
4 71 -
, 1 1, 1 Y a k sha s a ss s r n ce S u dha n a , 5 9
P i lf j
,
Vi s t
van a ra , 5 7 ; hi r n ce 2 s se Y o a n a, 11
r ifi i g g i ty 2 58 71
,
s ac c n e neros -
,
THE END .
Pr i n t e d b y B A LL A N TY NE , H A NS ON 69° C o .
Edi n b u r g h 69° L o n do n

TibetanTalesDerivedFromIndianSources 10062890

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TibetanTalesDerivedFromIndianSources 10062890

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

T I B E TA N TA L E S

De r iv e b fro m Snb ian S ou r ces .

KEGA N P A U L, T REN C H, TR U B NER CO . L LB

D RY DEN HO US E, G ERRA R D STR EET, W .

The O verreac hed A ctor

The Fulﬁlle d Prophe cy

The Vi rtuous An i m als

The G rat e ful A n i mals

The Ja ckal saves the L i on

The Ja cka l han ge d by the O x

The Gu ilty Dog s

The Wi se a n d Fool i sh Monkey Ch i efs

IN an A ppendix to his Buddhis m i n Tibet Dr Emil

S chl a g i n t w e i t has given A n alph abe t ical l ist of th e

books and memoirs con nec t ed w ith Buddhism Al though

not comple t el y exh aus t ive it occupies thir t y ﬁ v e pages

and contains references to more than a hundre d separate

literary articles O f those books an d ar t icles t h e titles

of about sixty allude to Tibet To t hem may be referred

re aders w h o wish fo r detail e d informa t ion about t hat

proposed to do here is to say a fe w w ords abou t the

who had so much to do wi t h making that work known to

been already said would require a rare amount of special

knowledge ; and it may safely be asserted t h at remarks

such knowledge are seldo m of signal value

The tales contained in th e sacred books of Tibet i t may ,

b e as well to remark at th e outset appe ar to h ave li tt le

tha t is specially Tibe t an about them except their langu a ge .

S tories possessing ch arac t eristic features and su ffused w i t h

n atives of that r e ion of lofty a n d bleak table lands wi t h

which s o few Fu r o p e a n s have h ad an opportuni t y of

becoming familiar Bu t t he l egends and fables which the

late Professor S c hi e fn e r has t ransla t ed from the Kah gyur -

are merely Tibe t an versions of Sanskri t w ri t ings No .

m en t ion is made in t hem o f t hose peculiarities of Tibe t an

wh ich every Tibe t an carries t ha t h e may keep a reckon ,

ing of his good words w hich s upply to him the place o f

good deeds ; th e pray ing wheels t hose curious machines ,

which ﬁlled w ith prayers or charms or passages from

h oly books s t and in t he t own s in every open place are

placed beside t h e foo t paths and the roads r evolve i n ,

e very stream and e ven ( by t h e help o f s ails like t hose o f

wind mills ) are t urned by every breeze which blows o er the ’

thrice sacred valleys of Tibet ; t he Trees of t he La w

t he lofty ﬁ a g s t a ffs from w hich ﬂu tt er banners emblazoned

t he t urning of which t ow a rds heaven by th e w ind coun t s

which bears outwardly at leas t a s t rong resemblance t o , ,

R omanism i n spi t e of t he essen tial difference of i t s teach

ings and of i t s mode o f t hough t ” 1

no presen t need to d w ell at leng t h upon the land in t o

by whom t hey have been religiously preserved but whose ,

ac t ions and t hough t s t hey do n o t by any m eans fully

t he Buddhism of Nep al a n d Ti b e t diffe r s from th e

Buddhis m of C eylon a s much as t he C hris t iani t y of

dhi sm from its commencement to its close is an epi t om e

s olved the proble m of Buddhism w h en we have under

r espect t h a t t h e s t udy of later Buddhism i n C eylon ,

Burma and Siam i n Nep al and in Tibet in C hina

Mongolia and Japan is onl y se cond in impor t an ce t o the

s t udy o f early B u ddhism 1

With regard to the introduc t io n o f Buddhis m into Tibe t ,

Emil S chla g i n t w e i t 2 remarks t h a t t he early history i s “

involved in darkn es s and myth Sanang Se t se n i n his .